Manual Completo

DESIGN
MANUAL
EXTREN and Other Proprietary
Pultruded Products
EXTREN Standard Structural Shapes and Plate
FIBREBOLT Studs and Nuts
DURADEK, DURAGRID and DURAGRID Phenolic
Fiberglass Grating
DURASHIELD Building Panels

SAFRAILTM Handrail and Ladders
COMPOSOLITE Fiberglass Building Panel System
SAFPLANK Fiberglass Plank System
EXTREN DWB
Rod and Bar
Special Sections
Rev.0502
The design information in this manual is to be used exclusively with

Strongwell's proprietary products which are described herein.
2007 Strongwell Corporation

Bristol, Virginia
All Rights Reserved
Printed in U.S.A.
EXTREN, DURADEK, DURAGRID, DURASHIELD, FIBREBOLT,

SAFPLATE, SAFRAILTM, SAFPLANK, and EXTREN DWB
are official trademarks of
400 Commonwealth Ave., P.O. Box 580, Bristol, VA 24203-0580
(276) 645-8000, FAX (276) 645-8132
www.strongwell.com
Rev.0502
Copyright 2013 Strongwell Corporation

All Rights Reserved
ATTENTION DESIGNERS!
If you are designing with the Strongwell Design Manual, assure that only Strongwell
fiberglass products are used on the structure or structures you have designed.
Its all too common! Strongwell gets a call

about a problem with EXTREN structurals.
By a site visit or by samples sent in for testing
we make an interesting discovery - the
shapes are not EXTREN. Yes, the Strongwell
Design Manual was used, and yes, EXTREN
was specified but the seller or contractor
substituted an equal sometimes without the
knowledge of the designer or the owner.
Please consider the following questions:
1. All fiberglass structural shapes have the
same properties?

True or False
2. All structural shape manufacturers have
rigorous quality assurance systems and
procedures in place to assure quality?

True or False
3. All structural shape manufacturers test each
lot of material and will certify compliance
with published properties?

True or False
4. In comparing EXTREN with a fiberglass
structural shape produced by another
pultrusion company, in what ways are the
EXTREN shape and the competitive
shape likely to be equal?

a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
glass reinforcement percentage

glass reinforcement location
glass reinforcement type
degree of reinforcement wet out
resin formula
pull speed
none of the above
Designing with the Strongwell Design

Manual and allowing other products to be
used is analogous to designing in one grade of
steel and allowing another grade with different
properties to be substituted.
Insist that EXTREN and other Strongwell
products be used, especially if your PE stamp
is on the design drawings.
To assist engineers, architects and others
using the Strongwell Design Manual, Strongwell
has implemented a logo identification program
to eliminate confusion with other products
appearing similar to EXTREN. Since July
1, 1993, all fiberglass structural shapes and
plate have been imprinted with the EXTREN
logo every three feet down the length of
the part. Square and round tube have the
logo imprinted inside the shape. Small and
unobtrusive, the logo assures customers that
they are getting EXTREN when EXTREN
is specified and that the product has all
advertised EXTREN properties backed up by
corrosion, mechanical and structural testing
as conducted by Strongwell.
Thank you for using the Strongwell Design
Manual for FRP structural designs. If you
have comments or questions, please call the
Customer Service Department at Strongwell
(276) 645-8000.
As you might suspect by now, the answers

are:
1. False
2. False
3. False
4. g - none of the above

All Rights Reserved
Rev.0502
LIST OF REFERENCES
1. Salmon, C. G. and Johnson, J. E., Steel Structures, 2nd Edition, Harper and Row, 1980.
2. Structural Plastics Design Manual, American Society of Civil Engineers, 345 East 47th
Street, New York, NY, 10017, Volumes 1 and 2, September 1981.
3. The BOCA Basic Building Code, Issued by Building Officials and Code Administrators
International, Inc.,19726 So. Halsted Street, Homewood, Illinois 60430.
4. Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete (ACI 318-77), American Concrete
Institute, Box 19150 Redford Station, Detroit, Michigan 48219.
5. Gaylord, E. H. and Gaylord, C. N., Editors, Structural Engineering Handbook, 2nd Edition,
McGraw-Hill, 1979.
6. AISC Manual of Steel Construction, American Institute of Steel Construction, Inc., 400
North Michigan Avenue, Chicago, IL 60611, 8th Edition, 1980.
7. Timoshenko, S. P. and Gere, J. S., Mechanics of Materials, Van Nostrand, 1972.
8. Tsai, S. W. and Hahn, H. T., Introduction to Composite Materials, Technomic Publishing
Co., 1982.
9. Jones, Robert, Mechanics of Composite Materials, McGraw-Hill, New York, 1975.
10. Selection Manual for Structural Plastics, American Society of Civil Engineers, 345 East
47th Street, New York, NY 10017, 1985.
11. Timoshenko, S. and Woinowsky-Krieger, S., Theory of Plates and Shells, 2nd Edition,
McGraw-Hill, 1959.
12. Building Code Requirements for Minimum Design Loads in Buildings and Other Structures,
American National Standards Institute A58.1, Latest Edition.
13. Engineered Materials Handbook, Vol. 1, "Composites", ASM International, Metal Parks,
Ohio 44073, 1987.
Rev.0502
ii

All Rights Reserved
PREFACE
The Strongwell Design Manual has had various titles since its introduction as the
EXTREN Engineering Manual in 1979. At that time, the EXTREN Engineering Manual
contained information pertaining only to EXTREN structural shapes and plate.
The manual's name changed to the EXTREN Design Manual in 1989 and was
restructured to emulate the format of the American Institute of Steel Construction
(AISC) manual used for structural steel designs. The new format made it easy for design
engineers to understand the information and helped create greater acceptance of fiber
reinforced polymer (FRP) structural shapes and plate. Information relating to pultruded
grating, DURASHIELD foam core panels and SAFRAILTM handrail and ladder systems
were added to the manual as well.
Strongwell's current manual is entitled the Strongwell Design Manual. EXTREN structural
shapes and plate remain the core of the manual, but the Design Manual now contains
information regarding most of Strongwell's pultruded products and can be used as a
comprehensive reference guide for the structural engineer.
The new Strongwell Design Manual reflects much more than a title change. Strongwell
has accumulated a tremendous amount of knowledge through decades of manufacturing
experience, application monitoring, and most importantly, through extensive product
testing. Strongwell's testing efforts have resulted in more definitive information on product
performance and have helped the company develop additional empirical formulas to
accurately reflect the performance of its pultruded FRP materials under applied loads.
Improved product performance, which is a result of both advancements in the pultrusion
process and the quality of raw materials available, is also reflected throughout the new
Design Manual.
Strongwell continually strives to further improve its products, and as such, will update the
information in this manual from time to time. To ensure that you receive the most current
information available, please keep Strongwell advised of your current email and mailing
addresses. The most current edition is April 2004.
WARNING!
Fiberglass reinforced plastic structural shapes are nonhomogeneous, with strength and
behavior dependent upon composite design, processing techniques, and quality standards.
Other fiberglass structural shapes with a similar exterior appearance to EXTREN shapes
are likely not equal in any other way, including glass content, glass placement, glass
type, wet-out, resin mixture, or pull speed. Do not use the Strongwell Design Manual to
design a structure unless you assure that EXTREN structurals are used.
CAUTION
Strongwell has assembled this manual as an aid to our customers and has employed
available engineering information in connection with the load tables, formulas and other
technical data concerning the products covered in the manual. The usefulness of the
information contained in the manual may vary depending on the particular application of
the product and the environment to which the product is subjected. Accordingly, Strongwell
does not warrant the usefulness or the applicability of the information contained herein
to any specific application. Moreover, Strongwell cannot assume liability for the accuracy
of any data contained in this manual and makes no warranties of any type in connection
therewith. The information contained in the manual may be changed without notice. The
products manufactured or sold by Strongwell are subject to specific written warranties
and exclusions, to which reference should be made.
All Rights Reserved
iii
Rev.0404
GENERAL NOMENCLATURE
A
Aw
B
C1
CW
D

E
Fa
Fa'
Fb
Fb'
Fu

Fu'

Fv
F.S.
G
I
Ix, Iy
J
K
Kb
Kv
Kx, Ky
L
Lu
LW
M
N
P

Pa
PF
R

Rf
Ri
Ro
S
Sb
Rev.0502
Cross-sectional area (in2)

Cross-sectional area of web or webs (in2)
Derived constant for use in Eq. B-5
Lateral buckling coefficient
Crosswise (transverse) to the direction of pultrusion
Outside diameter of round tube (in)
Diameter of round rod (in)
Diameter of round hole in square tube (in)
Modulus of Elasticity (psi)
Allowable compressive stress in short column mode (psi)
Allowable compressive stress in long column mode (psi)
Allowable flexural stress (psi)
Allowable flexural stress laterally unsupported beams (psi)
Ultimate compressive stress (psi)
Ultimate flexural stress laterally supported beams (psi)
Ultimate compressive stress long column mode (psi)
Ultimate flexural stress laterally unsupported beams (psi)
Allowable shear stress (psi)
Factor of Safety
Shear modulus (psi)
Moment of Inertia (in4)
Moment of inertia about X-X or Y-Y axis (in4)
Torsional constant (in4)
Effective length factor for buckling
Coefficient for flexural deflection
Coefficient for shear deflection
Effective length factor for buckling about X-X or Y-Y axis
Length of beam or column (center to center of supports) (ft)
Unbraced length of beam or column (center to center of lateral braces) (ft)
Lengthwise (parallel) to the direction of pultrusion
Bending moment from applied loads (lb-in)
Concentrated load on beam (lbs)
Axial load on column (lbs)
Allowable axial load on column (lbs)
Perpendicular to laminate face
Radius (in)
Reaction from applied loads (lbs)
Flange toe radius (in)
Radius of inside corner (n)
Radius of outside corner (in)
Section modulus (in)
Section modulus from the bottom of an unsymmetrical section (in3)
iv

All Rights Reserved
GENERAL NOMENCLATURE
S1
Section modulus from the top of an unsymmetrical section (in3)
Sx,Sy Section modulus about X-X or Y-Y axis (in3)
V
Shear from applied loads (lbs)
W
Uniform beam load (lbs/ft)
Wt
Weight of section (lbs)
a
Long dimension of rectangular plate (in)
b
Width of section (in)

Short dimension of rectangular plate (in)

Outside dimension of square tube or bar (in)
bf
Width of flange (in)
bi
Width between the flanges in the strut (in)

Top width of Hat Section (in)
c
Concentrated load (lbs/ft of width)
d
Full depth of section (in)
di
Outside dimension of flanges in F-section (in)
Axial stress from applied loads (psi)
fa
fb
Flexural stress from applied loads (psi)
fv
Shear stress from applied loads (psi)
l
Length of beam, column or flat sheet (center to center of supports) (in)
lu
Unbraced length of beam or column (center to center of lateral braces) (in)
r
Radius of gyration (in)
rx, ry, rz Radius of gyration about X-X, Y-Y or Z-Z axis (in)
s
Spacing between back to back channels or angles (in)
t
Thickness of section (in)

Wall thickness of tubes (in)
tb
Thickness of depth dimension (in)
td
Thickness of flange (in)
tf
tw
Thickness of web (in)
u
Uniform load (lbs/ft2)
v
Poisson's ratio
w
Uniform beam load (lbs/in)
x
Distance from the outside of the web to the minor axis (Y-Y) of a channel

section or other similar unsymmetrical sections (in)

Subscript relating symbol to strong axis (X-X)
y
Distance from the neutral X-X axis to the outermost fibers of the cross section (in)

Distance from the back of flange to the major axis (X-X) of a tee section or other

similar unsymmetrical sections (in)

Subscript relating symbol to weak axis (Y-Y)

Deflection (in)
Deflection due to concentrated load (in)

c

Deflection due to uniform load (in)
u
v
Poisson's ratio
All Rights Reserved
Rev.0502
Section 1
The Basics
SECTION 1
THE BASICS
Look for this blue line in the left margin of the

Design Manual documents. This line shows
you where the latest update has been made.

All Rights Reserved
1-1
Rev. 0109
Section 1
The Basics
THE BASICS
WHAT IS FIBERGLASS REINFORCED POLYMER?
Fiberglass reinforced polymer (FRP) is most often referred to simply as fiberglass in practice
(as in fiberglass tanks, fiberglass grating, fiberglass structural shapes, fiberglass boats, etc.).
Used in this context, fiberglass is a composite consisting of a polymer resin matrix reinforced
by embedded glass fibers. The strength of a fiberglass part is determined primarily by the type,
orientation, quantity, and location of the glass fibers within the part.
The resin binds the reinforcing glass together and this resin/glass bond aids in developing
stiffness in the part. The type of resin used determines corrosion resistance, flame retardance,
and maximum operating temperature as well as contributing significantly to certain strength
characteristics including resistance to impact and fatigue.
WHAT IS PULTRUSION?
Pultrusion is a manufacturing process for producing continuous lengths of FRP structural shapes.
Raw materials include a liquid resin mixture (containing resin, fillers and specialized additives)
and reinforcing fibers. The process involves pulling these raw materials (rather than pushing as
is the case in extrusion) through a heated steel forming die using a continuous pulling device.
The reinforcement materials are in continuous forms such as rolls of fiberglass mat or doffs of
fiberglass roving. As the reinforcements are saturated with the resin mixture (wet-out) in the resin
impregnator and pulled through the die, the gelation (or hardening) of the resin is initiated by the
heat from the die and a rigid, cured profile is formed that corresponds to the shape of the die.
While pultrusion machine design varies with part geometry, the basic pultrusion process concept
is described in the following schematic.
MAT CREELS
SURFACING
MATERIAL
GUIDE
RESIN
IMPREGNATOR
ROVING CREELS
PULL BLOCKS
PREFORMER
FORMING AND
CURING DIE
CUT-OFF
SAW
CATERPILLARTYPE PULL
SURFACING
MATERIAL
CONTINUOUS PULTRUSION
The creels position the reinforcements for subsequent feeding into the guides. The reinforcement
must be located properly within the composite and controlled by the reinforcement guides.
The resin impregnator saturates (wets out) the reinforcement with a solution containing the resin,
fillers, pigment, and catalyst plus any other additives required. The interior of the resin impregnator
is carefully designed to optimize the wet-out (complete saturation) of the reinforcements.
On exiting the resin impregnator, the reinforcements are organized and positioned for the eventual
placement within the cross section form by the preformer. The preformer is an array of tooling
which squeezes away excess resin as the product is moving forward and gently shapes the
materials prior to entering the die. In the die the thermosetting reaction is heat activated (energy
is primarily supplied electrically) and the composite is cured (hardened).
Rev. 0109
1-2

All Rights Reserved
Section 1
The Basics
On exiting the die, the cured profile is pulled to the saw for cutting to length. It is necessary to
cool the hot part before it is gripped by the pull block (made of durable urethane foam) to prevent
cracking and/or deformation by the pull blocks. Strongwell uses two distinct pulling systems, one
that is a caterpillar counter-rotating type and the other a hand-over-hand reciprocating type.
In certain applications an RF (radio frequency wave generator) unit is used to preheat the
composite before entering the die. When in use, the RF heater is positioned between the resin
impregnator and the preformer.

All Rights Reserved
1-3
Rev. 0109
Section 1
The Basics
COMMONLY ASKED QUESTIONS BY CUSTOMERS

WHAT IS EXTREN?
EXTREN is a pultruded composite of fiberglass continuous strand mat, fiberglass rovings, a
synthetic surfacing veil and a thermoset resin system. The three series of EXTREN are similar in
the reinforcement composition but vary in the resin matrix.

S-500
Isophthalic Polyester Resin

No flame retardant, UV inhibitor added, standard color is olive
green

S-525

Isophthalic Polyester Resin

Flame retardant, UV inhibitor added, standard color is slate gray
Premium Vinyl Ester Resin

Flame retardant, UV inhibitor added, standard color is beige
S-625
The synthetic surfacing veil aids in weathering and corrosion resistance.

HOW DO I DESCRIBE PULTRUSION?

This is a process in which the reinforcement materials are placed at the back of the pultruder and
pulled through a bath of the selected resin, then through a heated die for shaping and curing.
The placement of the fiberglass is controlled by a guidance system which ensures consistent
positioning throughout the cross-section.
Pultrusion is a continuous process. Length is determined by customers needs and the ability to
transport. Stock lengths are normally 20 feet long. A part must have a constant cross-section to
be a candidate for pultrusion.
(For a more detailed explanation, refer to page 1-1 of the EXTREN Design Manual).
HOW IS COLOR ACHIEVED?

The color of the pultrusion is the result of pigment added to the resin mixture. Therefore, color is
not just on the surface but throughout the laminate.
Pigments can be obtained to meet special color requirements of the customer. Cost will be
Rev. 0109
1-4

All Rights Reserved
Section 1
The Basics
incurred if none of the in-house colors can be utilized. The more stringent the requirement as to
closeness of match will determine the end cost and lead time for customizing the color. Absolute
exact matches are not achievable due to variables in the raw materials and process parameters.
Close approximations can be achieved by working with the pigment supplier and fine-tuning the
process parameters. Ball park color approximations do not incorporate process controls and
the range of color variation is wide. Stability of color and color retention is somewhat related to
the color. Yellow, beige and orange are much more stable than gray. Colors vary from profile to
profile, formula to formula, batch to batch, and set-up to set-up. Variation will occur in all product lines.
WHAT IS THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THERMOPLASTIC AND THERMOSET RESINS?

THERMOPLASTIC - Resins which have a defined melting point after initial cooling which means
they can be heated and reshaped and this shape is retained when re-cooled; however, thermoplastics can deform (creep) under loads, even at moderate temperature.
THERMOSET - Resins which have no defined melting point, therefore cannot be heated and
formed again. Once these resins have been processed with chemical cross-linking of the resin
occurring, they take the shape of the die and harden upon cooling. EXTREN is produced with
thermoset resins. As the EXTREN pultruded part is exposed to increasing temperatures, the
laminate mechanical properties will fall off (maximum recommended continuous use temperature for EXTREN Series 500 and 525 is 150F and EXTREN Series 625 is 200F). When subjected to extreme heating, thermoset composites will degrade.
ARE PHENOLIC RESINS AN AVAILABLE OPTION?

Phenolic resin systems are currently available for some EXTREN structural shapes. Phenolformaldehyde resins are the oldest of all plastics, yet relatively new in composites/pultrusions.
Phenolic composites are an option when superior fire resistance and minimum smoke emissions
are required. Phenolic shapes can have E-Glass or carbon reinforcements; however, the higher
reinforcement level makes carbon an expensive alternative. Transverse strength, pigmentation,
and aesthetics are areas where phenolic profiles are not equal to standard EXTREN shapes.
WHAT OTHER REINFORCEMENTS ARE AVAILABLE IN PLASTICS?

CARBON FIBERS (GRAPHITE) -Carbon fibers are selected to achieve a high modulus (stiffer)
composite. The carbon also makes the part electrically conductive. Strongwell regularly produces
composites with carbon fibers in both vinyl ester and epoxy resins. Carbon fiber reinforcements
are 10 to 100 times as expensive as standard glass reinforcements depending on the grade used.

All Rights Reserved
1-5
Rev. 0109
Section 1
The Basics
POLYESTER FIBERS -Low modulus synthetic fiber to produce a flexible composite. Useful in high
bending/low strength applications.
KEVLAR -Aramid fibers that offer high strength and have achieved recognition as being bulletproof. These reinforcements have been successfully processed at Strongwell in pultrusion, but
are difficult to process and expensive.
WHAT IF CUSTOMER NEEDS PROPERTIES DIFFERENT FROM THOSE PUBLISHED?

Variations in physical and mechanical properties can be achieved by altering the composite of the
standard product. A change in reinforcement selection can produce higher or lower longitudinal
or transverse strengths. A change in the resin can affect the strength and/or performance of the
part (Ex: epoxy resins give better flexural fatigue performance). Additives to the resin, such as
fillers, can affect the part appearance, pultrudeability, etc.
HOW DOES EXTREN COMPARE TO TRADITIONAL MATERIALS?

When EXTREN is being considered as an alternate to traditional materials, the significant
product features are: lightweight, corrosion resistance and thermal/electrical non-conductivity.
In comparing EXTREN versus structural timber, aluminum and steel, be very careful about generalizations. The design using a particular material has its own unique set of parameters. With
these cautions in mind, the following general rules of thumb apply:
A shape in EXTREN would require a thickness three times that of steel to achieve the same
tensile strength, rigidity and flexural strength.
The same shape in comparison to aluminum would require one to one-half times the thickness.
EXTREN is stronger and more rigid than structural timber.
EXTREN weighs 80% less than steel.
Rev. 0109
1-6

All Rights Reserved
Section 1
The Basics
HOW DOES EXTREN PRICING COMPARE WITH STEEL

Generally speaking the price of EXTREN is 2 to 3 times higher than steel. However, EXTREN
offers special benefits such as:
Corrosion Resistance
Non-Conductive - thermally and electrically
Lightweight - weighs 80% less than steel
High Strength
Dimensional Stability
Low Maintenance
Custom Colors
The price of EXTREN is generally less than the price of stainless steel.
WHAT ARE THE CAUTIONS FOR EXTREN IN ELECTRICAL APPLICATIONS?

It is the electrical non-conductivity which allows EXTREN to compete in the electrical market.
The composite of resin and glass assures that an electrical current will meet the level of resistance as stated in our literature. However, moisture absorption from unsealed ends could provide
a possible area for electrical failure. It is therefore recommended that all cut ends and holes be
coated with resin of equal quality to the resin in the part.
WHAT DATA SHOULD I COLLECT FOR DECISIONS ON CORROSION ENVIRONMENTS?

When discussing corrosion problems with your customer you need to find out the chemicals,
their concentration on contact with EXTREN, the loads that EXTREN will see, and the operating
temperature. Strongwells CORROSION RESISTANCE GUIDE will answer most of your questions
utilizing the above information.
Should you have an environment not listed in our guide, call Strongwell. We will ask the above
questions as well as the type of maintenance program the application most likely will receive,
and how existing materials withstand the environment.
HOW LONG WILL EXTREN LAST IN THE OUTDOORS WITHOUT PROTECTION?

There is no definite answer on how long the composite will last because that depends on its
location; South Florida is more severe than Minnesota.

All Rights Reserved
1-7
Rev. 0109
Section 1
The Basics
All EXTREN products have a synthetic surfacing veil. This prevents the phenomena of Fiber
Blooming which is the eruption of the glass fibers through the surface. NOTE: Rod and bar are
all roving parts and have different properties from EXTREN products. Rod and bar do not have a
synthetic surfacing veil.
The exposure to ultraviolet rays causes a noticeable fading or washing out of color. This is not a
degradation of the physical integrity of the section.
It is recommended that all parts which will experience long-term exposure be coated with a polyurethane or epoxy paint. This can prolong the life of a part for many years.
WHAT AGENCIES HAVE APPROVED EXTREN MATERIALS?

EXTREN will not meet the strict requirements of the agencies (USDA) protecting the public for
consumable contact because of pigments and/or flame retardants in EXTREN.
We have received USDA approval for a limited selection of raw material components for use in
incidental food contact without sacrificing the structural integrity of our products. You may special order this product (produced only in white) priced on mill run quantities. A broader approval
is being pursued.
FDA approval has not been sought for our finished products but we can supply parts made from
materials that are approved by the FDA.
EXTREN Series 500 structural shapes and plate have passed the necessary requirements for
listing under NSF (National Sanitation Foundation) Standard 61 for drinking water components.
The NSF International Official Listing certifies the EXTREN Series 500 shapes to a maximum
water contact surface area of 250 sq. in./L. This allows EXTREN Series 500 to be sold into potable water applications in the USA. The certification does not include other EXTREN series.
The NSF mark/logo will be applied to all EXTREN Series 500 products produced for drinking
water applications. Due to special manufacturing and labeling requirements, orders for NSF
product must be produced as custom orders.
NEMA - While EXTREN has been used in numerous applications where GPO-1, GPO-2, GPO-3
and GPO-10 were called for, EXTREN does not meet all the specification requirements for these
grades. GPO applications should be referred to Customer Service for review.
Rev. 0109
1-8

All Rights Reserved
Section 1
The Basics
WHAT MILITARY SPECIFICATIONS APPLY TO EXTREN?

There is no single military specification written that is exclusively designed for fiberglass reinforced pultruded structural shapes. There are several commonly referenced specifications which
EXTREN represents.
MIL R 7575 - The resin Series 500 and Series 525 conform to this specification. The requirement
specifies a polyester resin.
MIL P 25421 (This specification has been superseded by NAVSEA Dwg. 803-5000903 Rev. C)
Strongwell manufactures no product which meets this military specification. It is for a glass
cloth reinforced epoxy round tube. We can certify to some of the mechanical properties of this
specification, and this has been acceptable to several of the Naval Shipyards. The product has a
special glass orientation; therefore, is a custom, not a shelf item.
NAVSEA Dwg. 803-5000903, Rev. C (Replaces MIL P 25421) - Is a specification for specially
reinforced round tubes with higher crosswise properties and a higher full section modulus than
standard EXTREN. Certifications can be provided. Sizes offered are 1-1/2, 1-3/4, 2 and 21/2 round tubes with 1/4 wall. Contact the Customer Service Department for more information.
MIL P 17549C, GRADE 3 - This is a specification for flat sheet that EXTREN does not meet.
EXTREN meets the mechanical properties of Table 1, in the lengthwise direction, but not in the
crosswise direction; therefore, we cannot certify.
IN WHAT APPLICATIONS IS EXTREN MOST COMMONLY USED?

Platforms, Stairways and Walkways near chemical manufacturing/storage facilities

Water/Wastewater Treatment Facilities
Chemical Manufacturing/Storage Plants - structural components
Pulp and Paper Plants
RFI/EMI Compliance Buildings - structural components
Greenhouses - High humidity areas
Circuit Board Plating Facilities - Computer Industry
Trade Show Booths - especially multi-level
Electrical Switch Gear
Flue Gas Desulferization and Cooling Tower Components
Offshore Platforms - structural and miscellaneous components
RF Transparency Applications (Ex: Sun Bank Building)
Airport Instrument Landing System (ILS) components
Structural and miscellaneous components near salt water
Applications of structurals functioning in water; both salt and fresh water
Electrical Equipment Housing
Cable Tray Components

All Rights Reserved
1-9
Rev. 0109
Section 1
The Basics
HOW EASY IS EXTREN TO FABRICATE?

Fabricating EXTREN is very similar to fabricating structural timber. Standard woodworking
saws and drills can be used. Carbide tipped or diamond coated blades and bits are an essential
in saws. Connections can be made with fasteners such as stainless steel bolts and rivets or
FIBREBOLT. An epoxy used in combination with the fasteners will produce the strongest
connections. Fasteners alone can be used if later disassembly is required. Refer to Strongwells
Fabrication and Repair Manual for details on how to fabricate EXTREN.
WHY DO THE SQUARE AND ROUND TUBES NOT TELESCOPE?

The tolerances to which EXTREN is produced and inspected can allow overlapping. The sizes
advertised are nominal dimensions and not controllable to the point that telescoping can be
guaranteed.
There is one exception in the 2 x 1/8 square tube and 1-3/4 x 1/4 square tube. These will
telescope, upon request.
Other products can be made to telescope with the customer purchasing a mandrel for the outer
tube with dimensions allowing sufficient clearance.
HOW DO I SELL EXTREN VS. OTHER FIBERGLASS SHAPES?

Strongwell and its distributors compete with numerous smaller companies that offer some
of our shapes. Some of these companies attempt to identify their product with EXTREN by
using series numbers similar to EXTREN in order to get their product used when EXTREN is
specified.
We suggest selling on the following basis which has enabled Strongwell to establish team
relationships with the nations best fabricators and distributors:
QUALITY
Strongwell is widely recognized for consistently high quality parts. Reliable quality
is assured by a strong ongoing statistical process control program which covers the
entire range of EXTREN shapes. Additionally, a series of physical property tests (First
Article Testing) is performed on each production run of every item.
SERVICE
Strongwell has a commitment to provide superior, unmatched service. Supporting this
commitment are three plants with pultrusion operations covering over 600,000 square
Rev. 0109
1-10

All Rights Reserved
Section 1
The Basics
feet of manufacturing space, and an EXTREN inventory of nearly $2,000,000 from

which shipments can be made within 24 to 48 hours.

SIZE AND AVAILABILITY

EXTREN is now available in nearly 150 standard shapes with many of these available
from stock for immediate shipment. Strongwell offers the most comprehensive range
of shapes and the largest sizes available in the industry. In addition, Strongwell is
continually expanding the size range and the number of different profiles in various
EXTREN shapes to keep pace with the expanding market demand.
PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT
Strongwell is widely considered the worlds leader in pultrusion technology and is
constantly investigating and evaluating new raw materials and potential process
improvements. The resulting product improvements are incorporated into EXTREN
well in advance of competitive products.
EXTREN DESIGN MANUAL

Strongwell offers the most comprehensive, up-to-date Design Manual for use with
EXTREN shapes. This Design Manual, widely recognized as the Bible for designing
with EXTREN fiberglass shapes, has been developed from theoretical computations
made by Strongwells licensed engineers and from empirical data generated from
extensive testing of the latest EXTREN composites. Data from this Design Manual
should be used only in conjunction with EXTREN shapes.
GLOSSARY - COMMON TERMS IN THE PLASTICS INDUSTRY

BLISTER - A rounded elevation of the pultruded surface with boundaries that may be more or less
sharply defined.
BOW - A conditional longitudinal curvature in pultruded parts.
CRACK - A visual separation that occurs internally or penetrates down from the pultruded surface to
the equivalent of one full ply or more of reinforcement.
CRAZE, HAIRLINE - Multiple fine pultrusion surface separation cracks that exceed in length and
do not penetrate in depth to the equivalent of a full ply of reinforcement.
CRAZE, RESIN - Multiple fine separation cracks at the pultruded surface not penetrating into the
reinforcement.

All Rights Reserved
1-11
Rev. 0109
Section 1
The Basics
DELAMINATION - The separation of two or more layers or plies of reinforcing material within a
pultrusion.
DIE-PARTING LINE - A lengthwise flash or depression on the surface of a pultruded plastic part. It is
only at the surface and does not weaken the part.
FIBER PROMINENCE - A visible and measurable pattern of the reinforcing material on the surface of a
pultruded plastic part.
FIBER BLOOMING - A pultrusion surface condition exhibiting a fiber prominence or fiber show that
usually has a white or bleached color and a sparkling appearance. This condition usually is the result
of surface degradation by UV on a pultruded part where a synthetic surfacing veil was not used.
FRP - Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic
GROOVING - Long, narrow grooves or depressions in a surface of a pultrusion parallel to its length.
INCLUSION - Any foreign matter of particles that are either encapsulated or imbedded in the
pultrusion.
INSUFFICIENT CURE - A pultrusion abnormality created by lack of, or incomplete, cross-linking of the
resin.
POROSITY - The presence of numerous pits or pin holes beneath or on the surface of a pultruded
surface.
RESIN - Polymer, generally dissolved in styrene, which embodies the chemical, temperature and
fatigue properties of the composite.
SAW BURN - Blackening or carbonization of a cut surface of a pultruded section. Fiberglass parts
do not dissipate heat as quickly as metal, so the speed of cutting fiberglass must be controlled to
prevent saw burns.
SCALE - A condition wherein unreinforced, cured resin particles exit the die on the surface of the
part.
TWIST - A condition of longitudinal progressive rotation found in pultruded parts.
Rev. 0109
1-12

All Rights Reserved
Section 2
Introduction to EXTREN
SECTION 2
INTRODUCTION TO EXTREN


All Rights Reserved
2-1
Rev.0313
Section 2
(This page left blank intentionally)

Rev.0313
2-2

All Rights Reserved
Section 2
INTRODUCTION TO EXTREN
WHAT IS EXTREN?
EXTREN is the registered trade name for a proprietary line of standard pultruded fiberglass
structural shapes produced by Strongwell. The EXTREN line consists of more than 100 different
fiberglass shapes, each with a very specific, proprietary composite design.
Types of glass reinforcements used in EXTREN
Continuous strand mat:
Long glass fibers intertwined and bound with a small amount of
resin called a binder. The mat provides multi-directional strength
properties.
Continuous strand roving:
Resins used in EXTREN
Isophthalic polyester:
Vinyl ester:
Each strand contains 800-4,000 fiber filaments. Many strands

are used in each pultruded profile. The rovings provide strength
in the longitudinal (pultruded) direction.
A general duty resin which provides excellent corrosion
resistance in many applications.
A premium grade resin which has higher strength properties,
retains strength better at elevated temperatures, and provides
a wider range of corrosion resistance than isophthalic
polyester.
Surfacing Veil
All EXTREN has a surfacing veil of polyester non-woven fabric which encases the glass
reinforcement and adds a layer of resin to the surface. This combination of fabric and resin
provides greater protection against corrosives and also eliminates fiber blooming (the
occurrence of glass fibers on the surface) which was prevalent in early pultruded shapes in
outdoor applications.
THE FEATURES OF EXTREN

EXTREN structural shapes have numerous features that engineers might use individually or in
combination to solve structural problems.
HIGH STRENGTH Stronger than structural steel on a pound-for-pound basis (in the 0o
direction), EXTREN has been used to form the superstructures of multi-story buildings,
walkways, sub-floors and platforms.
LIGHTWEIGHT Weighing 80% less than steel, and 30% less than aluminum, EXTREN
structural shapes are easily transported, handled and lifted into place. Total structures can
often be preassembled and shipped to the job site ready for installation.
CORROSION RESISTANT EXTREN will not rot and is impervious to a broad range
of corrosive environments. This feature makes it a natural selection for indoor or outdoor
structures in pulp and paper mills, chemical plants, water and sewage treatment plants, or
other corrosive environments.
NON-CONDUCTIVE An excellent insulator, EXTREN has low thermal conductivity and
is electrically non-conductive.
ELECTRO-MAGNETIC TRANSPARENCY EXTREN is transparent to radio waves,
microwaves, and other electromagnetic frequencies.
DIMENSIONAL STABILITY The coefficient of thermal expansion of EXTREN shapes
is slightly less than steel in the 0o direction and significantly less than aluminum.

All Rights Reserved
2-3
Rev.0313
Section 2
THE THREE EXTREN SERIES

EXTREN shapes are produced in three standard resin systems which comprise the three series
of EXTREN.
EXTREN SERIES 500
Resin Isophthalic Polyester
Standard Color Olive Green
UV Inhibitor Yes
Purpose General Use
EXTREN SERIES 525
Resin Isophthalic Polyesterwith Flame Retardant Additive
Standard Color Slate Gray
UV Inhibitor Yes
Purpose General Use when flame retardancy is required
EXTREN SERIES 625
Resin Vinyl Ester with Flame Retardant Additive
Standard Color Beige
UV Inhibitor Yes
Purpose Structures where the environment is highly corrosive
E23
Any Series 500, 525 and 625 EXTREN product can be manufactured upon request to meet the
mechanical and physical properties, as well as the dimensional and visual requirements of BS
EN 13706 (E23) European standards.
Flame retardant properties of Series 525 and 625 can be found in Section 3 PROPERTIES
OF EXTREN.
If the service environment is corrosive, refer to Section 23 CORROSION RESISTANCE GUIDE
to EXTREN. If the applicable corrosives are not listed, consult with Strongwell.
NOTE:
In addition to EXTREN products, Strongwell manufactures custom pultrusions. These
pultrusions vary from EXTREN in either shape, resin type, or reinforcement (type, amount,
location and/or orientation). Designers may choose to vary one or all of these parameters
to improve strength, temperature resistance, corrosion resistance, machinability or some
other characteristic. See Section 18 CUSTOM PULTRUSIONS. Consult Strongwell with
specific needs or questions.
Rev.0313
2-4

All Rights Reserved
Section 2
EXTREN VS. CONVENTIONAL MATERIALS

Designing with EXTREN using this manual is not much different than designing with other
materials. The designer should, however, keep the following primary differences in mind:
Relatively Low Modulus of Elasticity

The modulus of elasticity of EXTREN is approximately one-tenth that of steel. As a result,
deflection is often a controlling design factor.
Anisotropic

Pultruded composites are not homogeneous or isotropic; therefore, the mechanical
properties of EXTREN are directional. When designing with EXTREN, it is important to
consider stresses in both the transverse and longitudinal directions.
Relatively Low Shear Modulus

The shear modulus of pultruded fiberglass shapes is low compared to metals. Accordingly,
the designer should be aware that shear stresses add deflection to loaded beams above
the classical flexural deflection. Refer to Section 8 FLEXURAL MEMBERS for more
detailed information and design examples.
The Effect of Temperature

EXTREN structural shapes are more susceptible to property degradation at high
temperatures than are metals. The designer should keep this in mind where the design
temperature is above 150o F for polyester and 200o F for vinyl ester. Contrary to intuitive
thinking, EXTREN shapes become stiffer in cold temperatures. See Temperature Effects
in Section 3 PROPERTIES OF EXTREN for expanded discussion of the effects of
temperature.

EXTREN shapes are often placed in corrosive environments. Generally EXTREN shapes
offer superior corrosion resistance when compared to conventional building materials. See
Section 23 CORROSION RESISTANCE GUIDE to EXTREN for guidance.
EXTREN Structural Tube is Not Pipe

EXTREN tubes have been designed for structural applications such as columns and
handrails and not as fluid carrying pipe. EXTREN may be used to carry fluids if there is no
internal pressure. The end-user should consult Section 23 CORROSION RESISTANCE
GUIDE to EXTREN to confirm the suitability of the resin to handle the fluid being considered
and should also test the EXTREN tube to confirm its ability to carry the fluid without
leaking.
EXTREN VS. OTHER PULTRUDED PRODUCTS

Referring to the previous discussion of What is Fiberglass Reinforced Polymer, the designer
should be aware that two pultruded shapes with identical external dimensions can vary dramatically
in physical properties depending on the resin formulation and the amount and type of reinforcement.
This manual should not be used for fiberglass shapes other than EXTREN.
The key word in describing EXTREN is standard. EXTREN is a product line of standard shapes
with standard mechanical properties. If the pultruded product is not EXTREN, we refer to it as
a custom pultrusion, as described in the next section.

All Rights Reserved
2-5
Rev.0313
Section 2
EXTREN VS. TRADITIONAL MATERIALS

(PROPERTY COMPARISON)

EXTREN
THERMAL CARBON
316
HASTELLOY

500/525 EXTREN 625 CURE ROD &
STEEL
STAINLESS
C-276
SHAPES SHAPES
BAR (M1020) STEEL (ANNLD.)
MECHANICAL
Tensile Strength LW
(x103 psi)
CW
30
7
30
7
100

60
60
80
80
100
100
Tensile Modulus LW
(x106 psi)
CW
2.5
.8
2.6
.8
30
30
28
28
26
26
Flexural Strength LW
(x103 psi)
CW
30
10
30
10
100

60
60
80
80
100
Flexural Modulus LW
1.6
(x106 psi)
CW .8
1.6
.8
30
30
28
28
26
26
Izod Impact
(ft-lb/in)
25
4
40

N/A
8.5-11
N/A

1.7
7.8
7.92
8.96
.284
.29
.324
LW
25
CW 4
Specific Gravity
1.7
PHYSICAL
Density (lbs/in3)
Thermal Conductivity
(BTU/SF/HR/Fo/in)
.062-.07 .062-.07 .072-.076

4
260-460
Coefficient of Thermal
Expansion 7 7
5
(10-6 in/in/oF)

Values Are Minimum Ultimate Properties From Coupons.
96-185
71
6-8 9-10
FIBERGLASS PULTRUSION THICKNESS

RELATIVE TO STEEL, ALUMINUM OR WOOD

FIBERGLASS PULTRUSION
CONSTRUCTION
*STEEL
Tensile Rigidity Flexural
Strength Strength
50% Mat & Roving (EXTREN)
2.5 2.15 1.82
70% Roving only

(Thermal Cure Rod & Bar)
1.0
1.71
1.12
* Copied from Engineered Materials Handbook, Vol. 1, Composites, pg. 541

As an example, a 50% mat & roving fiberglass pultrusion would need to be 1.16 times as thick as
an aluminum part to achieve the same 'flexural strength'.
Values refer to non-plate EXTREN profiles.
Rev.0313
2-6

All Rights Reserved
Section 2


FIBERGLASS

ALUMINUM
PONDEROSA
RIGID PVC COMPRESSION
SPRAY-UP

6061-T61 T651
PINE
RIGID PVC 10% GLASS MOLDING (SMC) (30-50% GLASS)
MECHANICAL
Tensile Strength
LW
45
(x103 psi)
CW
45
Tensile Modulus LW
(x106 psi)
CW
10
10
Flexural Strength
LW
45
(x103 psi)
CW
45
.42 6.2 7.8 8-20

6.2
7.8
8-20

.39
.39
.47
.47
1.6-2.5
1.6-2.5
9-18
9-18
.8-1.8
.8-1.8
15.4 11 11.7 18-30 16-28

9.4
11
11.7
18-30
16-28
Flexural Modulus LW
10
(x106 psi)
CW 10
.35
.35
.45
.45
1.3-1.8
1.3-1.8
1-1.2
1-1.2
Izod Impact
(ft-lb/in)
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
10-20
10-20
4-12
4-12
1.38
1.39
1.5-1.7
LW

CW
Specific Gravity
2.5
.52
1.4-1.6
PHYSICAL
Density (lbs/in3)
.092
(BTU/SF/HR/Fo/in)
Expansion
(10-6 in/in/oF)
.019 .052 .052 .054-.061 .05-.059
1200
.08
1.3
1.3-1.7
1.2-1.6
13.5
1.7
37
23
10-18
12-20

*ALUMINUM

CONSTRUCTION

*WOOD
Tensile Flexural Tensile Flexural

Strength Rigidity Strength
1.0 1.49 1.16
.25
.79 .45
70% Roving only

.4
.10
.63
1.19
.71
.27

As an example, a 50% mat & roving fiberglass pultrusion would need to be 1.16 times as thick as an
aluminum part to achieve the same 'flexural strength'.
Values refer to non-plate EXTREN profiles.

All Rights Reserved
2-7
Rev.0313
Section 3
Properties of EXTREN
SECTION 3
PROPERTIES OF EXTREN


All Rights Reserved
3-1
Rev.1014
Section 3
PROPERTIES OF EXTREN
INTRODUCTION
The properties in this manual are for product as produced by Strongwell and the data sheets in this
section present the minimum ultimate values from testing in conformance to ASTM procedures.
These values are obtained from coupons machined from EXTREN structural shapes and function
as a proof test for the EXTREN composite. Descriptions of the ASTM test procedures are found at
the end of this section.
Strongwell verifies the full section bending Modulus of Elasticity using a simple beam concept at
the start of each production run. The empirically determined EXTREN structural design equations
presented in later sections will be a function of the Modulus of Elasticity.
The designer must consider environmental factors in designing for the actual application. These
factors include elevated temperature and corrosive chemicals.
TEMPERATURE EFFECTS
The approximate retention of mechanical properties at elevated temperatures are:

EXTREN

Series 500/525 Series 625
o
100 F 85% 90%
125oF 70% 85%
Ultimate Stress
150oF 50% 80%
175oF
not recommended
75%
o
200 F
not recommended
50%
>200oF
not recommended
not recommended
100oF 100% 100%
125oF 90% 95%
Modulus of Elasticity
150oF 85% 90%
175oF
not recommended
88%
200oF
not recommended
85%
o
>200 F
not recommended
not recommended
These recommendations are based on the normal EXTREN proprietary resin system. Strongwell
routinely processes other resin systems to achieve higher temperature ratings for specific applications.
CORROSION EFFECTS
As a general rule, the isophthalic polyester resin used in EXTREN Series 500/525 is resistant to
most acidic attacks while the vinyl ester resin in EXTREN Series 625 is resistant to acids and bases.
The effect of corrosive chemicals is temperature dependent with elevated temperature increasing the
corrosion activity. A corrosion guide has been included in this manual and a Strongwell salesperson
can respond to chemicals not listed in this guide.
Strongwell incorporates a synthetic veil on the surface of all EXTREN structural shapes which causes
a resin rich layer which enhances corrosion protection.
UV (ULTRAVIOLET RADIATION) EFFECTS

UV is a sunlight produced environmental attack on FRP composites. The synthetic surfacing veil also
aids in protecting the composite from UV degradation, the effect of which is sometimes referred to as
"fiber blooming". EXTREN also contains a UV inhibitor.
There is a large variation in the degree of fading from UV degradation based on the color selected.
It should be noted that the surfacing veil, while not preventing color fading, serves to protect the
composite from any mechanical property degradation potentially caused by UV. Coating with materials
such as UV stabilized polyurethane based paints are very effective in maintaining the color and offer
the optimum long-term protection from UV attack.
Rev.1014
3-2

All Rights Reserved
Section 3
SERIES 500/525/625 STRUCTURAL SHAPES

ULTIMATE COUPON PROPERTIES
Below are the test results for the minimum ultimate coupon properties of EXTREN structural
shapes as per the referenced ASTM procedures. The properties of plate as well as thermal cure
rod and bar are found elsewhere in this section. Designers should refer to Section 8 FLEXURAL
MEMBERS and Section 9 COMPRESSION MEMBERS for the recommended design equations
for EXTREN. The actual geometry and application of the structural shape will determine its
ultimate usability. Additionally, WF / I-Beam ASTM properties may vary due to location in the part
but the modulus of elasticity will not be affected.

PROPERTY
ASTM
SERIES SERIES
TEST UNITS 500/525 625
MECHANICAL
Tensile Stress, LW
Tensile Stress, CW
Tensile Modulus, LW
Tensile Modulus, CW
Compressive Stress, LW
Compressive Stress, CW
Compressive Modulus, LW
Compressive Modulus CW
Flexural Stress, LW
Flexural Stress, CW
Flexural Modulus, LW
Flexural Modulus, CW
(W and I Shapes > 4")
Shear Modulus, LW m
Short Beam Shear, LW
Ultimate Bearing Stress, LW
Poisson's Ratio, LW
Notched Izod Impact, LW
Notched Izod Impact, CW
D638
psi
30,000
30,000
D638
psi
7,000
7,000
6
D638
10 psi
2.5
2.6
D638
106 psi
0.8
0.8
D695
psi
30,000 30,000
D695
psi
15,000
16,000
D695
106 psi
2.5
2.6
D695
106 psi
0.8
0.8
D790
psi
30,000 30,000
D790
psi
10,000
10,000
D790 106 psi 1.6 1.6
D790
106 psi
0.8
0.8
full section
full section
106 psi
106 psi
2.6
2.5
2.8
2.5
106 psi
0.425
0.425
D2344 psi
4,500 4,500
D953
psi
30,000
30,000
D3039 in/in 0.33 0.33
D256
ft-lbs/in
25
25
D256
ft-lbs/in
4
4
PHYSICAL
Barcol Hardness
D2583
45 45
24 hr Water Absorption
D570
% Max
0.6
0.6
Density
D792 lbs/in3
.062-.070 .062-.070
Coefficient of Thermal Expansion, LW D696 10-6 in/in/oF 7 7
C177 BTU-in/ft2/hr/oF 4
4
ELECTRICAL
Arc Resistance, LW
Dielectric Strength, LW
Dielectric Strength, PF

All Rights Reserved
D495 seconds 120 120

D149 KV/in 35 35
D149 volts/mil 200 200
3-3
Rev.1014
Section 3
PROPERTY
TEST VALUE
FLAMMABILITY
(Only Series 525 and 625)
Flammability Classification (1/8")
Tunnel Test
NBS Smoke Chamber
Flammability
UL Thermal Index
British Fire Test
UL 94
ASTM E84
ASTM E662
ASTM D635
Generic
BS 476-7
VO
25 Max
650-700 (Typical)
Self Extinguishing
130oC
Class 1
LW lengthwise
CW crosswise
PF perpendicular to laminate face
NOTES:
Refer to Section 9 COMPRESSION MEMBERS for the recommended allowable
stresses for EXTREN columns.
Refer to Section 8 FLEXURAL MEMBERS for the recommended allowable stresses

for EXTREN beams. LW results are for the flange only.
This value is determined from full section simple beam bending of EXTREN structural
shapes and will be used in Sections 8 and 9 for design.
The Shear Modulus value has been determined from tests with full sections of EXTREN
structural shapes. Less precise values are occasionally estimated for pultrusion by using
an equation for isotropic materials, G=E/[2(1 + v)]. For example, if EXTREN pultrusions
are assumed to be isotropic with a Poisson's Ratio (v) of 0.33 and a Modulus of Elasticity
of 2.6 x 106 psi, then G = 977,000 psi, which exceeds the listed tested value. EXTREN
shapes are mat/roving composites and anisotropic.
Strongwell incorporates a synthetic surfacing veil routinely on the surface of all EXTREN
structural shapes. This has the effect of lowering the measured Barcol Hardness and
does not reflect an absence of cure. Other additives incorporated into the composite for
corrosion protection and surface improvements may also reduce Barcol Hardness to a
typical value of 45. A surface unprotected by a surfacing veil without additives would have
a minimum value of 50.
Measured as a percentage maximum by weight.
Rev.1014
Span to depth ratio of 3:1; EXTREN angles will have a minimum value of 4000 psi and
the I/W shapes are tested in the web.
Typical values.
This is a typical value which varies with composite thickness.
3-4

All Rights Reserved
Section 3
THERMAL CURE ROD AND BAR

Below are the test results for the minimum ultimate coupon properties of thermal cure rod and bar
as per the referenced ASTM procedures. Rod and bar stock contain longitudinal reinforcements
only no mat. Coupon testing provides a proof test for the composite, but the actual geometry
and application of the structural shape will determine its ultimate usability.
THERMAL

ASTM CURE
PROPERTY
TEST UNITS CLEAR
MECHANICAL
Tensile Stress, LW
Tensile Modulus, LW
Compressive Stress, Axial, LW
Flexural Stress, LW
Flexural Modulus, LW
Short Beam Shear, LW
D3916
D3916
D695
D790
D790
D256
D4475
psi
106 psi
psi
psi
106 psi
ft-lbs/in
psi
100,000
6.0
60,000
100,000
6.0
40
5,500
PHYSICAL
Barcol Hardness
24 hr. Water Absorption
Density
Coefficient of Thermal Expansion
D2583

50
D570
% Max
0.25
D792 lbs/in3 .072-.076
D696
10-6 in/in/oF 5
ELECTRICAL
Dielectric Strength, LW D149 KV/in
35
LW lengthwise or parallel to the roving

NOTE: All thermal cure rod and bar are not normally produced with a fire retardant resin. Thermal
cure rod and bar were not designed to be machined. Machining may cause splintering or other
issues due to the lack fo off-axis reinforcements.
Typical values.

All Rights Reserved
3-5
Rev.1014
Section 3
SERIES 500/525 PLATE

Below are the test results for the minimum ultimate coupon properties of EXTREN Series
500/525 plate as per the referenced ASTM procedures. Designers should refer to Section 10
PLATE for the recommended design equations for EXTREN. The actual geometry and
application of the plate will determine its ultimate usability.

PROPERTY
ASTM THICKNESS
TEST UNITS 1/8" 3/16"-3/8" 1/2"-1"
MECHANICAL
Tensile Stress, LW
Tensile Stress, CW
Tensile Modulus, LW
Tensile Modulus, CW
D638
D638
D638
D638
psi
20,000
20,000
20,000
psi
7,500
10,000
10,000
106 psi 1.8 1.8 1.8
106 psi 0.7 0.9 1.0
Compressive Stress, Edgewise, LW

Compressive Stress, Edgewise, CW
Compressive Modulus, Edgewise, LW
Compressive Modulus, Edgewise, CW
D695
D695
D695
D695
psi
psi
106 psi
106 psi
24,000
15,500
1.8
0.7
24,000
16,500
1.8
0.9
24,000
20,000
1.8
1.0
Flexural Stress, Flatwise, LW

Flexural Stress, Flatwise, CW
Flexural Modulus, Flatwise, LW
Flexural Modulus, Flatwise, CW
D790
D790
D790
D790
psi
psi
106 psi
106 psi
24,000
10,000
1.1
0.8
24,000
13,000
1.1
0.8
24,000
17,000
1.4
1.3
D953
psi
32,000
32,000
32,000
Poisson's Ratio, LW
Poisson's Ratio, CW
D3039 in/in
D3039 in/in

D256
D256
ft-lbs/in
ft-lbs/in
0.31
0.29
15
5
0.31
0.29
10
5
0.31
0.29
10
5
PHYSICAL
Barcol Hardness
Density
D2583

40
40
40
D570 % Max
0.6
0.6
0.6
D792 lbs/in3 .060-.068 .060-.068 .060-.068
D696 10-6in/in/oF 8
8
8
ELECTRICAL
D149 KV/in 35
D149 volts/mil 200
35
N.T.
35
N.T.
LW lengthwise
CW crosswise
PF perpendicular to the laminate face
N.T. not tested
NOTES:
Rev.1014
3-6

All Rights Reserved
Section 3
SERIES 625 PLATE

Below are the test results for the minimum ultimate coupon properties of EXTREN Series 625
plate as per the referenced ASTM procedures. Designers should refer to Section 10 PLATE
for the recommended design equations for EXTREN. The actual geometry and application of
the plate will determine its ultimate usability.

PROPERTY
ASTM THICKNESS
TEST UNITS 1/8" 3/16"-1/4" 3/8"-1"
MECHANICAL
Tensile Stress, LW
Tensile Stress, CW
Tensile Modulus, LW
Tensile Modulus, CW
D638
D638
D638
D638
psi
20,000
20,000
20,000
psi
7,500
10,000
10,000
6
10 psi 1.8 1.8 1.8
106 psi 1.0 1.0 1.0
Compressive Stress, Edgewise, LW

Compressive Stress, Edgewise, CW
Compressive Modulus, Edgewise, LW
Compressive Modulus, Edgewise, CW
D695
D695
D695
D695
psi
psi
106 psi
106 psi
24,000
16,500
1.8
1.0
24,000
17,500
1.8
1.0
24,000
17,500
1.8
1.0
Flexural Stress, Flatwise, LW

Flexural Stress, Flatwise, CW
Flexural Modulus, Flatwise, LW
Flexural Modulus, Flatwise, CW
D790
D790
D790
D790
psi
psi
106 psi
106 psi
24,000
10,000
1.1
0.8
24,000
13,000
1.1
0.9
24,000
17,000
1.4
1.3
D953
psi
32,000
32,000
32,000
Poisson's Ratio, LW
Poisson's Ratio, CW
D3039 in/in 0.32 0.32

D3039 in/in 0.24 0.24

D256
D256
PHYSICAL
Barcol Hardness
Density
D2583

40
40
40
D570
% Max
0.6
0.6
0.6
D792 lbs/in3 .060-.068 .060-.068 .060-.068
D696 10-6in/in/oF 8
8
8
ELECTRICAL
D149 KV/in 35
D149 volts/mil 250
ft-lbs/in
ft-lbs/in
15
5
10
5
35
N.T.
0.32
0.24
10
5
35
N.T.
LW lengthwise
CW crosswise
PF perpendicular to the laminate face
N.T. not tested
NOTES:

All Rights Reserved
3-7
Rev.1014
Section 3
DESCRIPTION OF TESTS FOR EXTREN

TEST
DESCRIPTION
TENSILE STRENGTH
(ASTM D638)
The tensile strength is determined by pulling ends of a test

specimen until failure. The tensile modulus can be calculated
by measuring the ratio of stress and strain. When the tensile
strength is measured in the longitudinal direction, as a first
approximation, it is an indication of relative roving content. For
example, an all roving thermal cure rod has a higher tensile
strength than the EXTREN structural shapes which are a
combination of roving and continuous strand mat.
FLEXURAL PROPERTIES
(ASTM D790)
The flexural strength is determined by placing a test specimen

between two supports and applying a load to the center.
ASTM D790 specifies required span to depth ratios for the
test specimen. Flexural tests on coupon samples are often
used to determine the effects of environmental conditions
such as temperature and corrosive agents.
COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH
(ASTM D695)
The ultimate compressive strength of a composite is a force

required to rupture the composite when a load is applied
such that the specimen is crushed. The compressive test is
an excellent indication of the resin matrix to reinforcement
bond and has been adopted by the ANSI A14.5 specification
for fiberglass rail as the primary physical property audit.
IZOD IMPACT
(ASTM D256)
The Izod impact is determined by subjecting a specimen to

a pendulum-type collision; the specimen can be notched or
unnotched. The energy required to rupture the specimen due
to the collision caused by the swinging pendulum is used to
calculate the Izod impact strength.
BEARING STRESS
(ASTM D953)
This test specimen consists of a flat strip with a hole machined

in one end as specified by the ASTM procedure. The testing
consists of clamping the end without the hole and attempting
to tear or rupture the hole in the specimen. The load required
to rupture the hole is used to determine the bearing stress.
MODULUS OF ELASTICITY
This parameter is determined by loading a prescribed length

of the full shape (not a coupon) with a support at each end and
applying a center load. From the measured deflection and the
known load and span, the bending modulus of elasticity can
be determined once the shear deflection effects are identified.
This is a more reliable estimate of the field performance in
beam bending situation than the coupon properties.
Rev.1014
3-8

All Rights Reserved
Section 3
DESCRIPTION OF TESTS FOR EXTREN

BARCOL HARDNESS
(ASTM D2583)
The barcol hardness is a measure of the resistance of the surface

of a test specimen to penetration by a needle probe which is spring
driven. The barcol hardness value is generally an average of
multiple measurements on the same part and is an approximate
measure of the composite's completeness of cure.
WATER ABSORPTION
(ASTM D570)
In this test, the specimens are immersed in water for a period

of 24 hours and the change in weight is measured. This test
has utility in electrical and corrosive applications.
DENSITY
(ASTM D792)
The density is the ratio of the mass (weight) of a specimen to

the volume of the specimen. This parameter is important in
determining the ultimate weight of the finished product.
SPECIFIC GRAVITY
(ASTM D792)
The ratio of the density of a composite to the density of

water.
ARC RESISTANCE
(ASTM D495)
This test is performed by placing two probes on a test

specimen at a distance of 1/4". A high voltage, low current,
arc is passed between the probes with a specified on/off cycle
for this arc. The time taken for the arc to completely burn a
path through the composite is measured.
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH
(ASTM D149)
In this electrical test, the sample is placed between

electrodes with the electrodes and the sample immersed in
non-conducting oil to prevent a false failure signal. Failure
occurs when the voltage is sufficient to cause the current to
discharge through the composite. This test is occasionally
performed after conditioning the test specimen with water at
elevated temperatures.
WEATHERING
QUV WEATHEROMETER
(ASTM G53)
The QUV Weatherometer applies alternating cycles of

water, high temperature, humidity and ultraviolet exposure
to measure the weatherability of a given composite and/or
additive. This test is primarily comparative in nature between
composites and/or formulations. The geographic location of
the composite will determine its actual weatherability.
UL 94
EXTREN Series 525 and Series 625 conform to UL 94

testing with a VO Rating. In the UL 94 test, a vertically clamped
sample is subjected to a fame from a Bunsen burner.
TUNNEL TEST
(ASTM E84)
In the 25 foot tunnel test, a smoke generation value and the

rate of flame spread are determined. This test has been the
standard for years in measuring flammability and smoke
generation.
NBS SMOKE CHAMBER

(ASTM E662)
This test requires a much smaller test specimen and

essentially places this specimen in the bottom of a chamber
and measures the smoke that is generated to an optical
detector at the top of the chamber.
FLAMMABILITY
(ASTM D635)
This is a less severe flammability test in which the specimen

is held horizontally with one end subjected to a flame for 30
seconds.

All Rights Reserved
3-9
Rev.1014
Section 3
SPECIFICATION FOR
EXTREN FIBERGLASS REINFORCED POLYMER (FRP)
SCOPE
This specification covers EXTREN fiberglass reinforced polymer (FRP) wide flange shapes,
I-shapes, channels, angles, tubing, rod, bar, flat sheet and special shapes produced by Strongwell,
Bristol, Virginia, and its divisions.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
All structural shapes shall be EXTREN FRP Series (select one: 500, 525 or 625) produced
using the pultrusion process.
All rod and bar shall be Strongwell FRP thermal cure rod and bar produced using the pultrusion
process.
DESIGN
Selection of structural shapes for use under compressive or flexural load to be in accordance
with load tables provided in the Strongwell Design Manual.
TOLERANCES
The tolerance for a structural shape supplied to this specification shall be within the limits given
in Section 5 - TOLERANCES of the Strongwell Design Manual.
FABRICATION AND HANDLING

1) Cut edges and holes can be sealed with a resin compatible with the resin matrix used in
the structural shape if there is concern about the environment in which the shape will be
used.
2) The fabricator and contractor shall exercise precautions necessary to protect the fiberglass
pultruded structural shapes from abuse to prevent breakage, nicks, gouges, etc. during
fabrication, handling and installation.
3) Structural shapes shall be fabricated and assembled as indicated on the design drawings
and in accordance with Strongwell's EXTREN Fabrication & Repair Manual.
NOTE:
See Section 20 Specifications for Fiberglass Reinforced Polymer Products and
Fabrications.
Rev.1014
3-10

All Rights Reserved
JANUARY 1, 2015
AVAILABILITY LIST
EXTREN Structural Shapes and Plate.........................................................2
Special Composite Shapes..........................................................................4
DURADEK and DURAGRID Pultruded Grating..........................................6
DURAGRATE Molded Grating.....................................................................8
DURATREADTM Molded Stair Tread Covers..................................................9
SAFRAILTM Industrial Handrail Systems.......................................................9
CUSTOM Handrail Systems.......................................................................10
Baffle Wall Panels......................................................................................11
COMPOSOLITE Building Panel System....................................................11
DURASHIELD Foam Core Building Panel System....................................11
DURASHIELD HC Hollow Core Building Panel System............................11
SAFPLANK Interlocking Decking System.................................................12
SAFDECK Overlapping Decking System...................................................12
STRONGDEKTM Architectural Decking System...........................................12
FIBREBOLT Studs and Nuts.....................................................................12
HS ARMOR PANEL Balllistic Panel............................................................13
General Information...................................................................................14
FIBERGLASS STRUCTURAL SHAPES & PLATE
CHANNELS
EQUAL LEG ANGLES

Sizes in Inches
1 x 1/8
1-1/4 x 1/8
1-1/4 x 3/16
1-1/2 x 1/8
1-1/2 x 3/16
1-1/2 x 1/4
2 x 1/8
2 x 3/16
2 x 1/4
3 x 1/4
3 x 3/8
4 x 1/4
4 x 3/8
4 x 1/2
5 x 1/2
6 x 1/4
6 x 3/8
6 x 1/2
Series
500
Series
525
Series
625
Lbs. Per
Lin. Ft.
STOCKED
STOCKED
STOCKED
NS
NS
STOCKED
STOCKED
NS
NS
STOCKED
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
STOCKED
STOCKED
STOCKED
NS
NS
STOCKED
STOCKED
NS
NS
STOCKED
STOCKED
STOCKED
STOCKED
STOCKED
STOCKED
STOCKED
STOCKED
STOCKED
STOCKED
STOCKED
STOCKED
STOCKED
STOCKED
STOCKED
NS
NS
NS
NS
STOCKED
STOCKED
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
STOCKED
STOCKED
STOCKED
0.18
0.22
0.35
0.28
0.41
0.50
0.37
0.56
0.73
1.08
1.66
1.50
2.08
2.86
3.80
2.29
3.56
4.41
STOCKED
2 x 1 x 1/8
3 x 1-1/2 x 1/4
4 x 2 x 1/4
5-1/2 x 2-1/2 x 1/4
6 x 3 x 1/4
6 x 3 x 3/8
6 x 4 x 1/4
8 x 4 x 3/8
8 x 4 x 1/2
10 x 5 x 3/8
10 x 5 x 1/2
12 x 6 x 1/2
18 x 3/8 x 4-1/2 x 1/2
24 x 3/8 x 7-1/2 x 3/4
1-1/2 x 1 x 3/16
1-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 1/4
2 x 9/16 x 1/8
2 x 7/8 x 1/4
2-5/8 x 1/8 x 1-1/4 x 3/16
3 x 1 x 3/16
3 x 7/8 x 1/4
3 x 1-1/2 x 1/4
3-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 3/16
4 x 1-1/16 x 1/8
4 x 1-3/8 x 3/16
4 x 1-1/8 x 1/4
5 x 1-3/8 x 1/4
5-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 3/16
5-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 1/4
6 x 1-5/8 x 1/4
6 x 1-11/16 x 3/8
8 x 2-3/16 x 1/4
8 x 2-3/16 x 3/8
10 x 2-3/4 x 1/2
12 x 3 x 1/2
14 x 3-1/2 x 3/4
18 x 2-3/16 x 3/16
24 x 3 x .260
I-BEAMS
Sizes in Inches
Sizes in Inches
Series
500
Series
525
Series
625
Lbs. Per
Lin. Ft.
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
0.37
1.11
1.48
2.00
2.31
3.39
3.20
4.40
5.96
5.55
7.81
9.07
STOCKED
STOCKED STOCKED
NS
NS
NS
NS
STOCKED
STOCKED
STOCKED
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
STOCKED
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
STOCKED STOCKED
NS
NS
NS
NS
Series
500
Series
525
Series
625
Lbs. Per
Lin. Ft.
NS
NS
NS
STOCKED
STOCKED
STOCKED
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
0.46
0.74
0.28
0.76
0.59
0.68
0.77
1.06
0.90
0.53
0.87
1.07
1.35
1.19
1.55
1.68
2.38
2.24
3.41
5.50
6.50
10.73
3.88
6.16
STOCKED
STOCKED STOCKED
NS
NS
NS
STOCKED
STOCKED
STOCKED
STOCKED
STOCKED
NS
NS
NS
STOCKED
STOCKED
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
STOCKED
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
STOCKED STOCKED
STOCKED
STOCKED
NS
NS
STOCKED
STOCKED STOCKED
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
STOCKED STOCKED
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
WIDE FLANGE BEAMS

Sizes in Inches
2 x 1/8
3 x 1/4
4 x 1/4
6 x 1/4
6 x 3/8
8 x 3/8
8 x 1/2
10 x 1/2
10 x 3/8
12 x 1/2
Series
500
Series
525
Series
625
Lbs. Per
Lin. Ft.
NS
NS
0.58
1.69
2.35
3.39
5.19
6.97
9.37
8.78
12.06
13.98
NS
NS
STOCKED
STOCKED
STOCKED
STOCKED STOCKED
STOCKED
STOCKED STOCKED
STOCKED
STOCKED STOCKED
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
STOCKED STOCKED
NS
NS
NS
NS
STOCKED
NS
NS
NS
8.52
15.77
Series 500 - Polyester resin, olive green

Series 525 - Polyester resin, flame retardant, slate gray
Series 625 - Vinyl Ester resin, flame retardant, beige
All items are stocked in 20 foot lengths unless otherwise noted

Items are non-stocked items
NOTE: Inventory of nonstocked items may be available due to overruns.

-2-
SQUARE TUBE
Sizes in Inches
1 x 1/8
1-1/4 x 1/8
1-1/2 x 1/8
1-1/2 x 1/4
1-3/4 x 1/8
1-3/4 x 1/4
2 x 1/8
2 x 1/4*
2-1/2 x 1/4
3 x 1/8
3 x 1/4
3 x 3/8
3-1/2 x 1/4
4 x 1/4
4 x 3/8
6 x 3/8
Series
500
Series
525
Series
625
Lbs. Per
Lin. Ft.
STOCKED
STOCKED
NS
NS
STOCKED
STOCKED
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
0.35
0.41
0.56
0.98
0.64
1.19
0.72
1.37
1.73
1.16
2.26
3.20
2.81
2.99
4.24
6.62
STOCKED
STOCKED
STOCKED STOCKED
NS
NS
NS
NS
STOCKED
NS
NS
STOCKED STOCKED
NS
STOCKED
STOCKED
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
STOCKED STOCKED
NS
STOCKED
NS
NS
ROUND TUBE
Sizes in Inches
1 x 1/8
1-1/4 x 1/8
1-1/2 x 1/8
1-1/2 x 1/4
1-3/4 x 1/8
1-3/4 x 1/4
2 x 1/8
2 x 1/4
2-1/2 x 1/4
3 x 1/4
3-1/2 x .140
4 x 1/4
5 x 1/4
6 x 1/8
6 x 1/4
Series
500
Series
525
Series
625
Lbs. Per
Lin. Ft.
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
STOCKED
STOCKED
STOCKED
STOCKED
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
0.25
0.32
0.45
0.79
0.52
0.94
0.60
1.12
1.43
1.70
1.21
2.36
3.08
1.92
3.76
RECTANGULAR TUBE
Sizes in Inches
2-1/2 x 1-5/8 x 1/8

4 x 1/8 x 2 x 1/4
3-1/2 x 5-1/2 x 1/4
6-1/2 x 1/4 x 2 x 1/2
7 x 4 x 1/4
9 x 6 x 5/16
9 x 6 x 7/16
1/8
3/16
1/4
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
1
Series 525
Series 625
Lbs. Per Lin. Ft.
NS
NS
STOCKED
STOCKED
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
STOCKED
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
0.75
1.52
3.42
3.86
4.09
6.80
9.72
NS
NS
NS
NS
EXTREN pultruded plate is stocked in six thicknesses - see below. EXTREN plate is a stocked item and is
usually available on short notice. Stock size is 48" x 96".
60" wide plate is also available, non-stocked. Other sizes are available and will be quoted upon request.
PLATE
Thickness
in Inches
Series 500
Series 500
Series 525
Series 625
STOCKED
STOCKED
STOCKED
STOCKED
NS
NS
STOCKED
STOCKED
STOCKED
STOCKED
STOCKED
NS
STOCKED
STOCKED
STOCKED
NS
NS
NS
STOCKED
STOCKED
STOCKED
NS
STOCKED
STOCKED
Weight
Lbs. Per Sq. Foot
1.20
1.71
2.34
3.54
4.82
5.79
7.24
8.50
Series 500 - Polyester resin, olive green

Series 525 - Polyester resin, flame retardant, slate gray
Series 625 - Vinyl Ester resin, flame retardant, beige

* Also stocked in Series 525 yellow
NOTE: Inventory of nonstocked items may be available due to overruns.
-3-
ROD AND BAR
THERMAL CURE ROD AND BAR is produced using all longitudinal reinforcements with low speed and high temperature, which provides a rich surface
appearance. It has no surfacing veil, no pigment and is not fire retardant. On request, Strongwell can quote special formulations including resin type,
fire retardant properties, etc. Because it maintains high electrical standards, thermal cure rod is most commonly specified for electrical applications.
Normally stocked for prompt delivery. Thermal cure rod and bar was not designed to be machined.
ROUND ROD*
Sizes
in Inches
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
13/16
7/8
1
1-1/8
1-1/4
1-1/2
2
SQUARE BAR*
Thermal Cure
Lbs. Per
Lin. Ft.
STOCKED
STOCKED
STOCKED
STOCKED
STOCKED
STOCKED
NS
NS
STOCKED
NS
NS
NS
NS
0.04
0.07
0.10
0.17
0.27
0.39
0.45
0.53
0.69
0.87
1.03
1.52
2.78
Sizes
in Inches
1/2
5/8
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
Thermal Cure
Lbs. Per
Lin. Ft.
STOCKED
STOCKED
NS
STOCKED
NS
STOCKED
0.22
0.34
0.49
0.87
1.35
1.83
Sizes 3/4" diameter and smaller will be stocked in Chatfield, MN
SPECIAL COMPOSITE SHAPES
All Special Composite Shapes are Nonstocked

items unless otherwise noted.
(Special Composite Design Not EXTREN Composite)
Tooling is available for

the following special
nonstocked items
PE
PE/FR
VE/FR
Lbs. Per
Lin. Foot
NS
NS
NS
1.29
TOP RAIL
2 x 1/4 Modified Rd Tube
FLIGHT CHANNEL
5-1/4 x 1/8 x 2-1/2 x 3/16
7-1/8 x 1/8 x 2-1/2 x 3/16
NS
1.33
1.60
NS
CHANNEL
3-1/2 x 2 x 7/32
1.875 x .125 x 1.125 x .188**
3.290 x .128 x 1.180 x .190**
3.310 x .135 x 1.187 x .210**
4.000 x .125 x 1.750 x .187**
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
1.20
0.48
0.65
0.69
0.94
NS
NS
NS
0.65
NS
NS
NS
0.49
STRUT
1-5/8 x 1-5/8 x 5/32
SQUARE TUBE/ROUND HOLE
1" Sq. with 3/4" Rd. Hole

* Special Composite Design - Not EXTREN Composite

** Nonstocked item; standard color - orange
-4-
SPECIAL COMPOSITE SHAPES
(Special Composite Design Not EXTREN Composite)

Tooling is available for
the following special
nonstocked items
PE
PE/FR
VE/FR
Lbs. Per
Lin. Foot
SLIDE GUIDE
2-1/2 x 2-1/4 x 1/4
NS
1.24
UNEQUAL LEG ANGLE

1-3/4 x 1-1/4 x 1/4
NS
NS
NS
0.51
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
STOCKED
NS
NS
STOCKED
NS
STOCKED
NS
NS
NS
NS
STOCKED
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
0.32
0.39
0.41
0.59
0.88
1.12
1.31
1.49
0.57
1.24
STOCKED
0.40
FLAT STRIP
2 x 3/16*
2 x 1/4
3 x 3/16
3 x 1/4
3 x 3/8
3 x 1/2
3-1/2 x 1/2
4 x 1/2
6 x 1/8
6 x 1/4
FLUTED TUBE
1-1/4**
F-SECTION
5-1/2 x 1 x 1/4***
6 x 1-1/2 x 1/4
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
1.58
1.69
NS
NS
NS
0.48
NS
NS
NS
2.35
Z-SECTION
1-1/4 x 2-1/2 x 1/8
CORNER POST
3-1/4 X 1/4

* Stocked item in yellow in 24' lengths

** Stocked item in yellow in 242" lengths
*** Stocked in Chatfield, MN
-5-
PULTRUDED FIBERGLASS GRATING & STAIR TREADS

STOCKING LEVELS OF GRATING MAY VARY. CALL FOR AVAILABILITY.
STANDARD SIZE PANELS

Panel Size
(Width x Length)
PE I-6000 - 1"
VE I-6000 - 1"
3' x 8'
3' x 10'
3' x 12'
3' x 20'
4' x 8'
4' x 10'
4' x 12'
4' x 20'
5' x 8'
5' x 10'
5' x 12'
5' x 20'
PE I-6000 - 1-1/2"
VE I-6000 - 1-1/2"
PE T-5000 - 2"
VE T-5000 - 2"
wt.
(lbs.)
wt.
(lbs.)
wt.
(lbs.)
63
78
94
156
84
104
125
208
104
130
156
260
77
96
116
192
103
128
154
256
128
160
192
320
80
99
119
198
106
132
159
264
132
165
198
330
STANDARD SIZE STAIR TREADS

Stair Treads
(Width x Length)
11" x 144"
12" x 144"
Colors:
Resins:

PE I-6000 - 1"
VE I-6000 - 1"
PE I-6000 - 1-1/2"
VE I-6000 - 1-1/2"
PE T-5000 - 2"
VE T-5000 - 2"
wt.
(lbs.)
wt.
(lbs.)
wt.
(lbs.)
32
39
40
Yellow or Gray
Fire Retardant Polyester - Standard
Fire Retardant Vinyl Ester - Optional
UV Protection: UV Inhibited with a Veil; Total UV Coating Optional

Top Surface: Epoxy Bonded Grit Coating
Cross Rods:
6" o.c.
-6-
PULTRUDED FIBERGLASS GRATING & STAIR TREADS
ACCESSORY ITEMS
ALL ITEMS GENERALLY ARE IN INVENTORY FOR IMMEDIATE SHIPMENT
PANEL HOLD DOWNS
(Price Does Not Include Nuts, Bolts & Washers)

Pounds Approx.
(25 per Package)
(No Broken Packages)

S.S. Insert Hold Down, all series (Specify I-6000 or T-5000)
S.S. Saddle Clip Only, I-6000 - 1"
S.S. Saddle Clip Only, I-6000 - 1-1/2"
S.S. Saddle Clip Only, T-5000 - 2"
1/4" - 20 x 1-1/4" S.S. Socket Head Cap Screw with Nut & Washer
(For use with Hold Downs)
1.00
2.00
2.25
3.25
0.75
PANEL CONNECTORS ASSEMBLY
(Assembly includes Hold Down(s), Bolt(s) and Bottom Bar)

Pounds
Approx.
S.S. Insert Panel Connector, all series

S.S. Saddle Clip Panel Connector, I-6000 - 1"
S.S. Saddle Clip Panel Connector, I-6000 - 1-1/2"
S.S. Saddle Clip Panel Connector, T-5000 - 2"
0.40
0.29
0.30
0.30
FIBERGLASS CURB ANGLE

Pounds Approx.
(ln. ft.)
1" x 1-1/2"
1-1/2" x 1-1/2"
2" x 1-1/2"
4" x 2-1/4" x 1/4" (Slate Gray)

STOCKED
STOCKED
STOCKED
NS
Color:
Resin:
Gray
Fire Retardant, Vinyl Ester
0.83
0.93
1.03
5.33
UV Inhibited with a Veil

Stock Length: 20 feet
MISCELLANEOUS
Pounds
Approx.
Sealing Kit - 1 pint
7" Tungston Carbide Tip Circular Blade
Tungston Carbide Tip Saber Saw Blade
1.64
0.64
0.03
-7-
MOLDED FIBERGLASS GRATING

STOCKING LEVELS OF GRATING MAY VARY. CALL FOR PRICING, COLOR OPTIONS AND AVAILABILITY.
RESINS OPTIONS:
GP GENERAL POLYESTER RESIN SYSTEM
PP PREMIUM POLYESTER RESIN SYSTEM
Thickness
1"
1"
1"
1"
1"
1"
1-1/2"
1-1/2"
1-1/2"
1-1/2"
1-1/2"
1-1/2"
2"
STAIR TREAD*
1-1/2"
VE VINYL ESTER RESIN SYSTEM

FF FOOD GRADE RESIN SYSTEM
Mesh
Panel
Size
Estimated
Weight (lbs.)
1" x 4"
1" x 4"
1" x 4"
1-1/2" x 1-1/2"
1-1/2" x 1-1/2"
1-1/2" x 1-1/2"
3/4" x 3/4"
1-1/2" x 1-1/2"
1-1/2" x 1-1/2"
1-1/2" x 1-1/2"
1-1/2" x 1-1/2"
1-1/2" x 6"
2" x 2"
3' x 10'
4' x 8'
4' x 12'
3' x 10'
4' x 8'
4' x 12'
4' x 12'
3' x 10'
4' x 8'
4' x 12'
5' x 10'
4' x 12'
4' x 12'
84
90
135
78
83
125
209
114
122
183
190
168
192
1-1/2" x 6"
22-1/2" x 10'
60
*NOTE: Nosing is gritted and same color as stair tread.

Other resins, colors and accessories available on special orders. Call factory for details.
ACCESSORY ITEMS
M Clip
Item
(No Broken Packages)
Type M Clip for 1" x 1" x 4" Rectangular Mesh
Type M Clip for 1" x 1-1/2" Square Mesh
Type M Clip for 1-1/2" x 1-1/2" Square Mesh n
Type M Clip Deep for 1-1/2" x 1-1/2" Square Mesh or 1-1/2" x 6" Rectangular Mesh
Type M Clip for 2" x 2" Square Mesh o
Type J Clip for 1"
Type J Clip for 1-1/2"
Type J Clip for 2"
J Clip
Type C Clip Assembly for 1"

Type C Clip Assembly for 1-1/2"
Type C Clip Assembly for 2"
C Clip
(ALL CLIPS AND BOLTS S.S. 316)
Typical bolts to use for Clips:

1/4" x 1" Hex Head Cap Screw with Nut and Washer
1/4" x 1-1/2" Hex Head Cap Screw with Nut and Washer
1/4" x 1-3/4" Hex Head Cap Screw with Nut and Washer
1/4" x 1-1/4" Socket Head Cap Screw with Nut and Washer
n1/4" x 2" Hex Head Cap Screw with Nut and Washer
o1/4" x 2-1/2" Hex Head Cap Screw with Nut and Washer
-8-
MOLDED FIBERGLASS STAIR TREAD COVERS

STOCKING LEVELS MAY VARY. CALL FOR PRICING, COLOR OPTIONS AND AVAILABILITY.
RESINS OPTIONS:
GP GENERAL POLYESTER RESIN SYSTEM
PP PREMIUM POLYESTER RESIN SYSTEM
VE VINYL ESTER RESIN SYSTEM

FF FOOD GRADE RESIN SYSTEM
Tread (inches)
Thickness 1/8" Weight (.lbs)
Thickness 1/4" Weight (.lbs)
8
9
10
11
12
16
18
19
21
23
31
34
37
40
44
*All covers are 12' long. No minimum on black with yellow nose covers. The mininum order quantity for all other colors is 5 pieces.
FIBERGLASS HANDRAIL SYSTEMS

SQUARE HANDRAIL SYSTEM COMPONENTS
Component
2" x 2" x .156" Square Tube, Yellow Polyester Fire Retardant UV Inhibited @ 240"
2-3/8" x 2-3/8" x 3/16" Square Tube, Yellow Polyester Fire Retardant UV Inhibited @ 240"
4" Kickplate Yellow Polyester Fire Retardant UV Inhibited @ 240"
6" Kickplate Yellow Polyester Fire Retardant UV Inhibited @ 240" (1,200 ft. mill run)
Black End Caps
Adjustable Corner Assembly (Total Assembly)
90o Corner Plug
Kickplate Splice
Kickplate 90o Splice
Split Tube 8" Length (for square handrail)
6" Square Plug
Square Plug 144" Length
1/8" x 1-1/2" Tension Pins
Epoxy Kits - 1 Pint Clear
FRP Base Plate with Post - Total Height 40" (Polyester)
Alternate Handrail Post, 2-3/8" x 2-3/8" x 50", Routed Out, No Bottom Plugs
90o Corner Sample
Tee Sample
NOTE: UV Coating is recommended for exterior applications and is available at an additional cost.
-9-
Weight
(lbs.)
0.95 / ft.
1.36 / ft.
0.65 / ft.
0.73 / ft.
0.03 ea.
0.36 ea.
0.35 ea.
0.11 ea.
0.15 ea.
0.35 ea.
0.18 ea.
6.12 ea.
0.76 ea.
18.24 ea.
.04 / 10 pcs.
1.64 ea.
5.50 ea.
5.70 ea.
1.30 ea.
0.90 ea.
FIBERGLASS HANDRAIL SYSTEMS

ROUND HANDRAIL SYSTEM COMPONENTS

Weight
(lbs.)
0.88 / ft.
0.65 / ft.
0.05 ea.
0.36 ea.
0.35 ea.
0.05 ea.
0.11 ea.
0.15 ea.
0.15 ea.
0.30 ea.
0.53 ea.
0.04 / 10 pcs.
5.50 / pc.
0.12 ea.
.05 ea.
Component
1.9" OD x 1.5" ID Yellow Polyester Fire Retardant UV Inhibited
4" Kickplate Yellow Polyester Fire Retardant UV Inhibited @ 240"
Black End Caps
Adjustable Corner Assembly (Total Assembly)
90o Corner Assembly
Intermediate Connectors
Kickplate Splice
Kickplate 90o Splice
Split Tube, 1.5 x 4" (for round handrail)
Split Tube, 1.5 x 8" (for round handrail)
Round Connector, 1.5 x 8"
1/8" x 1-1/2" Tension Pins
FRP Base Plate with Post, Total Height 39-9/16" (YFRPE)
Stainless Steel Kickplate Bracket
1/4" x 1" Stainless Steel Bolt Assembly
CHANNEL TOP HANDRAIL SYSTEM COMPONENTS
For more information on the Channel Top option, please refer to the SAFRAIL brochure.
Component
1" Diameter Mid Rail, Yellow Polyester Fire Retardant, UV Coated
(5,000 linear feet min. run)
Channel Top Handrail, Yellow Polyester Fire Retardant, UV Coated
(5,000 linear feet min. run)
2" x 2" x .156" Tube (for post), Yellow Polyester Fire Retardant, UV Coated
4" Kick Plate, Yellow Polyester Fire Retardant, UV Coated
Weight
(lbs.)
CUSTOM FIBERGLASS HANDRAIL SYSTEMS

CUSTOM FABRICATED HANDRAIL
Handrail may be ordered in custom colors and/or resins and may also be pre-fabricated. Prices and ship dates for custom fabricated
handrail may be obtained by calling Strongwell Customer Service.
NOTE: UV Coating is recommended for exterior applications and is available at an additional cost.
- 10 -
FIBERGLASS BAFFLE WALL PANELS

PANELS
Width in Inches
PE
Lbs. Per Lin. Ft.
12"
24*
NS
NS
3.70
6.50
FIBERGLASS BUILDING PANEL SYSTEM
PANEL SYSTEM COMPONENTS

Components
PE
PE/FR
VE/FR
Lbs. Per Lin. Ft.
Panel**
Toggle
3-Way Connector
Hangar
45o Connector
3.42" x 1.3" x .125" Cap Channel ***
3.665" x 2" x 1/4" Structural Cap Channel
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
STOCKED
STOCKED
STOCKED
NS
NS
STOCKED
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
7.52
0.33
1.70
1.55
1.75
0.60
1.30
FIBERGLASS FOAM CORE BUILDING PANEL SYSTEM
PANELS
Thickness in Inches
PE
PE/FR
VE/FR
Lbs. Per Lin. Ft.
1"
3"
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
2.20
7.85
FIBERGLASS HOLLOW CORE BUILDING PANEL SYSTEM
PANELS
Thickness in Inches
PE
PE/FR
VE/FR
Lbs. Per Lin. Ft.
1"
NS
NS
NS
3.27
* Stocked in 24' length

** Stocked in 20' and 24' lengths
*** Also stocked in series 525 yellow, 20' lengths
- 11 -
FIBERGLASS DECKING PRODUCTS

FIBERGLASS INTERLOCKING DECKING SYSTEM
FIBERGLASS OVERLAPPING DECKING SYSTEM
FIBERGLASS ARCHITECTURAL DECKING SYSTEM
DECKING PANELS
Panel
PE
PE/FR
VE/FR
Lbs. Per Lin. Ft.
12" SAFPLANK *
24" SAFPLANK *
SAFDECK **
STRONGDEKTM **
NS
NS
NS
NS
STOCKED
STOCKED
STOCKED
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
2.50
5.00
3.75
2.58
Sizes in Inches
PE
PE/FR
VE/FR
Lbs. Per Lin. Ft.
2.2" x 1.063" x .563" x .080" Cap Channel

STRONGDEKTM Starter Channel
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
0.24
* Stocked in 20' and 24' lengths

** Stocked in 24' lengths
DECKING ACCESSORIES
FIBERGLASS STUDS AND NUTS
STUDS
Sizes in Inches
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
1

Studs Per
Package
Package Weight
(lbs.)
15
10
10
6
4
4.5
5.0
7.5
7.0
8.5
HEX NUTS
Sizes in Inches
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
1
- 12 -
Nuts Per
Package
Package Weight
(lbs.)
100
100
100
25
25
1.5
2.0
3.8
3.0
3.0
HS ARMOR PANELS
FIBERGLASS BALLISTIC PANEL
UL LEVEL 1 (OFF WHITE)

Panel
Lbs. Per Lin. Ft.
STOCKED
STOCKED
STOCKED
STOCKED
1/4" x 36" x 96"

1/4" x 48" x 96"
1/4" x 36" x 120"
1/4" x 48" x 120"

Panel
Lbs. Per Lin. Ft.
STOCKED
STOCKED
STOCKED
STOCKED
.35" x 36" x 96"

.35" x 48" x 96"
.35" x 36" x 120"
.35" x 48" x 120"
8.14
11.00
8.14
11.00
11.06
14.32
11.06
14.32

Panel
Lbs. Per Lin. Ft.
STOCKED
STOCKED
STOCKED
STOCKED
1/2" x 36" x 96" - Color: Off-white

- 13 -
15.70
21.70
15.70
21.70
GENERAL INFORMATION
EXTREN SERIES 500
EXTREN SERIES 525
EXTREN SERIES 625
An all-purpose series utilizing an

isophthalic polyester resin system
with a UV inhibitor.
An all-purpose series utilizing a fire

retardant isophthalic polyester resin
system with a UV inhibitor.
Color: olive green
Color: slate gray (plus certain handrail

and fixed ladder components in yellow)
A premium series both fire

retardant and highly corrosion resistant
utilizing a vinyl ester resin system with
a UV inhibitor.
Color: beige
Note 1: Any Series 500, 525 and 625 EXTREN product can be manufactured upon request to meet the mechanical and physical
properties, as well as the dimensional and visual requirements of BS EN 13706 (E23) European standards. All standard EXTREN
products meet and/or exceed the structural requirements of E17 European standards.
Note 2: All EXTREN Series 500 products can be produced to meet NSF potable water standards. Minimum quantities may apply.
Only products bearing the NSF logo are certified.
STOCKED ITEMS
MINIMUM ORDER VALUE
Carried in inventory, no minimum quantity required.

LENGTHS CUT FROM STOCK: Special lengths can be
cut from stock shapes and rods. Plate can be cut to size
desired from 48" x 96" stock. A fabrication cutting charge
will be applied.
NONSTOCKED ITEMS
Tooling available. Check for possible availability.
Minimum order value is $250.
COLORS
Special colors are available for shapes and plate. Extra cost
will vary, depending on cost, amount of pigment required,
and standards of acceptability. Minimum quantities may
apply.
SPECIAL RESINS AND FORMULAE
SMALL QUANTITIES OF NONSTOCKED ITEMS: These are

occasionally available because of overruns. Purchaser
having a requirement for small quantities of nonstocked
items should inquire about current inventory status. Such
items are subject to prior sale, so delivery cannot be
guaranteed.
Special resins and resin mixes will be quoted specifically

after resin mix has been tested for adaptability to the
production process involved.
PACKAGING
If other than standard packaging is required, contact
Customer Service for additional costs.
MILL RUN
SPECIAL MILL RUN VARIANCE: The pultrusion process
does not lend itself to producing exact quantities. Mill runs
may vary 10% on small orders, and as much as 3-5% on
large orders. If minimum quantities are required, orders
should be placed considering these variances.
TERMS
All products are manufactured in accordance to tolerance
properties as published in Strongwell's Design Manual.
Strongwell's Standard Terms and Condition of Sale apply.
F.O.B./Ex Works dispatch location.
METRIC SIZES
Metric sizes of DURADEK are available upon request.
Contact Customer Service.
ISO-9001:2008 Quality Certified and ISO-14001:2004 Environmentally Certified Manufacturing Plants
CORPORATE OFFICES AND BRISTOL LOCATION
400 Commonwealth Ave., P.O. Box 580, Bristol, VA 24201-3820 USA

(276)645-8000 FAX (276)645-8132
CHATFIELD LOCATION
1610 Highway 52 South, Chatfield, MN 55923-9799 USA

(507)867-3479 FAX (507)867-4031
www.strongwell.com
ST0115
2015 Strongwell
Section 5
Tolerances
SECTION 5
TOLERANCES

All Rights Reserved
5-1
Rev.0410
Section 5
Tolerances
TOLERANCES
INTRODUCTION
Strongwell utilizes ASTM D3917, Dimensional Tolerance of Thermosetting Glass-Reinforced
Plastic Pultruded Shapes, for a definition of the dimensions to be toleranced for EXTREN.
Confusion can easily exist when the terms being discussed are only loosely defined. For example,
ASTM D3917 makes a clear distinction between straightness, camber and flatness. Strongwell
will work with the customer to define the particular dimensional requirements.
Another excellent source for terms utilized in the pultrusion industry is ASTM D3918, Standard
Definition of Terms Relating to Reinforced Plastic Pultruded Products. Strongwell was extremely
active in formulating both of these ASTM specifications and maintains a continued active working
relationship on ASTM Committees.
For reference, classifying EXTREN per ASTM D3647, Classifying Reinforced Plastic Pultruded
Shapes According to Composition, yields the following:
EXTREN Series 500/525 = GCPF
EXTREN Series 625
= GCVF
INSPECTION
Strongwell verifies the adherence to dimensional tolerances and visual standards for the initial part
from all EXTREN production runs. At Strongwell, this initial sample is known as the First Article.
The Modulus of Elasticity is also verified by a simple beam deflection test which is performed
on the production floor.
Strongwells production operators are an integral part of the Strongwell Quality Assurance
program. The operators have been trained to inspect the product as it is produced with the quality
assurance inspectors functioning as auditors and trainers.
TOLERANCES
The tolerances presented govern EXTREN structural shapes and may not be arbitrarily applied
to other pultruded profiles. Strongwell maintains an extremely active custom pultrusion business
and these profiles place different demands on the composite design and dimensional tolerance.
For example, EXTREN structural shapes are balanced composites while custom composites,
because of their special application, are not necessarily geometrically balanced.
In the tolerance section, some mathematical symbols will be used. These symbols are defined
below:
> "greater than" with the tip of the arrow pointing to the smaller number. For example, if it
is stated that "b > 2", this means that dimension "b" is greater than "2". Conversely, "b <
2" states that dimension "b" is less than 2".
"greater than or equal to" with the tip of the arrow still pointing towards the smaller number.
However, "b 2" now is interpreted as "b" is greater than or equal to "2".
NOTE:
Standard tolerances will be assumed as the target specifications for custom shapes in the absence
of any customer supplied specifications.
Strongwell straightness tolerances are based on straightness as defined in this section.
Camber is a special custom requirement (also defined in this section for plate).
Rev.0410
5-2

All Rights Reserved
Section 5
Tolerances
STANDARD TOLERANCES
OPEN SHAPES
bf
bf

MAXIMUM OR
SHAPE
DIMENSION TOLERANCE
MINIMUM

(% of nominal)
TOLERANCES
t = thickness
b = flange width
-10%
4%
-.010 minimum
.094" maximum
t = thickness
CHANNELS bf = flange width

d = depth
-10%
4%
4%
-.010" minimum
.094 maximum
.094" maximum

W AND I SHAPES

-10%
4%
4%
-.010" minimum
.094 maximum
.094" maximum

ANGLES
t = thickness
bf = flange width
d = depth
NOTES:
For example, a 1/8" thickness would have a tolerance minimum of .125" - 10% =
.112". An angle with a flange thickness of .090" would have a tolerance of .090"
- .010" that is, a minimum tolerance of .080".
Regardless of the flange width, a tolerance of no greater than .094" is permitted. This maximum tolerance is to be used when 4% of "b" or "bf exceeds 3/32.

All Rights Reserved
5-3
Rev.0410
Section 5
Tolerances
STANDARD TOLERANCES
OPEN SHAPES
STRAIGHTNESS
As per ASTM D3917, straightness is the upward deviation of the structural shape when resting on
a flat surface in such a manner that the weight of the pultruded shape minimizes the deviation.

LENGTH
ALLOWABLE DEVIATION (in)
All
length in feet x .050 *
*Tested on a minimum length of 16 feet or the run length.
NOTE: Strongwell straightness tolerances are based on straightness as defined above.

Camber, as defined in this section, is a special custom requirement.
TWIST
As per ASTM D3917 and ASTM D3918, twist describes the condition of a progressive rotation
in the structural shape and is measured in such a manner that the weight of the pultruded shape
minimizes the twist.
LARGEST ALLOWABLE
DIMENSION-WIDTH OR DEPTH
TWIST

1.5 or less

1o times length
in feet

1.5 to 2.99

0.5o times
length in feet

3 and over

0.5o times
length in feet
Rev.0410
5-4

All Rights Reserved
Section 5
Tolerances
STANDARD TOLERANCES
OPEN SHAPES
ANGULARITY
As per ASTM D3917, angularity is the adherence of the angles in the pultruded shape to a
specified value.

SPECIFIED ANGLE
TOLERANCE
ALL
2o
FLATNESS (FLAT SURFACES)

As per ASTM D3917, flatness is the deviation from straight across the width of the dimension.
Flatness can be contrasted with straightness, which specifies deviations along the length of the
part.

WIDTH, b
TOLERANCE

.008 per inch

ALL
of width


All Rights Reserved
5-5
.008 minimum
Rev.0410
Section 5
Tolerances
STANDARD TOLERANCES
TUBES
tb
td

SHAPE DIMENSION
TOLERANCE
OUTSIDE
DIMENSION
CONDITIONS

t = thickness

ROUND TUBE

D = outside
diameter

- 20%
- 15%
D < 2
D > 2
.020
1%
1.5%
D < 2
2 < D < 4
D > 4

t = thickness

- 20%
- 15%
b < 2
b > 2
SQUARE TUBE
b = outside
dimension

.020
1%
1.5%
b < 2
2 < b < 4
b > 4
tb or td = thickness

RECTANGULAR

TUBE
d or b = outside

dimension

- 20%
- 15%
b < 2
b > 2
.020
1%
1.5%
(d or b) < 2
2 < (d or b) < 4
(d or b) > 4
NOTE:
Tolerances of 1-3/4 x 1/8 and 1-3/4 x 1/4 vary from standard to provide telescoping of these
sections.
Rev.0410
5-6

All Rights Reserved
Section 5
Tolerances
STANDARD TOLERANCES
TUBES
STRAIGHTNESS
As per ASTM D3917, straightness is the upward deviation of the pultruded shape when resting
on a flat surface in such a manner that the weight of the pultrusion minimizes the deviation.

SPECIFIED OUTSIDE
DIMENSION
ALLOWABLE DEVIATION (in)
2 or less
> 2
.020 per foot of length

.030 per foot of length
NOTE: Strongwell straightness tolerances are based on

straightness as defined above. Camber, as defined in this
section, is a special custom requirement.
TWIST
As per ASTM D3917 and ASTM D3918, twist describes the condition of a progressive rotation in
the pultruded shape and is measured in such a manner that the weight of the pultruded shape
minimizes the deviation.

LARGEST
OUTSIDE DIMENSION
1.5 or less
ALLOWABLE MAXIMUM
TWIST
TWIST
1o per foot
7o

of length
twist

> 1-1/2

1/2o per foot

of length
5o
ANGULARITY
As per ASTM D3917, angularity is the adherence of the angles in the pultruded shape to a
specified value.

SPECIFIED ANGLE
TOLERANCE
ALL
2o

As per ASTM D3917, flatness is the deviation from straightness across the width of the dimension.
Flatness can be contrasted with straightness which specifies deviations along the length of the
part.

WIDTH, b
specified
angle

ALL

All Rights Reserved
5-7
TOLERANCE
.008 per inch of
outside dimension
.008 minimum
Rev.0410
Section 5
Tolerances
STANDARD TOLERANCES
ROUND AND SQUARE BAR
D

SHAPE
DIMENSION TOLERANCE CONSTRAINTS
ROUND ROD
outside diameter (D)
.020
D < 3
SQUARE BAR
outside diameter (b)
.020
b < 3
STRAIGHTNESS
As per ASTM D3917, straightness is the upward deviation of a pultruded shape when resting on
a flat surface in such a manner that the weight of the pultrusion (or pultruded shape) minimizes
the deviation.

OUTSIDE DIMENSION
TOLERANCE (in)

< 1

.020 per foot

of length

> 1

.030 per foot

of length
NOTE: Strongwell straightness tolerances are based on

straightness as defined above. Camber, as defined in
this section, is a special custom requirement.
TWIST (BAR ONLY)

As per ASTM D3917, and ASTM D3918, twist describes a condition of a progressive rotation on
the pultruded shape and is measured in such a manner that the weight of the pultruded shape
minimizes the deviation.
twist

LARGEST OUTSIDE
DIMENSION
ALLOWABLE
TWIST
b
< 1

b > 1
1 per foot of length

0.5 per foot of length

As per ASTM D3917, flatness is the deviation from straight across the width of the part.

b
Rev.0410
WIDTH, b
ALLOWABLE TOLERANCE

All
.008 per inch of

outside dimension
.008 minimum
5-8

All Rights Reserved
Section 5
Tolerances
STANDARD TOLERANCES
PLATE
b

t
NOMINAL
ALLOWABLE
PLATE WIDTH DIMENSION
TOLERANCE
TOLERANCE

t = thickness -10% of thickness
- .040 maximum
48
b = width
3% of the width
.094 maximum
60
b = width
- 3/16, + 0
59-13/16 - 60
CAMBER
As per ASTM D3917, camber is the allowable deviation of the side from a straight line.

THICKNESS

ALL


All Rights Reserved
5-9
ALLOWABLE TOLERANCE (in)

.025 times the
length in feet
Rev.0410
Section 5
Tolerances
STANDARD TOLERANCES
MISCELLANEOUS
CUT LENGTHS

SPECIFIED LENGTHS (ft)
ALLOWABLE TOLERANCE*
to 8
> 8 - 20
> 20 - 24
> 24
-0, + 0.250
-0, + 0.375
-0, + 0.500
-0, + 3.000
*Applies only to structural shapes and plate.
SQUARENESS OF END CUT

SHAPE
ALLOWABLE TOLERANCE
PLATE
OTHER EXTREN SHAPES
1o
1o
Rev.0410
5-10

All Rights Reserved
SECTION 6 - ELEMENTS OF SECTIONS

Table of Contents
Symbols for Elements of Sections...................................... 6-2
Introduction ........................................................................ 6-3
Large EXTREN Structural Shapes.................................... 6-3
Double Web Beams............................................................ 6-3
Tables
EXTREN W-Shapes.......................................................... 6-4
F Section.......................................................................... 6-17
EXTREN I-Shapes............................................................ 6-5
Unequal Leg Angle........................................................... 6-17
EXTREN Channels........................................................... 6-6
Struts................................................................................ 6-18
EXTREN Equal Leg Angles.............................................. 6-7
Kick Plate.......................................................................... 6-18
Structural Tees (Cut from EXTREN W & I-Shapes).......... 6-8
Square Tube / Round Hole............................................... 6-18
Double EXTREN Channels............................................... 6-9
Z-Section.......................................................................... 6-19
Double Angles / EXTREN Equal Leg Angles.................. 6-10
Slide Guide....................................................................... 6-19
EXTREN Round Tubes................................................... 6-11
Flight Channel.................................................................. 6-20
EXTREN Square Tubes.................................................. 6-12
Curb Angles...................................................................... 6-21
EXTREN Rectangular Shapes........................................ 6-13
SAFRAILTM Post or Rail Section....................................... 6-21
Square Bars...................................................................... 6-14
SAFRAILTM Round Handrail Post or Rail Section............. 6-22
Round Rod....................................................................... 6-14
Half Round Rail Section................................................... 6-22
EXTREN Construction Grade Plate................................ 6-15

Flat Strips......................................................................... 6-16
Section 6
Elements of Sections
SECTION 6
ELEMENTS OF SECTIONS

Rev.1013
6-1

All Rights Reserved
Section 6
SYMBOLS FOR ELEMENTS OF SECTIONS

A
Cross-sectional area (in2)
Aw

Diameter of round rod (in)
Diameter of round hole in square tube (in)
Moment of Inertia (in4)
Radius (in)
Rf
Flange toe radius (in)
Ri
Radius of inside corner (in)
Ro
Radius of outside corner (in)
Section modulus (in3)
Sb
Section modulus from the bottom of an unsymmetrical section (in3)
St
Section modulus from the top of an unsymmetrical section (in3)
Wt Weight of section (lbs)

b


Outside dimension of square tube or bar (in)
bf
b1

Width between flange section in strut (in)

Top width of hat section (in)
d1
Outer depth of shape in F section (in)
Spacing between back to back channels or angles (in)

tb
Thickness of width dimension (in)
td
tf
tw
Thickness of web (in)
Distance from the outside of the web to the minor (Y-Y) axis of a channel section
or other similar unsymmetrical sections (in)
Distance from neutral X-X axis to the outer-most fibers of a cross section (in)
Distance from the back of the flange to the major (X-X) axis of a tee section or other
similar unsymmetrical sections (in)
Rev.1013
6-2

All Rights Reserved
Section 6
ELEMENTS OF SECTIONS
INTRODUCTION
The values shown in the following tables have been computed from the nominal dimensions of
the shapes.
The tables are arranged in ascending order of sizes with values tabulated for quick reference
when selecting members for design requirements. Note that section properties are given for both
strong (X-X), and weak (Y-Y) axis for the nonsymmetrical shapes.
Some shapes may not be stocked at all times as regular inventory items so the designer should
consult the Availability List before selecting a specific size for an application.
LARGE EXTREN STRUCTURAL SHAPES
18 AND 24 EXTREN FIBERGLASS I-SHAPES

The 18 and 24 EXTREN I-Shapes are the largest standard structural shapes pultruded. Their
design properties will allow the engineer to design larger all-composite structures, spanning greater
distances than were ever possible with standard pultruded fiberglass structural shapes.
As can be seen from the ELEMENTS OF SECTION tables, the EXTREN 24 I-beam has a
moment of inertia of 1903 in4, more than four times as stiff as the EXTREN 12 x 12 x 1/2
W-shape. This means that for the longer spans when shear deflections are negligible, the I-24
will carry the same load as the W-12 at any given span and produce about 1/4 the deflection. Or
stated another way, when shear deflection is negligible, the I-24 can carry four times the load of
the W-12 and produce about the same deflection.
The EXTREN 18 and 24 I-shapes, with their unique thick flange construction, assure the
engineer that stress will not normally control the design when the compression flange is adequately
laterally supported. Other sections in this chapter offer suggestions for effective lateral bracing
systems.
The designer is also cautioned that, at points of concentrated loads and at supports, it may be
necessary to add stiffeners between the flanges. This is referenced in Section 8 FLEXURAL
MEMBERS (BEAMS) of the Strongwell Design Manual.
DOUBLE WEB BEAMS

8 AND 36 EXTREN DWB
Strongwell presently produces two different sizes of double web I-beams, an 8 x 6 DWB and
the 36 x 18 DWB. They are offered in both all glass and hybrid forms.
The carbon/glass hybrid (hybrid refers to the combination of the dual carbon and glass
reinforcements) beam has a flexural modulus of elasticity that is approximately 6.0 x 106 psi,
compared to that of a standard EXTREN wide flange which ranges between 2.6 to 2.8 x 106
psi.
Additionally, the double web shape has significantly improved the torsional stability of the beam
under load. This increased stability is very significant and reduces the beams need for lateral
bracing.
Section 17 EXTREN DWB DESIGN GUIDE is devoted to design information from the 8 x 6
shape and the 36 x 18 shape.
Rev.1013
6-3

All Rights Reserved
Section 6
bf
Y
tw
d
X
Rf
tf
EXTREN W-SHAPES

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
SECTION PROPERTIES
DESIGN PROPERTIES
SIZE
AXIS XX
AXIS YY
A NOM. Rf
bf Aw J
Wt/ft
d bf tw tf
I S r I S r
tf
in in in in in2 lbs in in4 in3 in in4 in3 in in2 in4
2 2 1/8 1/8 0.72 0.52 1/16 0.50 0.50 0.83 0.17 0.17 0.48 16.00 0.22 0.004
3 3 1/4 1/4 2.13 1.69 1/8 3.17 2.11 1.22 1.13 0.75 0.73 12.00 0.63 0.044
4 4 1/4 1/4 2.89 2.22 1/8 7.94 3.97 1.66 2.67 1.34 0.97 16.00 0.88 0.060
6 6 1/4 1/4 4.39 3.52 1/8 28.28 9.43 2.54 9.00 3.00 1.44 24.00 1.38 0.091
6 6 3/8 3/8 6.48 5.13 3/16 40.17 13.40 2.50 13.52 4.50 1.45 16.00 1.97 0.303
8 8 3/8 3/8 8.73 6.97 3/16 99.18 24.80 3.38 32.03 8.01 1.92 21.33 2.72 0.409
8 8 1/2 1/2 11.51 9.23 1/4 127.06 31.76 3.33 42.74 10.69 1.93 16.00 3.50 0.958
10 10 3/8 3/8 10.98 8.78 1/4 198.82 39.70 4.26 62.54 12.50 2.39 26.67 3.47 0.514
10 10 1/2 1/2 14.55
11.64 1/4 256.20 51.20 4.22 83.42 16.65 2.40 20.00 4.50 1.208
12 12 1/2 1/2 17.51
13.98 1/4 452.70 75.50 5.07 144.10 24.00 2.88 24.00 5.50 1.458
Rev.1013
6-4

All Rights Reserved
Section 6
bf
Y
tw
d
X
Rf
tf
EXTREN I-SHAPES

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
SECTION PROPERTIES
DESIGN PROPERTIES
SIZE
AXIS XX
AXIS YY
bf Aw J
A NOM. Rf
Wt/ft
d bf tw tf
I S r I S r
t
f
in in in in in2 lbs in in4 in3 in in4 in3 in in2 in4

2 1 1/8 1/8 0.47 0.34 1/16 0.28 0.28 0.77 0.02 0.04 0.21 8.00 0.22 0.002
3 1-1/2 1/4 1/4 1.38 1.11 1/8 1.75 1.17 1.13 0.14 0.19 0.32 6.00 0.63 0.029
4 2 1/4 1/4 1.89 1.48 1/8 4.40 2.20 1.54 0.34 0.34 0.43 8.00 0.88 0.039
5-1/2
2-1/2 1/4 1/4 2.48 1.95 1/8 11.12 4.04 2.12 0.62 0.50 0.50 10.00 1.25 0.055
6 3 1/4 1/4 2.88 2.31 1/8 15.92 5.32 2.36 1.13 0.76 0.63 12.00 1.38 0.060
6 3 3/8 3/8 4.23 3.39 3/16 22.30 7.43 2.31 1.71 1.14 0.64 8.00 1.97 0.198
8 4 3/8 3/8 5.73 4.61 3/16 55.45 13.85 3.12 4.03 2.02 0.84 10.67 2.72 0.268
8 4 1/2 1/2 7.51 6.03 1/4 70.62 17.65 3.08 5.41 2.71 0.85 8.00 3.50 0.625
10 5 3/8 3/8 7.23 5.78 3/16 111.67 22.33 3.93 7.85 3.14 1.04 13.33 3.47 0.338
10 5 1/2 1/2 9.51 7.58 1/4 143.48 28.70 3.90 10.51 4.22 1.06 10.00 4.50 0.788
12 6 1/2 1/2 11.51 9.24 1/4 254.10 42.30 4.70 18.11 6.05 1.26 12.00 5.50 0.958
18 4-1/2 3/8 1/2 11.09 8.34 1/2 513.30 57.00 6.80 7.67 3.41 0.83 9.00 6.38 0.674
24 7-1/2 3/8 3/4 19.90 16.10 1/2 1903.40 158.60 9.80 52.83 14.09 1.63 10.00 8.43 2.510
Rev.1013
6-5

All Rights Reserved
Section 6
bf
tf
tw
d X
X
Ri
R = tf/2
Ro
x
Y
EXTREN CHANNELS

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
SECTION PROPERTIES
DESIGN PROPERTIES
SIZE
AXIS XX
AXIS YY
NOM.
A
Ri
Ro
bf Aw J
Wt/ft
d bf tw tf

I S r I S r x
tf
in in in in in2 lbs in in in4 in3 in in4 in3 in in
in2 in4
1-1/2 1 3/16 3/16 0.59 0.46 1/8 5/16 0.18 0.24 0.56 0.04 0.06 0.26 0.35 5.33 0.21 0.010
1-1/2 1-1/2 1/4 1/4 1.00 0.75 1/8 3/8 0.32 0.42 0.56 0.22 0.24 0.38 0.59 6.00 0.25 0.020
2 9/16 1/8 1/8 0.34 0.26 1/16 3/16 0.18 0.18 0.71 0.01 0.02 0.15 0.15 4.50 0.22 0.001
2 7/8 1/4 1/4 0.80 0.65 1/8 1/8 0.40 0.40 0.70 0.03 0.13 0.21 0.26 3.50 0.38 0.016
2-5/8 1-1/4 1/8 3/16 0.75 0.62 1/8 3/16 0.82 0.62 1.04 0.12 0.14 0.40 0.42 6.67 0.28 0.007
3 7/8 1/4 1/4 1.00 0.77 1/8 3/8 1.15 0.77 1.04 0.06 0.09 0.23 0.25 3.50 0.62 0.020
3 1 3/16 3/16 0.87 0.68 1/8 5/16 1.03 0.68 1.09 0.07 0.09 0.28 0.27 5.33 0.49 0.010
3 1-1/2 1/4 1/4 1.31 1.05 1/8 3/8 1.81 1.21 1.18 0.25 0.53 0.44 0.47 6.00 0.63 0.027
3-1/2 1-1/2 3/16 3/16 1.11 0.88 1/8 5/16 1.91 1.09 1.31 0.19 0.18 0.41 0.42 8.00 0.59 0.013
4 1-1/16 1/8 1/8 0.71 0.58 1/8 1/4 1.55 0.78 1.45 0.06 0.08 0.29 0.23 8.50 0.47 0.004
4 1-1/8 1/4 1/4 1.38 1.11 1/8 3/8 2.87 1.43 1.41 0.13 0.15 0.30 0.30 4.50 0.88 0.030
4 1-3/8 3/16 3/16 1.16 0.94 1/8 5/16 2.62 1.31 1.48 0.19 0.18 0.40 0.35 7.33 0.68 0.014
5 1-3/8 1/4 1/4 1.76 1.40 1/8 3/8 5.78 2.31 1.79 0.25 0.24 0.37 0.34 5.50 1.12 0.040
5-1/2 1-1/2 3/16 3/16 1.49 1.19 1/8 5/16 5.80 2.11 1.98 0.22 0.19 0.38 0.34 8.00 0.96 0.018
5-1/2 1-1/2 1/4 1/4 2.00 1.55 1/8 5/16 7.78 2.83 1.97 0.33 0.29 0.41 0.36 6.00 1.25 0.042
6 1-5/8 1/4 1/4 2.13 1.68 1/8 3/8 10.22 3.41 2.16 0.43 0.35 0.44 0.38 6.50 1.38 0.050
6 1-11/16 3/8 3/8 3.23 2.46 3/16 9/16 14.55 4.85 2.12 0.54 0.44 0.41 0.44 4.50 1.97 0.150
8 2-3/16 1/4 1/4 2.97 2.32 1/8 3/8 25.22 6.31 2.91 1.10 0.65 0.61 0.49 8.75 1.88 0.060
8 2-3/16 3/8 3/8 4.36 3.41 3/16 9/16 35.75 8.94 2.87 1.42 0.86 0.57 0.53 5.83 2.72 0.200
10 2-3/4 1/2 1/2 7.25 5.50 3/8 3/4 92.46 18.49 3.57 3.99 1.93 0.74 0.68 5.50 4.50 0.600
12 3 1/2 1/2 8.17 6.30 3/8 7/8 142.8 23.8 4.18 5.07 2.20 0.79 0.70 6.00 5.50 0.750
14 3-1/2 3/4 3/4 14.62 11.21 3/8 1-1/8 352.74 50.39 4.91
12.16 4.62 0.91 0.87 4.67 9.38 2.742
18 2-3/16 3/16 3/8 4.14 3.88 1/16 1/4 151.02 16.78 6.04 1.00 0.55 0.53 0.29
11.67 3.31 0.049
24 3 1/4 1/4 7.60 5.85 3/8 1/8 484.33 40.36 7.98 3.56 1.34 0.68 0.35
11.54 6.10 0.173
Rev.1013
6-6

All Rights Reserved
Section 6
Y
x
45
Z
b
R = t/2
R=1/8
X
y
Y
b
Z
EXTREN EQUAL LEG ANGLES

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
SIZE
NOM.
A
Wt/ft
b t
SECTION PROPERTIES
AXIS XX or YY
AXIS ZZ
DESIGN PROPERTIES
b
t
in in in2 lbs in4 in3 in in in4 in
x or y
1 1/8 0.22 0.17 0.02 0.03 0.30 0.29

1-1/4 1/8 0.29 0.22 0.04 0.05 0.37 0.35

1-1/4 3/16 0.42 0.35 0.06 0.07 0.37 0.37

1-1/2 1/8 0.35 0.28 0.07 0.07 0.45 0.41

1-1/2 3/16 0.51 0.41 0.11 0.10 0.45 0.44

1-1/2 1/4 0.67 0.50 0.13 0.13 0.44 0.46
2 1/8 0.48 0.37 0.19 0.13 0.63 0.55
2 3/16 0.70 0.56 0.27 0.19 0.61 0.56
2 1/4 0.92 0.73 0.34 0.24 0.60 0.58
3 1/4 1.42 1.13 1.18 0.54 0.91 0.82
3 3/8 2.09 1.66 1.70 0.80 0.90 0.87
4 1/4 1.92 1.54 2.94 1.00 1.23 1.07
4 3/8 2.84 2.31 4.26 1.48 1.22 1.12
4 1/2 3.75 2.86 5.56 1.97 1.22 1.18
5 1/2 4.71 3.68 11.34 3.35 1.55 1.61
6 1/4 2.94 2.35 10.70 2.43 1.91 1.59
6 3/8 4.34 3.44 14.85 3.38 1.85 1.60
6 1/2 5.72 4.64 19.38 4.46 1.84 1.66
Rev.1013
6-7
I r J
0.01 0.19
0.02 0.24
0.03 0.24
0.03 0.29
0.04 0.29
0.06 0.29
0.08 0.46
0.11 0.39
0.14 0.39
0.49 0.58
0.70 0.58
1.21 0.79
1.75 0.78
2.29 0.78
4.87 1.02
4.36 1.22
6.07 1.18
7.92 1.17
8.00
10.00
6.67
12.00
8.00
6.00
16.00
10.67
8.00
12.00
8.00
16.00
10.67
8.00
10.00
24.00
16.00
12.00
in4
0.001
0.002
0.005
0.002
0.006
0.007
0.002
0.008
0.020
0.030
0.090
0.040
0.134
0.312
0.390
0.061
0.204
0.480

All Rights Reserved
Section 6
bf
tf
y
Rf
X
d
tw
STRUCTURAL TEES
CUT FROM EXTREN W-SHAPES

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
SECTION PROPERTIES
DESIGN PROPERTIES
SIZE
AXIS XX
AXIS YY
NOM.
bf Aw J
A Rf
Wt/ft
d bf tw tf
I S
Sb r y I S r
t
tf
in in in in in2 lbs in in4 in3 in3 in in in4 in3 in
in2 in4
1-1/2 3
2 4
3 6
3 6
4 8
4 8
5 10
5 10
6 12
1/4
1/4
1/4
3/8
3/8
1/2
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/4
1/4
1/4
3/8
3/8
1/2
3/8
1/2
1/2
1.06
1.44
2.19
3.24
4.36
5.76
5.48
7.28
8.76
0.85
1.11
1.76
2.57
3.49
4.62
4.39
5.82
6.99
1/4 0.17 0.48 0.15 0.40 0.35 0.56 0.37 0.73 12.00 0.31 0.021
1/4 0.42 0.98 0.27 0.54 0.43 1.34 0.67 0.96 16.00 0.44 0.029
1/4 1.50 7.50 0.62 0.83 0.60 4.50 1.50 1.43 24.00 0.69 0.044
3/8 2.13 3.33 0.90 0.81 0.64 6.76 2.25 1.44 16.00 0.98 0.145
3/8 5.27 6.50 1.65 1.10 0.81 16.01 4.00 1.92 21.33 1.36 0.198
1/2 6.74 7.84 2.14 1.08 0.86 21.37 5.34 1.93 16.00 1.75 0.459
3/8 10.55 10.76 2.62 1.39 0.98 31.27 6.25 2.39 26.67 1.73 0.251
1/2 13.60 13.33 3.42 1.39 1.02 41.71 8.34 2.39 20.00 2.25 0.584
1/2 24.03 20.19 5.00 1.66 1.19 72.05
12.01 2.87 24.00 2.75 0.709
CUT FROM EXTREN I-SHAPES

3
3
4
4
5
5
6
Rev.1013
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
1/4
3/8
3/8
1/2
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/4
3/8
3/8
1/2
3/8
1/2
1/2
1.44
2.11
2.86
3.75
3.61
4.75
5.75
1.16
1.70
2.31
3.02
2.89
3.79
4.62
1/4 1.24 1.48 0.57 0.93 0.84 0.57 0.38 0.63 12.00 0.69 0.029
3/8 1.76 1.98 0.83 0.91 0.89 0.86 0.57 0.64 8.00 0.98 0.093
3/8 4.36 3.82 1.52 1.23 1.14 2.02 1.01 0.86 10.67 1.36 0.128
1/2 5.56 4.71 1.97 1.22 1.18 2.70 1.35 0.85 8.00 1.75 0.293
3/8 8.74 6.29 2.42 1.55 1.39 3.93 1.57 1.04 13.33 1.73 0.163
1/2 11.25 7.87 3.16 1.54 1.43 5.26 2.10 1.05 10.00 2.25 0.376
1/2 19.91 11.85 4.61 1.86 1.68 9.06 3.02 1.26 12.00 2.75 0.456
6-8

All Rights Reserved
Section 6
X
y
s
Y
DOUBLE EXTREN CHANNELS

d
in
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
SIZE
A
bf tw tf
in
I S r y
s, BACK TO BACK OF CHANNELS - IN.
in lbs in in in in

1-1/2
1-1/2 1/4 1/4 2.00 1.50 0.64 0.85 0.56 0.75

3 1 3/16 3/16 1.74 1.36 2.06 1.37 1.09 1.50

3 7/8 1/4 1/4 2.01 1.54 2.31 1.54 1.04 1.50

4 1-3/8 3/16 3/16 2.32 1.88 5.25 2.62 1.43 2.00

4 1-1/8 1/4 1/4 2.76 2.22 5.74 2.87 1.48 2.00

5 1-3/8 1/4 1/4 3.52 2.80 11.56 4.62 1.79 2.50

6 1-5/8 1/4 1/4 4.26 3.36 20.44 6.82 2.16 3.00

6 1-11/16
3/8 3/8 6.47 4.92 29.10 9.70 2.12 3.00

8 2-3/16 1/4 1/4 5.94 4.64 50.44
12.62 2.91 4.00

8 2-3/16 3/8 3/8 8.72 6.82 71.50
17.88 2.87 4.00

10 2-3/4 1/2 1/2 14.50 11.00 184.92
36.99 3.57 5.00

14 3-1/2 3/4 3/4 29.25 22.42 705.48
100.78 4.91 7.00

18 2-3/16
3/16 3/16 8.27 7.76 302.03
33.56 6.04 9.00
0.70
0.39
0.35
0.53
0.42
0.50
0.59
0.63
0.80
0.78
1.00
1.26
0.58
Rev.1013
in in
NOM.
Wt/ft
2 chan 2 chan
SECTION PROPERTIES
AXIS XX
RADII OF GYRATION AXIS Y-Y
6-9
1/4 1/2
0.81
0.48
0.46
0.62
0.52
0.59
0.68
0.73
0.87
0.87
1.09
1.35
0.65

All Rights Reserved
0.92
0.59
0.56
0.72
0.63
0.70
0.79
0.83
0.96
0.97
1.19
1.44
0.74
Section 6
y
X
s
Y
DOUBLE ANGLES
EXTREN EQUAL LEG ANGLESEXEQ

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
SIZE
A NOM.
Wt/ft
b t 2 angles 2 angles
SECTION PROPERTIES
AXIS XX
RADII OF GYRATION AXIS Y-Y
I S r y
in in in2 lbs in4 in3 in
s, BACK TO BACK OF ANGLES - IN.
in 0
1-1/2 1/4 1.34 1.00 0.26 0.26 0.44 0.46

2 1/4 1.84 1.46 0.68 0.48 0.60 0.58
3 1/4 2.84 2.26 2.36 1.08 0.91 0.82
3 3/8 4.18 3.32 3.40 1.60 0.90 0.87
4 1/4 3.84 3.08 5.88 2.00 1.23 1.07
4 3/8 5.68 4.62 8.52 2.96 1.22 1.12
4 1/2 7.50 5.72 11.12 3.94 1.22 1.18
6 1/4 5.88 4.70 21.40 4.88 1.91 1.59
6 3/8 8.68 6.88 29.70 6.76 1.85 1.60
6 1/2 11.44 9.28 38.76 8.92 1.84 1.66
Rev.1013
6-10
0.64
0.85
1.25
1.27
1.66
1.68
1.70
2.50
2.49
2.51
1/4 1/2
0.73
0.94
1.34
1.36
1.74
1.77
1.78
2.58
2.58
2.59
0.84
1.04
1.43
1.46
1.83
1.86
1.88
2.67
2.66
2.65

All Rights Reserved
Section 6
EXTREN ROUND TUBES

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
SIZE
A NOM.
Wt/ft
D t
SECTION PROPERTIES
DESIGN PROPERTIES
I S r
J
D
t
in in in2 lbs in4 in3 in in4

1 1/8 0.34
0.25 0.034
0.07 0.31 8.00 0.07

1-1/4
1/8 0.44
0.32 0.07 0.11 0.40 10.00 0.14

1-1/2
1/8 0.54
0.45 0.13 0.17 0.49 12.00 0.26

1-1/2
1/4 0.98
0.79 0.20 0.27 0.45 6.00 0.40

1-3/4
1/8 0.64
0.47 0.21 0.24 0.58 14.00 0.42

1-3/4
1/4 1.18
0.94 0.34 0.39 0.54 7.00 0.68

2 1/8 0.74
0.60 0.32 0.32 0.66 16.00 0.65

2 1/4 1.37
1.12 0.54 0.54 0.62 8.00 1.07

2-1/2
1/4 1.77
1.43 1.13 0.91 0.80 10.00 2.26

2-3/4
1/4 1.96
1.47 1.55 1.13 0.89 11.00 3.10

2-3/4
3/8 2.80
2.19 2.02 1.47 0.85 7.33 4.04

3 1/4 2.16
1.70 2.06 1.37 0.98 12.00 4.12

3-1/2
.140
1.48
1.21 2.09 1.19 1.19 25.00 4.18

3-1/2
1/2 4.71
3.79 5.45 3.11 1.08 7.00 10.90

4 1/4 2.94
2.36 5.20 2.60 1.33 16.00 10.40

5
1/4
3.73
3.08
10.55
4.22
1.68 20.00 21.10

6 1/8 2.31
1.92 9.96 3.32 2.08 48.00 19.92

6
1/4
4.52
3.76
18.70
6.23
2.04 24.00 37.40
Rev.1013
6-11

All Rights Reserved
Section 6
b
Y
Ri
t
Ro
EXTREN SQUARE TUBES

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
SECTION PROPERTIES
DESIGN
PROPERTIES
Aw
RADII

SIZE
NOM.
2
A
Ro Ri I S r
J
b
Wt/ft
b t
Webs
t
in in in2 lbs in in in4 in3 in in2 in4
1 1/8 0.43
0.32 5/32 1/32 0.06 0.11 0.36 0.19 8.00 0.060

1-1/4
1/8 0.56
0.41 5/32 1/32 0.12 0.19 0.46 0.25 10.00 0.178

1-1/2
1/8 0.68
0.50 5/32 1/32 0.22 0.29 0.56 0.31 12.00 0.325

1-1/2
1/4 1.24
0.98 5/32 1/32 0.34 0.45 0.52 0.50 6.00 0.488

1-3/4
1/8 0.81
0.64 5/32 1/32 0.36 0.41 0.67 0.38 14.00 0.536

1-3/4
1/4 1.49
1.19 5/32 1/32 0.58 0.66 0.62 0.63 7.00 0.844
2 1/8 0.93
0.74 5/32 1/8 0.55 0.55 0.77 0.44 16.00 0.824
2 1/4 1.74
1.40 5/32 1/8 0.91 0.91 0.73 0.75 8.00 1.339

2-1/2
1/4 2.25
1.79 5/32 1/32 1.92 1.54 0.92 1.00 10.00 2.848
3 1/8 1.43
1.16 5/32 1/32 1.98 1.32 1.18 0.69 24.00 2.970
3 1/4 2.74
2.20 5/32 1/32 3.50 2.33 1.13 1.25 12.00 5.199
3 3/8 3.90
3.09 5/32 1/8 4.53 3.02 1.08 1.69 8.00 6.780

3-1/2
1/4 3.25
2.57 5/32 1/8 5.86 3.35 1.34 1.50 14.00 8.582
4 1/4 3.74
3.08 5/32 1/32 8.82 4.41 1.53 1.75 16.00
13.183
4 3/8 5.48
4.28 5/32 1/8 11.90 5.95 1.48 2.44 10.67
17.860
6 3/8 8.16
6.46 5/8 1/4 42.41
14.14 2.28 3.94 16.00
66.740
NOTE: Telescoping of square tubes cannot be guaranteed due to thickness tolerances.
Rev.1013
6-12

All Rights Reserved
Section 6
EXTREN RECTANGULAR SHAPES

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
222SIZE
Webs
NOM.
SECTION PROPERTIES
RADII
A Wt/ft
Ro Ri
AXIS X-X
AXIS Y-Y
DESIGN PROPERTIES
Aw 2 Webs
d
b
J
d b td tb
I S r I S r
xx
yy
td
tb
in in in in in2 lbs in in in4 in3 in in4 in3 in in2 in2
in4

2-1/2
1-5/8 1/8 1/8 0.97 0.75 1/8 1/4 0.81 0.65
0.91 0.41 0.50
0.71 0.56 0.34 13.00
20.00 0.82
4 2 1/8 1/4 1.88 1.52 .094
1/16 4.41 2.21 1.53 1.10 1.10
0.77 0.94 0.75 8.00
32.00 2.64

5-1/2
3-1/2 1/4 1/4 4.14 3.25 3/8 1/8 16.50 6.00 1.99 8.10 4.63
1.40 2.50 1.50
14.00
22.00 17.12

6-1/2 2 1/4 1/2 4.75 3.77 1/16
1/16 24.97 7.68 2.29 2.79 2.79
0.77 2.75 1.50 4.00
26.00 8.02
7 4 1/4 1/4 5.25 4.10 1/4 1/4 34.14 9.75 2.55
14.06 7.03
1.64 3.25 1.75
16.00
28.00 30.50
9
6 5/16 5/16 8.76 6.99 9/16 1/4 101.38 22.53 3.40 53.61 17.87 2.47 5.29 3.42 19.20 28.80 106.00
9
6 7/16 7/16 12.10 9.70 9/16 1/8 130.40 29.00 3.28 68.70 22.90 2.38 7.10 4.48 13.70 20.60 140.00
Rev.1013
6-13

All Rights Reserved
Section 6
SQUARE BARS

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
b

in
DESIGN
PROPERTIES
SECTION PROPERTIES
NOM.
A
I S r
Wt/ft
in2 lbs in4 in3 in
1/2 0.24 0.22 0.005 0.021 0.144

5/8 0.39 0.34 0.013 0.041 0.180
3/4 0.56 0.49 0.026 0.070 0.216
1 0.99 0.87 0.083 0.167 0.289

1-1/4 1.56 1.31 0.203 0.326 0.361

1-1/2 2.24 1.91 0.422 0.562 0.433
J
in4
0.009
0.022
0.045
0.141
0.344
0.714
ROUND ROD

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
D

in
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
13/16
7/8
1
1-1/8
1-1/4
1-1/2
2
Rev.1013
DESIGN
PROPERTIES
SECTION PROPERTIES
NOM.
A
I S r
Wt/ft
2
in lbs in4 in3 in
0.05 0.04 <0.001 0.002
0.08 0.07 <0.001 0.003
0.11 0.10 0.001 0.005
0.20 0.17 0.003 0.012
0.31 0.27 0.007 0.024
0.44 0.39 0.016 0.041
0.52 0.45 0.021 0.053
0.60 0.53 0.029 0.066
0.79 0.69 0.049 0.098
0.94 0.85 0.079 0.140
1.24 1.10 0.120 0.192
1.77 1.52 0.248 0.331
3.14 2.69 0.785 0.785
6-14
0.063
0.078
0.094
0.125
0.156
0.188
0.203
0.219
0.250
0.281
0.312
0.375
0.500
J
in4
<0.001
<0.001
0.002
0.006
0.015
0.031
0.043
0.058
0.098
0.157
0.240
0.497
1.571

All Rights Reserved
Section 6
b
Y
X
EXTREN CONSTRUCTION GRADE PLATE

SECTION PROPERTIES
PER FOOT OF WIDTH
AXIS XX
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
SIZE
b

in
A per
NOM.
ft. of
Wt/ft2
t
I S r
width
in in2 lbs in4 in3 in

12 1/8 1.50 1.14 0.002
0.031 0.036

12 3/16 2.25 1.71 0.007
0.070 0.054

12 1/4 3.00 2.34 0.016
0.125 0.072

12 3/8 4.50 3.54 0.053
0.281 0.108

12 1/2 6.00 4.68 0.125
0.500 0.144

12 5/8 7.50 5.79 0.244
0.781 0.180

12 3/4 9.00 6.94 0.422
1.125 0.217

12 1 12.00 9.27 1.000
2.000 0.289
NOTE:
PROPERTIES BASED ON A 12 WIDE STRIP OF MATERIAL.
STANDARD PLATE SIZE IS 48 x 96.
b
Y
X
Rev.1013
6-15

All Rights Reserved
Section 6
b
Y
X
FLAT STRIPS

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
SIZE
NOM.
A
Wt/ft
b t
in
2
2
3
3
3
3
4
6
Rev.1013
in
SECTION PROPERTIES
AXIS X-X
AXIS Y-Y
I S r I S r
in lbs in4 in3 in in4 in3 in

2
0.188 0.38
0.250 0.50
0.188 0.56
0.250 0.75
0.375 1.13
0.500 1.50
0.500 2.00
0.250 1.50
0.27 0.0011 0.0117 0.0542 0.1250 0.1250 0.577

0.39 0.0026 0.0208 0.0721 0.1667 0.1667 0.578
0.41 0.0016 0.0176 0.0542 0.4220 0.2810 0.866
0.58 0.0039 0.0313 0.0720 0.5625 0.3750 0.866
0.87 0.0132 0.0703 0.1080 0.8438 0.5625 0.864
1.17 0.0312 0.1250 0.1442 1.1250 0.7500 0.866
1.54 0.0417 0.1667 0.1440 2.6670 1.3330 1.155
1.15 0.0078 0.0625 0.0720 4.5000 1.5000 1.732
6-16

All Rights Reserved
Section 6
b
x
d1
y
t
F SECTION

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
SECTION PROPERTIES

AXIS XX
AXIS YY
NOM.
d d1 b t
A
Wt/ft

I St Sb r y I S r x
in in
in in lbs in2 in4 in3 in3 in in in4 in3 in in
5-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1/4 1.58 2.00 5.43 2.56 1.61 1.65 3.375 .342 .866 .401 .359
6
2 1-1/2 1/4 1.68 2.13 6.75 2.92 2.80 1.80 3.662 .337 .974 .367 .346
Y
t
d
X
y
x
Y
UNEQUAL LEG ANGLE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
SECTION PROPERTIES
AXIS

AXIS XX
AXIS YY
NOM.
Z-Z
d b t
A
Wt/ft
I S r y I S r x r
in
in in lbs in2 in4 in3 in in in4 in3 in in in
1-3/4 1-1/4 1/4 0.51 .688 .205 .179 .546 .602 .085 .095 .352 .352 .268
Rev.1013
6-17

All Rights Reserved
Section 6
b
b1
3/8
3/8
9/32
X
y
STRUTS

d
NOM.
b1 t A
I St Sb
Wt/ft
in
in in
in

1-5/8 1-5/8 7/8 5/32
DESIGN
PROPERTIES
r y J
lbs
in2 in4 in3 in3 in in in4
0.65 .680
.232 .258 .322 .584 .722 .004
d X
t
SECTION PROPERTIES
AXIS XX
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
KICK PLATE
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
d b t NOM.
Wt/ft A

SECTION PROPERTIES
AXIS XX
AXIS YY
I S r I S r x
in in in lbs in in4 in3 in in4 in3 in in

4 1/2 3/16 .78 .984 1.57 .784 1.285 .024 .105 .142 .228
2
1
x
Y
SQUARE TUBE/ROUND HOLE

SECTION

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

PROPERTIES

NOM.
b D A I S r
Wt/ft
b in in lbs in2 in4 in3 in

1 3/4 .49 .558 .068 .136 .348
Rev.1013
6-18

All Rights Reserved
b1
Section 6
Y
d
b
X
X
y
3/4
1-3/4
b
3/4
b
Y 1-1/4
1/4
b
1/8
1/16 R
X
Z SECTION
X
1/8 R
1/16 DESIGN
R

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
SECTION PROPERTIES
Y

AXIS XX
AXIS YY
PROPERTIES
b
NOM. A
b d t

I S r I S r 1/4 J
Wt/ft
2

in in in lbs in in4 in3 in in4 in3 in in4

1-1/4 2-1/2 1/8 .47 .594 .559 0.45 0.97 0.139 0.117 0.48
0.003
y
Y
7/8
X
t
b
Y 1-1/4
1/4
b
1/8 R
1/16 R
X
Y
d
X
1/8 R
1/16 R
1/4
y
Y
1/4
3/8
7/8
SLIDE GUIDE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
SECTION PROPERTIES

AXIS XX
AXIS YY
NOM.
b d t
A

I St Sb r y I S r
Wt/ft
in in in lbs in2 in4 in3 in3 in in in4 in3 in
2-1/2 2-1/4 1/4 1.13 1.625 .823 1.01 .574 .712 1.43 .428 .343 .513
Rev.1013
6-19

All Rights Reserved
1/4
3/8
R=1/2t
t
X
d
d1
Section 6
y
t
R=1/2t
x
bY
4.76
R=1/2t
5/16
90 TYP
td
d
R=5/16
tb
R=tb/2
FLIGHT CHANNEL

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
SECTION PROPERTIES
h d b t t
AXIS X-X
AXIS Y-Y
NOM. A
d
b

I
S
S
r
y
I
S
Sr r x
Wt/ft
t
b
I
2
4
3
3
4
3
in in in in in lbs in in in in in in in in in3 in in
5-1/4 5-9/16 2-1/2 1/8 3/16 1.33 1.58 7.05 2.40 2.69 2.11 2.62 1.06 1.38 0.61 0.82 0.77
7-1/8 7-7/16 2-1/2 1/8 3/16 1.58 1.95 15.10 3.88 4.25 2.78 3.89 1.93 1.51 0.69 0.92 0.64
Rev.1013
6-20

All Rights Reserved
Section 6
CURB ANGLES
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
SECTION PROPERTIES

AXIS XX
AXIS YY
NOM. A
b
Wt/ft

I St Sb Y rx
I St Sb X rx
in lbs in2 in4 in3 in3 in in in4 in3 in3
in in
1 .83 1.02 .275 .230 .288 1.01 .520 .548 .352 .573 .957 .733
1-1/2 .93 1.22 .512 .331 .443 1.16 .665 .559 .356 .592 .946 .676
2 1.31 1.36 .889 .473 .670 1.33 .809 .561 .473 .597 .941 .414
SAFRAILTM POST OR RAIL SECTION

PHYSICAL
SECTION
DESIGN
PROPERTIES
PROPERTIES
PROPERTIES

Aw
NOM.
b
A I S r
J
Z
Wt/ft
Webs
t
in2 lbs in4 in3 in in2 in4

1.151 0.95 0.657 0.657 0.760 0.525 12.9 0.978
Rev.1013
6-21

All Rights Reserved
Section 6
SAFRAILTM ROUND HANDRAIL POST OR RAIL SECTION

PHYSICAL SECTION
PROPERTIES PROPERTIES

NOM.
A
I S
Wt/ft
in2 lbs in4 in3
1.05 0.86 0.385 0.405
HALF ROUND RAIL SECTION

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
SECTION PROPERTIES

AXIS XX
AXIS YY
NOM. y
b d t A

I St Sb r Aw
I S r Aw
Wt/ft
in in in in2
lbs in in4 in3 in3 in in2 in4 in3
in in2
2 2 .25 1.51 1.23 .80 .76 .95 .63 .70 .63 .82 .82 .73 1.06
Rev.1013
6-22

All Rights Reserved
Section 7
Safety Factors
SECTION 7
SAFETY FACTORS

All Rights Reserved
7-1
Rev.0404
Section 7
Safety Factors
SAFETY FACTORS
Safety factors are defined as the ratio of the ultimate stress to the working or allowable stress.

SAFETY FACTOR (S.F.) = ULTIMATE STRESS (U.S.)

ALLOWABLE STRESS (A.S.)

therefore, A.S. = U.S.
S.F.
Safety factors compensate for:

-
-
-
-
allowable tolerances of the part

uncertainty of the anticipated loading (magnitude, type or placement)
assumptions in methods of analysis
fabrication tolerances (squareness of cuts, normal tolerances, etc.)
In Section 3 - PROPERTIES OF EXTREN, Strongwell lists the minimum ultimate values for
stresses obtained from coupon or full section testing. Typical property values are generally 20%
-25% higher than those listed. Even though these are minimum ultimate stresses, these values
should not be utilized for design purposes before dividing them by the appropriate safety
factor.
The safety factors used in the various design tables were chosen to prevent first deformation of
the part. First deformation is defined as the first visible deformation including local flange or web
buckling, twisting, crushing, etc. The recommended safety factors used for design are:

Flexural members, beams
Compression members, columns
Shear
Connections
Shear Modulus
RECOMMENDED SAFETY FACTORS

2.5
3.0
3.0
4.0
1.0
1.0
NOTES:
The safety factors given are for static load conditions only. Safety factors for impact loads
and dynamic loads are typically two times the static load safety factor, see Mechanics of
Materials, Reference 7. Long term service loads which result in creep deformations will require
higher safety factors to insure satisfactory performance. For creep effects, see Structural
Plastics Design Manual, Reference 2.
Strongwell has developed empirical equations which calculate the allowable stresses for
EXTREN when used as compression members (columns) and as flexural members (beams).
These equations, used to generate the allowable load tables found in this design manual,
are the result of full section testing. This testing more accurately reflects the performance of
the column or beam and should be used instead of coupon properties. The designer should
use the allowable load found in the appropriate table, which includes a safety factor of 3.0
for columns and 2.5 for beams.
It must be noted that these equations are applicable only for EXTREN and are a function
of the proprietary resins and glass placement in the EXTREN composite plus the size and
shape of the part. The use of these empirical equations for pultruded products other than
EXTREN is not recommended and could result in a structural failure.
Rev.0404
7-2

All Rights Reserved
Section 7
Safety Factors
SAFETY FACTORS
The moduli reported in Section 3 - PROPERTIES OF EXTREN is the minimum value obtained
from tests of full size sections of EXTREN structural shapes which allows a safety factor
of 1.0. CAUTION: If deflections are critical and unexpected temperature variations occur,
problems may arise due to loss of stiffness. Refer to "Temperature Effects" in Section 3 for
safety factors for the moduli at elevated temperatures.
These recommended safety factors, as well as the safety factors used in the generation of
allowable load tables for beams and columns, are not the only safety factors that may be used
in design. The designer may choose to adjust the safety factors based on particular applications
and considerations including margin of safety, costs, confidence of loads or materials, etc.
Ultimately, the final selection of a safety factor is the designer's privilege as well as
responsibility.

All Rights Reserved
7-3
Rev.0404
SECTION 8 - FLEXURAL MEMBERS (BEAMS)

Table of Contents
Symbols for Flexural Members (Beams)............................ 8-2
5 x 1-3/8 x 1/4; Series 500 & 525..................................... 8-32
Introduction......................................................................... 8-3
5-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 3/16; Series 500 & 525............................. 8-32
Beam Equations................................................................. 8-4
5 x 1-3/8 x 1/4; Series 625................................................ 8-33
Lateral Buckling.................................................................. 8-6
5-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 3/16; Series 625....................................... 8-33
Coefficients Kb - For Flexural Deflection............................ 8-7
5-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 1/4; Series 500 & 525............................... 8-34
Examples of How To Use Tables....................................... 8-8
5-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 1/4; Series 625......................................... 8-35
Introduction to Flexural Member (Beam) Load Tables..... 8-10
6 x 1-5/8 x 1/4; Series 500 & 525..................................... 8-36
W-Shapes:
6 x 1-11/16 x 3/8; Series 500 & 525................................. 8-36
3 x 3 x 1/4; Series 500 & 525........................................... 8-11
6 x 1-5/8 x 1/4; Series 625................................................ 8-37
4 x 4 x 1/4; Series 500 & 525........................................... 8-11
6 x 1-11/16 x 3/8; Series 625............................................ 8-37
3 x 3 x 1/4; Series 625...................................................... 8-12
8 x 2-3/16 x 1/4; Series 500 & 525................................... 8-38
4 x 4 x 1/4; Series 625...................................................... 8-12
8 x 2-3/16 x 3/8; Series 500 & 525................................... 8-38
6 x 6 x 1/4; Series 500, 525 & 625................................... 8-13
8 x 2-3/16 x 1/4; Series 625.............................................. 8-39
6 x 6 x 3/8; Series 500, 525 & 625................................... 8-13
8 x 2-3/16 x 3/8; Series 625.............................................. 8-39
8 x 8 x 3/8; Series 500, 525 & 625................................... 8-14
10 x 2-3/4 x 1/2; Series 500 & 525................................... 8-40
8 x 8 x 1/2; Series 500, 525 & 625................................... 8-14
10 x 2-3/4 x 1/2; Series 625.............................................. 8-41
10 x 10 x 3/8; Series 500, 525 & 625............................... 8-15
12 x 3 x 1/2; Series 500 & 525......................................... 8-42
10 x 10 x 1/2; Series 500, 525 & 625............................... 8-16
12 x 3 x 1/2; Series 625.................................................... 8-43
12 x 12 x 1/2; Series 500, 525 & 625............................... 8-17

I-Shapes
Square Tubes:
3 x 1-1/2 x 1/4; Series 500 & 525..................................... 8-18
3 x 3 x 1/4; Series 500 & 525........................................... 8-44
4 x 2 x 1/4; Series 500 & 525........................................... 8-18
3-1/2 x 3-1/2 x 1/4; Series 500 & 525............................... 8-44
3 x 1-1/2 x 1/4; Series 625................................................ 8-19
4 x 4 x 1/4; Series 500 & 525........................................... 8-44
4 x 2 x 1/4; Series 625...................................................... 8-19
3 x 3 x 1/4; Series 625...................................................... 8-45
5-1/2 x 2-1/2 x 1/4; Series 500, 525 & 625....................... 8-20
3-1/2 x 3-1/2 x 1/4; Series 625......................................... 8-45
6 x 3 x 1/4; Series 500, 525 & 625................................... 8-21
4 x 4 x 1/4; Series 625...................................................... 8-45
6 x 3 x 3/8; Series 500, 525 & 625................................... 8-21
3 x 3 x 3/8; Series 500 & 525........................................... 8-46
8 x 4 x 3/8; Series 500, 525 & 625................................... 8-22
4 x 4 x 3/8; Series 500 & 525........................................... 8-46
8 x 4 x 1/2; Series 500, 525 & 625................................... 8-22
3 x 3 x 3/8; Series 625...................................................... 8-47
10 x 5 x 3/8; Series 500, 525 & 625................................. 8-23
4 x 4 x 3/8; Series 625...................................................... 8-47
10 x 5 x 1/2; Series 500, 525 & 625................................. 8-24
6 x 6 x 3/8; Series 500 & 525........................................... 8-48
12 x 6 x 1/2; Series 500, 525 & 625................................. 8-25
6 x 6 x 3/8; Series 625...................................................... 8-49
18 x 3/8 x 4-1/2 x 1/2; Series 500, 525 & 625.................. 8-26
Rectangular Tubes:
24 x 3/8 x 7-1/2 x 3/4; Series 500, 525 & 625.................. 8-27
4 x 1/8 x 2 x 1/4; Series 500 & 525................................... 8-50
Channels:
6-1/2 x 1/4 x 2 x 1/2; Series 500 & 525............................ 8-50
3 x 7/8 x 1/4; Series 500 & 525........................................ 8-28
4 x 1/8 x 2 x 1/4; Series 625............................................. 8-51
3 x 1 x 3/16; Series 500 & 525......................................... 8-28
6-1/2 x 1/4 x 2 x 1/2; Series 625....................................... 8-51
3-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 3/16; Series 500 & 525............................. 8-28
7 x 4 x 1/4; Series 500 & 525........................................... 8-52
3 x 7/8 x 1/4; Series 625................................................... 8-29
4 x 7 x 1/4; Series 500 & 525........................................... 8-52
3 x 1 x 3/16; Series 625.................................................... 8-29
7 x 4 x 1/4; Series 625...................................................... 8-53
3-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 3/16; Series 625....................................... 8-29
4 x 7 x 1/4; Series 625...................................................... 8-53
4 x 1-1/16 x 1/8; Series 500 & 525................................... 8-30
Beam Diagrams and Formulas......................................... 8-54
4 x 1-1/8 x 1/4; Series 500 & 525..................................... 8-30

4 x 1-3/8 x 3/16; Series 500 & 525................................... 8-30
4 x 1-1/16 x 1/8; Series 625.............................................. 8-31
4 x 1-1/8 x 1/4; Series 625................................................ 8-31
4 x 1-3/8 x 3/16; Series 625.............................................. 8-31
Section 8
Flexural Members (Beams)
SECTION 8
FLEXURAL MEMBERS (BEAMS)


All Rights Reserved
8-1
Rev.1113
Section 8
SYMBOLS FOR FLEXURAL MEMBERS (BEAMS)

Lateral buckling coefficient from Table B-1
Modulus of Elasticity about X-X or Y-Y axis (psi)
Allowable flexural stess-laterally unsupported beams (psi)
Ultimate flexural stress-laterally supported beams (psi)
Ultimate flexural stress-laterally unsupported beams (psi)
Allowable shear stress (psi)
Shear modulus (psi)
Moment of inertia about X-X or Y-Y axis (in4)
Kx Ky
Kb
Kv
L
Lu
M
N
P
Sx
V
W
Wt
b
bf
d
fb
fv
l
lu
t

tf
w

Effective length factor for buckling about X-X or Y-Y axis

Coefficient for flexural deflection
Coefficient for shear deflection
Length of beam (center to center of supports) (ft)
Unbraced length of beam (center to center of lateral braces) (ft)
Bending moment from applied loads (lb-in)
Concentrated load on beam (lbs)
Section Modulus about X-X axis (in3)
Shear from applied load (lbs)
Uniform beam load (lbs/ft)
Weight of section (lbs)
Outside dimension of square tube (in)
Shear stress from applied loads (psi)
Length of beam (center to center of supports) (in)
Unbraced length of beam (center to center of lateral braces) (in)
Uniform beam load (lb/in)
Deflection (in)
Aw
B
C1
E
Fb
Fb
Fu
Fu
Fv
G
Ix Iy
Rev.1113
8-2

All Rights Reserved
Section 8
INTRODUCTION
The load carrying capability of EXTREN beams may be limited by considerations of strength,
stability or deflection. The strength capacity is characterized by an allowable working stress; the
stability of the beam is characterized by its resistance to twisting or buckling laterally; and the
deflection of the beam is usually limited by architectural or functional requirements.
STRENGTH
For beams sufficiently supported laterally to prevent lateral buckling, beam selection for a given
work load will depend upon the flexural stress fb, the shear stress fv, or the amount of deflection
resulting from the load.
The allowable flexural stress, Fb for W and I shapes, is usually governed by local buckling of the
outstanding flange. Equation B-3, developed from extensive product testing, provides values for
the ultimate flexural stress Fu, for open shapes. The ALLOWABLE LOAD tables are generated with
a factor of safety of 2.5. Loads controlled by bending stresses are indicated with asterisks (*).
At points of concentrated loads and at supports, it may be necessary to insert stiffeners between
the flanges of open structural shapes. If stiffeners are not provided, the compression flange of the
beam will buckle at a lower stress than that predicted by Equation B-3. The designer is referred
to Structural Plastics Design Manual Reference 2 for further information relative to the flange
buckling and web crippling effects.
Loads on beams of relatively short span may be limited to the allowable shear stress, Fv. For
EXTREN 500, 525 and 625 beams, Fv = 1500 psi. The ALLOWABLE LOAD tables designate
which loads are limited by shear stress. This represents a factor of safety of 3.0 against the
ultimate short beam shear stress as listed in Section 3 PROPERTIES OF EXTREN.
STABILITY
A beam which is not restrained laterally may deflect and/or twist out of the plane of the load
at considerably less load than the same member would carry with adequate lateral support.
The degree of lateral support for some beams may be obvious in many cases. In some cases,
however, it is difficult to accurately assess the restraint to lateral displacement of a beam provided
by adjacent members of bracing. Generally, if the compression flange of a beam is attached at
frequent points along its length to a floor or roof system, it may be considered to be laterally
supported (this section contains a more complete discussion of lateral bracing).
The ALLOWABLE LOAD tables list the uniformly distributed loads (in pounds per foot) at the
given unsupported lengths. Generally, the W shapes and rectangular shapes will carry the same
load whether laterally supported or unsupported. I shapes will carry reduced loads if laterally
unsupported. Equation B-6 can be used to determine the allowable flexural stress for laterally
unsupported open symmetrical shapes.
It is strongly recommended that only EXTREN beams with geometrical symmetry in the plane
of the load be used in a laterally unsupported condition. Before nonsymmetrical shapes are
used, the designer should consult Steel Structures Reference 1 or Structural Plastics Design
Manual Reference 2.
DEFLECTION
The deflection of EXTREN beams results from both flexural and shear stresses. In long beams,
deflections are primarily due to flexural stresses, but in short beams, the shear stresses may
account for a significant portion of the total deflection. For typical applications of EXTREN products
as beams, Equations B-13 & B-14 will predict the deflections of EXTREN beams to acceptable
values. For unusual applications in which beam deflections are a critical factor, the designer is
referred to Mechanics of Materials Reference 7 or any contemporary mechanics book.
The load tables at the end of this section were based on the LIMITING stress for the particular
structural shape, span and deflection requirements. The designer is CAUTIONED that when
the equations are used in lieu of the tables, one should confirm the lateral support
characteristics of a beam.
All Rights Reserved
8-3
Rev.1113
Section 8
BEAM EQUATIONS FOR LOADS APPLIED

IN THE PLANE OF THE WEB
STRESSES FROM APPLIED LOADS
Flexural stress:
M
fb =
S
x
(B-1)
Shear stress:
fv = V
A
w (B-2)
ULTIMATE AND ALLOWABLE FLEXURAL STRESSES

Laterally Supported EXTREN W & I Shapes

30,000 psi (EXTREN 500/525)

.5E
<
_

Ultimate: Fu =
30,000 psi (EXTREN 625 > 4")

(bf / tf)1.5
33,000 psi (EXTREN 625 4")

Fu

Allowable: Fb=
2.5
(B-3)
(B-4)
Laterally Unsupported EXTREN W & I Shapes

C

Ultimate: Fu= 1
Sx

Where: N =
Kylu

And:
B =
d2B2
_F
N2+ <
u
4
(B-5)
E IyGJ
2 E Iy
(Kylu)2
' '
F
u

Allowable: Fb =
2.5
(B-6)
Ky and C1 are taken from Table B-1 and reflect the beam end conditions in the Y-Y

Axis and loading on the beam.
Laterally Supported or Laterally Unsupported EXTREN Square and
Rectangular Tubing:

E

Ultimate: Fu =
16(b/t)0.85
30,000 psi (EXTREN 500/525)

33,000 psi (EXTREN 625)

Allowable: Fb =
Fu

2.5
Rev.1113
(B-7)
(B-8)
8-4

All Rights Reserved
Section 8
BEAM EQUATIONS FOR LOADS APPLIED

IN THE PLANE OF THE WEB
aterally Supported EXTREN Channels
L

E
30,000 psi (EXTREN 500 & 525)
Ultimate: Fu = <
27(bf / tf).95 33,000 psi (EXTREN 625) (B-9)

Allowable: Fb = F
u
2.5
(B-10)
It must be stressed that a non-symmetrical shape such as a channel should only be used when
the flanges are adequately laterally supported. Current industry experience has shown that
satisfactory performance from channels has been achieved when the compression flange was
laterally supported with connecting members at the following spacings:

24" maximum for 3" and 4" channels

36" maximum for 5" and 6" channels

48" maximum for 8" channels and larger
ALLOWABLE SHEAR STRESSES
EXTREN structural shapes:

Fv =
4500
= 1500 psi
3.0
(B-11)
EXTREN large rectangular shapes:

Fv = 4000 = 1333 psi
(B-12)
DEFLECTIONS
3.0
EXTREN structural shapes with uniform loads, w:

= Kb
+ Kv
wl4
wl2
EIx
AwG
EXTREN structural shapes with concentrated loads, P:

= Kb
+ Kv
Pl3
Pl
EIx
AwG
Kb is taken from Table B-2 and reflects the beam end conditions.
(B-13)
(B-14)
Kv = 0.35. This value actually varies slightly depending on load distribution, end constraints and
Poisson's Ratio, but the given value will be adequate for most cases with supports at both ends
of the beam.
Kv = 1.2 for cantilever beams.
For additional information, see Mechanics of Materialsby Timoshenko & Gere.

All Rights Reserved
8-5
Rev.1113
Section 8
TABLE B-1
LATERAL BUCKLING COEFFICIENTS FOR BEAMS WITH VARIOUS
LOAD AND SUPPORT ARRANGEMENTS
Loading and
end restraint *
Bending Moment
diagram
about X-axis
End Restraint
about Y-axis Ky C1*
None
1.0 1.0
None
Full
1.0
0.5
1.13
0.97
None
Full
1.0
0.5
1.30**
0.86**
None
Full
1.0
0.5
1.35
1.07
None
Full
1.0
0.5
1.70
1.04
None
1.0 1.04
* All beams are restrained at each end against rotation about the X-axis and displacement in the Y and
Z directions. Loads applied at beam centroidal axis.
** Critical Stress based on center moment (wl2/24).
Table taken from Structural Plastics Design Manual - Reference 2.
Rev.1113
8-6

All Rights Reserved
Section 8
TABLE B-2
COEFFICIENTS Kb - FOR FLEXURAL DEFLECTION
END SUPPORT
TYPE OF LOADING
DEFLECTION AT:
Kb
Midspan
0.013
Simple Support
@ Both Ends
Midspan
0.021
Midspan
Quarter Pts.
0.029
0.021
Midspan
0.003
Midspan
0.005
Free End
0.125
Free End
0.333

Fixed Support
@ Both Ends
Cantilever

All Rights Reserved
8-7
Rev.1113
Section 8
EXAMPLES OF BEAM SELECTION USING THE TABLES

PROBLEM #1
Select an EXTREN 525 W-shape for a clear span of 18'-0", capable of supporting 250 pounds
per foot of load (including beam weight) with a maximum deflection not to exceed l/150. The
beam is laterally supported and is simply supported at each end.
From the applicable ALLOWABLE LOAD table shown in this section, it can be seen that a 10 x
10 x 3/8 W-shape will support a load of 254 pounds per foot (which is greater than 250 pounds
per foot required) and produce a maximum deflection of l/150.
Use a 10 x 10 x 3/8 EXTREN 525 W-Shape
PROBLEM #2
An EXTREN 625 I-shape must be used to carry 1450 pounds per foot of load over a clear
span of 7'-0" and not produce a deflection greater than l/150. Again, the beam will be laterally
supported and is simply supported.
From the applicable table shown in this section, a 10 x 5 x 3/8 I-shape, for a 7'-0" span, lists no
value. This indicates that the load required to produce a deflection of l/150 is theoretically
greater than the maximum allowable uniform load, in this case 1487 pounds per foot, shown to
be controlled by Fv (shear). Therefore, the I-shape will support 1450 pounds per foot load and
meet the deflection criteria. (From Eq. B-13, it can be shown that the maximum deflection is about
1/2" which is an l/170 ratio.)

Use a 10 x 5 x 3/8 EXTREN 625 I Shape
PROBLEM #3
A laterally unsupported EXTREN 525 W-shape, spanning 10'-0", is required to carry 250 pounds
per foot of load. Deflection must be kept to a maximum of l/360 for architectural reasons. Choose
a W-shape adequate for this application. The beam will be simply supported.
Although the applicable table shows that a 6 x 6 x 3/8 W-shape will support 266 pound per foot for
a 10'-0" laterally unsupported span, the deflection column shows that a 122 pound per foot load
will produce a deflection of l/360. A 8 x 8 x 3/8 W-shape in the laterally unsupported condition
will support a load of 724 pounds per foot and requires a 263 pound per foot load (greater than
250 pound per foot service load) to produce a deflection of l/360.
Use an 8 x 8 x 3/8 EXTREN 525 W-Shape
PROBLEM #4
A simply supported EXTREN 625 W-shape, spanning 20'-0", is required to carry 130 pounds
per foot, including beam weight. The beam will be laterally supported only at the ends and at the
middle. What W-shape will work if the maximum deflection allowed is l/100?
The allowable load table for the 8 x 8 x 3/8 W-shape shows that a laterally supported beam, 20'0" long, is capable of carrying 150 pounds per foot and meet the deflection criteria. The beam
is laterally supported at 10'-0". Therefore, the actual flexural stress fb must be checked against
the allowable flexural stress, Fb at Lu = 10'-0".
From TABLE B-1
wl2
(130/12)(20 x 12)2
M=
=
= 78,000 lb-in

8 8
Rev.1113
8-8

All Rights Reserved
Section 8
Therefore, fb = 78,000/Sx = 78,000/24.80 = 3145 psi (Eq. B-1)

From the ALLOWABLE LOAD table, the allowable stress for the 8 x 8 x 3/8 W-shape when laterally
unsupported at 10'-0" is 4379 psi. Since 4379 psi allowable > 3145 psi actual, the
W-shape is adequate.
Using the equations, the procedure yields the same results, but is slightly more involved!
2B2
C1 d
Using Eq. B-5: Fu =
N2 +
Sx
4
< Fu
with E = 2.5 x 106 psi, G = 0.425 x 106 psi (Section 3PROPERTIES OF EXTREN)
d = 8 in, Sx = 24.80 in3, Iy = 32.03 in4, J = 0.409 in4 (Section 6ELEMENTS OF SECTIONS)
Ky=1.0, C1=1.13 (TABLE B-1)
2 E Iy
B=
and
(K ylu)2
N=
K ylu
2 (2.5 x 106) 32.03

[1.0 x (10 x 12)]2
= 54,883 lbs
EIyGJ
1.0 x (10 x 12)
= 97,673 lb-in
(2.5 x 106) x 32.03 x (0.425 x 106) x 0.409
Therefore:
Fu =
1.13
24.80
97,6732 +
82 (54,883)2
4
= 10,948psi
Fu 10,948
and from Eq. B-6: Fb =2.5 = 2.5
= 4379 psi
Again, since 4379 psi allowable > 3145 psi actual, the 8 x 8 x 3/8 W-shape is adequate.
Use an 8 x 8 x 3/8 EXTREN 625 W-Shape


All Rights Reserved
8-9
Rev.1113
Section 8
INTRODUCTION TO FLEXURAL MEMBER (BEAM) LOAD TABLES

The following are the allowable load tables for EXTREN W and I shapes, EXTREN channels,
and EXTREN square, rectangular and large rectangular tubes when used as flexural members
(beams).
These allowable load tables are based upon:

1.
2.
3.
4.
Ambient temperature
A safety factor of 2.5 for flexural stresses
A safety factor of 3.0 for shear stresses
Beams uniformly loaded in the plane of their webs and simply supported at each end.
Controlling values for the LATERALLY SUPPORTED condition governed by stress are limited
by flexural stress, Fb, when preceded with an asterisk (*) or limited by shear stress, Fv, without
an asterisk.
For W and I shapes, the LATERALLY UNSUPPORTED allowable uniform load value is generated
using the controlling allowable stress as predicted by Eq. B-6 or B-4 and B-11.
The LATERALLY UNSUPPORTED stresses listed are the allowable stresses for the respective
length as predicted by Eq. B-6. The use of this column to the designer is illustrated in Example
Problem #4.
NOTE: All load table data is based on single (simple) span calculations. The effect on strength
of notches, copes or other stress concentrations must be considered.
Rev.1113
8-10

All Rights Reserved
Section 8
BEAMS
Y
W-SHAPES EXTREN 500 & 525

E = 2.6 x 106 psi
Allowable Uniform Loads in Pounds Per Foot
X
Y
LATERALLY SUPPORTED--GOVERNED BY:
LATERALLY
UNSUPPORTED
Stress
Fb
(psi)
*Fb or
Fv
Deflection
SPAN IN FEET
l/100
l/150
l/180
l/240
l/360
3 x 3 x 1/4
w =
bf/tf =
Fb =
1.69 lb/ft
8,419
630
630
553
414
276
12.0
5,211
458
473
337
281
211
141
3,689
208
378
286
191
159
119
80
12,000 psi
Aw =
Ix =
Sx =
Iy =
J =
0.63 sq. in.
2,834
111
315
176
117
98
73
49
3.17
in.4
2,296
66
270
115
77
64
48
32
2.11
in.3
1,929
42
236
79
53
44
33
22
1.13
in.4
1,665
29
*208
56
38
31
23
16
0.044 in.4
10
1,465
21
*169
42
28
23
17
12
2.22 lb/ft
8,125
880
880
793
529
16.0
7,462
660
660
582
436
291
5,007
416
347
260
173
3,664
440
397
265
220
165
110
7.94
in.4
2,846
377
266
177
148
111
74
3.97
in.3
2,307
330
185
124
103
77
52
2.67
in.4
1,932
*265
134
89
75
56
37
0.060
in.4
10
1,657
*215
100
67
56
42
28
11
1,450
*178
76
51
42
32
21
12
1,288
528
269
154
95
63
44
32
24
528
*149
60
40
33
25
17
4 x 4 x 1/4
w =
bf/tf =
Fb =
Aw =
Ix =
Sx =
Iy =
J =
8,125 psi
0.88 sq. in.

All Rights Reserved
8-11
Rev.1113
Section 8
BEAMS
Y
W-SHAPES EXTREN 625

E = 2.8 x 106 psi

Y
LATERALLY
UNSUPPORTED
Stress
Deflection
SPAN IN FEET
Fb
(psi)
*Fb or
Fv
l/100
l/150
l/180
l/240
l/360
3 x 3 x 1/4
w =
bf/tf =
Fb =
1.69 lb/ft
8,979
630
630
578
433
289
12.0
5,532
473
473
356
297
222
148
3,900
219
378
304
203
169
127
84
13,200 psi
Aw =
Ix =
Sx =
Iy =
J =
0.63 sq. in.
2,986
117
315
187
125
104
78
52
3.17
in.4
2,412
69
270
123
82
68
51
34
2.11
in.3
2,023
44
236
84
56
47
35
23
1.13
in.4
1,743
30
210
60
40
34
25
17
0.044
in.4
10
1,532
22
*186
45
30
25
19
12
2.22 lb/ft
8,750
880
880
820
547
16.0
7,985
660
660
608
456
304
5,344
528
528
438
365
274
183
3,900
287
440
420
280
233
175
117
377
282
188
157
118
78
4 x 4 x 1/4
w =
bf/tf =
Fb =
Aw =
8,750 psi
0.88 sq. in.
7.94
in.4
3,021
163
3.97
in.3
2,443
101
330
198
132
110
82
55
Iy =
2.67 in.4
2,041
67
*286
143
96
80
60
40
J =
0.060 in.4
10
1,748
46
*232
107
71
59
45
30
11
1,526
33
*191
82
54
45
34
23
12
1,354
25
*161
64
43
35
27
18
Ix =
Sx =
Rev.1113
8-12

All Rights Reserved
Section 8
BEAMS
Y
W-SHAPES EXTREN 500, 525 & 625

E = 2.5 x 106 psi

Y
LATERALLY
UNSUPPORTED

Stress
Deflection
SPAN IN FEET
Fb
(psi)
*Fb or
Fv
l/100
l/150
l/180
l/240
l/360
6 x 6 x 1/4
w =
bf/tf =
Fb =
Aw =
Ix =
Sx =
Iy =
J =
3.52 lb/ft
4,253
828
828
662
441
24.0
4,253
690
690
597
448
299
4,253
546
*546
503
419
314
209
4,253 psi
1.38 sq. in.
3,761
369
*418
364
303
227
152
28.28
in.4
3,031
235
*330
270
225
169
113
9.43
in.3
10
2,508
158
*267
205
171
128
86
9.00
in.4
11
2,119
110
*221
159
133
100
66
0.091
in.4
12
1,823
80
*186
126
105
79
52
13
1,591
59
*158
152
101
84
63
42
14
1,407
45
*136
123
82
69
51
34
15
1,257
35
*119
102
68
57
42
28
5.13 lb/ft
7,813
1,182
1,182
943
628
16.0
7,200
985
985
850
638
425
5,460
844
844
715
596
447
298
6 x 6 x 3/8
w =
bf/tf =
Fb =
Aw =
7,813 psi
4,327
604
739
517
431
323
216
40.17
in.4
3,545
391
657
576
384
320
240
160
13.40
in.3
10
2,982
266
591
438
292
243
183
122
Iy =
13.52
in.4
11
2,561
189
537
340
227
189
142
94
J =
0.303 in.4
12
2,238
139
*485
269
179
149
112
75
13
1,983
105
*413
216
144
120
90
60
14
1,778
81
*356
175
117
97
73
49
15
1,611
64
*310
145
96
80
60
40
Ix =
Sx =
1.97 sq. in.

All Rights Reserved
8-13
Rev.1113
Section 8
BEAMS
Y

E = 2.5 x 106 psi
X
Y

LATERALLY
SPAN IN FEET
UNSUPPORTED
Stress
Fb
(psi)
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
5,076
5,076
5,076
5,076
4,379
3,681
3,150
2,735
2,405
2,138
1,919
1,736
1,582
1,451
1,339
1,242
1,157
1,082
1,016
1,360
1,166
1,020
907
724
503
362
268
203
157
124
99
81
66
55
47
40
34
29
1,360
1,166
1,020
907
816
*694
*583
*497
*428
*373
*328
*290
*259
*232
*210
*190
*173
*159
*146
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
7,813
7,813
7,202
5,826
4,839
4,106
3,546
3,108
2,758
2,473
2,239
2,042
1,876
1,734
1,611
1,504
1,411
1,328
1,254
1,750
1,500
1,313
1,167
1,025
719
521
389
298
233
185
150
123
102
85
72
62
53
46
1,750
1,500
1,313
1,167
1,050
955
875
808
750
700
*646
*572
*511
*458
*414
*375
*342
*313
*287
*Fb or
Fv
Deflection
l/100
l/150
l/180
l/240
l/360
8 x 8 x 3/8
w
bf/tf
Fb
Aw
Ix
Sx
Iy
J
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
6.97
21.3
5,076
2.72
99.18
24.80
32.03
0.409
lb/ft
psi
sq. in.
in.4
in.3
in.4
in.4
487
401
333
280
237
202
174
150
131
115
101
90
810
630
498
400
325
267
222
186
158
135
116
100
87
77
67
60
1,209
885
663
506
394
311
250
203
167
139
116
99
84
72
63
55
48
42
37
806
590
442
338
263
208
167
135
111
93
78
66
56
48
42
36
32
28
25
1,552
1,136
850
650
505
399
320
260
214
178
149
126
108
93
80
70
61
54
48
1,035
757
567
433
337
266
214
174
143
119
100
84
72
62
54
47
41
36
32
884
675
525
415
333
271
223
185
155
132
112
97
84
73
64
56
50
** 8 x 8 x 1/2
w
bf/tf
Fb
Aw
Ix
Sx
Iy
J
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
9.23
16.0
7,813
3.5
127.06
31.76
42.74
0.958
lb/ft
psi
sq. in.
in.4
in.3
in.4
in.4
769
625
514
427
358
303
259
223
193
168
147
130
115
1,039
808
639
513
417
342
285
239
202
173
149
129
112
98
86
77
1,134
866
674
533
427
347
285
237
199
169
144
124
107
93
82
72
64
** Non-stock size subject to mill run requirements.
Rev.1113
8-14

All Rights Reserved
Section 8
BEAMS
Y

E = 2.5 x 106 psi

Y
LATERALLY
UNSUPPORTED
Stress
Deflection
SPAN IN FEET
Fb
(psi)
*Fb or
Fv
l/100
l/150
l/180
l/240
l/360
10 x 10 x 3/8
w =
bf/tf =
Fb =
Aw =
Ix =
Sx =
Iy =
J =
8.78 lb/ft
3,630
1,735
1,735
1,241
26.7
3,630
1,487
1,487
1,411
941
3,630
1,301
1,301
1,089
726
3,630 psi
3.47 sq. in.
3,630
1,157
1,157
1,138
854
569
198.82
in.4
10
3,630
961
*961
905
679
452
39.70
in.3
11
3,630
794
*794
729
547
364
62.54
in.4
12
3,630
667
*667
594
445
297
0.514
in.4
13
3,630
569
*569
489
367
245
14
3,352
453
*490
488
407
305
203
15
2,950
347
*427
410
341
256
171
16
2,620
271
*375
347
289
217
144
17
2,346
215
*332
296
246
185
123
18
2,117
173
*297
254
212
159
106
19
1,923
141
*266
220
183
137
92
20
1,756
116
*240
191
159
119
80
21
1,613
97
*218
167
139
105
70
22
1,488
81
*199
147
123
92
61
23
1,380
69
*182
130
108
81
54
24
1,284
59
*167
115
96
72
48
25
1,199
51
*154
103
86
64
43
26
1,124
44
*142
138
92
77
58
38
27
1,057
38
*132
124
83
69
52
34
28
996
34
*123
112
75
62
47
31
29
942
30
*114
101
68
56
42
28
30
893
26
*107
92
61
51
38
26

All Rights Reserved
8-15
Rev.1113
Section 8
BEAMS
Y

E = 2.5 x 106 psi

Y
LATERALLY
UNSUPPORTED

Stress
Deflection
SPAN IN FEET
Fb
(psi)
*Fb or
Fv
l/100
l/150
l/180
l/240
l/360
** 10 x 10 x 1/2
w =
bf/tf =
Fb =
Aw =
11.64 lb/ft
20.0
5,590 psi
4.5 sq. in.
5,590
2,250
2,250
1,606
5,590
1,929
1,929
1,825
1,216
5,590
1,688
1,688
1,407
938
5,590
1,500
1,500
1,471
1,103
735
Ix =
256.2 in.4
10
5,590
1,350
1,350
1,169
877
584
Sx =
51.20 in.3
11
5,590
1,227
1,227
1,129
941
706
471
Iy =
83.42 in.4
12
4,813
1,125
1,125
920
767
575
383
J =
in.4
13
4,162
841
1,038
758
631
473
316
14
3,644
635
964
945
630
525
394
262
15
3,226
489
*848
793
529
441
330
220
16
2,882
384
*745
671
447
373
280
186
17
2,597
307
*660
572
382
318
238
159
18
2,357
248
*589
492
328
273
205
137
19
2,154
204
*529
425
283
236
177
118
20
1,979
169
*477
370
247
205
154
103
21
1,829
142
*433
324
216
180
135
90
22
1,697
120
*394
285
190
158
119
79
23
1,582
102
*361
251
168
140
105
70
24
1,481
88
*331
223
149
124
93
62
25
1,391
76
*305
199
133
111
83
55
26
1,310
66
*282
178
119
99
74
49
27
1,238
58
*262
160
107
89
67
44
28
1,174
51
*243
144
96
80
60
40
29
1,115
45
*227
131
87
73
54
36
30
1,062
40
*212
118
79
66
49
33
1.208
Rev.1113
8-16

All Rights Reserved
Section 8
BEAMS
Y

E = 2.5 x 106 psi

Y
LATERALLY
UNSUPPORTED

Stress
Deflection
SPAN IN FEET
Fb
(psi)
4,253
4,253
4,253
4,253
4,253
4,253
4,253
4,253
4,253
4,240
3,761
3,364
3,031
2,749
2,507
2,300
2,119
1,962
1,823
1,700
1,591
1,494
1,407
1,328
1,257
1,193
1,134
1,080
1,031
986
944
906
870
837
806
2,750
2,357
2,063
1,833
1,650
1,500
1,375
1,267
1,092
948
739
586
471
383
316
262
220
187
159
137
118
103
90
79
70
62
56
50
45
41
37
33
30
28
25
*Fb or
Fv
l/100
l/150
l/180
l/240
l/360
** 12 x 12 x 1/2
w
bf/tf
Fb
Aw
Ix
Sx
Iy
J
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
13.98
24.0
4,253
5.5
452.7
75.50
144.10
1.458
lb/ft
psi
sq. in.
in.4
in.3
in.4
in.4
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
2,750
2,357
2,063
1,833
1,650
1,500
1,375
*1,267
*1,092
*951
*836
*741
*661
*593
*535
*485
*442
*405
*372
*342
*317
*294
*273
*255
*238
*223
*209
*197
*185
*175
*165
*156
*148
*141
*134
338
303
273
247
224
203
185
170
155
143
131
121
112
104
96
89
1,195
1,005
852
727
625
540
470
411
361
319
283
252
225
202
182
165
149
136
124
113
104
95
88
81
75
69
64
60
1,444
1,193
996
837
710
606
521
450
392
342
301
266
236
210
188
169
152
137
124
113
103
94
86
79
73
67
62
58
53
50
2,038
1,632
1,322
1,083
895
747
628
532
454
390
338
294
257
226
199
177
157
141
126
114
103
93
85
77
71
65
59
55
50
47
43
40
37
2,212
1,719
1,358
1,088
881
722
597
498
419
355
303
260
225
196
171
150
133
118
105
94
84
76
69
62
57
52
47
43
40
36
34
31
29
27
25

All Rights Reserved
8-17
Rev.1113
Section 8
BEAMS
Y
I-SHAPES EXTREN 500 & 525

E = 2.6 x 106 psi
LATERALLY
UNSUPPORTED
Stress
Deflection
SPAN IN FEET
Fb
(psi)
*Fb or
Fv
l/100
l/150
l/180
l/240
l/360
3 x 1-1/2 x 1/4
w =
1.11 lb/ft
2,771
240
630
444
370
277
185
bf/tf =
6.0
1,920
94
473
317
211
176
132
88
Fb =
12,000 psi
1,473
46
*374
173
115
96
72
48
Aw =
0.63 sq. in.
Ix =
Sx =
Iy =
J =
1,198
26
*260
103
69
57
43
29
1.75
in.4
1,012
16
*191
67
44
37
28
18
1.17
in.3
876
11
*146
45
30
25
19
13
0.14
in.4
774
*116
32
21
18
13
0.029
in.4
10
693
*94
24
16
13
10
1.48 lb/ft
3,516
573
880
769
577
384
4 x 2 x 1/4
w =
bf/tf =
8.0
2,252
206
660
469
391
293
195
Fb =
12,000 psi
1,639
96
528
398
265
221
166
111
244
163
136
102
68
Aw =
1,287
52
440
in.4
1,060
32
*359
160
106
89
66
44
Sx =
2.20 in.3
902
21
*275
110
73
61
46
30
Iy =
0.34 in.4
786
14
*217
78
52
44
33
22
J =
in.4
10
697
10
*176
58
39
32
24
16
11
627
*145
44
29
24
18
12
12
569
*122
34
23
19
14
Ix =
Rev.1113
0.88 sq. in.

4.4
0.039
8-18

All Rights Reserved
Section 8
BEAMS
Y
I-SHAPES EXTREN 625

E = 2.8 x 106 psi

Y
LATERALLY
UNSUPPORTED
Stress
Deflection
SPAN IN FEET
Fb
(psi)
*Fb or
Fv
l/100
l/150
l/180
l/240
l/360
3 x 1-1/2 x 1/4
w =
1.11 lb/ft
2,913
252
630
468
390
293
195
bf/tf =
6.0
2,009
98
473
337
225
187
140
94
Fb =
13,200 psi
1,538
48
378
184
123
102
77
51
Aw =
0.63 sq. in.
Ix =
Sx =
Iy =
J =
1,249
27
*286
111
74
61
46
31
1.75
in.4
1,053
17
*210
71
48
40
30
20
1.17
in.3
912
11
*161
49
32
27
20
13
0.14
in.4
804
*127
34
23
19
14
10
0.029 in.4
10
720
*103
25
17
14
11
1.48 lb/ft
3,735
609
880
804
603
402
4 x 2 x 1/4
w =
bf/tf =
8.0
2,379
218
660
495
413
309
206
Fb =
13,200 psi
1,725
101
528
422
282
235
176
117
1,350
55
440
260
173
145
108
72
4.4
in.4
1,110
33
377
170
114
95
71
47
2.20
in.3
943
22
*303
117
78
65
49
33
0.34
in.4
820
15
*239
84
56
47
35
23
0.039
in.4
10
727
11
*194
62
41
34
26
17
11
653
*160
47
31
26
20
13
12
593
*134
37
24
20
15
10
Aw =
Ix =
Sx =
Iy =
J =
0.88 sq. in.

All Rights Reserved
8-19
Rev.1113
Section 8
BEAMS
Y
I-SHAPES EXTREN 500, 525 & 625

E = 2.5 x 106 psi

Y
LATERALLY
UNSUPPORTED
Stress
Deflection
SPAN IN FEET
Fb
(psi)
*Fb or
Fv
l/100
l/150
l/180
l/240
l/360
5-1/2 x 2-1/2 x 1/4

w =
bf/tf =
Fb =
Aw =
Ix =
Sx =
Iy =
Sy =
J =
Rev.1113
1.95 lb/ft
4,080
1,221
1,250
1,098
732
10.0
2,473
416
938
800
600
400
1,718
185
750
569
474
356
237
12,000 psi
1.25 sq. in.
1,299
97
625
541
360
300
225
150
11.12
in.4
1,039
57
536
361
241
200
150
100
4.04
in.3
864
36
469
252
168
140
105
70
0.62
in.4
739
25
*399
182
121
101
76
50
0.50
in.3
10
646
17
*323
135
90
75
56
38
0.055 in.4
11
574
13
*267
103
69
57
43
29
12
13
14
517
470
432
10
7
6
*224
*191
*165
80
64
52
54
43
34
45
35
29
34
27
21
22
18
14
15
399
*144
42
28
23
18
12
8-20

All Rights Reserved
Section 8
BEAMS
Y
E = 2.5 x 106 psi

Y
LATERALLY
UNSUPPORTED
Stress
Deflection
SPAN IN FEET
Fb
(psi)
*Fb or
Fv
l/100
l/150
l/180
l/240
l/360
** 6 x 3 x 1/4
w =
bf/tf =
Fb =
Aw =
2.31 lb/ft
2,307
327
828
12.0
1,694
167
1,320
96
1,073
12,000 psi
1.38 sq. in.
752
627
470
313
690
485
404
303
202
591
492
328
274
205
137
59
518
347
231
193
144
96
Ix =
15.92 in.4
901
39
460
252
168
140
105
70
Sx =
5.32 in.3
10
775
27
414
189
126
105
79
52
Iy =
1.13 in.4
11
679
20
*352
145
96
80
60
40
J =
in.4
12
604
15
*296
113
75
63
47
31
13
544
11
*252
90
60
50
38
25
14
495
*217
73
49
40
30
20
15
454
*189
60
40
33
25
17
2,868
568
1,182
1,060
884
663
442
0.060
** 6 x 3 x 3/8
w =
3.39 lb/ft
bf/tf =
8.0
2,177
300
985
683
569
427
285
Fb =
12,000 psi
1,747
177
844
692
462
385
288
192
Aw =
1.97 sq. in.
1,457
113
739
487
325
271
203
135
Ix =
22.3 in.4
1,250
76
657
354
236
197
148
98
Sx =
7.43
in.3
10
1,095
54
591
265
177
147
110
74
1.71
in.4
11
974
40
*491
203
135
113
85
56
0.198
in.4
12
878
30
*413
159
106
88
66
44
13
800
23
*352
126
84
70
53
35
14
735
19
*303
102
68
57
43
28
15
680
15
*264
84
56
46
35
23
Iy =
J =

All Rights Reserved
8-21
Rev.1113
Section 8
BEAMS
Y

E = 2.5 x 106 psi

Y
LATERALLY
UNSUPPORTED
Stress
Deflection
SPAN IN FEET
Fb
(psi)
*Fb or
Fv
l/100
l/150
l/180
l/240
l/360
8 x 4 x 3/8
w
bf/tf
Fb
Aw
Ix
Sx
Iy
J
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
4.61
10.7
12,000
2.72
55.45
13.85
4.03
0.268
lb/ft
psi
sq. in.
in.4
in.3
in.4
in.4
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
2,932
2,257
1,815
1,508
1,285
1,117
987
883
799
730
672
622
580
543
510
752
425
262
172
119
85
63
48
38
30
24
20
17
14
12
1,360
1,166
1,020
907
816
742
680
628
*565
*492
*433
*383
*342
*307
*277
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
3,383
2,655
2,174
1,835
1,586
1,397
1,248
1,127
1,029
946
877
817
764
719
678
1,106
638
400
267
187
136
102
79
62
49
40
33
28
23
20
1,750
1,500
1,313
1,167
1,050
955
875
808
*720
*628
*552
*489
*436
*391
*353
796
605
469
371
298
242
200
166
140
119
102
88
987
714
530
403
313
247
198
161
133
111
93
79
68
58
1,174
823
595
442
336
261
206
165
135
111
92
78
66
56
49
880
617
446
331
252
196
155
124
101
83
69
58
49
42
37
587
411
298
221
168
130
103
83
67
55
46
39
33
28
24
1,501
1,051
760
564
429
333
263
211
172
141
118
99
84
72
62
1,125
789
570
423
322
249
197
158
129
106
88
74
63
54
47
750
526
380
282
214
166
131
105
86
71
59
50
42
36
31
** 8 x 4 x 1/2
w
bf/tf
Fb
Aw
Ix
Sx
Iy
J
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
6.03
8.0
12,000
3.5
70.62
17.65
5.41
0.625
lb/ft
psi
sq. in.
in.4
in.3
in.4
in.4
1,015
772
599
473
379
309
254
212
178
151
130
112
1,262
912
677
515
399
315
253
206
170
141
119
101
86
74
Rev.1113
8-22

All Rights Reserved
Section 8
BEAMS
Y

E = 2.5 x 106 psi

Y
LATERALLY
UNSUPPORTED

Stress
Deflection
SPAN IN FEET
Fb
(psi)
*Fb or
Fv
l/100
l/150
l/180
l/240
l/360
** 10 x 5 x 3/8
w =
bf/tf =
Fb =
Aw =
Ix =
Sx =
Iy =
J =
5.78 lb/ft
4,062
1,680
1,735
1,451
967
13.3
3,055
928
1,487
1,402
1,052
701
2,400
558
1,301
1,250
1,042
781
521
10,274 psi
3.47 sq. in.
1,950
358
1,157
949
791
593
395
111.67
in.4
10
1,626
242
1,041
734
612
459
306
22.33
in.3
11
1,386
170
946
867
578
482
361
241
7.85
in.4
12
1,201
124
868
693
462
385
289
192
0.338
in.4
13
1,057
93
801
561
374
312
234
156
14
941
72
744
460
307
256
192
128
15
847
56
*680
382
255
212
159
106
16
769
45
*597
320
213
178
133
89
17
704
36
*529
270
180
150
113
75
18
649
30
*472
231
154
128
96
64
19
601
25
*424
198
132
110
83
55
20
560
21
*382
171
114
95
71
48
21
524
18
*347
149
99
83
62
41
22
493
15
*316
131
87
73
54
36
23
465
13
*289
115
77
64
48
32
24
440
11
*266
102
68
56
42
28
25
417
10
*245
90
60
50
38
25

All Rights Reserved
8-23
Rev.1113
Section 8
BEAMS
Y

E = 2.5 x 106 psi

Y
LATERALLY
UNSUPPORTED
Stress
Deflection
SPAN IN FEET
Fb
(psi)
*Fb or
Fv
l/100
l/150
l/180
l/240
l/360
** 10 x 5 x 1/2
w =
bf/tf =
Fb =
Aw =
7.58 lb/ft
4,435
2,250
2,250
1,872
1,248
10.0
3,381
1,320
1,929
1,809
1,357
904
2,692
805
1,688
1,612
1,343
1,007
672
12,000 psi
2,216
524
1,500
1,223
1,019
764
510
143.48
in.4
10
1,873
358
1,350
946
788
591
394
28.70
in.3
11
1,615
255
1,227
1,116
744
620
465
310
Iy =
10.51
in.4
12
1,417
188
1,125
892
594
495
372
248
J =
0.788 in.4
13
1,261
143
1,038
722
482
401
301
201
14
1,134
111
964
592
395
329
247
165
15
1,031
88
900
491
327
273
205
136
16
944
71
844
411
274
229
171
114
17
871
58
794
348
232
193
145
97
18
808
48
*709
296
198
165
124
82
19
754
40
*636
255
170
141
106
71
20
707
34
*574
220
147
122
92
61
21
665
29
*521
192
128
106
80
53
22
628
25
*474
168
112
93
70
47
23
596
22
*434
148
98
82
62
41
24
566
19
*399
131
87
73
54
36
25
539
17
*367
116
77
65
48
32
Ix =
Sx =
4.5 sq. in.
Rev.1113
8-24

All Rights Reserved
Section 8
BEAMS
Y

E = 2.5 x 106 psi

Y
LATERALLY
UNSUPPORTED
Stress
Deflection
SPAN IN FEET
Fb
(psi)
5,878
4,408
3,452
2,795
2,324
1,974
1,706
1,496
1,329
1,193
1,080
986
907
839
780
728
683
644
608
576
548
522
498
477
457
439
423
407
393
-
2,750
2,357
1,521
973
655
460
334
250
191
150
119
96
79
66
55
47
40
34
30
26
23
20
18
16
14
13
12
11
10
-
*Fb or
Fv
l/100
l/150
l/180
l/240
l/360
** 12 x 6 x 1/2
w
bf/tf
Fb
Aw
Ix
Sx
Iy
J
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
9.24
12.0
12,000
5.5
254.1
42.30
18.11
0.958
lb/ft
psi
sq. in.
in.4
in.3
in.4
in.4
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
2,750
2,357
2,063
1,833
1,650
1,500
1,375
1,269
1,179
1,100
1,031
971
917
868
825
*767
*699
*640
*588
*541
*501
*464
*432
*402
*376
*352
*330
*311
*293
*276
*261
*247
*234
*222
*212
1,188
982
820
691
587
503
434
376
329
288
254
226
201
180
161
145
131
119
108
99
90
83
76
70
65
60
55
51
1,500
1,197
968
792
655
547
461
392
335
289
251
219
192
170
150
134
120
107
97
87
79
72
66
60
55
51
47
43
40
37
34
2,053
1,589
1,250
998
806
660
546
456
384
326
279
241
209
183
160
141
125
112
100
90
81
73
66
60
55
50
46
42
39
36
33
31
29
2,715
2,024
1,539
1,192
938
748
605
495
409
342
288
245
210
181
157
137
120
106
94
84
75
67
60
55
50
45
41
38
34
32
29
27
25
23
21
1,810
1,349
1,026
795
625
499
403
330
273
228
192
163
140
120
105
91
80
71
63
56
50
45
40
36
33
30
27
25
23
21
19
18
17
15
14

All Rights Reserved
8-25
Rev.1113
Section 8
BEAMS
Y

E = 2.5 x 106 psi
LATERALLY
UNSUPPORTED
SPAN IN FEET
Stress
Fb
(psi)
3,874
3,825
3,825
2,727
2,880
3,188
2,035
1,579
2,732
1,586
942
2,391
*Fb or
Fv
Deflection
l/100
l/150
l/180
l/240
l/360
** 18 x 3/8 x 4-1/2 x 1/2

w
bf/tf
Fb
Aw
Ix
Sx
Iy
J
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
8.34
9.0
12,000
6.375
513.25
57.03
7.67
0.674
lb/ft
psi
sq. in.
in.4
in.3
in.4
in.4
1,277
600
2,125
10
1,056
402
1,913
11
892
280
1,739
12
767
202
1,594
13
669
151
1,471
14
591
115
1,366
15
528
89
1,275
16
476
71
1,195
17
432
57
1,125
18
396
46
1,063
19
365
38
20
338
32
21
314
22
294
23
276
24
260
25
26
3,354
2,340
1,560
1,872
1,248
1,515
1,010
1,652
1,239
826
1,365
1,023
682
2,548
1,978
1,365
1,137
853
569
1,147
956
717
478
972
810
607
405
829
691
518
345
1,068
712
593
445
297
923
615
513
385
256
1,007
802
535
446
334
223
956
702
468
390
292
195
27
911
616
411
342
257
171
23
869
544
363
302
227
151
20
832
483
322
268
201
134
17
*792
430
287
239
179
119
246
15
*730
384
256
213
160
107
233
13
*675
345
230
192
144
96
27
221
12
*626
311
207
173
129
86
28
211
10
*582
281
187
156
117
78
29
201
*542
254
170
141
106
71
30
193
*507
231
154
128
96
64
31
185
*475
211
140
117
88
59
32
177
*446
193
128
107
80
53
33
171
*419
176
118
98
73
49
34
164
*395
162
108
90
67
45
35
159
*372
149
99
83
62
41
36
153
*352
138
92
76
57
38
37
148
*333
127
85
71
53
35
38
143
*316
118
78
65
49
33
39
139
*300
109
73
61
45
30
40
135
*285
101
68
56
42
28

Rev.1113
8-26

All Rights Reserved
Section 8
BEAMS
Y
E = 2.5 x 106 psi

UNSUPPORTED
Fb
(psi)
w
bf/tf
Fb
Aw
Ix
Sx
Iy
J
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
16.1
10.0
12,000
8.43
1903.44
158.62
52.83
2.510
lb/ft
psi
sq. in.
in.4
in.3
in.4
in.4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
12,000
8,724
6,443
4,962
3,946
3,220
2,682
2,273
1,954
1,701
1,497
1,330
1,191
1,075
976
892
819
756
700
652
609
571
537
506
478
453
431
410
391
374
358
343
329
317
305
294
284
274
265
257
249
242
235
228
222
216
5,058
4,215
3,613
3,161
2,810
2,529
2,299
1,669
1,223
918
704
549
436
351
286
236
196
165
140
120
103
89
78
68
60
53
47
42
38
34
31
28
25
23
21
19
18
-

Rev.1013
All Rights Reserved
Stress
*Fb or
Fv
** 24 x 3/8 x 7-1/2 x 3/4
LATERALLY
SPAN IN FEET
5,058
4,215
3,613
3,161
2,810
2,529
2,299
2,108
1,945
1,806
1,686
1,581
1,488
1,405
1,331
1,265
1,204
1,150
1,100
1,054
1,012
973
937
903
872
843
816
790
766
744
723
703
684
666
648
632
617
602
588
575
562
550
538
527
516
506
Deflection
l/100
879
805
738
678
624
576
532
493
457
425
395
368
344
321
301
282
264
248
234
220
207
196
185
l/150
1,171
1,052
948
857
776
705
642
586
536
492
452
416
384
355
329
305
283
264
246
229
214
201
188
176
166
156
147
138
131
123
l/180
1,371
1,220
1,089
976
877
790
714
647
588
535
489
447
410
377
347
320
296
274
254
236
220
205
191
179
167
157
147
138
130
122
115
109
103
l/240
1,703
1,492
1,313
1,160
1,028
915
817
732
657
592
535
485
441
401
366
335
307
283
260
240
222
205
191
177
165
153
143
134
125
117
110
104
97
92
86
82
77
l/360
4,139
3,393
2,826
2,382
2,027
1,738
1,500
1,302
1,135
995
875
773
685
610
545
488
438
395
357
323
294
268
244
224
205
188
173
160
148
137
127
118
110
102
96
89
84
78
73
69
65
61
58
54
51
*** Using Fb, Fb or Fv

8-27
8-27
Rev.1113
Copyright 2013 Strongwell
Corporation
All Rights Reserved
Section 8
BEAMS
Y
CHANNELS EXTREN 500 & 525

E = 2.6 x 106 psi

Y

Stress
SPAN IN FEET
Deflection
l/100
*Fb or Fv
l/150
l/180
l/240
l/360
** 3 x 7/8 x 1/4
w =
0.77 lb/ft
620
479
319
266
199
133
*376
220
147
122
92
61
bf/tf =
3.5
Fb =
11,717 psi
*241
118
79
65
49
33
Aw =
0.62
in.2
*167
70
47
39
29
19
1.15
in.4
*123
45
30
25
19
12
0.77
in.3
*94
30
20
17
13
0.06
in.4
*74
21
14
12
*396
279
232
174
116
*223
194
130
108
81
54
Ix =
Sx =
Iy =
J =
0.020 in.4
** 3 x 1 x 3/16
w =
bf/tf =
0.68 lb/ft
5.3
Fb =
7857 psi
*142
104
70
58
44
29
Aw =
in.2
*99
62
41
34
26
17
Ix =
1.03 in.4
*73
40
27
22
17
11
Sx =
0.68
in.3
*56
27
18
15
11
0.07
in.4
*44
19
13
11
0.010
in.4
3
*431
386
289
193
Iy =
J =
0.49
** 3-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 3/16

w =
bf/tf =
0.88 lb/ft
*243
224
187
140
93
Fb =
5,342 psi
*155
123
103
77
51
Aw =
0.586
in.2
*108
74
62
46
31
1.91
in.4
*79
72
48
40
30
20
1.09
in.3
*61
49
33
27
20
14
in.4
9
10
*48
*39
35
26
23
17
19
14
14
11
10
7
Ix =
Sx =
Iy =
J =
8.0
0.19
0.013 in.4
Rev.1113
8-28

All Rights Reserved
Section 8
BEAMS
Y
CHANNELS EXTREN 625

E = 2.8 x 106 psi

Y

Stress
SPAN IN FEET
Deflection
l/100
*Fb or Fv
l/150
l/180
l/240
l/360
3 x 7/8 x 1/4
w =
0.77 lb/ft
620
508
339
282
212
141
*405
235
157
131
98
65
bf/tf =
3.5
Fb =
12,618 psi
*259
126
84
70
53
35
Aw =
0.62
in.2
*180
75
50
42
31
21
1.15
in.4
*132
48
32
27
20
13
0.77
in.3
*101
32
22
18
14
0.06
in.4
*80
23
15
13
10
*426
295
246
185
123
*240
207
138
115
86
58
Ix =
Sx =
Iy =
J =
0.020 in.4
** 3 x 1 x 3/16
w =
bf/tf =
0.68 lb/ft
5.3
Fb =
8,462 psi
*153
112
74
62
47
31
Aw =
in.2
*107
67
44
37
28
18
Ix =
1.03 in.4
*78
43
28
24
18
12
Sx =
0.68
in.3
*60
29
19
16
12
0.07
in.4
*47
20
14
11
0.010
in.4
3
*465
406
305
203
Iy =
J =
0.49
** 3-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 3/16

w =
bf/tf =
0.88 lb/ft
*261
238
198
149
99
Fb =
5,753 psi
*167
131
109
82
55
Aw =
0.586
in.2
*116
79
66
50
33
1.91
in.4
*85
77
51
43
32
21
1.09
in.3
*65
53
35
29
22
15
in.4
9
10
*52
*42
37
27
25
18
21
15
16
11
10
8
Ix =
Sx =
Iy =
J =
8.0
0.19
0.013 in.4

All Rights Reserved
8-29
Rev.1113
Section 8
BEAMS
Y

E = 2.6 x 106 psi

Y

Stress
SPAN IN FEET
Deflection
l/100
*Fb or Fv
l/150
l/180
l/240
l/360
** 4 x 1-1/16 x 1/8
w =
bf/tf =
0.58 lb/ft
8.5
*291
234
156
*164
151
113
76
Fb =
5,043 psi
*105
100
83
62
42
Aw =
0.47
in.2
*73
60
50
38
25
1.55
in.4
*54
39
32
24
16
0.78
in.3
*41
40
26
22
17
11
0.06
in.4
*32
28
19
16
12
0.004
in.4
10
*26
21
14
12
1.11 lb/ft
880
696
580
435
290
*550
505
337
281
210
140
Ix =
Sx =
Iy =
J =
4 x 1-1/8 x 1/4
w =
bf/tf =
4.5
Fb =
9,228 psi
*352
277
185
154
116
77
Aw =
0.88
in.2
*244
167
111
93
70
46
2.87
in.4
*180
108
72
60
45
30
Sx =
1.43 in.3
*137
74
49
41
31
20
Iy =
0.13 in.4
*109
52
35
29
22
15
J =
0.030 in.4
10
*88
38
26
21
16
11
*563
503
377
251
*317
297
248
186
124
Ix =
4 x 1-3/8 x 3/16
w =
bf/tf =
0.94 lb/ft
7.3
Fb =
5,805 psi
*203
165
137
103
69
Aw =
0.68
in.2
*141
100
83
63
42
2.62
in.4
*103
97
65
54
41
27
1.31
in.3
*79
66
44
37
28
18
0.19
in.4
*63
47
32
26
20
13
0.014
in.4
10
*51
35
23
19
15
10
Ix =
Sx =
Iy =
J =
Rev.1113
8-30

All Rights Reserved
Section 8
BEAMS
Y
CHANNELS EXTREN 625

E = 2.8 x 106 psi

Y

Stress
SPAN IN FEET
Deflection
l/100
*Fb or Fv
l/150
l/180
l/240
l/360
** 4 x 1-1/16 x 1/8
w =
bf/tf =
0.58 lb/ft
8.5
*314
247
164
*177
160
120
80
Fb =
5,431 psi
*113
106
89
66
44
Aw =
0.47
in.2
*78
64
54
40
27
1.55
in.4
*58
42
35
26
17
0.78
in.3
*44
43
28
24
18
12
0.06
in.4
*35
30
20
17
13
0.004
in.4
10
*28
22
15
12
1.11 lb/ft
880
733
611
458
305
*592
536
357
298
223
149
Ix =
Sx =
Iy =
J =
4 x 1-1/8 x 1/4
w =
bf/tf =
4.5
Fb =
9,938 psi
*379
296
197
164
123
82
Aw =
0.88
in.2
*263
179
119
99
74
50
2.87
in.4
*193
116
77
64
48
32
Sx =
1.43 in.3
*148
79
53
44
33
22
Iy =
0.13 in.4
*117
56
37
31
23
16
J =
0.030 in.4
10
*95
41
28
23
17
11
*607
528
396
264
*341
315
262
197
131
Ix =
4 x 1-3/8 x 3/16
w =
bf/tf =
0.94 lb/ft
7.3
Fb =
6,252 psi
*218
176
146
110
73
Aw =
0.68
in.2
*152
107
89
67
45
2.62
in.4
*111
104
69
58
43
29
1.31
in.3
*85
71
48
40
30
20
0.19
in.4
*67
51
34
28
21
14
0.014
in.4
10
*55
37
25
21
16
10
Ix =
Sx =
Iy =
J =

All Rights Reserved
8-31
Rev.1113
Section 8
BEAMS
Y

E = 2.6 x 106 psi

Y

Stress
SPAN IN FEET
Deflection
l/100
*Fb or Fv
l/150
l/180
l/240
l/360
5 x 1-3/8 x 1/4
w =
bf/tf =
1.4 lb/ft
*470
346
289
216
144
5.5
*326
319
213
177
133
89
Fb =
7,626 psi
*240
209
139
116
87
58
Aw =
1.12
in.2
*184
144
96
80
60
40
5.78
in.4
*145
103
68
57
43
29
2.31
in.3
10
*117
76
51
42
32
21
0.25
in.4
11
*97
58
38
32
24
16
0.040
in.4
12
*82
45
30
25
19
12
13
*69
35
24
20
15
10
14
*60
28
19
16
12
15
*52
23
15
13
10
*835
703
469
Ix =
Sx =
Iy =
J =
** 5-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 3/16

w =
bf/tf =
1.19 lb/ft
*470
366
244
Fb =
5,342 psi
8.0
*301
280
210
140
Aw =
0.96 in.2
*209
209
174
130
87
Ix =
5.8 in.4
*153
137
114
86
57
Sx =
2.11 in.3
*117
95
79
59
39
Iy =
0.22 in.4
*93
68
57
42
28
J =
in.4
10
*75
50
42
31
21
11
*62
57
38
32
24
16
12
*52
44
30
25
19
12
13
*44
35
23
20
15
10
14
*38
28
19
16
12
15
*33
23
15
13
10
0.018
Rev.1113
8-32

All Rights Reserved
Section 8
BEAMS
Y
CHANNELS EXTREN 625

E = 2.8 x 106 psi

Y

Stress
SPAN IN FEET
Deflection
l/100
*Fb or Fv
l/150
l/180
l/240
l/360
** 5 x 1-3/8 x 1/4
w =
bf/tf =
1.4 lb/ft
*506
368
306
230
153
5.5
*351
340
227
189
142
94
Fb =
8,213 psi
*258
223
149
124
93
62
Aw =
1.12
in.2
*198
154
102
85
64
43
5.78
in.4
*156
110
73
61
46
31
2.31
in.3
10
*126
81
54
45
34
23
0.25
in.4
11
*105
62
41
34
26
17
0.040
in.4
12
*88
48
32
27
20
13
13
*75
38
25
21
16
11
14
*65
31
20
17
13
15
*56
25
17
14
10
*899
733
489
Ix =
Sx =
Iy =
J =
** 5-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 3/16

w =
bf/tf =
1.19 lb/ft
*506
385
257
Fb =
5,753 psi
8.0
*324
297
223
149
Aw =
0.96 in.2
*225
222
185
139
92
Ix =
5.8 in.4
*165
146
122
91
61
Sx =
2.11 in.3
*126
101
84
63
42
Iy =
0.22 in.4
*100
73
61
45
30
J =
in.4
10
*81
81
54
45
34
22
11
*67
61
41
34
26
17
12
*56
48
32
27
20
13
13
*48
38
25
21
16
11
14
*41
30
20
17
13
15
*36
25
17
14
10
0.018

All Rights Reserved
8-33
Rev.1113
Section 8
BEAMS
Y

E = 2.6 x 106 psi
Allowable Uniform Loads in Newtons Per Meter

Y

Stress
SPAN IN FEET
Deflection
l/100
*Fb or Fv
l/150
l/180
l/240
l/360
5-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 1/4

w =
bf/tf =
1.55 lb/ft
6.0
1,250
1,241
931
621
*828
779
649
487
325
Fb =
7,021 psi
*530
449
374
280
187
Aw =
1.25
in.2
*368
278
232
174
116
7.78
in.4
*270
183
153
115
76
2.83
in.3
*207
190
127
106
79
53
0.33
in.4
*164
136
91
76
57
38
0.042
in.4
10
*132
101
67
56
42
28
11
*109
77
51
43
32
21
12
*92
60
40
33
25
17
13
*78
47
31
26
20
13
14
*68
38
25
21
16
11
15
*59
31
21
17
13
Ix =
Sx =
Iy =
J =
Rev.1113
8-34

All Rights Reserved
Section 8
BEAMS
Y
CHANNELS EXTREN 625

E = 2.8 x 106 psi
Allowable Uniform Loads in Newtons Per Meter

Y

Stress
SPAN IN FEET
Deflection
l/100
*Fb or Fv
l/150
l/180
l/240
l/360
5-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 1/4

w =
bf/tf =
1.55 lb/ft
6.0
1,250
970
646
*892
819
683
512
341
Fb =
7,562 psi
*571
475
396
297
198
Aw =
1.25
in.2
*396
296
247
185
123
7.78
in.4
*291
196
163
122
81
2.83
in.3
*223
203
135
113
85
56
0.33
in.4
*176
146
97
81
61
41
0.042
in.4
10
*143
108
72
60
45
30
11
*118
82
55
46
34
23
12
*99
64
43
36
27
18
13
*84
51
34
28
21
14
14
*73
41
27
23
17
11
15
*63
33
22
19
14
Ix =
Sx =
Iy =
J =

All Rights Reserved
8-35
Rev.1113
Section 8
BEAMS
Y

E = 2.6 x 106 psi

Y

Stress
SPAN IN FEET
Deflection
l/100
*Fb or Fv
l/150
l/180
l/240
l/360
6 x 1-5/8 x 1/4
w =
bf/tf =
1.68 lb/ft
6.5
*592
565
471
353
236
*411
355
296
222
148
Fb =
6,507 psi
*302
235
196
147
98
Aw =
1.38
in.2
*231
163
136
102
68
10.22
in.4
*183
176
118
98
73
49
3.41
in.3
10
*148
131
87
73
55
36
0.43
in.4
11
*122
100
66
55
42
28
0.050
in.4
12
*103
78
52
43
32
22
13
*88
62
41
34
26
17
14
*75
50
33
28
21
14
15
*66
41
27
23
17
11
1,182
806
671
503
336
Ix =
Sx =
Iy =
J =
** 6 x 1-11/16 x 3/8
w =
bf/tf =
2.46 lb/ft
*829
758
505
421
316
210
Fb =
9,228 psi
4.5
*609
503
335
279
209
140
Aw =
1.97 in.2
*466
349
232
194
145
97
Ix =
14.55 in.4
*368
251
167
139
105
70
Sx =
4.85 in.3
10
*298
186
124
104
78
52
Iy =
0.54 in.4
11
*247
142
95
79
59
39
J =
in.4
12
*207
110
74
61
46
31
13
*177
88
58
49
37
24
14
*152
71
47
39
29
20
15
*133
58
38
32
24
16
0.150
Rev.1113
8-36

All Rights Reserved
Section 8
BEAMS
Y
CHANNELS EXTREN 625

E = 2.8 x 106 psi

Y

Stress
SPAN IN FEET
Deflection
l/100
*Fb or Fv
l/150
l/180
l/240
l/360
6 x 1-5/8 x 1/4
w =
bf/tf =
1.68 lb/ft
6.5
*637
597
498
373
249
*443
376
314
235
157
Fb =
7,008 psi
*325
250
209
157
104
Aw =
1.38
in.2
*249
174
145
109
73
10.22
in.4
*197
188
126
105
79
52
3.41
in.3
10
*159
140
93
78
58
39
0.43
in.4
11
*132
107
71
59
44
30
0.050
in.4
12
*111
83
55
46
35
23
13
*94
66
44
37
28
18
14
*81
53
35
30
22
15
15
*71
44
29
24
18
12
1,182
851
709
532
355
Ix =
Sx =
Iy =
J =
** 6 x 1-11/16 x 3/8
w =
bf/tf =
2.46 lb/ft
*893
804
536
447
335
223
Fb =
9,938 psi
4.5
*656
535
357
297
223
149
Aw =
1.97 in.2
*502
372
248
207
155
103
Ix =
14.55 in.4
*397
268
179
149
112
75
Sx =
4.85 in.3
10
*321
199
133
111
83
55
Iy =
0.54 in.4
11
*266
152
101
84
63
42
J =
in.4
12
*223
118
79
66
49
33
13
*190
94
63
52
39
26
14
15
*164
*143
76
62
51
41
42
34
32
26
21
17
0.150

All Rights Reserved
8-37
Rev.1113
Section 8
BEAMS
Y

E = 2.6 x 106 psi

Y

Stress
SPAN IN FEET
Deflection
l/100
*Fb or Fv
l/150
l/180
l/240
l/360
** 8 x 2-3/16 x 1/4
Wt/ft.
bf/tf
Fb
Aw
Ix
Sx
Iy
J
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
2.32
8.8
4,906
1.88
25.22
6.31
1.10
0.060
lb/ft
psi
in.2
in.4
in.3
in.4
in.4
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
*573
*421
*322
*255
*206
*171
*143
*122
*105
*92
*81
*71
*64
*57
*52
68
57
49
42
202
156
122
97
79
65
54
45
38
33
28
307
224
169
130
102
81
66
54
45
38
32
27
23
474
324
230
168
127
97
76
61
49
40
34
28
24
20
18
316
216
153
112
84
65
51
41
33
27
22
19
16
14
12
332
260
208
168
138
114
96
81
69
60
1,081
738
524
383
288
221
173
138
112
92
76
64
54
46
40
901
615
436
319
240
184
145
115
93
77
64
53
45
39
33
676
462
327
239
180
138
108
86
70
57
48
40
34
29
25
450
308
218
160
120
92
72
58
47
38
32
27
23
19
17
8 x 2-3/16 x 3/8
w
bf/tf
Fb
Aw
Ix
Sx
Iy
J
6
*1,195
7
*878
psi
8
*672
in.2
9
*531
4
in.
10
*430
in.3
11
*355
in.4
12
*299
4
in.
13
*254
14
*219
15
*191
16
*168
17
*149
18
*133
19
*119
20
*108
Rev.1113
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
3.41
5.8
7,216
2.72
35.75
8.94
1.42
0.200
lb/ft
8-38

All Rights Reserved
Section 8
BEAMS
Y
CHANNELS EXTREN 625

E = 2.8 x 106 psi

Y

Stress
SPAN IN FEET
Deflection
l/100
*Fb or Fv
l/150
l/180
l/240
l/360
** 8 x 2-3/16 x 1/4
w
bf/tf
Fb
Aw
Ix
Sx
Iy
J
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
2.32
8.8
5,284
1.88
25.22
6.31
1.10
0.060
lb/ft
psi
in.2
in.4
in.3
in.4
in.4
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
*617
*454
*347
*274
*222
*184
*154
*132
*113
*99
*87
*77
*69
*62
*56
87
73
62
53
45
216
166
131
104
85
69
58
48
41
35
30
325
239
180
139
109
87
70
58
48
40
34
29
25
499
343
244
179
135
104
82
65
53
43
36
30
26
22
19
332
228
163
119
90
69
54
43
35
29
24
20
17
15
13
460
354
278
222
180
148
123
103
87
75
64
1,138
781
556
408
307
236
185
148
120
99
82
69
58
50
43
949
651
463
340
256
197
155
123
100
82
68
57
49
41
36
712
488
347
255
192
148
116
93
75
62
51
43
36
31
27
474
325
232
170
128
98
77
62
50
41
34
29
24
21
18
8 x 2-3/16 x 3/8
w
bf/tf
Fb
Aw
Ix
Sx
Iy
J
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
3.41
5.8
7,771
2.72
35.75
8.94
1.42
0.200
lb/ft
6
*1,287
7
*945
psi
8
*724
in.2
9
*572
4
in.
10
*463
in.3
11
*383
4
in.
12
*322
in.4
13
*274
14
*236
15
*206
16
*181
17
*160
18
*143
19
*128
20
*116

All Rights Reserved
8-39
Rev.1113
Section 8
BEAMS
Y

E = 2.6 x 106 psi

Y

Stress
SPAN IN FEET
*Fb or Fv
Deflection
l/100
l/150
l/180
l/240
l/360
10 x 2-3/4 x 1/2
w =
bf/tf =
5.5 lb/ft
2,250
1,998
1,499
999
5.5
*1,919
1,687
1,406
1,054
703
Fb =
7,626 psi
*1,469
1,223
1,019
764
510
Aw =
4.5
in.2
*1,161
910
759
569
379
92.46
in.4
10
*940
693
578
433
289
18.49
in.3
11
*777
539
449
337
224
3.99
in.4
12
*653
639
426
355
266
177
0.600
in.4
13
*556
513
342
285
214
143
14
*480
418
279
232
174
116
15
*418
345
230
191
144
96
16
*367
287
191
160
120
80
17
*325
242
161
134
101
67
18
*290
205
137
114
86
57
19
*260
176
117
98
73
49
20
*235
152
101
84
63
42
21
*213
132
88
73
55
37
22
*194
115
77
64
48
32
23
*178
101
67
56
42
28
24
*163
89
60
50
37
25
25
*150
79
53
44
33
22
Ix =
Sx =
Iy =
J =
Rev.1113
8-40

All Rights Reserved
Section 8
BEAMS
Y
CHANNELS EXTREN 625

E = 2.8 x 106 psi

Y

Stress
SPAN IN FEET
*Fb or Fv
Deflection
l/100
l/150
l/180
l/240
l/360
10 x 2-3/4 x 1/2
w =
bf/tf =
5.5 lb/ft
2,250
2,089
1,566
1,044
5.5
1,929
1,772
1,477
1,108
739
Fb =
8,213 psi
*1,582
1,290
1,075
807
538
Aw =
4.5
in.2
*1,250
964
803
602
402
92.46
in.4
10
*1,012
736
613
460
307
Sx =
Iy =
in.3
18.49
3.99 in.4
11
12
*837
*703
681
573
454
477
378
358
284
239
189
J =
0.600 in.4
13
*599
547
365
304
228
152
14
*517
446
298
248
186
124
15
*450
368
246
205
153
102
16
*395
307
205
171
128
85
17
*350
259
173
144
108
72
18
*312
220
147
122
92
61
19
*280
188
126
105
79
52
20
*253
163
108
90
68
45
21
*230
141
94
78
59
39
22
*209
123
82
69
51
34
23
*191
108
72
60
45
30
24
*176
96
64
53
40
27
25
*162
85
57
47
35
24
Ix =

All Rights Reserved
8-41
Rev.1113
Section 8
BEAMS
Y

E = 2.6 x 106 psi

Y

Stress
SPAN IN FEET
Deflection
*Fb or Fv
l/100
l/150
l/180
l/240
l/360
12 x 3 x 1/2
w =
bf/tf =
6.3 lb/ft
2,750
2,096
1,398
6.0
*2,274
2,000
1,500
1,000
Fb =
7,021 psi
*1,741
1,470
1,102
735
Aw =
5.5 in.2
*1,375
1,327
1,106
829
553
Ix =
142.8
in.4
10
*1,114
1,019
850
637
425
23.80
in.3
11
*921
798
665
499
332
5.07
in.4
12
*774
634
529
396
264
2.20
in.3
13
*659
512
427
320
213
0.750
in.4
14
*568
418
349
262
174
15
*495
346
288
216
144
16
*435
434
289
241
181
121
17
*385
366
244
203
153
102
18
*344
312
208
173
130
87
19
*309
267
178
148
111
74
20
*279
231
154
128
96
64
21
*253
201
134
111
84
56
22
*230
175
117
97
73
49
23
*211
154
103
86
64
43
24
*193
136
91
76
57
38
25
*178
121
81
67
50
34
26
*165
108
72
60
45
30
27
*153
97
65
54
40
27
28
*142
87
58
48
36
24
29
*132
79
52
44
33
22
30
*124
71
47
40
30
20
Sx =
Iy =
Sy =
J =
Rev.1113
8-42

All Rights Reserved
Section 8
BEAMS
Y
CHANNELS EXTREN 625

E = 2.8 x 106 psi

Y

Stress
SPAN IN FEET
Deflection
*Fb or Fv
l/100
l/150
l/180
l/240
l/360
12 x 3 x 1/2
w =
bf/tf =
6.3 lb/ft
2,750
2,182
1,455
6.0
2,357
2,093
1,570
1,047
Fb =
7,562 psi
*1,875
1,854
1,545
1,159
773
Aw =
5.5
in.2
*1,481
1,400
1,167
875
583
142.8
in.4
10
*1,200
1,079
899
674
450
Sx =
Iy =
in.3
23.80
5.07 in.4
11
12
*992
*833
846
674
705
562
529
421
353
281
Sy =
2.20 in.3
13
*710
545
454
341
227
J =
in.4
14
*612
446
372
279
186
15
*533
369
308
231
154
16
*469
464
309
258
193
129
17
*415
391
261
217
163
109
18
*370
333
222
185
139
93
19
*332
286
191
159
119
79
20
*300
247
165
137
103
69
21
*272
215
143
119
90
60
22
*248
188
125
105
78
52
23
*227
166
110
92
69
46
24
*208
146
98
81
61
41
25
*192
130
87
72
54
36
26
*177
116
77
64
48
32
27
*165
104
69
58
43
29
28
*153
93
62
52
39
26
29
*143
84
56
47
35
23
30
*133
76
51
42
32
21
Ix =
0.750

All Rights Reserved
8-43
Rev.1113
Section 8
BEAMS
SQUARE TUBES EXTREN 500 & 525
E = 2.6 x 106 psi
Y
X

Stress
SPAN IN FEET
*Fb or Fv
Deflection
l/100
l/150
l/180
l/240
l/360
3 x 3 x 1/4
w =
bf/tf =
Fb =
Aw =
I =
Sx =
J =
2.2 lb/ft
12.0
7,863 psi
1.25 sq. in.
1,250
885
738
553
369
*763
633
422
352
264
176
*489
345
230
192
144
96
*339
207
138
115
86
57
3.5
in.4
*249
133
89
74
55
37
2.33
in.3
*191
90
60
50
38
25
5.913
in.4
*151
64
43
36
27
18
10
*122
47
31
26
20
13
2.57 lb/ft
1,500
1,343
1,119
839
560
14.0
*963
663
552
414
276
*616
552
368
307
230
153
** 3-1/2 x 3-1/2 x 1/4

w =
bf/tf =
Fb =
Aw =
6,898 psi
*428
335
223
186
140
93
in.4
*314
217
145
121
91
60
Sx =
3.35 in.3
*241
149
99
83
62
41
J =
8.582 in.4
*190
106
71
59
44
29
10
*154
78
52
43
32
22
3.08 lb/ft
*724
531
442
332
221
16.0
*503
489
326
272
204
136
*369
320
213
178
133
89
I =
1.5 sq. in.

5.86
4 x 4 x 1/4
w =
bf/tf =
Fb =
Aw =
6,158 psi
*283
219
146
122
91
61
8.82
in.4
*223
157
105
87
65
44
4.41
in.3
10
*181
116
77
64
48
32
14.937
in.4
11
*150
88
59
49
37
24
12
*126
68
45
38
28
19
13
*107
** Non-stock size subject to mill requirements.
54
36
30
22
15
I =
Sx =
J =
Rev.1113
1.75 sq. in.
8-44

All Rights Reserved
Section 8
BEAMS
SQUARE TUBES EXTREN 625
E = 2.8 x 106 psi
Y
X

Stress
SPAN IN FEET
Deflection
l/100
*Fb or Fv
l/150
l/180
l/240
l/360
3 x 3 x 1/4
w =
bf/tf =
Fb =
Aw =
I =
Sx =
J =
2.2 lb/ft
12.0
8,468 psi
1.25 sq. in.
1,250
934
779
584
389
*822
673
449
374
280
187
*526
368
245
204
153
102
*365
221
147
123
92
61
3.5
in.4
*268
143
95
79
59
40
2.33
in.3
*206
97
65
54
40
27
5.913
in.4
*162
69
46
38
29
19
10
*132
51
34
28
21
14
2.57 lb/ft
1,500
1,410
1,175
881
588
14.0
*1,037
702
585
439
292
*664
588
392
327
245
163
** 3-1/2 x 3-1/2 x 1/4

w =
bf/tf =
Fb =
Aw =
7,428 psi
*461
358
239
199
149
99
in.4
*339
233
155
129
97
65
Sx =
3.35 in.3
*259
159
106
88
66
44
J =
8.582 in.4
*205
113
76
63
47
32
10
*166
84
56
46
35
23
3.08 lb/ft
*780
564
470
352
235
16.0
*542
521
347
289
217
145
*398
341
228
190
142
95
I =
1.5 sq. in.

5.86
4 x 4 x 1/4
w =
bf/tf =
Fb =
Aw =
I =
Sx =
J =
6,631 psi
1.75 sq. in.
*305
235
157
130
98
65
8.82
in.4
*241
168
112
93
70
47
4.41
in.3
10
*195
124
83
69
52
35
14.937
in.4
11
*161
94
63
52
39
26
12
*135
73
49
41
30
20
13
*115
58
39
32
24
16

All Rights Reserved
8-45
Rev.1113
Section 8
BEAMS
E = 2.6 x 106 psi
Y
X

Stress
SPAN IN FEET
*Fb or Fv
Deflection
l/100
l/150
l/180
l/240
l/360
3 x 3 x 3/8
w
bf/tf
Fb
Aw
I
Sx
J
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
3.09
8.0
11,099
1.69
4.53
3.02
6.780
lb/ft
4.28
10.7
8,689
2.44
11.9
5.95
17.860
lb/ft
psi
sq. in.
in.4
in.3
in.4
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1,690
1,268
*894
*621
*456
*349
*276
*223
*185
*155
*132
825
448
268
173
117
83
61
46
36
28
1,159
550
299
179
115
78
55
41
31
24
19
966
458
249
149
96
65
46
34
26
20
16
724
344
187
112
72
49
35
25
19
15
12
483
229
125
75
48
33
23
17
13
10
8
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
2,440
1,830
*1,379
*957
*703
*539
*426
*345
*285
*239
*204
*176
*153
*135
*119
*106
*95
*86
1,081
663
433
297
212
157
119
92
73
59
48
39
33
28
24
20
1,277
721
442
288
198
141
104
79
61
49
39
32
26
22
19
16
14
2,099
1,064
601
368
240
165
118
87
66
51
40
33
27
22
18
15
13
11
1,575
798
450
276
180
124
88
65
49
38
30
24
20
16
14
12
10
8
1,050
532
300
184
120
82
59
43
33
26
20
16
13
11
9
8
7
6
4 x 4 x 3/8
w
bf/tf
Fb
Aw
I
Sx
J
Rev.1113
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
psi
sq. in.
in.4
in.3
in.4
8-46

All Rights Reserved
Section 8
BEAMS
E = 2.8 x 106 psi
Y
X

Stress
SPAN IN FEET
*Fb or Fv
Deflection
l/100
l/150
l/180
l/240
l/360
3 x 3 x 3/8
w
bf/tf
Fb
Aw
I
Sx
J
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
3.09
8.0
11,953
1.69
4.53
3.02
6.780
lb/ft
4.28
10.7
9,357
2.44
11.9
5.95
17.860
lb/ft
psi
sq. in.
in.4
in.3
in.4
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1,690
1,268
*963
*668
*491
*376
*297
*241
*199
*167
*142
878
479
287
185
126
89
66
50
38
30
1,224
585
319
192
123
84
60
44
33
26
20
1,020
488
266
160
103
70
50
36
28
21
17
765
366
200
120
77
52
37
27
21
16
13
510
244
133
80
51
35
25
18
14
11
8
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
2,440
1,830
1,464
*1,031
*758
*580
*458
*371
*307
*258
*220
*189
*165
*145
*128
*115
*103
*93
1,148
706
462
318
227
168
127
99
78
63
51
42
35
30
26
22
1,348
765
471
308
212
152
112
85
66
52
42
34
28
24
20
17
15
2,196
1,123
638
392
257
177
126
93
71
55
43
35
29
24
20
17
14
12
1,647
842
478
294
193
132
95
70
53
41
33
26
21
18
15
12
11
9
1,098
562
319
196
128
88
63
47
35
27
22
17
14
12
10
8
7
6
4 x 4 x 3/8
w
bf/tf
Fb
Aw
I
Sx
J
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
psi
sq. in.
in.4
in.3
in.4

All Rights Reserved
8-47
Rev.1113
Section 8
BEAMS
E = 2.6 x 106 psi
Y
X

Stress
SPAN IN FEET
*Fb or Fv
Deflection
l/100
l/150
l/180
l/240
l/360
6 x 6 x 3/8
w
bf/tf
Fb
Aw
I
Sx
J
Rev.1113
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
6.46
16.0
6,158
3.94
42.41
14.14
66.740
lb/ft
psi
sq. in.
in.4
in.3
in.4
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
5,910
3,940
2,955
*2,322
*1,612
*1,185
*907
*717
*580
*480
*403
*343
*296
*258
*227
*201
*179
*161
*145
701
524
402
314
250
202
165
137
115
97
83
71
8-48
2,105
1,355
915
643
468
350
268
209
167
135
110
91
77
65
55
48
2,890
1,754
1,129
762
536
390
291
223
174
139
112
92
76
64
54
46
40
3,839
2,167
1,316
847
572
402
292
219
167
131
104
84
69
57
48
41
35
30
5,015
2,559
1,445
877
564
381
268
195
146
112
87
69
56
46
38
32
27
23
20

All Rights Reserved
Section 8
BEAMS
E = 2.8 x 106 psi
Y
X
SPAN IN FEET
Stress
Deflection
l/100
*Fb or Fv
l/150
l/180
l/240
l/360
** 6 x 6 x 3/8
w
bf/tf
Fb
Aw
I
Sx
J
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
6.46
16.0
6,631
3.94
42.41
14.14
66.740
lb/ft
2
5,910
3
3,940
psi
4
2,955
sq. in.
5
2,364
4
in.
6
*1,736
in.3
7
*1,276
4
in.
8
*977
9
*772
10
*625
11
*517
12
*434
13
*370
14
*319
15
*278
16
*244
17
*216
18
*193
19
*173
20
*156

All Rights Reserved
8-49
748
560
430
336
268
217
177
147
123
104
89
77
2,211
1,431
970
684
498
373
286
224
178
144
118
98
82
70
59
51
1,842
1,192
809
570
415
311
239
187
149
120
99
82
69
58
50
43
2,258
1,382
894
606
428
312
233
179
140
112
90
74
61
51
44
37
32
5,105
2,639
1,506
921
596
404
285
208
156
119
93
74
60
49
41
34
29
25
21
Rev.1113
Section 8
BEAMS
RECTANGULAR TUBES EXTREN 500 & 525
E = 2.6 x 106 psi

Y

Stress
SPAN IN FEET
Deflection
l/100
*Fb or Fv
l/150
l/180
l/240
l/360
4 x 1/8 x 2 x 1/4
w =
1.52 lb/ft
564
403
269
224
168
112
bf/tf =
8.0
*454
247
165
137
103
69
Fb =
11,099 psi
*334
161
107
89
67
45
Aw =
Ix =
Sx =
Iy =
J =
0.94 sq. in.
*256
110
74
61
46
31
4.41
in.4
*202
79
53
44
33
22
2.21
in.3
10
*164
58
39
32
24
16
1.10
in.4
11
*135
44
29
24
18
12
2.640
in.4
12
*114
34
23
19
14
1,650
1,307
1,089
817
544
** 6-1/2 x 1/4 x 2 x 1/2

w =
3.77 lb/ft
bf/tf =
4.0
1,375
1,246
831
692
519
346
Fb =
12,000 psi
1,179
834
556
463
348
232
Aw =
*960
583
389
324
243
162
Ix =
24.97 in.4
2.75 sq. in.
*759
422
281
234
176
117
Sx =
7.68 in.3
10
*614
314
209
175
131
87
Iy =
2.79 in.4
11
*508
240
160
133
100
67
J =
8.020 in.4
12
*427
187
125
104
78
52
13
*364
149
99
83
62
41
14
*313
120
80
67
50
33
15
*273
98
65
55
41
27
Rev.1113
8-50

All Rights Reserved
Section 8
BEAMS
RECTANGULAR TUBES EXTREN 625
E = 2.8 x 106 psi

Y

Stress
SPAN IN FEET
Deflection
l/100
*Fb or Fv
l/150
l/180
l/240
l/360
4 x 1/8 x 2 x 1/4
w =
1.52 lb/ft
564
429
286
238
179
119
bf/tf =
8.0
470
263
175
146
110
73
Fb =
11,953 psi
*359
172
115
96
72
48
Aw =
Ix =
Sx =
Iy =
J =
0.94 sq. in.
*275
118
79
66
49
33
4.41
in.4
*217
84
56
47
35
23
2.21
in.3
10
*176
62
42
35
26
17
1.10
in.4
11
*146
47
32
26
20
13
2.640
in.4
12
*122
37
24
20
15
10
1,650
1,376
1,147
860
573
** 6-1/2 x 1/4 x 2 x 1/2

w =
3.77 lb/ft
bf/tf =
4.0
1,375
1,319
879
733
550
366
Fb =
13,200 psi
1,179
887
591
493
369
246
Aw =
1,031
621
414
345
259
172
Ix =
24.97 in.4
2.75 sq. in.
*834
450
300
250
188
125
Sx =
7.68 in.3
10
*676
336
224
187
140
93
Iy =
2.79 in.4
11
*559
257
171
143
107
71
J =
8.020 in.4
12
*469
201
134
111
84
56
13
*400
159
106
89
66
44
14
*345
129
86
72
54
36
15
*300
105
70
59
44
29

All Rights Reserved
8-51
Rev.1113
Section 8
BEAMS
RECTANGULAR TUBES EXTREN 500 & 525
E = 2.6 x 106 psi

Y

Stress
SPAN IN FEET
*Fb or Fv
Deflection
l/100
l/150
l/180
l/240
l/360
7 x 4 x 1/4
w =
bf/tf =
Fb =
Aw(x-x) =
Ix =
Sx =
J =
4.1
16.0
6,158
3.25
34.14
9.75
30.500
lb/ft
4.1
28.0
3,827
1.75
14.06
7.03
lb/ft
psi
sq. in.
in.4
in.3
in.4
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
3,250
2,438
*1,601
*1,112
*817
*625
*494
*400
*331
*278
*237
*204
*178
*156
*138
*124
*111
*100
324
253
201
163
133
111
93
78
67
58
1,097
740
520
378
282
216
169
134
109
89
74
62
52
45
38
2,351
1,423
914
617
433
315
235
180
141
112
90
74
61
51
44
37
32
3,134
1,763
1,068
686
463
325
236
176
135
106
84
68
56
46
39
33
28
24
2,089
1,175
712
457
308
217
157
118
90
70
56
45
37
31
26
22
19
16
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1,750
*1,121
*717
*498
*366
*280
*221
*179
*148
*125
179
136
106
480
320
222
160
119
91
71
1,077
635
400
266
185
134
99
76
59
1,491
808
476
300
200
139
100
75
57
44
994
538
317
200
133
93
67
50
38
30
4 x 7 x 1/4
w =
bf/tf =
Fb =
Aw(y-y) =
Iy =
Sy =
Rev.1113
psi
sq. in.
in.4
in.3
8-52

All Rights Reserved
Section 8
BEAMS
RECTANGULAR TUBES EXTREN 625
E = 2.8 x 106 psi

Y

Stress
SPAN IN FEET
*Fb or Fv
Deflection
l/100
l/150
l/180
l/240
l/360
7 x 4 x 1/4
w =
bf/tf =
Fb =
Aw(x-x) =
Ix =
Sx =
J =
4.1
16.0
6,631
3.25
34.14
9.75
30.500
lb/ft
psi
sq. in.
in.4
in.3
in.4
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
3,250
2,438
*1,724
*1,197
*880
*673
*532
*431
*356
*299
*255
*220
*192
*168
*149
*133
*119
*108
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1,750
*1,207
*773
*537
*394
*302
*238
*193
*160
*134
347
271
216
175
143
119
99
84
72
62
1,159
785
553
403
301
231
181
144
116
95
79
66
56
48
41
1,495
966
654
461
336
251
193
151
120
97
79
66
55
47
40
34
3,233
1,838
1,122
725
491
346
252
188
144
113
90
73
60
49
41
35
30
26
2,155
1,225
748
483
327
230
168
126
96
75
60
48
40
33
28
23
20
17
191
146
114
509
340
237
171
128
97
76
1,128
670
424
283
198
143
106
81
63
1,546
846
502
318
213
148
107
80
61
47
1,030
564
335
212
142
99
71
53
41
32
4 x 7 x 1/4
w =
bf/tf =
Fb =
Aw(y-y) =
Iy =
Sy =
4.1
28.0
4,121
1.75
14.06
7.03
lb/ft
psi
sq. in.
in.4
in.3

All Rights Reserved
8-53
Rev.1113
Section 8
BEAM DIAGRAMS AND FORMULAS

The beam diagrams and formulas that follow represent frequently occurring beam loadings
and beam end conditions found in civil/structural applications. They are included herein for the
convenience of those engineering and designers who have relatively infrequent use for such
formulas and hence may find them necessary.
Though formulas for max, a, x, and x1 are shown, the engineer and designer of fiberglass
flexural members is reminded that it represents only maximum flexural deflection. To obtain
the true total deflection, the effects of shear deflection must be added. Please refer to equations
B-13 and B-14 as applicable to your particular loading condition.
EFFECTIVE LATERAL BRACING SYSTEMS
Lateral support must be effective in preventing lateral deflection of the beam compression
flange and must limit the laterally unsupported length of the beam to obtain the required level
of stress.
Two common methods for the lateral support of the compression flange are shown below.
TYPE 1 supports the compression flange by a lateral bracing system that prevents significant
lateral deflection. Each lateral support should be designed for two percent (2%) of the total
compression force at that brace point in the laterally braced beam.
TYPE 2 prevents twisting of the entire cross section at the brace points. Rigid diaphragms are
provided between two parallel beams. Each diaphragm should be designed for 2% of the total
compression flange force at the brace points. Note that this system produces small upward and
downward loads on the adjacent beams.
For additional discussion on lateral buckling and lateral bracing systems, the designer is referred
to the ASCE Structural Plastics Design Manual.
Type 1
Top Chord Braced Against
Lateral Bending
Rev.1113
Type 2
Bracing Prevents
Rotation at Brace Points
8-54

All Rights Reserved
Section 8

NOMENCLATURE
E
Modulus of Elasticity of steel at 29,000 ksi
Moment of Inertia of beam (in.4)
Total length of beam between reaction points (ft.)
Mmax Maximum moment (kip in.)

M1
Maximum moment in left section of beam (kip in.)
M2
Maximum movement in right section of beam (kip in.)
M3
Maximum positive moment in beam with combined end moment conditions (kip in.)
Mx
Moment at distance x from end of beam (kip in.)
Concentrated load (kips)
P1
Concentrated load nearest left reaction (kips)
P2
Concentrated load nearest right reaction, and of different magnitude than P1 (kips)
End beam reaction for any condition of symmetrical loading (kips)
R1
Left end beam reaction (kips)
R2
Right end or intermediate beam reaction (kips)
R3
Right end beam reaction (kips)
Maximum vertical shear for any condition of symmetrical loading (kips)
V1
Maximum vertical shear in left section of beam (kips)
V2
Vertical shear at right reaction point, or to left of intermediate reaction point of beam (kips)
V3
Vertical shear at right reaction point, or to right of intermediate reaction point of beam (kips)
Vx
Vertical shear at distance x from end of beam (kips)
Total load on beam (kips)
Measured distance along beam (in.)
Measured distance along beam which may be greater or less than "a" (in.)
Total length of beam between reaction points (in.)
Uniformally distributed load per unit of length (kips per in.)
w1
Uniformly distributed load per unit of length nearest left reaction (kips per in.)
w2
Uniformly distributed load per unit of length nearest right reaction and of different
magnitude than w1 (kips per in.)
Any distance measured along beam from left reaction (in.)
x1
Any distance measured along overhang section of beam from nearest reaction point (in.)
max Maximum deflection (in.)

a
Deflection at point of load (in.)
Deflection at any point x distance from left reaction (in.)
x1
Deflection of overhang section of beam at any distance from nearest reaction point (in.)
Reprinted with permission of American Institute of Steel Construction

All Rights Reserved
8-55
Rev.1113
Section 8

FREQUENTLY USED FORMULAS
The formulas given below are frequently required in structural designing. They are included
herein for the convenience of those engineers who have infrequent use for such formulas and
hence may find reference necessary.
BEAMS

Flexural stress at extreme fiber:

f = Mc/I = M/S

Flexural stress at any fiber:

f = My/I
y = distance from neutral axis to fiber.

Average vertical shear (for maximum see below):

v = V/A = V/dt (for beams and girders)
Horizontal shearing stress at any section A-A:
v = VQ/I b Q = statical moment about the neutral axis of the entire section of
that portion of the cross section lying outside of Section A-A,

b = width at Section A-A
(Intensity of vertical shear is equal to that of horizontal shear acting normal to it at the
same point and both are usually a maximum at mid-height of beam.)

Slope and deflection at any point:

d2y

EI
= M x and y are abscissa and ordinate respectively of a point on the
dx2
neutral axis, referred to axes of rectangular coordinates through
a selected point of support.
(First integration gives slopes; second integration gives deflections. Constants of integration must be determined.)

CONTINUOUS BEAMS (THE THEOREM OF THREE MOMENTS)

Uniform load: Ma
Concentrated loads:
l
l
l

Ma 1 + 2Mb 1 + 2
I1
I2
I
1
l1
+ 2Mb l1 + l2
I1
I1
I2
) + Mc I22
+ Mc
l2
1
=
I2
4
P1a1b1
1 + a1
I1
l1
( wI11l1
w2l23
I2
b
P2a2b2
1+ a
l2
I2
Considering any two consecutive spans in any continuous structure:

Ma, Mb, Mc = moments at left, center and right supports respectively, of any pair of
adjacent spans.
l1 and l2
= length of left and right spans respectively, of the pair.
I1 and I2 = moment of inertia of left and right spans respectively.
w1 and w2 = load per unit of length on left and right spans respectively.
P1 and P2 = concentrated loads on left and right spans respectively.
a1 and a2 = distance of concentrated loads from left support in left and right spans
respectively.
b1 and b2
= distance of concentrated loads from right support in left and right spans
respectively.
The above equations are for beams with moment of inertia constant in each span but differing
in different spans, continuous over three or more supports. By writing such an equation
for each successive pair of spans and introducing the known values (usually zero) of end
moments, all other moments can be found.
Rev.1113
8-56

All Rights Reserved
Section 8

Table of Concentrated Load Equivalents

Simple Beam
n
Loading
Coeff.
Beam Fixed One

End Supported
at Other
Beam Fixed
Both Ends

P
4

a
b
c
d
e
f
g
0.1250

0.5000

0.0130
1.0000
1.0000
0.0703
0.0417
0.1250
0.0833
0.3750
0.6250 0.5000
0.0054
0.0026
1.0000
0.6667
0.4151
0.3000

P

2

a
b
c
d
e
f
g
0.2500

0.5000

0.0208
2.0000
0.8000
0.1563
0.1875
0.3125
0.6875
0.0093
1.5000
0.4770
0.1250
0.1250
0.5000
0.0052
1.0000
0.4000

P
P

3

a
b
c
d
e
f
g
0.3333

1.0000

0.0355
2.6667
1.0222
0.2222
0.3333
0.6667
1.3333
0.0152
2.6667
0.4381
0.1111
0.2222

1.0000
0.0077
1.7778
0.3333

P
P
P

4

a
b
c
d
e
f
g
0.5000

1.5000

0.0495
4.0000
0.9500
0.2656
0.4688
1.0313
1.9688
0.0209
3.7500
0.4281
0.1875
0.3125

1.5000
0.0104
2.5000
0.3200

a
0.6000
0.3600
0.2000

b

0.6000
0.4000

c
2.0000
1.4000

P P P P
5
d

2.6000
2.0000

e
0.0630
0.0265
0.0130

f
4.8000
4.8000
3.2000

g
1.0080
0.4238
0.3120

Maximum positive moment (kip-ft.):
Equivalent simple span uniform load (kips):

a x P x L
fxP
Maximum negative moment (kip-ft.):
Deflection coeff. for equivalent simple span

b x P x L
uniform load: g
Pinned end reaction (kips):
c x P
Number of equal load spaces: n
Fixed end reaction (kips): d x P
Span of beam (ft.) : L
Maximum deflection (in.): e x PL3/EI
All Rights Reserved
8-57
Rev.1113
Section 8

FOR VARIOUS STATIC LOADING CONDITIONS
1.
SIMPLE BEAM UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD
Total Equiv. Uniform Load

R=V

Vx
= wl
=
wl
2
w (l x)
2
2
wl

M max.( at center )
=
8

wx

Mx
= ( lx )
2

5wl4

max.( at center )
=
384EI
wx

x
=
( l32lx2+x3 )
24EI
2.
SIMPLE BEAM LOAD INCREASING UNIFORMLY TO ONE END

3.
= 16W = 1.0264W
93
R1 = V1 = W
3
R2 = V2 max.
= 2W
3
2
W
Vx
=
Wx
3
l2
M max. ( at x = l = .5774l)
= 2Wl = .1283 Wl
93
3
Mx
= Wx (l2x2)
3l2
8
Wl 3
max. (at x =l 1
= .5193l) = .01304
15
EI
Wx
x
=
( 3x4 10l2x2+7l4 )
180EI l2
SIMPLE BEAM LOAD INCREASING UNIFORMLY TO CENTER
4W
3
W

R = V
=
2
l
W 2

Vx (when x < 2 )
= 2 (l 4x2)
2l

M max. ( at center)
= Wl
6
l
2

Mx (when x < 2 )
= Wx ( 1 2x2 )
2
3l

3

max. ( at center)
= Wl
60EI
l

x (when x < 2 )
= Wx 2 ( 5l2 4x2 )2
480 EI l

Rev.1113
8-58

All Rights Reserved
Section 8

4.
SIMPLE BEAM UNIFORM LOAD PARTIALLY DISTRIBUTED
R1 = V1 ( max. when a < c )
R2 = V2 ( max. when a > c )
wb
(2c + b)
2l
wb
=
(2a + b)
2l
VX ( when x > a and < ( a + b ))
R1 w ( x a )
M max. ( at x = a +
R1 ( a + R1 )
2w
Mx ( when x < a )
R1x
R1
)
w

Mx ( when x > a and < ( a + b))
= R1x w ( x a )2
2

Mx ( when x > ( a + b))
= R2 ( l x)

5.
SIMPLE BEAM UNIFORM LOAD PARTIALLY DISTRIBUED AT ONE END
= wa ( 2l a )
2l
2
= wa
2l
R1 = V1 max.
R2 = V2
Vx ( when x < a )
R1 wx
2

M max. ( at x = R1)
= R1
w
2w

2

Mx ( when x < a )
= R1x wx
2

Mx ( when x > a )
= R2 (l x)

x ( when x < a )
= wx (a2 (2la)22ax2(2la)+lx3)

24EIl
2

x ( when x > a )
= wa (l x) (4xl 2x2 a2)
24EIl

6.
SIMPLE BEAM UNIFORM LOAD PARTIALLY DISTRIBUTED AT EACH END

w a(2l a) + w2c2

R1 = V1
= 1
2l
w2c(2l c) + w1a2

R2 = V2 =
2l

Vx ( when x < a )
R1 w1x
Vx ( when x > a and < (a + b) )
R1 w1a
Vx ( when x > (a + b) )
R2 w2 ( l x )
M max. ( at x = R1 when R1 < w1a) =

w1
M max. ( at x =l R2 when R2<w2c) =

w2
Mx ( when x < a)
Mx ( when x > a and < ( a + b) )
Mx ( when x > ( a + b) )

All Rights Reserved
8-59
R12
2w1
R22
2w2
w x2
R1x 1
2
w
R1x 1a ( 2x a )
2
w ( l x )2
R2 ( l x) 2
2
Rev.1113
Section 8

7.
SIMPLE BEAM CONCENTRATED LOAD AT CENTER
2P
P
2
Pl

M max. ( at point of load )
=
4
l
Px

Mx (when x < 2 )
=
2

3
Pl

max. ( at point of load )
=
48EI
l
Px ( 3l2 4x2 )

x ( when x < 2 )
=
48EI

8.
R = V
SIMPLE BEAM CONCENTRATED LOAD AT ANY POINT
8Pab
l2
Pb

R1 = V1 ( max. when a < b )
=
l
Pa

R2 = V2 ( max. when a > b )
=
l
Pab

M max.( at point of load)
=
l
Pbx

Mx ( when x < a )
=
l

Pab (a + 2b) 3a(a + 2b)
a (a + 2b)

max.( at x =
when a > b) =
27 EI l
3

2b 2
Pa

a( at point of load )
=
3EI l

Pbx

x ( when x < a )
=
( l 2 b2 x2)
6EI l

9.
SIMPLE BEAM TWO EQUAL CONCENTRATED LOADS SYMMETRICALLY PLACED

8 Pa

=
l

R = V
M max. ( between loads )
Pa
Mx ( when x < a )
Px
max.( at center )
x ( when x < a )
x ( when x > a and < ( l a) )
Pa
( 3l2 4a2)
24EI
Px
( 3la 3a2 x2)
6EI
Pa
( 3lx 3x2 a2)
6EI
Rev.1113
8-60

All Rights Reserved
Section 8

10.
SIMPLE BEAM TWO EQUAL CONCENTRATED LOADS UNSYMMETRICALLY PLACED
R1 = V1(max. when a < b)
P
(la+b)
l
= P(lb+a)
l
P
=
( b a )
l
=
R2 = V2 (max. when a >b)
M1 ( max. when a > b)
= R1a
M2 (max. when a < b)
= R2b
Vx (when x > a and < ( l b))

Mx (when x < a)

Mx(when x > a and < ( l b) )
= R1x
= R1x P (x a)

11. SIMPLE BEAM TWO UNEQUAL CONCENTRATED LOADS UNSYMMETRICALLY PLACED

P1 (l a) +P2b

R1 = V1 =
l

P1 a + P2 (l b)

R2 = V2 =
l

Vx (when x > a and < ( l b) ) = R1 P1

M1 (max. when R1 < P1)
= R1 a

M2 (max. when R2 <P2 )
= R2b

Mx (when x < a)
= R1x
Mx (when x > a and < ( l b) ) = R1x P1 (x a)
12. BEAM FIXED AT ONE END, SUPPORTED AT OTHER UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD

= wl

3wl

R1 = V1 =
8
5wl

R2 = V2 max. =
8

Vx
M max. =
= R1 wx
wl2
8
9 wl2
M1 (at x = 3/8 l) =
128
wx2
Mx
= R1x
2
4
l
wl
max. (at x = (1+ 33) =.4215l =
16
185EI
wx
x = ( l3 3lx2 + 2x3)
48EI

All Rights Reserved
8-61
Rev.1113
Section 8

13.
BEAM FIXED AT ONE END, SUPPORTED AT OTHER CONCENTRATED LOAD AT CENTER

= 3P
2
5P

R1 = V1
=
16
11P

R2 = V2 max.
=
16
3Pl

M max. (at fixed end)
=
16

5Pl

M1 (at point of load)
=
32
l
5Px

Mx (when x <
)
=
2
16

l

Mx (when x >
)
= P ( l 11x )
2
2 16

3
P
l3
1

max. (at x = l
= .4472l)
=
= .009317 P l
EI
48EI 5
5
3
7P
l

x ( at point of load )
=
768EI
l
Px ( 3l2 5x2)

x ( when x < 2 )
=
96EI
l
P

x ( when x > 2 )
=
( xl)2 (11x 2l)
96EI
14. BEAM FIXED AT ONE END, SUPPORTED AT OTHER CONCENTRATED LOAD AT ANY POINT

2

R1 = V1
= Pb3 (a + 2l )
2l

R2 = V2
= Pa3 (3l 2 a2)
2l

M1 ( at point of load )
R1a
Pab

M2 ( at fixed end )
=
(a + l)
2l 2

Mx (when x <a )
= R1x

Mx (when x >a )
R1x P (x a)
Pa
( l2 a2 ) 3
=
3EI ( 3l2 a2 ) 2
a
Pab2 a
max. ( when a > .414l at x = l
) =
6EI 2l+a
2l+a
Pa2b3
a ( at point of load )
=
(3l + a)
12EIl 3
2
Pb x
x ( when x < a )
=
(3al22lx2ax2 )
12EIl 3
Pa
x ( when x > a )
=
(lx)2(3l2xa2x2a2l)
12EIl 3
max. ( when a<.414l at x = l
l2
+a2
3l2
)
a2

Rev.1113
8-62

All Rights Reserved
Section 8

15.
BEAM FIXED AT BOTH ENDS UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOADS

2wl

=
3
wl

R = V
=
2
l

Vx
= w( x)
2
wl2

M max. ( at ends )
=
12
wl2

M1 (at center)
=
24

w

Mx
=
( 6lx l2 6x2 )
12

wl4

max. (at center)
=
384EI
wx2

x
=
(l x)2
24EI
16.
BEAM FIXED AT BOTH ENDS CONCENTRATED LOAD AT CENTER
P
2
Pl

M max. (at center and ends)
=
8

P

Mx (when x <l/2)
=
( 4x l )
8
Pl3

max. (at center)
=
192EI

Px2 ( 3l 4x )

x (when x < l/2)
=
48EI

R = V =

17.
BEAM FIXED AT BOTH ENDS CONCENTRATED LOAD AT ANY POINT

2

R1 = V1 (max. when a < b)
= Pb
( 3a + b )
3
l
Pa2 ( a + 3b )

R2 = V2 (max. when a > b)
=
l3
Pab2

M1 (max. when a < b)
=
l2
Pa2 b

M2 (max. when a > b)
=
l2
2Pa2b2

Ma (at point of load)
=
l3
Pab2

Mx (when x < a)
=
R1x 2
l
3
2al
2Pa b2

max. (when a > b at x =
)=
3a +b
3EI (3a + b)2
Pa3b3

a (at point of load)
=
3EIl3
2x2
Pb

x (when x < a)
=
( 3al 3ax bx )
6EIl3
All Rights Reserved
8-63
Rev.1113
Section 8

18.

CANTILEVER BEAM LOAD INCREASING UNIFORMLY TO FIXED END

= 8 W
3
R = V
Vx
W 2
l
x2
Wl

=
3

3
Wx

Mx =
2
3l

W
l3

max. (at free end)
=
15EI
W

x
=
( x5 5l4 x + 4l5 )
60EI l 2
19.
CANTILEVER BEAM UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD
= 4wl
R = V
wl
Vx
wx
wl2

M max.(at fixed end)
=
2
2
wx

Mx
=
2
wl4

max.(at free end) =
8EI
W

x
=
( x4 4 l3 x + 3l4 )
24EI

20. BEAM FIXED AT ONE END, FREE TO DEFLECT VERTICALLY BUT NOT ROTATE AT OTHER

UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD
8 wl

=
3

R = V
wl
Vx
wx
2
wl

=
3 2
wl

M1 (at deflected end)
=
6

w 2

Mx
=
(l 3x2)
6
wl4

max. (at deflected end)
=
24EI
w ( l2 - x2 )2

x
=
24EI
Rev.1113
8-64

All Rights Reserved
Section 8

21.
CANTILEVER BEAM CONCENTRATED LOAD AT ANY POINT

8Pb

Total Equiv. Uniform Load = l

R = V
= P
M max. ( at fixed end )
= Pb
Mx ( when x > a )
max. ( at free end )
a ( at point of load )
x ( when x < a )
x ( when x > a )
22.
= P ( x a )
Pb2
= 6EI ( 3l b )
Pb3
=
3EI
Pb2
=
(3l 3x b)
6EI
P ( l x)2
=
( 3b l + x)
6EI
CANTILEVER BEAM CONCENTRATED LOAD AT FREE END
Total Equiv. Uniform Load = 8P
R=V
= P
M max. ( at fixed end )
= Pl

Mx
= Px

3

max. (at free end)
= Pl
3EI

P ( 2l3 3l2x + x3 )

x
=
6EI
23.

BEAM FIXED AT ONE END, FREE TO DEFLECT VERTICALLY BUT NOT ROTATE AT OTHER
CONCENTRATED LOAD AT DEFLECTED END
Total Equiv. Uniform Load = 4P
R = V
= P
M max. ( at both ends)
Mx
= P (
max. (at deflected end)
Pl
2
l
x)
2
Pl3
12EI
2
= P (l x) (l + 2x)
12EI

All Rights Reserved
8-65
Rev.1113
Section 8

24.
BEAM OVERHANGING ONE SUPPORT UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD

w

R1 = V1
= (l 2 a2)
2l
w

R2 = V2 + V3
=
(l + a)2
2l

V2
= wa
V3
Vx ( between supports )
= R1 wx
Vx1 ( for overhang )
= w (a x1)
w
(l 2 + a2)
2l
= w 2 (l + a)2 (l a)2
8l
2
wa

M2 ( at R2 )
=
2

wx

Mx ( between supports )
=
(l 2 a2 xl )
2l

Mx1 ( for overhang )
= w (a x1)2
2

x ( between supports )
= wx ( l 4-2l2x2 +lx3-2a2l 2+ 2a2x2)
24EIl

x1 ( for overhang )
= wx1 (4a2l -l3+6a2x1-4ax12+x13 )
24EI

2
M1 ( at x = l [ 1 a ] )
2
2
l
25. BEAM OVERHANGING ONE SUPPORT UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD ON OVERHANG

wa2

R1 = V1 =
2l
wa

R2 = V1 + V2
=
( 2l + a )
2l

V2
= wa

Vx1 ( for overhang )
= w ( a x1 )

wa2

M max. ( at R2 ) =
2
wa2x

=
2l
w

= ( a x1 )2
2

2 2
22
l

max.(between supports at x = )= wa l
= .03208 wa l
EI
3 18 3EI

wa3

max.( for overhang at x1 = a ) =
(4l + 3a)
24EI

2

= wa x (l2 x2)
12EI l
wx1

x1 ( for overhang )
=
(4a2l+6a2x14ax12+x13 )
24EI
Rev.1113
8-66

All Rights Reserved
Section 8

26.
BEAM OVERHANGING ONE SUPPORT CONCENTRATED LOAD AT END OF OVERHANG

Pa

R1 = V1
=
l
P

R2 = V1 + V2
=
( l + a)
l

V2
= P

M max. ( at R2 )
= Pa
= P (a x1)
max. ( between supports at x =
max. ( for overhang at x1 = a )
x1 ( for overhang )
Pax
l
2
2
l
) = Pa l = .06415 Pa l
3
9 3EI
EI
Pa2
=
(l+a)
3EI
Pax
=
( l2 x2 )
6EI l
Px
= 1 ( 2al+3ax1x12)
6EI
27. BEAM OVERHANGING ONE SUPPORT UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD BETWEEN SUPPORTS

= wl

wl

R=V
=
2

Vx
M max. ( at center )
Mx
max. ( at center )
x1
= w ( l x )
2
2
wl
=
8
wx
=
(lx)
2
5wl4
=
384EI
wx
=
( l3 2lx2 + x3 )
24EI
wl3 x1
=
24EI
28.
BEAM OVERHANGING ONE SUPPORT CONCENTRATED LOAD AT ANY POINT BETWEEN SUPPORTS

= 8 Pab
l2
Pb

R1 = V1 (max. when a < b)
=
l

R2 = V2 (max. when a > b)
= Pa
l

M max. (at point of load)
= Pab
l

Mx ( when x < a )
= Pbx
l
Pab(a
+ 2b) 3a(a+2b)
a(a
+
2b)

max. (at x =
when a > b) =
27EIl
3
2 2

a (at point of load)
= Pa b
3EIl
Pbx

x (when x < a)
=
( l2 b2 x2)
6EIl

x (when x > a)
= Pa( l x) ( 2lx x2 a2)
6EIl
Reprinted with permission of American
Pabx
1 ( l + a)

x1
=
Institute
of Steel Construction
6EI l
All Rights Reserved
8-67
Rev.1113
Section 8

29.
CONTINUOUS BEAM TWO EQUAL SPANS UNIFORM LOAD ON ONE SPAN

49

Total Equiv. Uniform Load =
wl
64
7

R1 = V1
= wl
16
5

R2 = V2 + V3
= wl
8
1

R3 = V3
=
wl
16
9

V2
=
wl
16
49
7

M max. ( at x =
l )
=
wl2
512
16
1

M1 ( at support R2 ) = wl2
16
wx

Mx ( when x < l )
=
(7l 8x)
16

max. ( 0.472 l from R1 ) = 0.0092 wl4/EI
30.
CONTINUOUS BEAMTWO EQUAL SPANSCONCENTRATED LOAD AT CENTER OF ONE SPAN

13

Total Equiv. Uniform Load =
P
8
13

R1 = V1
= P
32
11

R2 = V2 + V3
= P
16
3

R3 = V3
=
P
32
19

V2
= P
32
13

M max. (at point of load)
=
Pl
64

3

M1 (at support R2) = Pl
32

max. ( 0.480 l from R1 ) = 0.015 Pl 3/EI
31.
CONTINUOUS BEAM TWO EQUAL SPANS CONCENTRATED LOAD AT ANY POINT

Pb

R1 = V1 =
( 4l 2 a ( l + a ) )
4l3
Pa ( 2l 2 + b ( l + a ) )

R2 = V2 + V3 =
2l3
Pab

R3 = V3
= 3 ( l + a )
4l
Pa ( 4l 2 + b ( l + a ) )

V2 =
4l3

M max. ( at point of load ) = Pab
( 4l 2 a ( l + a ) )
3
4l

Pab l + a )

M1 ( at support R2 ) = (
4l 2


Rev.1113
8-68

All Rights Reserved
Section 8

32.
BEAM UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD AND VARIABLE END MOMENTS
R1 = V1
R2 = V2
Vx
M3 ( at x =
Mx
b (To locate inflection points)
x =
1 M1 M2
+
)
wl
2
wl M1 M2
= 2+
l
wl M1 M2
=

2
l
M M2
= w( l x)+ 1
2
l
w l2 M1 + M2 ( M1 M2 )2
=

+
8
2w l2
2
M1 M2
wx
=
(l x) +(
) x M1
2
l
=
) ( M wlM )
l2 M1 + M2

w +
4
wx
8M l 4M l
4M 4M2 2 12M1
[ x3 ( 2l + 1
)x +
x + l 3 1 2 ]
w
24E I
w
wl
w
wl
33. BEAM CONCENTRATED LOAD AT CENTER AND VARIABLE END MOMENTS
P M1 M2
+
2
l
P M1 M2

R2 = V2
=
2 l
M1 + M2

M3.( at center )
= Pl
4
2

P M1 M2
l

Mx ( when x < )
= ( +
) x M1
2
l
2
P
( M1 M2 ) x

Mx ( when x > l )
=
( l x ) +
M1
2
l
2

R1 = V1

x (When x < l ) = Px ( 3l2 4x2 8 (l x) [ M1 (2l x) + M2 (l + x) ] )
2
48EI
Pl

All Rights Reserved
8-69
Rev.1113
Section 8
BEAM DIAGRAMS AND DEFLECTIONS

34.
CONTINUOUS BEAM THREE EQUAL SPANS ONE END SPAN UNLOADED
Max. (0.430 l from A) = 0.0059 wl4 /EI
35.
CONTINUOUS BEAM THREE EQUAL SPANS END SPANS LOADED
Max. (0.479 l from A or D) = 0.0099 wl4 /EI
36.
CONTINUOUS BEAM THREE EQUAL SPANS ALL SPANS LOADED
Max. (0.446 l from A or D) = 0.0069 wl4 /EI

Rev.1113
8-70

All Rights Reserved
Section 8
BEAM DIAGRAMS AND DEFLECTIONS

37.
CONTINUOUS BEAM FOUR EQUAL SPANS THIRD SPAN UNLOADED
Max. (0.475 l from E) = 0.0094 wl4 /EI
38.
CONTINUOUS BEAM FOUR EQUAL SPANS LOAD FIRST AND THIRD SPANS
Max. (0.477 l from A) = 0.0097 wl4 /EI
39.
CONTINUOUS BEAM FOUR EQUAL SPANS ALL SPANS LOADED
Max. (0.440 l from A and E) = 0.0065 wl4 /EI

All Rights Reserved
8-71
Rev.1113
Section 8

FOR VARIOUS CONCENTRATED MOVING LOADS
The values given in these formulas do not include impact which varies according to the requirements of each case.
40.
SIMPLE BEAM ONE CONCENTRATED MOVING LOAD

R1 max. = V1 max. ( at x = o ) ........................ = P
M max. ( at point of load, when x = l ) ......... = Pl
2
4
41.
SIMPLE BEAM TWO EQUAL CONCENTRATED MOVING LOADS

R1 max. = V1 max. ( at x = o ) ........................ = P ( 2 a )
l
42.
M max.
a > ( 2 2 ) l = .586l
when
with one load at center of span
(case 40)
when a < ( 2 2 ) l = .586l

under load 1 at x = 1 ( l a )
2
2
= P ( l a )2
2l
2
=
Pl
4
SIMPLE BEAM TWO UNEQUAL CONCENTRATED MOVING LOADS

R1 max. = V1 max. ( at x = o ) .......................... = P1 + P2 l - a
l
x2
under P , at x = 1 ( l P2 a
)
=
(
P
+
P
)
1
2
2
P1 +P2 1
l
may occur with larger

Mloadmax.at center
of span and
other load off span (case 40)
M max.
P1l
4
GENERAL RULES FOR SIMPLE BEAMS CARRYING MOVING CONCENTRATED LOADS

The maximum shear due to moving concentrated loads occurs at one
support when one of the loads is at that support. With several moving
loads, the location that will produce maximum shear must be determined
by trial.
The maximum bending moment produced by moving concentrated
loads occurs under one of the loads when that load is as far from one
support as the center of gravity of all the moving loads on the beam is
from the other support.
In the accompanying diagram, the maximum bending moment occurs
under load P1 when x=b. It should also be noted that this condition
occurs when the center line of the span is midway between the center
of gravity of loads and the nearest concentrated load.
Rev.1113
8-72

All Rights Reserved
SECTION 9 - COMPRESSION MEMBERS (COLUMNS)

Table of Contents
Symbols for Compression Members (Columns)................. 9-2
Equal Leg Angles:
Introduction......................................................................... 9-3
2 x 2 x 1/4......................................................................... 9-36
Column Equations for Concentric Loads............................ 9-5
3 x 3 x 1/4......................................................................... 9-37
Theoretical Effective Length Coefficients........................... 9-6
3 x 3 x 3/8......................................................................... 9-38
Examples of How To Use Tables....................................... 9-7
4 x 4 x 1/4......................................................................... 9-39
Introduction to Compression Member (Column)
4 x 4 x 3/8......................................................................... 9-40
Load Tables.................................................................. 9-9
4 x 4 x 1/2......................................................................... 9-41
Long Column-Allowable Compression Stresses
5 x 5 x 1/2......................................................................... 9-42
W / I-Shapes:
6 x 6 x 3/8......................................................................... 9-43
E=2.5 x 10 psi................................................................. 9-10
6 x 6 x 1/2......................................................................... 9-44
E=2.6 x 10 psi................................................................. 9-11
Round Tubes:
E=2.8 x 10 psi................................................................. 9-12
1-1/2 x 1/4......................................................................... 9-45
Equal Leg Angles, EXTREN 500/525:
1-3/4 x 1/4......................................................................... 9-46
E=2.6 x 10 psi................................................................. 9-13
2 x 1/4............................................................................... 9-47
Equal Leg Angles, EXTREN 625:
2-1/2 x 1/4......................................................................... 9-48
E=2.8 x 10 psi................................................................. 9-14
2-3/4 x 1/4......................................................................... 9-49
Round/Square Tubes, EXTREN 500/525:
2-3/4 x 3/8......................................................................... 9-50
E=2.6 x 10 psi................................................................. 9-15
3 x 1/4............................................................................... 9-51
Round/Square Tubes, EXTREN 625:
3-1/2 x 1/2......................................................................... 9-52
E=2.8 x 10 psi................................................................. 9-16
4 x 1/4............................................................................... 9-53
W Shapes:
5 x 1/4............................................................................... 9-54
3 x 3 x 1/4......................................................................... 9-17
6 x 1/4............................................................................... 9-55
4 x 4 x 1/4......................................................................... 9-18
Square Tubes:
6 x 6 x 1/4......................................................................... 9-19
1-1/2 x 1/4......................................................................... 9-56
6 x 6 x 3/8......................................................................... 9-20
1-3/4 x 1/4......................................................................... 9-57
8 x 8 x 3/8......................................................................... 9-21
2 x 1/4............................................................................... 9-58
8 x 8 x 1/2......................................................................... 9-22
3 x 1/4............................................................................... 9-59
10 x 10 x 3/8..................................................................... 9-23
3 x 3 x 3/8......................................................................... 9-60
10 x 10 x 1/2..................................................................... 9-24
3-1/2 x 1/4......................................................................... 9-61
12 x 12 x 1/2..................................................................... 9-25
4 x 1/4............................................................................... 9-62
I-Shapes:
4 x 4 x 3/8......................................................................... 9-63
3 x 1-1/2 x 1/4................................................................... 9-26
6 x 6 x 3/8......................................................................... 9-64
4 x 2 x 1/4......................................................................... 9-27
Rectangular Tubes:
5-1/2 x 2-1/2 x 1/4............................................................. 9-28
7 x 4 x 1/4......................................................................... 9-65
6
6
6
6 x 3 x 1/4......................................................................... 9-29
6 x 3 x 3/8......................................................................... 9-30
8 x 4 x 3/8......................................................................... 9-31
8 x 4 x 1/2......................................................................... 9-32
10 x 5 x 3/8....................................................................... 9-33
10 x 5 x 1/2....................................................................... 9-34
12 x 6 x 1/2....................................................................... 9-35
Section 9
Compression Members (Columns)
SECTION 9
COMPRESSION MEMBERS (COLUMNS)


All Rights Reserved
9-1
Rev.1013
Section 9
SYMBOLS FOR COMPRESSION MEMBERS (COLUMNS)

A
Cross Sectional area (in2)
Modulus of Elasticity (psi)
Fa
Allowable compressive stress in short column mode (psi)
Fa'
Allowable compressive stress in long column mode (psi)
Fu
Ultimate compressive stress in short column mode (psi)
Fu'
Ultimate compressive stress in long column mode (psi)
Moment of inertia (in4)
Effective length factor for buckling
Axial load on column (lbs)
Pa
Allowable Axial load on column (lbs)

Outside dimension of square tube (in)
bf
fa
Axial stress from applied loads (psi)
Length of column (center to center of supports) (in)
ry
Radius of gyration about Y-Y axis (in)

tf
Rev.1013
9-2

All Rights Reserved
Section 9
INTRODUCTION
Columns must be designed for both strength (resistance to fracture) and for stability (resistance
to deformation). From a behavioral perspective, columns can be classified as "short" or "long".
Both of these behavioral modes will exhibit distinct failure mechanisms.
The short column mode exhibits local buckling of the web or flanges (or other outstanding legs of
the shape). Figure No. 1 is a photograph of a test in the Strongwell laboratory of the 6 x 6 x 1/4
W-shape exhibiting the local flange buckling. Typically, the ultimate stress is limited by the ratio
of the dimension of the outstanding element to the thickness of the element. The long column
mode is buckling of the whole shape about the axis exhibiting the largest value of Kl/r.
For design purposes, Strongwell has developed empirical relationships for the structural shapes
from testing similar to that displayed in Figure No. 1. These relationships are based upon the
proprietary EXTREN composite/resin system and should not be utilized for other pultruded
products. The ultimate load was measured as the actual failure (not buckling) of the structural
member. Strongwell's test had one end rotating on a ball/socket joint and the other end resting
on a flat surface. Although the original test set-up as well as most actual applications may not
have a K=1, the tables shown in this section are established using K (effective length coefficient
for buckling) = 1.0. Engineers are cautioned to consider the end conditions (Figure No. 2) in their
specific designs.
NOTE:
For proper application of these relationships, the designer must establish whether the short or
long column mode will limit the application. This is accomplished by calculating the allowable
stress with both the short and long column equations at the desired slenderness ratio (Kl /r) and
utilizing the lower value for design. An example of this will be discussed in a later section. The
Allowable Load Tables were generated with a safety factor of 3.

All Rights Reserved
9-3
Rev.1013
Section 9
FIGURE 1
Rev.1013
9-4

All Rights Reserved
Section 9
COLUMN EQUATIONS FOR CONCENTRIC LOADS

STRESSES FROM APPLIED LOADS
Compressive stress:

P
fa =
A
(C-1)
ULTIMATE COMPRESSIVE STRESSES

EXTREN W and I Shapes Short Column Mode:

30,000 psi EXTREN 500/525
0.5E
Fu =
30,000 psi EXTREN 625 (>4")

(bf/t f)1.5

33,000 psi EXTREN 625 (4")
(C-2)
EXTREN W and I Shapes Long Column Mode:

4.9E
Fu' =

(Kl/r) 1.7
(C-3)
EXTREN Equal Leg Angles Short Column Mode:

E
30,000 psi EXTREN 500/525
Fu =

27 (b/t) .95
33,000 psi EXTREN 625
(C-4)
EXTREN Equal Leg Angles Long Column Mode:

E
Fu' =
.55
56(Kl/r)

(C-5)

EXTREN Round Tubes
Short Column Mode:

E
30,000 psi EXTREN 500/525
Fu =

16(D/t).85
(C-6)
EXTREN Round Tubes Long Column Mode:

1.3E
Fu' =
(Kl/r) 1.3
(C-7)
EXTREN Square Tubes Short Column Mode:

E
30,000 psi EXTREN 500/525
Fu =

16 (b/t) .85
(C-8)
EXTREN Square Tubes Long Column Mode:

1.3E
Fu' =
1.3
(Kl/r)

(C-9)
ALLOWABLE COMPRESSIVE STRESSES AND LOADS

Short Column Mode:

Fu
Fa =

3.0
(C-10)

Long Column Mode:

Fu'
Fa' =
Fa

3.0
(C-11)
ALLOWABLE LOADS:

FaA
Pa = or

(C-12)
F
A
a'

All Rights Reserved
9-5
Rev.1013
Section 9
FIGURE 2
Theoretical Effective Length Coefficients

End Condition
Theoretical
"K" Value*
1. Both ends pinned
1.00
2. Both ends fixed
0.65
3. One end pinned,

One end fixed
0.80
4. One end fixed,

One end free
2.10
5. One end fixed

One end translated
1.20
6. One end pinned

One end translated
2.00
Mode of Buckling (Dashed)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
* Values obtained from Reference 1, p. 278.
Rev.1013
6.
9-6

All Rights Reserved
Section 9
EXAMPLE OF COLUMN SELECTION USING THE TABLES

PROBLEM #1
Determine if the EXTREN Series 500 6 x 6 x 1/4 W-shape will support an axially concentric load
of 5,000 lbs. for a column of height equal to 10 feet. For this example, the following assumptions
are made:
1) The application is at room temperature.
2) There are no corrosive agents present which may damage the composite.
3) Both ends of the column are pinned (K = 1 from Figure No. 2) and there are no intermediate
supports.
4) The ends of the column are square such that the load is evenly distributed over the entire
cross-section of the structural shape; i.e., there is no eccentricity of load application.
5) The column is straight such that the load is initially entirely axially applied.
There are two approaches to this solution:
APPROACH A
From the Allowable Load Tables for the EXTREN 6 x 6 x 1/4 W-shape (identified in this section),
a load of 9736 lbs. is indicated. This exceeds the service load and the 6 x 6 x 1/4 W-shape is
more than adequate.
APPROACH B
This approach will use the empirically determined equations for EXTREN W and I shapes.

For the 6 x 6 x 1/4 W-shape:

E = 2.5 x 106 psi (Section 3 PROPERTIES OF EXTREN)

A = 4.39 in2, rx = 2.54 in, ry = 1.44 in, bf = 6 in, tf = 1/4 in

(Section 6 ELEMENTS OF SECTIONS)

for short columns:

Fu = 0.5E 1.5
(bf/tf) (C-2)

0.5 (2.5 x 106)
Fu =
= 10,631 psi < 30,000 psi

(6/.25)1.5
Fu
Fa =

3.0
(C-10)
10,631
Fa =
= 3,544 psi

3.0

and for long columns:
Kl = (1.0) (10x12) = 83.3

ry
1.44
4.9E
Fu' =
(K
l/r)1.7

4.9 (2.5 x 106) = 6653 psi
Fu' =

(83.3) 1.7
Fu'
Fa' =
3
(C-3)
(C-11)
6653
F =
= 2217.6 psi
a'
3.0
The long column mode controls (because it has the lower critical stress) and the allowable load is:
Pa= (2217.6) (4.39) = 9735.6 lbs.
(C-12)
All Rights Reserved
9-7
Rev.1013
Section 9
PROBLEM #2
Will the 6 x 6 x 1/4 W-shape be adequate if operated continuously at 150 F? The allowable stress
would be reduced to 50% of the original value from the table in Section 3 PROPERTIES OF
EXTREN.
Fa' (150 F) = 0.50 Fa' (room temperature)
= 0.50 (2218) = 1109 psi
This makes the allowable load at 150 F equal to 4868.5 pounds, which is less than the 5000
pound service load. The designer must review the decisions in selecting the service load of 5000
pounds and determine if the 4868.5 pounds is suitable.
PROBLEM #3
An assumption in PROBLEM #1 was that both ends were pinned with a K = 1. Another common
mode of installation may be one end pinned and one end fixed, illustrated as Condition 3 in
Figure No. 2. In this situation, K = 0.8. This change of end condition has the effect of increasing
the allowable stress.
NOTE: The installation must develop the assumed end conditions.
At room temperature for K = 0.8:
Kl
(0.8) (10 x 12)
=
= 66.6
ry
1.44
instead of the 83.3 slenderness ratio previously calculated.
(4.9)(2.5 x 106)
Fu' = 1.7 = 9,732 psi
(66.6)

(C-3)
Fa' =
9732
= 3,244 psi
3.0
(C-11)
For K = 1, the allowable long column stress was 2218 psi. A 46% increase in the load capacity
of the column is obtained simply due to a change in the restraint at one end of the member.
PROBLEM #4
The end restraints will be adjusted such that both ends are fixed; K = 0.65 in Figure No. 2,
Condition 2.
At room temperature, for K = 0.65
Kl (0.65) (10 x 12)
=
= 54.17
ry
1.44
(4.9)(2.5 x 106)
Fu' = 1.7 =13,828 psi
(54.17)
Fa' =
(C-3)
13,828
= 4,609 psi
3.0
(C-11)
This exceeds the short column allowable stress (4,609 psi vs. 3,544 psi) and the application is
limited by short column mode. The designer should use 3,544 psi.
Rev.1013
9-8

All Rights Reserved
Section 9
INTRODUCTION TO
COMPRESSION MEMBER (COLUMN) LOAD TABLES
The following are the allowable load tables for EXTREN W and I shapes, EXTREN equal leg
angles, and EXTREN tubes when used as compressive members (columns).
These tables are based upon:
1) Ambient temperature
2) A safety factor of 3.0
3) A value of K = 1.0
4) No corrosive agents which may damage the composite
5) These tables show Kl/r values to 200 for reference. It is recommended that Kl/r be limited to 110 unless structural analysis indicates otherwise.

All Rights Reserved
9-9
Rev.1013
Section 9
LONG COLUMN-ALLOWABLE COMPRESSION STRESSES

Y
EXTREN
W/ I SHAPES
X
E = 2.5 x 106 psi

Y
NOTE: These calculations assume the long column buckling mode for an axially applied load.
The transition from the short column mode (limited by bf /tf ) to the long column mode
(limited by Kl/r) will vary with the member size.
Kl/r Fa (psi) Kl/r Fa (psi)

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55
56
57
58
59
60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

81

82
83
Rev.1013
Kl/r Fa (psi)
6318 84 2186 123 1143

6086 85 2142 124 1128
5867 86 2101 125 1112
5661 87 2060 126 1097
5466 88 2020 127 1083
5282 89 1982 128 1068
5108 90 1944 129 1054
4940 91 1908 130 1041
4784 92 1873 131 1027
4634 93 1839 132 1014
4492 94 1806 133 1001
4356 95 1774 134 988
4227 96 1742 135 976
4104 97 1712 136 964
3986 98 1682 137 952
3874 99 1654 138 940
3767 100 1625 139 929
3664 101 1598 140 917
3566 102 1572 141 906
3471 103 1546 142 896
3381 104 1520 143 885
3294 105 1496 144 875
3211 106 1472 145 864
3131 107 1449 146 854
3054 108 1426 147 844
2981 109 1404 148 835
2910 110 1382 149 825
2842 111 1361 150 816
2776 112 1341 155 772
2712 113 1321 160 731
2651 114 1301 165 694
2592 115 1282 170 660
2535 116 1263 175 628
2480 117 1245 180 598
2427 118 1227 185 571
2376 119 1209 190 546
2326 120 1192 195 522
2278 121 1176 200 500
2231 122 1159
9-10

All Rights Reserved
Section 9

Y
EXTREN
W/ I SHAPES
X
E = 2.6 x 106 psi

Y
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

81

82
83

All Rights Reserved
Kl/r Fa (psi)
6571 84 2273 123 1189

6329 85 2228 124 1173
6102 86 2185 125 1156
5887 87 2142 126 1141
5684 88 2101 127 1126
5493 89 2061 128 1111
5312 90 2022 129 1096
5138 91 1984 130 1082
4975 92 1948 131 1068
4819 93 1913 132 1055
4672 94 1878 133 1041
4530 95 1845 134 1027
4396 96 1812 135 1015
4268 97 1780 136 1003
4145 98 1749 137 990
4029 99 1720 138 978
3918 100 1690 139 966
3810 101 1662 140 954
3708 102 1635 141 942
3610 103 1608 142 932
3516 104 1581 143 920
3426 105 1556 144 910
3339 106 1531 145 899
3256 107 1507 146 888
3176 108 1483 147 878
3100 109 1460 148 868
3026 110 1437 149 858
2956 111 1415 150 849
2887 112 1395 155 803
2820 113 1373 160 760
2757 114 1353 165 722
2696 115 1333 170 686
2636 116 1313 175 653
2579 117 1295 180 622
2542 118 1272 185 594
2471 119 1257 190 568
2419 120 1240 195 543
2369 121 1223 200 520
2320 122 1205
9-11
Rev.1013
Section 9

Y
EXTREN
W/ I SHAPES
X
E = 2.8 x 106 psi

Y
Kl/r Fa (psi)
45 7076 84 2448 123 1280

46 6816 85 2399 124 1263
47 6571 86 2353 125 1245
48 6340 87 2307 126 1229
49 6122 88 2262 127 1213
50 5916 89 2220 128 1196
51 5721 90 2177 129 1180
52 5533 91 2137 130 1166
53 5358 92 2098 131 1150
54 5140 93 2059 132 1136
55 5031 94 2023 133 1121
56 4874 95 1987 134 1106
57 4734 96 1951 135 1093
58 4596 97 1917 136 1080
59 4464 98 1884 137 1066
60 4339 99 1852 138 1053
61 4219 100 1820 139 1040
62 4104 101 1790 140 1027
63 3994 102 1761 141 1015
64 3887 103 1732 142 1003
65 3787 104 1702 143 991
66 3689 105 1675 144 980
67 3596 106 1649 145 966
68 3507 107 1623 146 956
69 3420 108 1597 147 945
70 3339 109 1572 148 935
71 3259 110 1548 149 924
72 3183 111 1524 150 914
73 3109 112 1502 155 865
74 3037 113 1479 160 819
75 2969 114 1457 165 777
76 2903 115 1436 170 739
77 2839 116 1415 175 703
78 2778 117 1394 180 670
79 2718 118 1374 185 639
80 2661 119 1354 190 611
81 2605 120 1335 195 585
82 2551 121 1317 200 560
83 2499 122 1298
Rev.1013
9-12

All Rights Reserved
Section 9

EXTREN 500/525
EQUAL LEG ANGLES
Y
Z
X
E = 2.6 x 10 psi
NOTE: These calculations assume the long column buckling mode for an axially applied load. The
transition from the short column mode (limited by b/t) to the long column mode (limited
by Kl/r) will vary with the angle size.
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72
73
All Rights Reserved
Kl/r Fa (psi)
2384 74 1451 118 1122

2341 75 1440 119 1117
2301 76 1430 120 1112
2262 77 1419 121 1107
2225 78 1409 122 1102
2190 79 1399 123 1097
2156 80 1390 124 1092
2124 81 1380 125 1087
2093 82 1371 126 1083
2063 83 1362 127 1078
2034 84 1353 128 1073
2007 85 1344 129 1069
1981 86 1336 130 1064
1955 87 1327 131 1060
1931 88 1319 132 1055
1907 89 1311 133 1051
1884 90 1303 134 1047
1862 91 1295 135 1042
1841 92 1287 136 1038
1819 93 1279 137 1034
1800 94 1272 138 1030
1780 95 1264 139 1026
1761 96 1257 140 1022
1743 97 1250 141 1018
1725 98 1243 142 1014
1708 99 1236 143 1010
1691 100 1229 144 1006
1675 101 1223 145 1002
1659 102 1216 146 998
1643 103 1209 147 995
1628 104 1203 148 991
1613 105 1197 149 987
1599 106 1191 150 984
1585 107 1184 155 966
1571 108 1178 160 949
1558 109 1172 165 933
1545 110 1167 170 918
1532 111 1161 175 904
1520 112 1155 180 890
1508 113 1149 185 876
1496 114 1144 190 864
1484 115 1138 195 851
1473 116 1133 200 840
1462 117 1128
9-13
Rev.1013
Section 9

EXTREN 625
EQUAL LEG ANGLES
Y
Z
X
E = 2.8 x 106 psi
X
Y
transition from the short column mode (limited by b/t) to the long column mode (limited
by Kl/r) will vary with the angle size.
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72
73
Rev.1013
Kl/r Fa (psi)
2567 74 1563 118 1208

2521 75 1551 119 1203
2478 76 1540 120 1198
2436 77 1528 121 1192
2396 78 1517 122 1186
2358 79 1507 123 1181
2322 80 1497 124 1176
2287 81 1486 125 1171
2254 82 1476 126 1166
2222 83 1467 127 1161
2190 84 1457 128 1156
2161 85 1447 129 1151
2133 86 1439 130 1146
2105 87 1429 131 1142
2080 88 1420 132 1136
2054 89 1412 133 1132
2029 90 1403 134 1128
2005 91 1395 135 1122
1983 92 1386 136 1118
1959 93 1377 137 1114
1938 94 1370 138 1109
1917 95 1361 139 1105
1896 96 1354 140 1100
1877 97 1346 141 1096
1858 98 1339 142 1092
1839 99 1331 143 1088
1821 100 1324 144 1083
1804 101 1317 145 1079
1787 102 1310 146 1075
1769 103 1302 147 1072
1753 104 1296 148 1067
1737 105 1289 149 1063
1722 106 1283 150 1060
1707 107 1275 155 1040
1692 108 1269 160 1022
1678 109 1262 165 1005
1664 110 1257 170 989
1650 111 1250 175 974
1637 112 1244 180 958
1624 113 1237 185 943
1611 114 1232 190 930
1598 115 1226 195 916
1568 116 1220 200 905
1574 117 1214
9-14

All Rights Reserved
Section 9

Y
EXTREN 500/525
ROUND/ SQUARE TUBES
X
E = 2.6 x 106 psi
X
Y
transition from the short column mode (limited by b/t -square tubes or D/t -round tubes )
to the long column mode (limited by Kl/r) will vary with the member size.
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86

All Rights Reserved
Kl/r Fa (psi)
6968 87 3392 124 2140

6791 88 3342 125 2117
6622 89 3293 126 2096
6460 90 3245 127 2074
6305 91 3199 128 2053
6156 92 3154 129 2032
6014 93 3110 130 2012
5877 94 3067 131 1992
5746 95 3025 132 1973
5619 96 2984 133 1953
5498 97 2944 134 1934
5381 98 2905 135 1916
5268 99 2867 136 1898
5160 100 2830 137 1880
5055 101 2794 138 1862
4955 102 2758 139 1844
4857 103 2723 140 1827
4763 104 2689 141 1811
4672 105 2656 142 1794
4584 106 2624 143 1778
4500 107 2592 144 1762
4417 108 2561 145 1746
4338 109 2530 146 1730
4261 110 2500 147 1715
4186 111 2471 148 1700
4114 112 2442 149 1685
4043 113 2414 150 1670
3975 114 2387 155 1601
3909 115 2360 160 1536
3845 116 2333 165 1476
3782 117 2308 170 1420
3722 118 2282 175 1367
3663 119 2257 180 1318
3606 120 2233 185 1272
3550 121 2209 190 1229
3496 122 2185 195 1188
3443 123 2162 200 1149
9-15
Rev.1013
Section 9

Y
EXTREN 625
ROUND/ SQUARE TUBES
X
E = 2.8 x 106 psi
X
Y
The transition from the short column mode (limited by b/t - square tubes or D/t - round
tubes ) to the long column mode (limited by Kl/r) will vary with the member size.
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
Rev.1013
Kl/r Fa (psi)
7504 87 3653 124 2305

7313 88 3599 125 2280
7131 89 3546 126 2257
6957 90 3495 127 2234
6790 91 3445 128 2211
6630 92 3397 129 2188
6477 93 3349 130 2167
6329 94 3303 131 2145
6188 95 3258 132 2125
6051 96 3214 133 2103
5921 97 3170 134 2083
5795 98 3128 135 2063
5673 99 3088 136 2044
5557 100 3048 137 2025
5444 101 3009 138 2005
5336 102 2970 139 1986
5231 103 2932 140 1968
5129 104 2896 141 1950
5031 105 2860 142 1932
4937 106 2826 143 1915
4846 107 2791 144 1898
4757 108 2758 145 1880
4672 109 2725 146 1863
4589 110 2692 147 1847
4508 111 2661 148 1831
4430 112 2630 149 1815
4354 113 2600 150 1798
4281 114 2571 155 1724
4210 115 2542 160 1654
4141 116 2512 165 1590
4073 117 2486 170 1529
4008 118 2458 175 1472
3945 119 2431 180 1419
3883 120 2405 185 1370
3823 121 2379 190 1324
3765 122 2353 195 1279
3708 123 2328 200 1237
9-16

All Rights Reserved
Section 9
COLUMN
Y
bf / tf = 12.0
W SHAPE
3 x 3 x 1/4
Allowable Axial Stresses and Loads
r y= 0.73 in.
EFFECTIVE
Kl
COLUMN LENGTH
r
(ft.)
A = 2.13 in2
EXTREN 500/525
EXTREN 625
6
E = 2.6 x 10 psi
E = 2.8 x 106 psi
Fa(psi) Pa(lbs) Fa(psi) Pa(lbs)
0.5
8.2 10000 21300 11000
23430
1.0
16.4 10000 21300 11000
23430
1.5
24.7 10000 21300 11000
23430
2.0
32.9 10000 21300 11000
23430
Fa'(psi) Pa(lbs) Fa'(psi) Pa(lbs)
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
6.0
6.5
7.0
7.5
8.0
8.5
9.0
9.5
10.0
10.5
11.0
11.5
12.0

All Rights Reserved
41.1
49.3
57.5
65.8
74.0
82.2
90.4
98.6
106.8
115.1
123.3
131.5
139.7
147.9
156.2
164.4
172.6
180.8
189.0
197.3
7665 16327
5626 11984
4331 9226
3444 7336
2821 6008
2359 5025
2007 4275
1732 3688
1512 3220
1331 2835
1184 2522
1061 2261
958 2040
869 1851
792 1687
726
1547
668
1424
618
1316
573
1220
533
1134
9-17
8254
6059
4664
3709
3038
2541
2161
1865
1628
1433
1275
1143
1031
936
853
782
720
665
617
573
17582
12905
9935
7900
6470
5412
4604
3972
3468
3053
2716
2435
2197
1994
1817
1666
1533
1417
1314
1221
Rev.1013
SHORT
LONG
Section 9
COLUMN
Y
bf / tf = 16.0
W SHAPE
4 x 4 x 1/4
r y= 0.97 in.
EFFECTIVE
Kl
COLUMN LENGTH
r
(ft.)
A = 2.89 in2
EXTREN 500/525
EXTREN 625
6
E = 2.6 x 10 psi
E = 2.8 x 106 psi
0.5
6.2 6771 19568 7292
21073
1.0
12.4 6771 19568 7292
21073
1.5
18.6 6771 19568 7292
21073
2.0
24.7 6771 19568 7292
21073
2.5
30.9 6771 19568 7292
21073
3.0
37.1 6771 19568 7292
21073
3.5
43.3 6771 19568 7292
21073
Fa'(psi) Pa(lbs) Fa'(psi) Pa(lbs)
SHORT
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
6.0
6.5

7.0
7.5
8.0
8.5
9.0
9.5
10.0
10.5
11.0
11.5
12.0
12.5
13.0
13.5
14.0
14.5
15.0
15.5
16.0
LONG
Rev.1013
49.5 5588 16148 6017

55.7 4572 13213 4923
61.9 3821 11043 4115
68.0 3257 9412 3507
74.2 2808 8114 3024
80.4 2450 7080 2638
86.6 2159 6240 2325
92.8 1920 5547 2067
99.0 1720 4970 1852
105.2 1551 4482 1670
111.3 1409 4073 1518
117.5 1285 3714 1384
123.7 1178
3403
1268
129.9 1084
3132
1167
136.1 1001
2893
1078
142.3
928
2682
999
148.5
863
2495
930
154.6
806
2330
868
160.8
754
2179
812
167.0
707
2043
761
173.2 665 1920 716
179.4
626
1817
674
185.6
591
1708
636
191.8
559
1615
602
197.9
530
1531
571
9-18
17390
14229
11892
10136
8738
7624
6720
5974
5352
4827
4386
4000
3665
3373
3116
2888
2686
2509
2347
2200
2068
1948
1839
1739
1650

All Rights Reserved
Section 9
COLUMN
Y
W SHAPE
6 x 6 x 1/4
bf / tf = 24.0
r y= 1.44 in.
A = 4.39 in2
EFFECTIVE
Kl
COLUMN LENGTH
r
(ft.)
EXTREN 500/525/625
E = 2.5 x 106 psi
Fa(psi) Pa(lbs)
0.5
4.2
3543 15554
1.0
8.3
3543 15554
1.5
12.5
3543 15554
2.0
16.7
3543 15554
2.5
20.8
3543 15554
3.0
25.0
3543 15554
3.5
29.2
3543 15554
4.0
33.3
3543 15554
4.5
37.5
3543 15554
5.0
41.7
3543 15554
5.5
45.8
3543 15554
6.0
50.0
3543 15554
6.5
54.2
3543 15554
7.0
58.3
3543 15554
7.5
62.5
3543 15554
Fa' (psi)
Pa(lbs)
8.0
66.7
3236 14206
8.5
70.8
2924 12836
9.0
75.0
2651 11638
9.5
79.2
2416 10608
10.0
83.3
2218
9736
10.5
87.5
2040
8955
11.0
91.7
1884
8269
11.5
95.8
1749
7678
12.0
100.0
1626
7138
12.5
104.2
1516
6654
13.0
108.3
1420
6233
13.5
112.5
1331
5841
14.0
116.7
1250
5488
14.5
120.8
1179
5176
15.0
125.0
1112
4882
15.5
129.2
1052
4617
16.0
133.3
997
4378
16.5
137.5
946
4153
17.0
141.7
899
3946
17.5
145.8
856
3758
18.0
150.0
816
3582
18.5
154.2
779
3420
19.0
158.3
745
3269
19.5
162.5
712
3126
20.0
166.7
682
2994

All Rights Reserved
9-19
SHORT
LONG
Rev.1013
Section 9
COLUMN
Y
W SHAPE
6 x 6 x 3/8
bf / tf = 16.0
r y= 1.45 in.
A = 6.48 in2
EFFECTIVE
EXTREN 500/525/625
Kl
COLUMN LENGTH
E = 2.5 x 106 psi
r
(ft.)
Fa(psi) Pa(lbs)

0.5
4.1
6510
42185
1.0
8.3
6510 42185
1.5
12.4
6510 42185
2.0
16.6
6510 42185
2.5
20.7
6510 42185
3.0
24.8
6510 42185
3.5
29.0
6510 42185
4.0
33.1
6510 42185
4.5
37.2
6510 42185
5.0
41.4
6510 42185

Fa'(psi) Pa(lbs)
5.5
45.5
6200 40176
6.0
49.7
5336 34577
6.5
53.8
4663 30218
7.0
57.9
4116 26671
7.5
62.1
3654 23677
8.0
66.2
3278 21239
8.5
70.3
2959 19174
9.0
74.5
2681 17375
9.5
78.6
2448 15862
10.0
82.8
2241 14522
10.5
86.9
2064 13374
11.0
91.0
1908 12366
11.5
95.2
1767 11453
12.0
99.3
1645 10660
12.5
103.4
1536
9952
13.0
107.6
1435
9301
13.5
111.7
1347
8728
14.0
115.9
1265
8199
14.5
120.0
1192
7726
15.0
124.1
1126
7298
15.5
128.3
1064
6896
16.0
132.4
1009
6537
16.5
136.6
957
6199
17.0
140.7
910
5895
17.5
144.8
866
5614
18.0
149.6
825
5348
18.5
153.1
788
5107
19.0
157.2
753
4882
19.5
161.4
720
4668
20.0
165.5
690
4473
Rev.1013
9-20
SHORT
LONG

All Rights Reserved
Section 9
COLUMN
Y
W SHAPE
8 x 8 x 3/8
X
bf / tf = 21.3
r y= 1.92 in.
A = 8.73 in2
EFFECTIVE
Kl
COLUMN LENGTH

r
(ft.)
EXTREN 500/525/625
E = 2.5 x 106 psi
Fa(psi) Pa(lbs)
0.5
3.1
4239 37006
1.0
6.2
4239 37006
1.5
9.4
4239 37006
2.0
12.5
4239 37006
2.5
15.6
4239 37006
3.0
18.8
4239 37006
3.5
21.9
4239 37006
4.0
25.0
4239 37006
4.5
28.1
4239 37006
5.0
31.3
4239 37006
5.5
34.4
4239 37006
6.0
37.5
4239 37006
6.5
40.6
4239 37006
7.0
43.8
4239 37006
7.5
46.9
4239 37006
8.0
50.0
4239 37006
8.5
53.1
4239 37006
9.0
56.2
4239 37006

Fa' (psi) Pa(lbs)
9.5
59.4
3941 34403
10.0
62.5
3614 31550
10.5
65.6
3329 29062
11.0
68.8
3070 26800
11.5
71.9
2848 24863
12.0
75.0
2651 23143
12.5
78.1
2475 21607
13.0
81.2
2316 20220
13.5
84.4
2169 18935
14.0
87.5
2040 17809
14.5
90.6
1923 16788
15.0
93.8
1812 15819
15.5
96.9
1715 14972
16.0
100.0
1626 14192
16.5
103.1
1543 13474
17.0
106.2
1468 12812
17.5
109.4
1395 12178
18.0
112.5
1331 11620
18.5
115.6
1271 11092
19.0
118.8
1213 10589
19.5
121.9
1161 10135
20.0
125.0
1112
9708

All Rights Reserved
9-21
SHORT
LONG
Rev.1013
Section 9
COLUMN
Y
W SHAPE
* 8 x 8 x 1/2
bf / tf = 16.0
r y= 1.93 in.
A = 11.51 in2
EFFECTIVE
EXTREN 500/525/625
Kl
COLUMN LENGTH
E = 2.5 x 106 psi
r
(ft.)
Fa(psi) Pa(lbs)

0.5
3.1 6510 74930
1.0
6.2
6510 74930
1.5
9.3
6510 74930
2.0
12.4
6510 74930
2.5
15.5
6510 74930
3.0
18.7
6510 74930
3.5
21.8
6510 74930
4.0
24.9
6510 74930
4.5
28.0
6510 74930
5.0
31.1
6510 74930
5.5
34.2
6510 74930
6.0
37.3
6510 74930
6.5
40.4
6510 74930
7.0
43.5
6510 74930
Fa' (psi)
Pa (lbs)

7.5
46.6 5953 68519
8.0
49.7
5336 61416
8.5
52.8
4814 55409
9.0
56.0
4356 50138
9.5
59.1
3975 45752
10.0
62.6
3644 41942
10.5
65.3
3355 38616
11.0
68.4
3100 35681
11.5
71.5
2875 33091
12.0
74.6
2675 30789
12.5
77.7
2496 28729
13.0
80.8
2336 26887
13.5
83.9
2191 25218
14.0
87.0
2060 23711
14.5
90.2
1937 22295
15.0
93.3
1829 21052
15.5
96.4
1730 19912
16.0
99.5
1640 18876
16.5
102.6
1556 17909
17.0
105.7
1479 17023
17.5
108.8
1408 16206
18.0
111.9
1343 15458
18.5
115.0
1282 14755
19.0
118.1
1225 14100
19.5
121.2
1172 13489
20.0
124.4
1122 12914
SHORT
LONG
*Non-stock size subject to mill run requirements.
Rev.1013
9-22

All Rights Reserved
Section 9
COLUMN
Y
W SHAPE
10 x 10 x 3/8
bf / tf = 26.7
r y= 2.39 in.
A = 10.98 in2
EFFECTIVE
EXTREN 500/525/625
Kl
COLUMN LENGTH
E = 2.5 x 106 psi
r
(ft.)
Fa(psi) Pa(lbs)
0.5
2.5
3020 33160
1.0
5.0
3020 33160
1.5
7.5
3020 33160
2.0
10.0
3020 33160
2.5
12.6
3020 33160
3.0
15.1
3020 33160
3.5
17.6
3020 33160
4.0
20.1
3010 33160
4.5
22.6
3020 33160
5.0
25.1
3020 33160
5.5
27.6
3020 33160
6.0
30.1
3020 33160
6.5
32.6
3020 33160
7.0
35.1
3020 33160
7.5
37.7
3020 33160
8.0
40.2
3020 33160
8.5
42.7
3020 33160
9.0
45.2
3020 33160
9.5
47.7
3020 33160
10.0
50.2
3020 33160
10.5
52.7
3020 33160
11.0
55.2
3020 33160
11.5
57.7
3020 33160
12.0
60.3
3020 33160
12.5
62.8
3020 33160
13.0
65.3
3020 33160
13.5
67.8
3020 33160
Fa' (psi)
Pa (lbs)
14.0
70.3
2959 32490
14.5
72.8
2789 30623
15.0
75.3
2633 28910
15.5
77.8
2491 27351
16.0
80.3
2380 26132
16.5
82.8
2241 24606
17.0
85.4
2126 23342
17.5
87.9
2024 22224
18.0
90.4
1930 21190
18.5
92.9
1842 20225
19.0
95.4
1761 19337
19.5
97.9
1685 18501
20.0
100.4
1615 17733

All Rights Reserved
9-23
SHORT
LONG
Rev.1013
Section 9
COLUMN
Y
W SHAPE
* 10 x 10 x 1/2
bf / tf = 20.0
ry= 2.40 in.
A = 14.55 in2
EFFECTIVE
Kl
COLUMN LENGTH
r
(ft.)
EXTREN 500/525/625
E = 2.5 x 106 psi
Fa(psi) Pa(lbs)
SHORT

0.5
2.5
4658
67774
1.0
5.0
4658 67774
1.5
7.5
4658 67774
2.0
10.0
4658 67774
2.5
12.5
4658 67774
3.0
15.0
4658 67774
3.5
17.5
4658 67774
4.0
20.0
4658 67774
4.5
22.5
4658 67774
5.0
25.0
4658 67774
5.5
27.5
4658 67774
6.0
30.0
4658 67774
6.5
32.5
4658 67774
7.0
35.0
4658 67774
7.5
37.5
4658 67774
8.0
40.0
4658 67774
8.5
42.5
4658 67774
9.0
45.0
4658 67774
9.5
47.5
4658 67774
10.0
50.0
4658 67774
10.5
52.5
4658 67774

Fa' (psi) Pa(lbs)
LONG
11.0
55.0
4491 65344
11.5
57.5
4165 60601
12.0
60.0
3874 56366
12.5
62.5
3614 52584
13.0
65.0
3381 49195
13.5
67.5
3171 46138
14.0
70.0
2981 43372
14.5
72.5
2808 40856
15.0
75.0
2651 38572
15.5
77.5
2507 36477
16.0
80.0
2375 34556
16.5
82.5
2254 32796
17.0
85.0
2143 31179
17.5
87.5
2040 29682
18.0
90.0
1944 28285
18.5
92.5
1856 27004
19.0
95.0
1774 25812
19.5
97.5
1697 24691
20.0
100.0
1625 23644
Rev.1013
9-24

All Rights Reserved
Section 9
COLUMN
Y
W SHAPE
* 12 x 12 x 1/2
bf / tf = 24.0
r y= 2.88 in.
A = 17.51 in2
EFFECTIVE
EXTREN 500/525/625
Kl
COLUMN LENGTH
E = 2.5 x 106 psi
r
(ft.)
Fa(psi) Pa(lbs)
0.5
2.1
3544 62055
1.0
4.2
3544 62055
1.5
6.3
3544 62055
2.0
8.3
3544 62055
2.5
10.4
3544 62055
3.0
12.5
3544 62055
3.5
14.6
3544 62055
4.0
16.7
3544 62055
4.5
18.8
3544 62055
5.0
20.8
3544 62055
5.5
22.9
3544 62055
6.0
25.0
3544 62055
6.5
27.1
3544 62055
7.0
29.2
3544 62055
7.5
31.3
3544 62055
8.0
33.3
3544 62055
8.5
35.4
3544 62055
9.0
37.5
3544 62055
9.5
39.6
3544 62055
10.0
41.7
3544 62055
10.5
43.8
3544 62055
11.0
45.8
3544 62055
11.5
47.9
3544 62055
12.0
50.0
3544 62055
12.5
52.1
3544 62055
13.0
54.2
3544 62055
13.5
56.3
3544 62055
14.0
58.3
3544 62055
14.5
60.4
3544 62055
15.0
62.5
3544 62055

Fa' (psi)
Pa(lbs)
15.5
64.6
3417 59832
16.0
66.7
3235 56644
16.5
68.8
3069 53758
17.0
70.8
2923 51181
17.5
72.9
2782 48713
18.0
75.0
2651 46419
18.5
77.1
2529 44283
19.0
79.2
2416 42304
19.5
81.3
2311 40466
20.0
83.3
2217 38820

All Rights Reserved
9-25
SHORT
LONG
Rev.1013
Section 9
COLUMN
Y
bf / tf = 6
I SHAPE
3 x 1-1/2 x 1/4
r y= 0.32 in.
EFFECTIVE
Kl
COLUMN LENGTH
r
(ft.)
0.5
A = 1.38 in2
EXTREN 500/525
EXTREN 625
E = 2.6 x 106 psi
E = 2.8 x 106 psi
18.8 10000 13800 11000
15180
Fa' (psi)
Pa(lbs) Fa' (psi) Pa(lbs)
1.0
37.5 8957 12361 9646
13312
1.5
56.3 4489 6195 4834
6671
2.0
75.0 2757 3805 2969
4097
2.5
93.8 1885 2601 2020
2801
3.0
112.5 1384 1910 1490
2056
3.5
131.3 1064 1468 1150
1581
4.0
150.0 849 1171
914
1261
4.5
168.8 694
958
748
1032
5.0
187.5 581
801
625
863
Rev.1013
9-26

All Rights Reserved
SHORT
LONG
Section 9
COLUMN
Y
bf / tf = 8.0
I SHAPE
4 x 2 x 1/4
r y= 0.43 in.
EFFECTIVE
Kl
COLUMN LENGTH
r
(ft.)
A = 1.89 in2
EXTREN 500/525
EXTREN 625
E = 2.6 x 106 psi
E = 2.8 x 106 psi

0.5
14.0 10000 18900 11000 20790

1.0
27.9 10000 18900 11000 20790

Fa' (psi) Pa (lbs)
Fa' (psi)
Pa (lbs)

1.5
41.9 7418 14020 7988 15098

2.0 55.8 4558 8614 4908 9277

2.5 69.8 3115 5888 3355 6341

3.0 83.7 2288 4324 2464 4656

3.5 97.7 1759 3324 1894 3580

4.0 111.6 1403 2651 1510 2855

4.5 125.6 1148 2169 1236 2336

5.0 139.5 960 1814 1034 1954

5.5 153.5 816 1542 879 1661

6.0 167.4 704 1331 758 1433

6.5 181.4 614 1161 662 1250

7.0 195.3 542 1024 583 1103

All Rights Reserved
9-27
Rev.1013
SHORT
LONG
Section 9
COLUMN
I SHAPE
5-1/2 x 2-1/2 x 1/4

bf / tf = 10.0
EFFECTIVE
COLUMN LENGTH
(ft.)
Kl
r
0.5
1.0
12.0
24.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
6.0
6.5
7.0
7.5
8.0
Rev.1013
r y= 0.50 in.
A = 2.48 in2
EXTREN 500/525/625
E = 2.5 x 106 psi
Fa(psi)
Pa(lbs)
36.0
48.0
60.0
72.0
84.0
96.0
108.0
120.0
132.0
144.0
156.0
168.0
180.0
192.0
9-28
10000
10000
24800
24800
Fa' (psi)
Pa(lbs)
9232
5661
3874
2842
2186
1742
1426
1192
1014
875
763
673
598
536
22895
14040
9607
7048
5422
4320
3536
2956
2515
2168
1892
1669
1483
1329
SHORT
LONG

All Rights Reserved
Section 9
COLUMN
Y
I SHAPE
*6 x 3 x 1/4
bf / tf = 12.0
r y= 0.63 in.
A = 2.88 in2
EFFECTIVE
Kl
COLUMN LENGTH
r
(ft.)
EXTREN 500/525/625
E = 2.5 x 106 psi
Fa(psi) Pa(lbs)
0.5
9.5 10000 28800
1.0
19.0 10000 28800
1.5
28.6 10000 28800

Fa' (psi) Pa(lbs)
2.0
38.1
8384 24145
2.5
47.6
5742 16538
3.0
57.1
4214 12137
3.5
66.7
3236 9319
4.0
76.2
2580 7432
4.5
85.7
2113 6086
5.0
95.2
1767 5090
5.5
104.8
1501 4323
6.0
114.3
1295 3730
6.5
123.8
1131 3257
7.0
133.3
997 2872
7.5
142.9
886 2552
8.0
152.4
794 2287
8.5
161.9
717 2064
9.0
171.4
650 1873
9.5
181.0
593 1707
10.0
190.5
543
1565
10.5
200.0
500
1441
SHORT
LONG

All Rights Reserved
9-29
Rev.1013
Section 9
COLUMN
Y
I SHAPE
* 6 x 3 x 3/8
bf / tf = 8.0
r y= 0.64 in.
A = 4.23in2
EFFECTIVE
Kl
COLUMN LENGTH
r
(ft.)
EXTREN 500/525/625
E = 2.5 x 106 psi
Fa(psi) Pa(lbs)
0.5
9.4 10000 42300
1.0
18.8 10000 42300
1.5
28.1 10000 42300

Fa' (psi) Pa(lbs)
2.0
37.5
8613 36434
2.5
46.9
5889 24909
3.0
56.3
4316 18257
3.5
65.6
3328 14077
4.0
75.0
2651 11214
4.5
84.4
2169 9174
5.0
93.8
1812 7667
5.5
103.1
1543 6529
6.0
112.5
1330 5629
6.5
121.9
1161 4911
7.0
131.3
1023 4328
7.5
140.6
911 3853
8.0
150.0
816 3451
8.5
159.4
736 3113
9.0
168.8
667 2823
9.5
178.1
609 2577
10.0
187.5
558
2361
10.5
196.9
514
2173
SHORT
LONG
Rev.1013
9-30

All Rights Reserved
Section 9
COLUMN
Y
I SHAPE
X
8 x 4 x 3/8
bf / tf = 12.0
r y= 0.84 in.
A = 5.73 in2
EFFECTIVE
Kl
COLUMN LENGTH
r
(ft.)
EXTREN 500/525/625
E = 2.5 x 106 psi
Fa(psi) Pa(lbs)
0.5
7.1 10000 57300
1.0
14.3 10000 57300
1.5
21.4 10000 57300
2.0
28.6 10000 57300

Fa' (psi)
Pa(lbs)

2.5
35.7 9364 53656
3.0
42.9
6853 39267
3.5
50.0
5281 30260
4.0
57.1
4214 24146
4.5
64.3
3444 19734
5.0
71.4
2882 16514
5.5
78.6
2448 14027
6.0
85.7
2113 12107
6.5
92.9
1842 10565
7.0
100.0
1625 9311
7.5
107.1
1446 8289
8.0
114.3
1295 7420
8.5
121.4
1169 6699
9.0
128.6
1060 6074
9.5
135.7
967 5541
10.0
142.9
886
5077
10.5
150.0
816
4675
11.0
157.1
754
4322
11.5
164.3
699
4004
12.0
171.4
650
3727
12.5
178.6
606
3475
13.0
185.7
567
3252
13.5
192.9
532
3049
14.0
200.0
500
2867

All Rights Reserved
9-31
SHORT
LONG
Rev.1013
Section 9
COLUMN
Y
I SHAPE
X
*8 x 4 x 1/2
bf / tf = 8.0
r y= 0.85 in.
A = 7.51 in2
EFFECTIVE
Kl
COLUMN LENGTH
r
(ft.)
EXTREN 500/525/625
E = 2.5 x 106 psi
Fa(psi) Pa(lbs)
0.5
7.1 10000 75100
1.0
14.1 10000 75100
1.5`
21.2 10000 75100
2.0
28.2 10000 75100

Fa' (psi)
Pa(lbs)

2.5
35.3 9545 71683
3.0
42.4
6990 52495
3.5
49.4
5391 40487
4.0
56.5
4291 32223
4.5
63.5
3518 26420
5.0
70.6
2938 22064
5.5
77.6
2501 18782
6.0
84.7
2155 16198
6.5
91.8
1880 14120
7.0
98.8
1659 12459
7.5
105.9
1474 11069
8.0
112.9
1322 9928
8.5
120.0
1192 8952
9.0
127.1
1081 8181
9.5
134.1
987 7412
10.0
141.2
904
6791
10.5
148.2
833
6255
11.0
155.3
769
5776
11.5
162.4
713
5354
12.0
169.4
663
4983
12.5
176.5
618
4647
13.0
183.5
579
4350
13.5
190.6
543
4078
14.0
197.6
510
3835
SHORT
LONG
Rev.1013
9-32

All Rights Reserved
Section 9
COLUMN
Y
I SHAPE
X
*10 x 5 x 3/8
bf / tf = 13.3
r y= 1.04 in.
A = 7.23in2
EFFECTIVE
Kl
COLUMN LENGTH
r
(ft.)
EXTREN 500/525/625
E = 2.5 x 106 psi
Fa(psi) Pa(lbs)

0.5
5.8 8590 62106
1.0
11.5
8590 62106
1.5
17.3
8590 62106
2.0
23.1
8590 62106
2.5
28.8
8590 62106
3.0
34.6
8590 62106

Fa' (psi)
Pa(lbs)

3.5
40.4 7588 54861
4.0
46.2
6041 43676
4.5
51.9
4957 35839
5.0
57.7
4140 29933

5.5
63.5
3518
25435
6.0
69.2
3039 21972
6.5
75.0
2651 19166
7.0
80.8
2335 16882
7.5
86.5
2080 15039
8.0
92.3
1862 13462
8.5
98.1
1679 12139
9.0
103.8
1525 11026
9.5
109.6
1391 10057
10.0
115.4
1274
9211
10.5
121.2
1172
8474
11.0
126.9
1084
7837
11.5
132.7
1005
7266
12.0
138.5
934
6753
12.5
144.2
872
6308
13.0
150.0
816
5899
13.5
155.8
765
5531
14.0
161.5
719
5203
14.5
167.3
677
4895
15.0
177.1
615
4448
15.5
178.8
605
4376
16.0
184.6
573
4143
16.5
190.4
544
3933
17.0
196.2
517
3737
SHORT
LONG

All Rights Reserved
9-33
Rev.1013
Section 9
COLUMN
Y
I SHAPE
X
* 10 x 5 x 1/2
bf / tf = 10.0
r y= 1.06 in.
A = 9.51 in2
EFFECTIVE
Kl
COLUMN LENGTH
r
(ft.)
EXTREN 500/525/625
E = 2.5 x 106 psi
Fa(psi) Pa(lbs)
0.5
5.7 10000 95100
1.0
11.3 10000 95100
1.5
17.0 10000 95100
2.0
22.6 10000 95100
2.5
28.3 10000 95100
3.0
34.0 10000 95100

Fa' (psi)
Pa(lbs)

3.5
39.6 7851 74664
4.0
45.3
6246 59399
4.5
50.9
5123 48719
5.0
56.6
4277 40674
5.5
62.3
3634 34559
6.0
67.9
3139 29851
6.5
73.6
2737 26029
7.0
79.2
2416 22976
7.5
84.9
2147 20418
8.0
90.6
1922 18279
8.5
96.2
1736 16509
9.0
101.9
1574 14969
9.5
107.5
1437 13666
10.0
113.2
1316 12515
10.5
118.9
1211 11518
11.0
124.5
1120 10651
11.5
130.2
1038
9871
12.0
135.8
966
9189
12.5
141.5
901
8569
13.0
147.2
842
8012
13.5
152.8
790
7519
14.0
158.5
743
7066
14.5
164.2
699
6654
15.0
169.8
660
6284
15.5
175.5
624
5942
16.0
181.1
592
5633
16.5
186.8
562
5344
17.0
192.5
534
5078
17.5
198.1
508
4836
SHORT
LONG
Rev.1013
9-34

All Rights Reserved
Section 9
COLUMN
Y
I SHAPE
X
* 12 x 6 x 1/2
bf / tf = 12.0
r y= 1.26 in.
A = 11.51 in2
EFFECTIVE
COLUMN LENGTH
(ft.)
EXTREN 500/525/625
E = 2.5 x 106 psi
Fa(psi) Pa(lbs)
Kl
r
0.5
4.8 10000 115100
1.0
9.5 10000 115100
1.5
14.3 10000 115100
2.0
19.0 10000 115100
2.5
23.8 10000 115100
3.0
28.6 10000 115100
3.5
33.3 10000 115100

Fa' (psi)
Pa(lbs)
4.0
38.1
8383 96488
4.5
42.9
6852 78866
5.0
47.6
5742 66090
5.5
52.4
4877 56134
6.0
57.1
4214 48503
6.5
61.9
3674 42288
7.0
66.7
3536 37246
7.5
71.4
2882 33172
8.0
76.2
2580 29765
8.5
81.0
2326 26772
9.0
85.7
2113 24321
9.5
90.5
1926 22168
10.0
95.2
1767 20338
10.5
100.0
1625 18704
11.0
104.8
1501 17277
11.5
109.5
1393 16035
12.0
114.3
1295 14908
12.5
119.0
1209 13916
13.0
123.8
1130 13006
13.5
128.6
1060 12201
14.0
133.3
997 11475
14.5
138.1
939 10808
15.0
142.9
886 10198
15.5
147.6
838
9652
16.0
152.4
794
9141
16.5
157.1
754
8681
17.0
161.9
716
8248
17.5
166.7
682
7849
18.0
171.4
650
7484
18.5
176.2
620
7143
19.0
181.0
593
6824
19.5
185.7
567
6533
20.0
190.5
543
6256
SHORT
LONG

All Rights Reserved
9-35
Rev.1013
Section 9
COLUMN
Y
b/t = 8.0
EQUAL LEG ANGLES

2 x 2 x 1/4
rz= 0.39 in.
Z
X
X
Y
A = 0.92 in2
EFFECTIVE
EXTREN 500/525
EXTREN 625
Kl
6
COLUMN LENGTH
E = 2.6 x 10 psi
E = 2.8 x 106 psi
r
(ft.) Fa' (psi)
Pa(lbs) Fa' (psi) Pa(lbs)
0.5
15.4 3440 3165 3704 3407
1.0
30.8 2349 2161 2530 2327
1.5
46.2 1880 1729 2024 1862
2.0
61.5 1606 1478 1730 1591
2.5
76.9 1420 1307 1530 1407
3.0
92.3 1285 1182 1383 1273
3.5
107.7 1180 1086 1271 1169
4.0
123.1 1096 1009 1181 1086
4.5
138.5 1028
945 1107 1018
5.0
153.8 970
893 1045
961
5.5
169.2 920
847
991
912
6.0
184.6 877
807
945
869
6.5
200.0 840
772
904
832
Rev.1013
9-36

All Rights Reserved
LONG
Section 9
COLUMN
Y
Z
X
b/t = 12.0
X
Y
EQUAL LEG ANGLES

3 x 3 x 1/4
r z= 0.58 in.
EFFECTIVE
Kl
COLUMN LENGTH r
(ft.)
A = 1.42 in2
EXTREN 500/525
EXTREN 625
6
E = 2.6 x 10 psi
E = 2.8 x 106 psi

0.5 10.3 3029 4301 3262 4632
Fa' (psi)
Pa(lbs) Fa' (psi)
Pa(lbs)

1.0 20.7 2923 4151 3148 4470

1.5 31.0 2341 3324 2521 3580

2.0 41.4 1997 2835 2150 3053

2.5 51.7 1767 2509 1903 2702

3.0 62.1 1598 2269 1720 2443

3.5 72.4 1468 2085 1581 2245

4.0 82.8 1364 1937 1469 2086

4.5 93.1 1279 1816 1377 1955

5.0 103.4 1207 1714 1300 1846

5.5 113.8 1145 1626 1233 1751

6.0 124.1 1092 1550 1176 1669

6.5 134.5 1044 1438 1125 1597

7.0 144.8 1003 1424 1080 1534

7.5 155.2 965 1371 1040 1476

8.0 165.5 932 1323 1003 1425

8.5 176.9 898 1276 967 1374

9.0 186.2 873 1240 940 1335

9.5 196.6 848 1206 913 1296

All Rights Reserved
9-37
Rev.1013
SHORT
LONG
Section 9
COLUMN
Y
b/t = 8.0
EQUAL LEG ANGLES

Z
3 x 3 x 3/8
X
r z= 0.58 in.
X
Y
A = 2.09 in2
EFFECTIVE
EXTREN 500/525
EXTREN 625
Kl
6
COLUMN LENGTH
E = 2.6 x 10 psi
E = 2.8 x 106 psi
r
(ft.) Fa'(psi) Pa(lbs) Fa'(psi)
Pa(lbs)
0.5
10.3 4281 8948 4611 9636

1.0
20.7 2923 6109 3148 6579
1.5
31.0 2341 4893 2521 5269
2.0
41.4 1997 4173 2150 4494
2.5
51.7 1767 3693 1903 3977
3.0
62.1 1598 3339 1720 3595
3.5
72.4 1468 3068 1581 3304
4.0
82.8 1364 2851 1469 3070
4.5
93.1 1279 2673 1377 2878
5.0
103.4 1207 2523 1300 2717
5.5
113.8 1145 2393 1233 2577
6.0
124.1 1092 2282 1176 2458
6.5
134.5 1044 2182 1125 2351
7.0
144.8 1003 2096 1080 2257
7.5
155.2 965 2017 1040 2174
8.0
165.5 932 1948 1003 2096
8.5
176.9 898 1877
967 2021
9.0
186.2 873 1825
946 1965
9.5
196.6 848 1772
913 1908
Rev.1013
9-38

All Rights Reserved
LONG
Section 9
COLUMN
Y
b/t = 16.0
EQUAL LEG ANGLES

4 x 4 x 1/4
r z= 0.79 in.
EFFECTIVE
Kl
COLUMN LENGTH
r
(ft.)
Z
X
X
Y
EXTREN 500/525
EXTREN 625
E = 2.6 x 106 psi
E = 2.8 x 106 psi
0.5
7.6 2304 4424 2481
1.0
15.2 2304 4424 2481
1.5
22.8 2304 4424 2481
2.0
30.4 2304 4424 2481
Fa' (psi)
Pa(lbs) Fa' (psi)
2.5
38.0 2093 4019 2254
3.0
45.6 1893 3635 2039
3.5
53.2 1739 3340 1873
4.0
60.8 1616 3103 1741
4.5
68.4 1515 2909 1631
5.0
75.9 1431 2747 1541
5.5
83.5 1357 2606 1462
6.0
91.1 1294 2484 1393
6.5
98.7 1238 2377 1333
7.0
106.3 1189 2282 1280
7.5
113.9 1144 2197 1232
8.0
121.5 1104 2120 1189
8.5
129.1 1068 2051 1150
9.0
136.7 1035 1987 1115
9.5
144.3 1005 1929 1082
10.0
151.9
977
1875
1052
10.5
159.5
951
1826
1024
11.0
167.1
927
1780
998
11.5
174.7
904
1737
974
12.0
182.3
884
1696
951
12.5
189.9
864
1659
930
13.0
197.5
845
1623
910

All Rights Reserved
A = 1.92 in2
9-39
4764
4764
4764
4764
Pa(lbs)
4328
3914
3596
3342
3132
2958
2807
2675
2560
2458
2366
2284
2209
2140
2077
2020
1966
1916
1870
1827
1786
1748
Rev.1013
SHORT
LONG
Section 9
COLUMN
Y
b/t = 10.67
EQUAL LEG ANGLES

4 x 4 x 3/8
r z= 0.78 in.
EFFECTIVE
Kl
COLUMN LENGTH
r
(ft.)
Z
X
X
Y
A = 2.84 in2
EXTREN 500/525
EXTREN 625
E = 2.6 x 106 psi
E = 2.8 x 106 psi

0.5
7.7 3386 9616 3646 10356

1.0
15.4
3386
9616
3646
10356
Fa' (psi)
Pa(lbs) Fa' (psi)
Pa(lbs)

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0

4.5

5.0

5.5

6.0

6.5

7.0

7.5

8.0

8.5

9.0

9.5

10.0

10.5
11.0
11.5
12.0
12.5
13.0
Rev.1013
23.1
30.8
38.5
46.2
53.8
61.5
69.2
76.9
84.6
92.3
100.0
107.7
115.4
123.1
130.8
138.5
146.2
153.8
161.5
169.2
176.9
184.6
192.3
200.0
2752 7816 2964

2349 6672 2530
2078 5901 2238
1880 5339 2024
1729 4910 1862
1606 4561 1730
1505 4275 1621
1420 4034 1530
1348 3828 1451
1285 3649 1383
1229 3491 1324
1180 3352 1271
1136 3227 1224
1096 3114 1181
1060 3012 1142
1028 2919 1107
998 2833 1074
970 2755 1045
944 2682 1017
920
2614
991
898
2551
967
877
2492
945
858
2437
924
840
2385
904
9-40
8417
7185
6356
5749
5287
4912
4604
4344
4122
3929
3760
3609
3475
3354
3244
3143
3051
2967
2888
2815
2747
2684
2624
2568

All Rights Reserved
SHORT
LONG
Section 9
COLUMN
Y
b/t = 8.0
EQUAL LEG ANGLES

4 x 4 x 1/2
r z= 0.78 in.
EFFECTIVE
Kl
COLUMN LENGTH
r
(ft.)
X
Y
A = 3.75 in2
EXTREN 500/525
EXTREN 625
E = 2.6 x 106 psi
E = 2.8 x 106 psi
0.5
7.7 4451
Fa' (psi)
1.0
15.4 3440
1.5
23.1 2752
2.0
30.8 2349
2.5
38.5 2078
3.0
46.2 1879
3.5
53.8 1728
4.0
61.5 1606
4.5
69.2 1505
5.0
76.9 1420
5.5
84.6 1347
6.0
92.3 1284
6.5
100.0 1229
7.0
107.7 1180
7.5
115.4 1136
8.0
123.1 1096
8.5
130.8 1060
9.0
138.5 1027
9.5
146.2 997
10.0
153.8
970
10.5
161.5
944
11.0
169.2
920
11.5
176.9
898
12.0
184.6
877
12.5
192.3
857
13.0
200.0
839

All Rights Reserved
9-41
16691 4793
Pa(lbs) Fa' (psi)
12899 3704
10320 2964
8810 2529
7793 2238
7049 2023
6482 1861
6023 1729
5644 1620
5326 1529
5054 1450
4817 1382
4609 1323
4425 1270
4261 1223
4112 1180
3977 1141
3853 1106
3740 1073
3638
1044
3542
1016
3452
990
3369
967
3290
944
3217
922
3148
903
17976
Pa(lbs)
13892
11114
9488
8393
7591
6981
6486
6078
5736
5443
5187
4963
4765
4589
4428
4283
4149
4027
3918
3814
3717
3625
3543
3464
3390
Rev.1013
SHORT
LONG
Section 9
COLUMN
Y
b/t = 10.0
EQUAL LEG ANGLES

Z
* 5 x 5 x 1/2
X
r z= 1.02 in.
EFFECTIVE
Kl
COLUMN LENGTH r
(ft.)
X
Y
A = 4.71 in2
EXTREN 500/525
EXTREN 625
6
E = 2.6 x 10 psi
E = 2.8 x 106 psi

0.5
5.9 3602 16963 3879 18268

1.0
11.8 3602 16963 3879 18268
Fa' (psi)
Pa(lbs) Fa' (psi)
Pa(lbs)

1.5
17.7 3191 15031 3437 16187

2.0
23.5 2724 12832 2934 13819

2.5
29.4 2410 11350 2596 12224

3.0
35.3 2180 10268 2348 11058
3.5
41.2 2003 9432 2157 10158

4.0 47.0 1861 8764 2004 9439

4.5 52.9 1744 8215 1878 8847

5.0 58.8 1646 7753 1773 8349

5.5 64.7 1562 7357 1682 7923

6.0 70.6 1489 7013 1603 7552

6.5 76.5 1425 6711 1534 7227

7.0 82.4 1368 6443 1473 6938

7.5 88.2 1317 6203 1418 6680

8.0 94.1 1271 5986 1369 6447

8.5 100.0 1229 5790 1324 6235

9.0 105.9 1191 5611 1283 6043

9.5 111.8 1156 5447 1245 5866

10.0 117.7 1124 5295 1211 5702

10.5 123.5 1094 5155 1179 5551

11.0 129.4 1067 5025 1149 5411

11.5 135.3 1041 4903 1121 5281

12.0 141.2 1017 4790 1095 5158

12.5 147.1 994 4683 1071 5044

13.0 152.9 973 4583 1048 4936

13.5 158.8 953 4489 1026 4835

14.0 164.7 934 4401 1006 4739

14.5 170.6 916 4316 987 4648

15.0 176.5 899 4237 969 4563

15.5 182.4 883 4161 951 4401

16.0 188.2 868 4089 935 4403

16.5 194.1 854 4020 919 4329

17.0 200.0 840 3955 904 4259

17.5 205.9 826 3892 890 4192

18.0 211.8 814 3832 876 4127

18.5 217.7 801 3775 863 4065

19.0 223.5 790 3720 851 4006

19.5 229.4 771 3667 839 3949

20.0 235.3 768 3617 827 3895
Rev.1013
9-42

All Rights Reserved
SHORT
LONG
Section 9
COLUMN
Y
b/t = 16.0
EQUAL LEG ANGLES

* 6 x 6 x 3/8
r z= 1.18 in.
EFFECTIVE
Kl
COLUMN LENGTH
r
(ft.)
Z
X
X
Y
A = 4.34 in2
EXTREN 500/525
EXTREN 625
E = 2.6 x 106 psi
E = 2.8 x 106 psi
0.5
5.1 2304 9999 2481
1.0
10.2 2304 9999 2481
1.5
15.2 2304 9999 2481
2.0
20.3 2304 9999 2481
2.5
25.4 2304 9999 2481
3.0
30.5 2304 9999 2481
Fa' (psi)
Pa(lbs) Fa' (psi)
3.5
35.6 2170 9418 2336
4.0
40.7 2016 8749 2170
4.5
45.8 1889 8197 2034
5.0
50.8 1784 7743 1921
5.5
55.9 1693 7346 1823
6.0
61.0 1613 7000 1737
6.5
66.1 1544 6700 1662
7.0
71.2 1482 6431 1596
7.5
76.3 1427 6191 1536
8.0
81.4 1377 5975 1482
8.5
86.4 1332 5782 1435
9.0
91.5 1291 5602 1390
9.5
96.6 1253 5438 1349
10.0
101.7 1218
5286
1312
10.5
106.8 1186
5146
1277
11.0
111.9 1156
5015
1244
11.5
116.9 1128
4896
1215
12.0
122.0 1102
4782
1187
12.5
127.1 1077
4676
1160
13.0
132.2 1054
4576
1135
13.5
137.3 1033
4482
1112
14.0
142.4 1012
4393
1090
14.5
147.5
993
4308
1069
15.0
152.4
975
4232
1050
15.5
157.6
957
4154
1031
16.0
162.7
941
4082
1013
16.5
167.8
925
4013
996
17.0
172.9
910
3948
980
17.5
178.0
895
3885
964
18.0
183.0
882
3826
949
18.5
188.1
868
3769
935
19.0
193.2
856
3714
922
19.5
198.3
844
3661
908
10768
10768
10768
10768
10768
10768
Pa(lbs)
10138
9418
8228
8337
7911
7540
7213
6926
6667
6436
6227
6033
5856
5692
5541
5401
5273
5150
5036
4927
4826
4730
4640
4557
4474
4396
4322
4251
4184
4121
4059
4000
3943

All Rights Reserved
9-43
Rev.1013
SHORT
LONG
Section 9
COLUMN
Y
b/t = 12.0
EQUAL LEG ANGLES

Z
6 x 6 x 1/2
X
r z= 1.17 in.
X
Y
A = 5.72 in2
EFFECTIVE
EXTREN 500/525
EXTREN 625
Kl
6
COLUMN LENGTH
E = 2.6 x 10 psi
E = 2.8 x 106 psi
r
(ft.) Fa(psi) Pa(lbs) Fa(psi) Pa(lbs)
0.5
5.1 3029 17326 3262
18658
1.0
10.3 3029 17326 3262
18658
1.5
15.4 3029 17326 3262
18658
Fa' (psi)
Pa(lbs) Fa' (psi)
Pa(lbs)
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
6.0
6.5
7.0
7.5
8.0
8.5
9.0
9.5
10.0
10.5
11.0
11.5
12.0
12.5
13.0
13.5
14.0
14.5
15.0
15.5
16.0
16.5
17.0
17.5
18.0
18.5
19.0
19.5
Rev.1013
20.5
25.6
30.8
35.9
41.0
46.2
51.3
56.4
61.5
66.7
71.8
76.9
82.1
87.2
92.3
97.4
102.6
107.7
112.8
117.9
123.1
128.2
133.3
138.5
143.6
148.7
153.8
159.0
164.1
169.2
174.4
179.5
184.6
189.7
194.9
200.0
2938
2599
2351
2160
2007
1881
1775
1684
1606
1536
1475
1420
1371
1325
1285
1247
1212
1180
1150
1123
1097
1072
1049
1028
1007
988
970
952
936
920
905
891
877
864
852
840
9-44
16805
14864
13446
12353
11478
10758
10153
9634
9184
8788
8437
8123
7840
7582
7348
7133
6934
6751
6580
6421
6273
6134
6003
5879
5763
5653
5548
5445
5355
5265
5179
5097
5019
4944
4872
4803
3164
2798
2531
2326
2161
2025
1911
1814
1729
1655
1588
1529
1476
1427
1383
1343
1306
1271
1239
1209
1181
1155
1130
1107
1085
1064
1045
1026
1008
991
975
960
945
931
917
904
18097
16007
14480
13303
12361
11586
10933
10375
9890
9464
9086
8748
8442
8166
7913
7681
7468
7270
7086
6915
6755
6605
6464
6331
6206
6087
5975
5858
5767
5670
5577
5489
5405
5324
5246
5172

All Rights Reserved
SHORT
LONG
Section 9
COLUMN
D/t = 6.0
ROUND TUBE
1-1/2 x 1/4
r = 0.45 in.
EFFECTIVE
Kl
COLUMN LENGTH
r
(ft.)
A = 0.98 in2
EXTREN 500/525
EXTREN 625
E = 2.6 x 106 psi
E = 2.8 x 106 psi
0.5
13.3 10000 9800 11000
1.0
26.7 10000 9800 11000
Fa' (psi)
Pa(lbs) Fa' (psi)
1.5
40.0 9314 9127 10030
2.0
53.3 6413 6284 6906
2.5
66.7 4791 4695 5159
3.0
80.0 3782 3707 4073
3.5
93.3 3097 3035 3335
4.0
106.7 2601 2549 2801
4.5
120.0 2233 2188 2404
5.0
133.3 1948 1909 2097
5.5
146.7 1720 1685 1852
6.0
160.0 1536 1505 1654
6.5
177.3 1344 1317 1447
7.0
186.7 1257 1232 1354
7.5
200.0 1149 1126 1238

All Rights Reserved
9-45
10780
10780
Pa(lbs)
9829
6768
5056
3992
3268
2745
2356
2055
1815
1621
1418
1327
1213
Rev.1013
SHORT
LONG
Section 9
COLUMN
D/t = 7
ROUND TUBE
*1-3/4 x 1/4
r = 0.54 in.
X
A = 1.18 in2
EFFECTIVE
EXTREN 500/525
EXTREN 625
Kl
6
COLUMN LENGTH

E = 2.6 x 10 psi
E = 2.8 x 106 psi
r
0.5
11.1 10000 11800 11000
12980
1.0
22.2 10000 11800 11000
12980
1.5
33.3 10000 11800 11000
12980
Fa' (psi)
Pa(lbs) Fa' (psi)
Pa(lbs)
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
6.0
6.5
7.0
7.5
8.0
8.5
9.0
44.4
55.6
66.7
77.8
88.9
100.0
111.1
122.2
133.3
144.4
155.6
166.7
177.8
188.9
200.0
8132
6070
4791
3922
3298
2830
2468
2181
1948
1755
1593
1456
1339
1238
1149
9596
7163
5653
4628
3891
3339
2912
2573
2298
2071
1880
1718
1580
1461
1356
8757
6537
5159
4224
3551
3048
2658
2348
2097
1890
1715
1568
1442
1333
1238
10334
7713
6088
4984
4191
3596
3136
2771
2475
2231
2024
1851
1702
1573
1461
Rev.1013
9-46

All Rights Reserved
SHORT
LONG
Section 9
COLUMN
D/t = 8.0
ROUND TUBE
2 x 1/4
r = 0.62 in.
EFFECTIVE
Kl
COLUMN LENGTH

r
(ft.)

All Rights Reserved
X
A = 1.37 in2
EXTREN 500/525
EXTREN 625
E = 2.6 x 106 psi
E = 2.8 x 106 psi
0.5
9.7 9249
1.0
19.4 9249
1.5
29.0 9249
2.0
38.7 9249
Fa' (psi)
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
6.0
6.5
7.0
7.5
8.0
8.5
9.0
9.5
10.0
48.4
58.1
67.7
77.4
87.1
96.8
106.5
116.1
125.8
135.5
145.2
154.8
164.5
174.2
183.9
193.5
7269
5733
4699
3948
3387
2952
2608
2331
2100
1907
1743
1604
1482
1375
1282
1200
9-47
12671 9960
12671 9960
12671 9960
12671 9960
Pa(lbs) Fa' (psi)
9959
7854
6438
5409
4640
4044
3572
3193
2877
2612
2388
2197
2030
1884
1756
1644
7828
6174
5061
4252
3647
3179
2808
2510
2261
2053
1877
1727
1596
1481
1380
1292
13645
13645
13645
13645
Pa(lbs)
10725
8458
6933
5825
4997
4356
3847
3439
3098
2813
2571
2366
2186
2029
1891
1770
Rev.1013
SHORT
LONG
Section 9
COLUMN
D/t = 10.0
ROUND TUBE
2-1/2 x 1/4
r = 0.80 in.
EFFECTIVE
Kl
COLUMN LENGTH

r
(ft.)
X
A = 1.77 in2
EXTREN 500/525
EXTREN 625
E = 2.6 x 106 psi
E = 2.8 x 106 psi
0.5
7.5 7651
1.0
15.0 7651
1.5
22.5 7651
2.0
30.0 7651

2.5
37.5 7651
3.0
45.0 7651

Fa' (psi)
3.5
52.5 6540
4.0
60.0 5498
4.5
67.5 4717
5.0
75.0 4114
5.5
82.5 3634
6.0
90.0 3245
6.5
97.5 2925
7.0
105.0 2656
7.5
112.5 2428
8.0
120.0 2233
8.5
127.5 2063
9.0
135.0 1916
9.5
142.5 1786
10.0
150.0 1671
10.5
157.5 1568
11.0
165.0 1476
11.5
172.5 1393
12.0
180.0 1318
12.5
187.5 1250
13.0
195.0 1188
Rev.1013
9-48
13542 8240 14584

13542 8246 14584
13542 8246 14584
13542 8246 14584
13542
8246
14584
13542 8246 14584
Pa(lbs) Fa' (psi)
Pa(lbs)
11576 7043 12466
9731 5921 10480
8350 5080
8992
7281 4430
7841
6432 3914
6927
5745 3495
6168
5177 3150
5574
4701 2860
5063
4298 2615
4629
3952 2405
4256
3653 2222
3934
3391 2063
3652
3161 1923
3403
2957
1799
3184
2775
1689
2989
2612
1589
2813
2466
1500
2655
2333
1419
2512
2212
1346
2383
2102
1279
2264

All Rights Reserved
SHORT
LONG
Section 9
COLUMN
D/t = 11
ROUND TUBE
*2-3/4 x 1/4
r = 0.89 in.
EFFECTIVE
Kl
COLUMN LENGTH

r
(ft.)
X
A = 1.96 in2
EXTREN 500/525
EXTREN 625
6
E = 2.6 x 10 psi
E = 2.8 x 106 psi
0.5
6.7 7056
1.0
13.4 7056
1.5
20.2 7056
2.0
27.0 7056
2.5
33.7 7056
3.0
40.4 7056
3.5
47.2 7056
Fa' (psi)
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
6.0
6.5
7.0
7.5
8.0
8.5
9.0
9.5
10.0
10.5
11.0
11.5
12.0
12.5
13.0
13.5
14.0
14.5
53.9
60.7
67.4
74.2
80.9
87.6
94.3
101.1
107.9
114.6
121.3
128.1
134.8
141.6
148.3
155.1
161.8
168.5
175.3
182.0
188.8
195.5
13830 7599
13830 7599
13830 7599
13830 7599
13830 7599
13830 7599
13830 7599
Pa(lbs) Fa' (psi)
6320 12388
5416 10615
4726 9264
4171 8176
3728 7307
3362 6589
3054 5987
2790 5469
2564 5025
2371 4646
2202 4316
2051 4020
1920
3762
1801
3529
1696
3323
1600
3135
1514
2967
1436
2815
1364
2674
1299
2574
1239
2428
1184
2320
6806
5832
5090
4492
4015
3620
3289
3005
2761
2553
2371
2209
2067
1939
1826
1723
1630
1547
1469
1399
1334
1275
SHORT
14894
14894
14894
14894
14894
14894
14894
Pa(lbs)
LONG
13340
11431
9976
8804
7869
7095
6447
5889
5411
5004
4647
4329
4052
3801
3579
3376
3196
3031
2880
2742
2615
2499

All Rights Reserved
9-49
Rev.1013
Section 9
COLUMN
D/t = 9.33
ROUND TUBE
*2-3/4 x 3/8
r = 0.85 in.
EFFECTIVE
Kl
COLUMN LENGTH

r
(ft.)
X
A = 2.80 in2
EXTREN 500/525
EXTREN 625
6
E = 2.5 x 10 psi
E = 2.8 x 106 psi
0.5
7.1 8116
1.0
14.1 8116
1.5
21.2 8116
2.0
28.2 8116
2.5
35.3 8116
3.0
42.4 8116
Fa' (psi)
3.5
49.4 7076
4.0
56.5 5949
4.5
63.5 5104
5.0
70.6 4451
5.5
77.6 3932
6.0
84.7 3512
6.5
91.8 3165
7.0
98.8 2874
7.5
105.9 2627
8.0
112.9 2416
8.5
120.0 2233
9.0
127.1 2073
9.5
134.1 1932
10.0
141.2 1808
10.5
148.2 1697
11.0
155.3 1597
11.5
162.4 1507
12.0
169.4 1426
12.5
176.5 1352
13.0
183.5 1285
13.5
190.6 1224
14.0
197.6 1167
22724 8740
22724 8740
22724 8740
22724 8740
22724 8740
22724 8740
Pa(lbs) Fa' (psi)
19814 7621
16657 6406
14292 5497
12462 4793
11010 4235
9833 3782
8861 3408
8047 3095
7357 2829
6765 2602
6252 2405
5804 2232
5410 2081
5061
1947
4750
1827
4471
1720
4220
1623
3993
1536
3787
1456
3599
1384
3426
1318
3268
1257
24472
24472
24472
24472
24472
24472
Pa(lbs)
21338
17938
15391
13421
11857
10589
9542
8666
7923
7285
6733
6251
5826
5451
5116
4815
4545
4300
4078
3875
3690
3519
Rev.1013
9-50

All Rights Reserved
SHORT
LONG
Section 9
COLUMN
D/t = 12.0
ROUND TUBE
3 x 1/4
r = 0.98 in.
EFFECTIVE
Kl
COLUMN LENGTH
r
(ft.)
X
A = 2.16 in2
EXTREN 500/525
EXTREN 625
6
E = 2.6 x 10 psi
E = 2.8 x 106 psi
0.5
6.1 6553
1.0
12.2 6553
1.5
18.4 6553
2.0
24.5 6553
2.5
30.6 6553
3.0
36.7 6553
3.5
42.9 6553
4.0
49.0 6553
Fa' (psi)
4.5
55.1 6142
5.0
61.2 5358
5.5
67.3 4736
6.0
73.5 4223
6.5
79.6 3807
7.0
85.7 3459
7.5
91.8 3163
8.0
98.0 2905
8.5
104.1 2686
9.0
110.2 2494
9.5
116.3 2326
10.0
122.4 2176
10.5
128.6 2041
11.0
134.7 1921
11.5
140.8 1814
12.0
146.9 1717
12.5
153.1 1627
13.0
159.2 1546
13.5
165.3 1472
14.0
171.4 1405
14.5
177.6 1341
15.0
183.7 1284
15.5
189.8 1230
16.0
195.9 1181

All Rights Reserved
9-51
14154 7057
14154 7057
14154 7057
14154 7057
14154 7057
14154 7057
14154 7057
14154 7057
Pa(lbs) Fa ' (psi)
13266 6614
11574 5770
10229 5100
9122 4548
8224 4100
7471 3725
6832 3406
6276 3129
5802 2893
5388 2686
5023 2504
4700
2343
4410
2198
4140
2069
3918
1953
3708
1849
3514
1752
3340
1665
3180
1586
3034
1513
2897
1444
2773
1382
2657
1325
2550
1272
15243
15243
15243
15243
15243
15243
15243
15243
Pa(lbs)
14287
12464
11016
9832
8856
8045
7357
6758
6248
5802
5410
5062
4747
4469
4219
3993
3784
3597
3425
3267
3120
2986
2862
2747
Rev.1013
SHORT
LONG
Section 9
COLUMN
D/t = 7.0
ROUND TUBE
* 3-1/2 x 1/2
r = 1.07 in.
X
A = 4.71 in2
EFFECTIVE
EXTREN 500/525
EXTREN 625
Kl
COLUMN LENGTH
E = 2.6 x 106 psi
E = 2.8 x 106 psi
r

0.5
5.6
10000 47100 11000 51810

1.0
11.2
10000 47100 11000 51810

1.5
16.8
10000 47100 11000 51810

2.0
22.4
10000 47100 11000 51810

2.5
28.0
10000 47100 11000 51810

3.0
33.6
10000 47100 11000 51810
Fa' (psi)

3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
6.0
6.5
7.0
7.5
8.0
8.5
9.0
9.5
10.0
10.5
11.0

11.5

12.0

12.5

13.0

13.5

14.0

14.5

15.0

15.5

16.0

16.5

17.0

17.5

18.0

18.5

19.0

19.5

20.0
Pa(lbs) Fa' (psi)
Pa(lbs)
39.3 9538 44922 10271 48377

44.8 8018 37763 8634 40668
50.5 6879 32401 7409 34894
56.1 5999 28254 6460 30427
61.7 5300 24962 5707 26881
67.3 4733 22292 5097 24007
72.9 4265 20089 4593 21634
78.5 3873 18244 4171 19647
84.1 3541 16678 3814 17961
89.7 3256 15336 3507 16516
95.3 3009 14174 3241 15265
100.9 2794 13159 3009 14171
106.5 2604 12266 2805 13210
112.1 2436 11475
2624
12357
117.7 2287 10770
2462
11598
123.3 2152 10138
2318
10917
129.0
2031 9568 2188 10304
134.6
1922 9053 2070 9750
140.2
1822 8585 1963 9246
145.8
1732 8159 1865 8786
151.4
1649 7768 1776 8366
157.0
1573 7409 1694 7979
162.6
1503 7079 1619 7623
168.2
1438 6773 1549 7295
173.8
1378 6491 1484 6990
179.4
1322 6229 1424 6707
185.0
1271 5984 1368 6445
190.7
1222 5757 1316 6199
196.3
1177 5544 1268 5970
201.9
1135 5344 1222 5755
207.5
1095 5157 1179 5554
213.1
1058 4982 1139 5364
218.7
1023 4816 1101 5187
224.3 989 4660 1066 5019

Rev.1013
9-52
SHORT

All Rights Reserved
LONG
Section 9
COLUMN
D/t = 16.0
ROUND TUBE
* 4 x 1/4
r = 1.33 in.
X
A = 2.94 in2
EFFECTIVE
EXTREN 500/525
EXTREN 625
Kl
COLUMN LENGTH
E = 2.6 x 106 psi
E = 2.8 x 106 psi
r
0.5
4.5 5131 15085 5526
16246
1.0
9.0 5131 15085 5526
16246
1.5
13.5 5131 15085 5526
16246
2.0
18.0 5131 15085 5526
16246
2.5
22.6 5131 15085 5526
16246
3.0
27.1 5131 15085 5526
16246
3.5
31.6 5131 15085 5526
16246
4.0
36.1 5131 15085 5526
16246
4.5
40.6 5131 15085 5526
16246
5.0
45.1 5131 15085 5526
16246
5.5
49.6 5131 15085 5526
16246
6.0
54.1 5131 15085 5526
16246
6.5
58.6 5131 15085 5526
16246
7.0
63.2 5131 15085 5526
16246
Fa' (psi)
Pa(lbs) Fa' (psi)
Pa(lbs)
7.5
67.7 4699 13816 5061
14878
8.0
72.2 4322 12707 4654
13684
8.5
76.7 3995 11747 4303
12650
9.0
81.2 3710 10907 3995
11746
9.5
85.7 3459 10169 3725
10951
10.0
90.2 3236
9514
3485
10246
10.5
94.7 3038
8931
3271
9618
11.0
99.2 2860
8408
3080
9054
11.5
103.8 2696
7927
2903
8536
12.0
108.3 2551
7501
2748
8078
12.5
112.8 2420
7114
2606
7662
13.0
117.3 2300
6762
2477
7281
13.5
121.8 2190
6439
2358
6934
14.0
126.3 2089
6142
2250
6614
14.5
130.8 1996
5869
2150
6320
15.0
135.3 1910
5616
2057
6048
15.5
139.8 1831
5382
1972
5796
16.0
144.4 1755
5161
1890
5558
16.5
148.9 1687
4959
1816
5340
17.0
153.4 1623
4771
1747
5137
17.5
157.9 1563
4595
1683
4948
18.0
162.4 1507
4430
1623
4770
18.5
166.9 1454
4275
1566
4604
19.0
171.4 1405
4130
1513
4447
19.5
175.9 1358
3993
1463
4300
20.0
180.5 1313
3861
1414
4158

All Rights Reserved
9-53
Rev.1013
SHORT
LONG
Section 9
COLUMN
D/t = 20.0
ROUND TUBE
X
* 5 x 1/4
r = 1.68 in.
EFFECTIVE
Kl
COLUMN LENGTH

r
(ft.)
X
A = 3.73 in2
EXTREN 500/525
EXTREN 625
6
E = 2.6 x 10 psi
E = 2.8 x 106 psi
0.5
3.6 4245
1.0
7.1 4245
1.5
10.7 4245
2.0
14.3 4245
2.5
17.9 4245
3.0
21.4 4245
3.5
25.0 4245
4.0
28.6 4245
4.5
32.1 4245
5.0
35.7 4245
5.5
39.3 4245
6.0
42.9 4245
6.5
46.4 4245
7.0
50.0 4245
7.5
53.6 4245
8.0
57.1 4245
8.5
60.7 4245
9.0
64.3 4245
9.5
67.9 4245
10.0
71.4 4245
Fa' (psi)
10.5
75.0 4114
11.0
78.6 3870
11.5
82.1 3657
12.0
85.7 3459
12.5
89.3 3279
13.0
92.9 3114
13.5
96.4 2968
14.0
100.0 2830
14.5
103.6 2703
15.0
107.1 2589
15.5
110.7 2480
16.0
114.3 2379
16.5
117.9 2285
17.0
121.4 2199
17.5
125.0 2117
18.0
128.6 2041
18.5
132.1 1971
19.0
135.7 1903
19.5
139.3 1839
20.0
142.9 1779
15833 4571
15833 4571
15833 4571
15833 4571
15833 4571
15833 4571
15833 4571
15833 4571
15833 4571
15833 4571
15833 4571
15833 4571
15833 4571
15833 4571
15833 4571
15833 4571
15833 4571
15833 4571
15833 4571
15833
4571
Pa(lbs) Fa' (psi)
15344
4430
14436
4168
13641
3938
12901
3725
12229
3531
11617
3354
11071
3196
10556
3048
10082
2911
9656
2788
9249
2670
8872
2562
8522
2460
8204
2369
7898
2280
7612
2198
7351
2122
7098
2049
6861
1981
6639
1916
17050
17050
17050
17050
17050
17050
17050
17050
17050
17050
17050
17050
17050
17050
17050
17050
17050
17050
17050
17050
Pa(lbs)
16523
15546
14690
13893
13170
12510
11923
11368
10857
10398
9961
9555
9177
8835
8505
8197
7916
7644
7388
7147
Rev.1013
9-54

All Rights Reserved
SHORT
LONG
Section 9
COLUMN
D/t = 24.0
ROUND TUBE
* 6 x 1/4
r = 2.04 in.
EFFECTIVE
Kl
COLUMN LENGTH
r
(ft.)
X
A = 4.52 in2
EXTREN 500/525
EXTREN 625
6
E = 2.6 x 10 psi
E = 2.8 x 106 psi
0.5
2.9 3635 16430 3915
17696
1.0
7.1 3635 16430 3915
17696
1.5
5.9 3635 16430 3915
17696
2.0
8.8 3635 16430 3915
17696
2.5
14.7 3635 16430 3915
17696
3.0
17.6 3635 16430 3915
17696
3.5
20.6 3635 16430 3915
17696
4.0
23.5 3635 16430 3915
17696
4.5
26.5 3635 16430 3915
17696
5.0
29.4 3635 16430 3915
17696
5.5
32.4 3635 16430 3915
17696
6.0
35.3 3635 16430 3915
17696
6.5
38.2 3635 16430 3915
17696
7.0
41.2 3635 16430 3915
17696
7.5
44.1 3635 16430 3915
17696
8.0
47.0 3635 16430 3915
17696
8.5
50.0 3635 16430 3915
17696
9.0
52.9 3635 16430 3915
17696
9.5
55.9 3635 16430 3915
17696
10.0
58.8
3635 16430
3915
17696
10.5
61.8
3635 16430
3915
17696
11.0
64.7
3635 16430
3915
17696
11.5
67.6
3635 16430
3915
17696
12.0
70.6
3635 16430
3915
17696

12.5
73.5 3635 16430 3915 17696
13.0
76.5
3635 16430
3915
17696
13.5
79.4
3635 16430
3915
17696
14.0
82.4
3635 16430
3915
17696

Fa' (psi)
Pa(lbs) Fa' (psi)
Pa(lbs)
14.5
85.3
3480 15729
3747
16939
15.0
88.2
3332 15060
3588
16218
15.5
91.2
3190 14419
3535
15528
16.0
94.1
3063 13844
3298
14909
16.5
97.1
2940 13290
3167
14313
17.0
100.0
2830 12792
3048
13776
17.5
102.9
2727 12325
2937
13273
18.0
105.9
2627 11873
2829
12786
18.5
108.8
2536 11463
2731
12345
19.0
111.8
2448 11065
2636
11916
19.5
114.7
2368 10703
2550
11526
20.0
117.6
2292 10361
2468
11157

All Rights Reserved
9-55
Rev.1013
SHORT
LONG
Section 9
COLUMN
Y
b/t = 6.0
SQUARE TUBE
* 1-1/2 x 1/4
r = 0.52 in.
X
Y
A = 1.24 in2
EFFECTIVE
EXTREN 500/525
EXTREN 625
Kl
COLUMN LENGTH
E = 2.6 x 106 psi
E = 2.8 x 106 psi
r
0.5
11.5 10000 12400 11000
13640
1.0
23.1 10000 12400 11000
13640
1.5
34.6 10000 12400 11000
13640

Fa' (psi)
Pa(lbs) Fa' (psi)
Pa(lbs)
2.0
46.2 7723 9576 8316
10312
2.5
57.7 5786 7173 6229
7724
3.0
69.2 4567 5663 4919
6099
3.5
80.8 3734 4630 4021
4986
4.0
92.3 3141 3894 3382
4194
4.5
103.8 2696 3343 2903
3600
5.0
115.4 2349 2913 2530
3137
5.5
126.9 2076 2575 2236
2773
6.0
138.5 1853 2298 1996
2475
6.5
150.0 1671 2071 1799
2231
7.0
161.5 1518 1882 1634
2027
7.5
173.1 1387 1720 1493
1852
8.0
184.6 1276 1582 1374
1703
8.5
196.2 1179 1462 1269
1574
Rev.1013
9-56

All Rights Reserved
SHORT
LONG
Section 9
COLUMN
b/t = 7.0
SQUARE TUBE
* 1-3/4 x 1/4
r = 0.62 in.
EFFECTIVE
Kl
COLUMN LENGTH

r
(ft.)
Y
X
X
Y
A = 1.49 in2
EXTREN 500/525
EXTREN 625
6
E = 2.6 x 10 psi
E = 2.8 x 106 psi
0.5
9.7 10000 14900 11000 16390
1.0
19.4 10000 14900 11000 16390
1.5
29.0 10000 14900 11000 16390
Fa' (psi)
Pa(lbs) Fa' (psi)
Pa(lbs)
2.0
38.7 9722 14486 10470 15600
2.5
48.4
7269 10831 7828 11664

3.0 58.1 5732 8542 6147 9199

3.5 67.7 4699 7002 5061 7540

4.0 77.4 3949 5883 4252 6336

4.5 87.1 3387 5046 3647 5434

5.0 96.8 2952 4399 3179 4737

5.5 106.5 2608 3885 2808 4184

6.0 116.1 2331 3473 2510 3740

6.5 125.8 2100 3129 2261 3370

7.0 135.5 1907 2841 2053 3059

7.5 145.2 1743 2597 1877 2796

8.0 154.8 1604 2389 1727 2573

8.5 164.5 1482 2208 1596 2377

9.0 174.2 1375 2049 1481 2207

9.5 183.9 1282 1910 1380 2057

10.0 193.5 1200 1788 1292 1925

All Rights Reserved
9-57
Rev.1013
SHORT
LONG
Section 9
COLUMN
b/t = 8.0
SQUARE TUBE
** 2 x 1/4
r = 0.73 in.
EFFECTIVE
Kl
COLUMN LENGTH
r
(ft.)
Y
X
X
Y
A = 1.74 in2
EXTREN 500/525
EXTREN 625
6
E = 2.6 x 10 psi
E = 2.8 x 106 psi
0.5
8.2
9249 16093 9960
1.0
16.4
9249 16093 9960
1.5
24.7
9249 16093 9960
2.0
32.9
9249 16093 9960
Fa' (psi)
Pa(lbs) Fa' (psi)
2.5
41.1
8991 15644 9682
3.0
49.3
7097 12349 7643
3.5
57.5
5811 10111 6258

4.0 65.8 4876 8485 5251

4.5 74.0 4186 7284 4508

5.0 82.2 3651 6353 3932

5.5 90.4 3227 5615 3475

6.0 98.6 2882 5015 3104

6.5 106.8 2598 4521 2798

7.0 115.1 2357 4102 2538

7.5 123.3 2155 3750 2321

8.0 131.5 1982 3449 2139

8.5 139.7 1832 3189 1973

9.0 147.9 1702 2961 1832

9.5 156.2 1585 2758 1707

10.0 164.4 1483 2580 1597

10.5 172.6 1392 2422 1499

11.0 180.8 1311 2280 1411

11.5 189.0 1237 2152 1332

12.0 197.3 1170 2035 1260
17330
17330
17330
17330
Pa(lbs)
16847
13299
10888
9137
7844
6842
6046
5401
4868
4417
4039
3715
3434
3188
2970
2779
2608
2456
2318
2192
** Stocked in yellow, Series 525 only.
Rev.1013
9-58

All Rights Reserved
SHORT
LONG
Section 9
COLUMN
b/t = 12.0
SQUARE TUBE
3 x 1/4
r = 1.13 in.
EFFECTIVE
Kl
COLUMN LENGTH
r
(ft.)
X
Y
A = 2.74 in2
EXTREN 500/525
EXTREN 625
6
E = 2.6 x 10 psi
E = 2.8 x 106 psi
0.5
5.3 6553
1.0
10.6 6553
1.5
15.9 6553
2.0
21.2 6553
2.5
26.5 6553
3.0
31.9 6553
3.5
37.2 6553
4.0
42.5 6553
4.5
47.8 6553
Fa' (psi)
5.0
53.1 6444
5.5
58.4 5695
6.0
63.7 5086
6.5
69.0 4584
7.0
74.3 4164
7.5
79.6 3807
8.0
85.0 3496
8.5
90.3 3231
9.0
95.6 3001
9.5
100.9 2797
10.0
106.2 2617
10.5
111.5 2457
11.0
116.8 2313
11.5
122.1 2183
12.0
127.4 2066
12.5
132.7 1959
13.0
138.1 1860
13.5
143.4 1771
14.0
148.7 1690
14.5
154.0 1614
15.0
159.3 1545
15.5
164.6 1481
16.0
169.9 1420
16.5
175.2 1365
17.0
180.5 1313
17.5
185.8 1265
18.0
191.2 1219
18.5
196.4 1177

All Rights Reserved
9-59
17955 7057
17955 7057
17955 7057
17955 7057
17955 7057
17955 7057
17955 7057
17955 7057
17955 7057
Pa(lbs) Fa' (psi)
17657 6940
15603 6132
13937 5478
12561 4937
11409 4484
10431 4100
9579 3765
8854 3480
8221 3231
7665 3012
7171
2818
6731
2646
6337
2491
5982
2351
5660
2225
5368
2110
5097
2003
4853
1907
4630
1820
4424
1739
4233
1664
4057
1594
3893
1530
3741
1470
3599
1414
3466
1362
3339
1312
3224
1267
19336
19336
19336
19336
19336
19336
19336
19336
19336
Pa(lbs)
19015
16803
15009
13527
12287
11234
10315
9535
8854
8254
7723
7249
6824
6842
6095
5781
5489
5226
4986
4764
4559
4369
4192
4028
3875
3732
3596
3472
Rev.1013
SHORT
LONG
Section 9
COLUMN
b/t = 8.0
SQUARE TUBE
3 x 3 x 3/8
r = 1.08 in.
EFFECTIVE
Kl
COLUMN LENGTH
r
(ft.)
X
Y
A = 3.90 in2
EXTREN 500/525
EXTREN 625
6
E = 2.6 x 10 psi
E = 2.8 x 106 psi
0.5
5.6 9234
1.0
11.1 9234
1.5
16.7 9234
2.0
22.3 9234
2.5
27.8 9234
3.0
33.3 9234
3.5
38.9 9234
Fa' (psi)
4.0
44.4 8115
4.5
50.0 6963
5.0
55.6 6072
5.5
61.1 5364
6.0
66.7 4790
6.5
72.2 4317
7.0
77.8 3920
7.5
83.3 3584
8.0
88.9 3296
8.5
94.4 3046
9.0
99.9 2827
9.5
105.6 2636
10.0
111.1 2466
10.5
116.7 2314
11.0
122.2 2178
11.5
127.8 2056
12.0
133.3 1945
12.5
138.9 1845
13.0
144.4 1753
13.5
150.0 1669
14.0
155.5 1592
14.5
161.1 1521
15.0
166.7 1456
15.5
172.2 1395
16.0
177.8 1338
16.5
183.3 1286
17.0
188.9 1237
17.5
194.4 1191
18.0
200.0 1148
18.5
205.6 1108
19.0
211.1 1070
19.5
216.7 1035
20.0
222.2 1001
Rev.1013
9-60
36014 9944 38785

36014 9944 38785
36014 9944 38785
36014 9944 38785
36014 9944 38785
36014 9944 38785
36014 9944 38785
Pa(lbs) Fa' (psi)
Pa(lbs)
31649 8739 34084
27156 7499 29245
23680 6539 25501
20920 5777 22530
18683 5159 20120
16836 4649 18132
15290 4222 16466
13978 3859 15054
12854 3549 13842
11879 3280 12793
11029 3045 11877
10280 2839 11071
9617
2656
10357
9025
2492
9720
8496
2346
9150
8019
2214
8636
7587
2095
8171
7195
1987
7749
6838
1888
7364
6510
1798
7011
6210
1715
6687
5933
1638
6389
5677
1568
6114
5440
1502
5859
5220
1441
5622
5015
1385
5401
4824
1332
5196
4646
1283
5003
4479
1237
4824
4322
1194
4655
4175
1153
4496
4036
1115
4347
3906
1079
4206

All Rights Reserved
SHORT
LONG
Section 9
COLUMN
b/t = 14.0
SQUARE TUBE
3-1/2 x 1/4
r = 1.34 in.
EFFECTIVE
Kl
COLUMN LENGTH
r
(ft.)
Y
X
X
Y
A = 3.25 in2
EXTREN 500/525
EXTREN 625
6
E = 2.6 x 10 psi
E = 2.8 x 106 psi
0.5
4.5 5748
1.0
9.0 5748
1.5
13.4 5748
2.0
18.0 5748
2.5
22.4 5748
3.0
26.9 5748
3.5
31.3 5748
4.0
35.8 5748
4.5
40.3 5748
5.0
44.8 5748
5.5
49.3 5748
6.0
53.7 5748
Fa' (psi)
6.5
58.2 5718
7.0
62.7 5193
7.5
67.2 4748
8.0
71.6 4366
8.5
76.1 4035
9.0
80.6 3746
9.5
85.1 3492
10.0
89.6 3266
10.5
94.0 3066
11.0
98.5 2886
11.5
103.0 2724
12.0
107.5 2577
12.5
111.9 2444
13.0
116.4 2322
13.5
120.9 2211
14.0
125.4 2109
14.5
129.9 2015
15.0
134.3 1928
15.5
138.8 1848
16.0
143.3 1773
16.5
147.8 1703
17.0
152.2 1638
17.5
156.7 1578
18.0
161.2 1521
18.5
165.7 1468
19.0
170.1 1418

19.5
174.6
1371
20.0
179.1 1326
18681 6190
18681 6190
18681 6190
18681 6190
18681 6190
18681 6190
18681 6190
18681 6190
18681 6190
18681 6190
18681 6190
18681 6190
Pa(lbs) Fa' (psi)
18585 6158
16878 5592
15431 5113
14189 4701
13113 4345
12174 4034
11349 3760
10616
3517
9964
3301
9379
3108
8853
2933
8376
2775
7943
2632
7548
2501
7186
2381
6855
2271
6548
2170
6267
2076
6006
1990
5762
1909
5536
1834
5325
1764
5128
1699
4944
1638
4771
1580
4608
1527
4455
1476
4311
1428
20118
20118
20118
20118
20118
20118
20118
20118
20118
20118
20118
20118
Pa(lbs)
20015
18176
16618
15281
14122
13111
12222
11433
10731
10101
9534
9020
8554
8129
7739
7382
7052
6749
6468
6205
5962
5735
5523
5324
5138
4963
4798
4643

All Rights Reserved
9-61
Rev.1013
SHORT
LONG
Section 9
COLUMN
b/t = 16.0
SQUARE TUBE
4 x 1/4
r = 1.53 in.
EFFECTIVE
Kl
COLUMN LENGTH
r
(ft.)
Y
X
X
Y
A = 3.74 in2
EXTREN 500/525
EXTREN 625
6
E = 2.6 x 10 psi
E = 2.8 x 106 psi
0.5
3.9 5131 19190 5526
20667
1.0
7.8 5131 19190 5526
20667
1.5
11.8 5131 19190 5526
20667
2.0
15.7 5131 19190 5526
20667
2.5
19.6 5131 19190 5526
20667
3.0
23.5 5131 19190 5526
20667
3.5
27.5 5131 19190 5526
20667
4.0
31.4 5131 19190 5526
20667
4.5
35.3 5131 19190 5526
20667
5.0
39.2 5131 19190 5526
20667
5.5
43.1 5131 19190 5526
20667
6.0
47.1 5131 19190 5526
20667
6.5
51.0 5131 19190 5526
20667
7.0
54.9 5131 19190 5526
20667
7.5
58.8 5131 19190 5526
20667
8.0
62.7 5131 19190 5526
20667
Fa' (psi) Pa(lbs) Fa' (psi) Pa(lbs)
8.5
66.7 4791 17918 5159
19295
9.0
70.6 4450 16643 4792
17922
9.5
74.5 4149 15519 4469
16712
10.0
78.4 3883 14523
4181
15640
10.5
82.4 3646 13613
3920
14660
11.0
86.3 3428 12819
3691
13805
11.5
90.2 3236 12103
3485
13034
12.0
94.1 3063 11455
3298
12336
12.5
98.0 2905 10866
3129
11702
13.0
102.0 2758 10315
2970
11108
13.5
105.9 2627
9824
2829
10580
14.0
109.8 2506
9373
2699
10094
14.5
113.7 2395
8957
2579
9646
15.0
117.6 2292
8573
2469
9232
15.5
121.6 2195
8208
2364
8840
16.0
125.5 2106
7878
2268
8484
16.5
129.4 2024
7571
2180
8153
17.0
133.3 1948
7284
2097
7844
17.5
137.3 1874
7010
2018
7549
18.0
141.2 1807
6759
1946
7279
18.5
145.1 1744
6524
1878
7025
19.0
149.0 1685
6303
1815
6787
19.5
152.9 1630
6094
1755
6563
20.0
156.9 1576
5893
1697
6346
Rev.1013
9-62

All Rights Reserved
SHORT
LONG
Section 9
COLUMN
b/t = 10.67
SQUARE TUBE
4 x 4 x 3/8
r = 1.48 in.
EFFECTIVE
Kl
COLUMN LENGTH
r
(ft.)
Y
X
X
Y
A = 5.48 in2
EXTREN 500/525
EXTREN 625
6
E = 2.6 x 10 psi
E = 2.8 x 106 psi
0.5
4.1 7229 39038 7785 42041
1.0
8.1 7229 39038 7785 42041
1.5
12.2 7229 39038 7785 42041
2.0
16.2 7229 39038 7785 42041
2.5
20.3 7229 39038 7785 42041
3.0
24.3 7229 39038 7785 42041
3.5
28.4 7229 39038 7785 42041
4.0
32.4 7229 39038 7785 42041
4.5
36.5 7229 39038 7785 42041
5.0
40.5 7229 39038 7785 42041
5.5
44.6 7229 39038 7785 42041
Fa' (psi) Pa(lbs) Fa' (psi) Pa(lbs)
6.0
48.6 7215 38964 7771 41961
6.5
52.7 6502 35113 7003 37814
7.0
56.8 5905 31888 6359 34341
7.5
60.8 5399 29153 5814 31395
8.0
64.9 4964 26807 5346 28869
8.5
68.9 4588 24775 4941 26681
9.0
73.0 4259 23001 4587 24770
9.5
77.0 3970 21440 4276 23089
10.0
81.1 3714 20057
4000
21600
10.5
85.1 3486 18824
3754
20272
11.0
89.2 3281 17719
3534
19082
11.5
93.2 3097 16725
3335
18010
12.0
97.3 2930 15824
3156
17041
12.5
101.4 2779 15006
2993
16161
13.0
105.4 2641 14260
2844
15357
13.5
109.4 2514 13578
2708
14622
14.0
113.5 2398 12951
2583
13947
14.5
117.6 2291 12373
2468
13325
15.0
121.6 2193 11840
2361
12750
15.5
125.7 2101 11346
2263
12218
16.0
129.7 2016 10887
2171
11724
16.5
133.8 1937 10460
2086
11265
17.0
137.8 1863 10062
2007
10836
17.5
141.9 1794
9690
1932
10435
18.0
145.9 1730
9341
1863
10060
18.5
150.0 1669
9014
1798
9708
19.0
154.1 1612
8707
1736
9377
19.5
158.1 1559
8418
1679
9066
20.0
162.1 1508
8146
1624
8772

All Rights Reserved
9-63
Rev.1013
SHORT
LONG
Section 9
COLUMN
b/t = 16.0
SQUARE TUBE
6 x 6 x 3/8
r = 2.28 in.
Y
X
X
Y
A = 8.16 in2
EFFECTIVE
EXTREN 500/525
EXTREN 625
Kl
6
COLUMN LENGTH
E = 2.6 x 10 psi
E = 2.8 x 106 psi
r
1.0
5.3 5131 41872 5526
45093
1.5
7.9 5131 41872 5526
45093
2.0
10.5 5131 41872 5526
45093
2.5
13.2 5131 41872 5526
45093
3.0
15.8 5131 41872 5526
45093
3.5
18.4 5131 41872 5526
45093
4.0
21.1 5131 41872 5526
45093
4.5
23.7 5131 41872 5526
45093
5.0
26.3 5131 41872 5526
45093
5.5
28.9 5131 41872 5526
45093
6.0
31.6 5131 41872 5526
45093
6.5
34.2 5131 41872 5526
45093
7.0
36.8 5131 41872 5526 45093
7.5
39.7 5131 41872 5526
45093
8.0
42.1 5131 41872 5526
45093
8.5
47.0 5131 41872 5526
45093
9.0
47.4 5131 41872 5526
45093
9.5
50.0 5131 41872 5526
45093
10.0
52.6 5131 41872
5526
45093
10.5
55.3 5131 41872
5526
45093
11.0
57.9 5131 41872
5526
45093
11.5
60.5 5131 41872
5526
45093
12.0
63.1 5131 41872
5526
45093
Fa' (psi) Pa(lbs) Fa'(psi) Pa(lbs)

12.5
13.0
13.5
14.0
14.5
15.0
15.5
16.0
16.5
17.0
17.5
18.0
18.5
19.0
19.5
20.0
Rev.1013
65.8 4877 39800

68.4 4635 37822
71.1 4413 36011
73.7 4209 34348
76.3 4022 32816
78.9 3848 31401
81.6 3688 30091
84.2 3538 28874
86.8 3400 27742
89.5 3270 26686
92.1 3149 25699
94.7 3036 24775
97.4 2930 23908
100.0 2830 23093
102.6 2736 22326
105.3 2648 21604
9-64
5253
4992
4753
4533
4331
4144
3971
3811
3661
3522
3392
3270
3155
3048
2947
2851
42861
40731
38781
36990
35340
33817
32406
31095
29876
28739
27676
26681
25747
24870
24044
23265

All Rights Reserved
SHORT
LONG
Section 9
COLUMN
b/t = 28.0
RECTANGULAR TUBE
7 x 4 x 1/4
r = 1.64 in.
EFFECTIVE
Kl
COLUMN LENGTH
r
(ft.)
A = 5.25 in2
EXTREN 500/525
EXTREN 625
6
E = 2.6 x 10 psi
E = 2.8 x 106 psi
0.5
3.7 3183 16715 3428 18001
1.0
7.3 3183 16715 3428 18001
1.5
11.0 3183 16715 3428 18001
2.0
14.6 3183 16715 3428 18001
2.5
18.3 3183 16715 3428 18001
3.0
22.0 3183 16715 3428 18001
3.5
25.6 3183 16715 3428 18001
4.0
29.3 3183 16715 3428 18001
4.5
32.9 3183 16715 3428 18001
5.0
36.6 3183 16715 3428 18001
5.5
40.2 3183 16715 3428 18001
6.0
43.9 3183 16715 3428 18001
6.5
47.6 3183 16715 3428 18001
7.0
51.2 3183 16715 3428 18001
7.5
54.9 3183 16715 3428 18001
8.0
58.5 3183 16715 3428 18001
8.5
62.2 3183 16715 3428 18001
9.0
65.9 3183 16715 3428 18001
9.5
69.5 3183 16715 3428 18001
10.0
73.1 3183 16715
3428
18001
10.5
76.8 3183 16715
3428
18001
11.0
80.5 3183 16715
3428
18001
11.5
84.1 3183 16715
3428
18001
12.0
87.8 3183 16715
3428
18001
Fa' (psi) Pa(lbs) Fa'(psi) Pa(lbs)
12.5
91.5 3175 16672
3420
17955
13.0
95.1 3018 15844
3250
17062
13.5
98.8 2873 15085
3094
16245
14.0
102.4 2741 14389
2951
15495
14.5
106.1 2618 13747
2820
14804
15.0
109.8 2506 13154
2698
14166
15.5
113.4 2401 12605
2586
13575
16.0
117.1 2304 12096
2481
13026
16.5
120.7 2214 11621
2384
12515
17.0
124.4 2129 11179
2293
12039
17.5
128.0 2051 10765
2208
11594
18.0
131.7 1977 10378
2129
11176
18.5
135.4 1908 10015
2054
10786
19.0
139.0 1843
9674
1984
10418
19.5
142.7 1781
9353
1919
10072
20.0
146.3 1724
9050
1857
9746
20.5
150.0 1669
8764
1798
9438
21.0
153.6 1618
8494
1742
9147
21.5
157.3 1569
8238
1690
8871
22.0
161.0 1523
7995
1640
8610
22.5
164.6 1479
7765
1593
8362
23.0
168.3 1438
7546
1548
8127
23.5
171.9 1398
7338
1505
7903
24.0
175.6 1360
7140
1465
7689
24.5
179.3 1324
6951
1426
7486
25.0
182.9 1289
6771
1389
7292
All Rights Reserved
9-65
Rev.1013
SHORT
LONG
Section 10
Plate
SECTION 10
PLATE

All Rights Reserved
10-1
Rev.0502
Section 10
Plate
SYMBOLS FOR PLATE

CW
Crosswise (transverse) to the direction of pultrusion
Modulus of elasticity (psi)
Fb
Fu
Ultimate flexural stress (psi)
Moment of inertia (in4)
LW
Lengthwise (parallel) to the direction of pultrusion
Bending moment from applied loads (lbs-in)
Section modulus (in3)
S.F. Factor of safety

a
Long dimension of rectangular plate (in)
Short dimension of rectangular plate (in)
Concentrated load (lbs/ft of width)
fb
Length of flat sheet (center to center of supports) (in)
Uniform load (lbs/ft2)
Uniform beam load (lbs/in)
Deflection (in)
Deflection due to concentrated load (in)
Deflection due to uniform load (in)
Rev.0502
10-2

All Rights Reserved
Section 10
Plate
PLATE
INTRODUCTION
EXTREN plate may be used as structural members to carry loads applied normal to the surface.
Stresses and deflections in the members may be computed by using theories applicable to beams
or to orthotropic plate behavior. Directional mechanical properties are inherent in EXTREN plate
due to the pultrusion manufacturing process.
Specific properties necessary for design are provided in Section 3 PROPERTIES OF
EXTREN. Values of various material properties are the test results of the minimum ultimate
coupon properties. The values are listed as lengthwise or crosswise relative to the direction of
motion of the plate through the forming die. The user of pultruded plate must be careful to orient
the product in a structure in the same direction as that corresponding to the direction indicated
by the property design value.
Theories and equations based on exact and approximate analysis are discussed in detail in the
Structural Plastics Design Manual Reference 2, and other reference books. For purposes of
design with EXTREN plate, the following procedures are recommended.
ONE-WAY ACTION
Supports for the plate are parallel to each other and limited to two edges of the plate. Selection
of the plate thickness for a given load and span or the determination of a load for a given plate
thickness and span can be found in the following load/deflection tables. The directional properties
of the plate used in the calculations must correspond to the alignment of the plate in the direction
of the span between the supports. For uniformly distributed loads over the surface of the plate,
it is convenient to work with a rectangular beam strip one foot wide to determine stresses and
deflections. The load tables are based on a simple span condition. Stresses and deflections for
other loading conditions, such as continuous span should be considered in accordance with
standard analytical procedures for beams.
The load/deflection tables were generated limiting the deflection to 1% of the span (l/100) and to
1/2 the thickness of the plate. Using this deflection criteria, flexural stress was never a controlling
factor. Other deflection criteria may be used at the engineers discretion.
The tables are typical values based on the strength and stiffness in the lengthwise (LW) direction.
For load values in the crosswise (CW) direction, multiply the listed load values by the ratio of
the flexural modulus in the CW direction divided by the flexural modulus in the LW direction. The
tables for 1/4 thick plate through 1 thick plate can be used for all EXTREN series as the flexural
moduli for the different series are the same.
A safety factor (S.F.) of 2.5 is used for the allowable load computations in the tables.
SAMPLE PROBLEM
A flat roof with rafters located at 2 feet on center is to be covered with EXTREN 525 plate to
support a live load of 10 pounds per square foot. Maximum allowable deflection cannot exceed
l/100 or t/2. As a trial, check 1/4 thick plate.

4
5wl4 (5)(10/12)(24)
=
= .129
6
384EI
384(1.8 x 10 )(.0156)
2
2
wl
(10/12)(24)
M =
=

8 8
= 60 lb-in
= 480 psi
M
=
S

fb =
60 lb-in
.125 in3
F

35,000 psi
Fb =
=
u

S.F. 2.5
All Rights Reserved
10-3
= 14,000 psi
Rev.0502
Section 10
Plate
Using the load/deflection tables, 1/4 thick plate will deflect .116 at the center of the span which
meets the deflection criteria of .125 on a simple span of 24 provided the plates are installed so
the lengthwise direction is perpendicular to the rafter direction. If the plates span in the crosswise
direction, deflection would be calculated as follows:
E
CW = CW
ELW
2.0
CW =
x .116 = .211
1.1
It is noted that the calculated deflection value in the above example is greater than the t/2 deflection
limit given in the load tables. The t/2 value is a reference value for the Design Engineer allowing
for discretionary judgement.
The standard plate length is 8 feet long so it could extend continuously over 4 spans. The maximum
deflection occurring at the end span for the uniform load over 4 spans with the sheets spanning
in the lengthwise direction would be as follows:
wl4
= .0065 x
=.058
EI
The above formula can be found in Section 8 FLEXURAL MEMBERS (BEAMS); Beam
Diagram and Formulas Sub-Section, Load Case 39.
TWO-WAY ACTION
When supports are located around four sides of a plate, the member deforms into a dished
configuration and the orthotropic characteristics of the material may be used to an advantage.
A limited number of solutions for specific cases are available in various technical literature for
orthotropic plates. The Structural Plastics Design Manual Reference 2 includes procedures
for determining deflections and stresses of a plate when simply supported at the four edges.
The solutions described are based on small-deflection flexural theory and provide approximate
values for maximum deflections and stresses.
The two-way load tables of this manual were computed from the recommended procedures of
Reference 2 using the values from Section 3 PROPERTIES OF EXTREN. Computed allowable
loads were based on a maximum deflection of the plate equal to one-half the thickness (t/2) of
the sheet in accordance with the theoretical limitations or l/100 of the shortest span whichever
is smaller. Since the load deflection relationship is linear, reduced deflections are proportional
to reduced values of allowable load. If plates are continuous over the support, the maximum
deflections will be smaller than t/2 for the load shown in the table. In general, the bending stresses
will be well below the flexural strength of the material.
Selected dimensions in the two-way load tables for rectangular plates should include the majority
of the combinations of sizes used for most applications. The designer may interpolate between
the sizes given in the tables to obtain the allowable loads for plate sizes not given in the table.
If unusually large spans are required, the designer is referred to Reference 2 for governing
equations and parametric charts.
Rev.0502
10-4

All Rights Reserved
Section 10
Plate
PLATE
Allowable Loads
EXTREN 500, 525 and 625
Plate spanning in Lengthwise Direction
For allowable loads when plate is spanning in crosswise direction, multiply table values by 0.55
I = 0.0156 in4/ft. of width
S = 0.125 in3/ft. of width.

LOAD/DEFLECTION TABLE

1/4 Thickness
Wt/ft2 = 2.34 lbs
Span
Inches
MAX
LOAD AT
= l /100
OR t/2
u 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
100
120
140
160 167
12 u .014 .022 .029 .036 .043 .050 .058 .065 .072 .086 .101 .115 .120

c 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 104
c .012 .017 .023 .029 .035 .040 .046 .052 .058 .069 .081 .092 .120
u 13
20
27
33
34
18 u
.047
.073
.099
.121
.125
c 10
15
20
25
32
c
.038
.058
.079
.096
.125
u 5
10
11
24 u
.058
.116
.125
c 5
10
14
c
.046
.092
.125
c
c
u
u
IS CONCENTRATED LOAD LBS/FT WIDTH

IS DEFLECTION UNDER CONCENTRATED LOAD
IS UNIFORM LOAD LBS/FT2
IS DEFLECTION UNDER UNIFORM LOAD

All Rights Reserved
10-5
Rev.0502
Section 10
Plate
PLATE
Allowable Loads
EXTREN 500, 525 and 625


3/8 Thickness
Wt/ft2 = 3.54 lbs
Span
Inches

12

18

MAX
LOAD AT
= l /100
OR t/2
u 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 200 300 400 500 562

u .004 .006 .009 .011 .013 .017 .021 .043 .064 .085 .107 .120
c 10 15 20 25 30 40 50
100
150
200
250
351
c .003 .005 .007 .009 .010 .014 .017 .034 .051 .068 .085 .120
u 20 30 40 50 60 80
100
150
167
u .022 .032 .043 .054 .065 .086 .108 .162 .180
c 15 23 30 38 45 60 75
113
156
c .017 .026 .035 .043 .052 .069 .086 .130 .180
u 10
20
30
40
50
55
24 u
.034
.068
.102
.137
.171
.188
c 10
20
30
40
50
69
c
.027
.055
.082
.109
.137
.188
u 10
20
23
30 u
.083
.167
.188
c 13
25
35
c
.067
.133
.188
u 10
11
36 u
.173
.188
c 15
20
c
.138
.188
c
c
u
u

Rev.0502
10-6

All Rights Reserved
Section 10
Plate
PLATE
Allowable Loads
EXTREN 500, 525 and 625


1/2 Thickness
Wt/ft2 = 4.68 lbs
Span
Inches
MAX
LOAD AT
= l /100
OR t/2
u 20 30 40 50 60 80
100
250
500
750
1000
1250
1333
12 u .002 .003 .004 .005 .006 .007 .009 .023 .045 .068 .090 .113 .120

c 10 15 20 25 30 40 50
125
250
370
500
625 833
c .001 .002 .003 .004 .004 .006 .007 .018 .036 .054 .072 .090 .120
u 20 30 40 50 60 80
100
250 370
18 u .009 .014 .018 .023 .027 .036 .046 .114 .180

c 15 23 30 38 45 60 75
188 370
c .007 .011 .015 .018 .022 .029 .036 .091 .180
u 20 30 40 50 60 80
100
150 167
24 u .029 .043 .058 .072 .086 .115 .144 .216 .240

c 20 30 40 50 60 80
100
150 209
c .023 .035 .046 .058 .069 .092 .115 .173 .240
u 20
30
40
50
60
71
30 u
.070
.105
.141
.176
.211
.250
c 25
38
50
63
75
111
c
.056
.084
.113
.141
.169
.250
u 10
20
30
34
36 u
.073
.146
.219
.250
c 15
30
45
65
c
.058
.117
.175
.250
u 10
18
42 u
.135
.250
c 18
40
c
.108
.250
u 10
11
48 u
.230
.250
c 20
27
c
.184
.250
c
c
u
u


All Rights Reserved
10-7
Rev.0502
Section 10
Plate
PLATE
Allowable Loads
EXTREN 500, 525 and 625


*5/8 Thickness
Wt/ft2 = 5.79 lbs
Span
Inches
MAX
LOAD AT
= l /100
OR t/2

u 100 200 300 400 500 1000
1500
2000
2500 2600
12 u .005 .009 .014 .018 .023 .046 .069 .092 .115 .120

c 50 100 150 200 250 500 750
1000
1250 1622
c .004 .007 .011 .015 .018 .037 .055 .074 .092 .120

u 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 768
18 u .023 .047 .070 .093 .117 .140 .163 .180

c 75 150 225 300 375 450 525 723
c .019 .037 .056 .075 .093 .112 .131 .180

u 20 40 100 200 300 326
24 u .015 .030 .074 .148 .221 .240

c 20 40 100 200 300 407
c .012 .024 .059 .118 .177 .240
u 20
40
60
100
150
167
30 u .036 .072 .108 .180 .270 .300
c 25
50
75
125
188
260
c .029 .058 .086 .144 .216 .300
u 20
40
60
80 84
36 u
.075
.149
.224
.299
.312
c 30
60
90
120
157
c
.060
.120
.179
.239
.312
u 10
20
30
40 45
42 u
.069
.138
.208
.277
.312
c 18
35
53
70 99
c
.055
.111
.166
.221
.312
u 10
20 27
48 u
.118
.236
.312
c 20
40 66
c
.094
.189
.312
u 10 17
54 u
.189
.312
c 23 47
c
.151
.312
u 10 11
60 u
.288
.312
c 25 34
c
.231
.312
c
c
u
u

* Non-stock size subject to mill run requirement.
Rev.0502
10-8

All Rights Reserved
Section 10
Plate
PLATE
Allowable Loads
EXTREN 500, 525 and 625

MAX
LOAD AT
Span
3/4 Thickness
Wt/ft2 = 6.94 lbs
= l /100
Inches
OR t/2

u 100 200 400 600 800
1000
1500
2000 3000 4000 4499
12 u .003 .005 .011 .016 .021 .027 .040 .053 .080 .107 .120

c 50 100 200 300 400 500 750
1000 1500 2000 2804
c .002 .004 .009 .013 .017 .021 .032 .043 .064 .085 .120

u 100 200 400 600 800
1000
1200 1333
18 u .013 .027 .054 .081 .108 .135 .162 .180

c 75 150 300 450 600 750 900 1250
c .011 .022 .043 .065 .086 .108 .130 .180

u 50 100 200 300 400 500 563
24 u .021 .043 .085 .128 .171 .213 .240

c 50 100 200 300 400 500 702
c .017 .034 .068 .102 .136 .171 .240

u 50 100 150 200 250 288
30 u .052 .104 .156 .208 .260 .300

c 63 125 188 250 313 450
c .042 .083 .125 .167 .208 .300

u 50 75 100 125 150 167
36 u .108 .162 .216 .270 .324 .360

c 75 113 150 188 225 313
c .086 .130 .173 .216 .259 .360
u 20
40
60
80 94
42 u
.080
.160
.240
.320
.375
c 35
70
105
140
205
c
.064
.128
.192
.256
.375
u 20
30
40 55
48 u
.136
.205
.273
.375
c 40
60
80
138
c
.109
.164
.218
.375
u 10
20
30 34
54 u
.109
.219
.328
.375
c 23
45
68 97
c
.087
.175
.262
.375
u 10
20 22
60 u
.167
.333
.375
c 25
50 71
c
.133
.267
.375
c
c
u
u


All Rights Reserved
10-9
Rev.0502
Section 10
Plate
PLATE
Allowable Loads
EXTREN 500, 525 and 625


*1 Thickness
Wt/ft2 = 9.27 lbs
Span
Inches
MAX
LOAD AT
= l /100
OR t/2

u 100 200 400 600 800 1000 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 10677
12 u .001 .002 .005 .007 .009 .011 .023 .045 .068 .090 .113 .120

c 50 100 200 300 400 500 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6667
c .001 .002 .004 .005 .007 .009 .018 .036 .054 .072 .090 .120

u 100 200 400 600 800 1000 2000 3000 3158
18 u .006 .011 .023 .034 .046 .057 .114 .171 .180

c 75 150 300 450 600 750 1500 2250 2956
c .005 .009 .018 .027 .036 .046 .091 .137 .180

u 100 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1333
24 u .018 .036 .072 .108 .144 .180 .216 .240

c 100 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1667

c .014 .029 .058 .086 .115 .144 .173 .240

u 100 200 300 400 500 600 682
30 u .044 .088 .132 .176 .220 .264 .300

c 125 250 375 500 625 750 1068
c .035 .070 .105 .141 .176 .211 .300

u 50 100 150 200 250 300 396
36 u .046 .091 .137 .182 .228 .273 .360

c 75 150 225 300 375 450 740
c .036 .073 .109 .146 .182 .219 .360

u 50 75 100 125 150 200 248
42 u .084 .127 .169 .211 .253 .338 .420

c 88 132 175 219 263 350 544
c .068 .101 .135 .169 .203 .270 .420
u 20 40 60 80 100 150 167
48 u .058 .115 .173 .230 .288 .432 .480

c 40 80 120 160 200 300 416
c .046 .092 .138 .184 .230 .346 .480
u 20 40 60 80 100 108
54 u .092 .185 .277 .369 .461 .500
c
45
90
135
180
225
305
c .074 .148 .221 .295 .369 .500
u
20
40
60 71
60 u
.141
.281
.422
.500
c
50
100
150
222
c
.113
.225
.338
.500
c
c
u
u

Rev.0502
10-10
*Non-stock size subject to mill run requirement.

All Rights Reserved
Section 10
Plate
PLATE
Allowable Loads For Two-Way Design
EXTREN 500, 525 and 625
Allowable loads produce a deflection of t/2 or l/100
whichever is less.

Plate
Dimensions

in.

b a
Reinforcement Direction 1-1

Plate Thickness - in.
Reinforcement Direction 2-2

Plate Thickness - in.
1 3/4 5/8 1/2

3/8 1 3/4 5/8
1/2 3/8
18 36 2727 1258 711 355

151 3896 1798 1016 508 216

24 48 1211 506 294 151
49
1731 724 421
216 71

30 60 619 261 151 64
20

36 72 359 151 75 31

42 84 225 85 41 16

48
96 151 50 24

18 18 9473 4390 2465 1232
546 9473 4390 2465
1232 546
24 24 4210 1751 1021 524
172 4210 1751 1021 524 172

30 30 2142 909 526 223
70
2142 909 526
223 70

36 36 1241 521 262 107
34
1241 521 262
107 34

42 42 777 295 142 58 777 295 142 58

48 48 524 173 83 34 524 173 83 34
18 27 3599 1680 954 475
203 5142 2400 1364 679 290

24 36 1622 679 390 202
66
2318 970 558
289 95

30 45 829 350 202 86
27
1185 501 289
123 39

36 54 484 203 101 41
12

42 63 302 114 54 22

48 72 202 66 32 12


All Rights Reserved
10-11
Rev.0502
Section 10
Plate
PLATE
SAFPLATE FIBERGLASS GRITTED PLATE
SAFPLATE is the trade name for a proprietary line of pultruded fiberglass gritted plate produced
by Strongwell. SAFPLATE is composed of EXTREN pultruded fiberglass plate with an epoxy
coated anti-skid grit surface. The standard product line is produced in 4-ft. x 8-ft. panels of
EXTREN Series 525 (slate gray) plate, fiberglass reinforced polyester with fire retardant. The
standard grit surface is a silica gradation of 35 to 50 mesh.
SAFPLATE is available in all standard EXTREN plate thicknesses: 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8, 1/2,
3/4. The allowable loads are the same as those listed in this section for EXTREN plate. Typical
properties of EXTREN plate apply to standard SAFPLATE (see Section 4 PROPERTIES
OF EXTREN).
SAFPLATE is available as solid plate or bonded to DURADEK/DURAGRID grating. See
Section 14 FIBERGLASS GRATING.
SAFPLATE can be customized to meet the requirements of a variety of applications.
Options include:
Choice of grit surface In addition to the standard grit surface, an extra coarse grit
(angular, sharp edged quartz 14-25 mesh gradation) or a fine grit (round grain sand 70100 mesh gradation) may be requested.
Choices of resin system Standard SAFPLATE is EXTREN Series 525, but EXTREN
Series 500 polyester and Series 625 fire retardant vinyl ester are available upon request.
Custom colors available for large quantities.
The skid resistance of SAFPLATE tested for static coefficient of friction per ASTM D-2047,
resulted in average test results of 0.99 for SAFPLATE with extra-coarse grit and 0.95 for
SAFPLATE with standard grit. This exceeds the typical requirements of 0.50 recommended
by OSHA for walking surfaces and The American Disabilities Act (ADA) requirement of 0.60 for
accessible routes and 0.80 for ramps.
Rev.0502
10-12

All Rights Reserved
Section 11
SECTION 11
FIBREBOLT
STUDS AND NUTS

All Rights Reserved
11-1
Rev.0502
Section 11
FIBREBOLT STUDS AND NUTS

STANDARD COLORBROWN
SHAPEHEX
For structural applications
where mechanical fasteners
must not only be strong, but
also non-corrosive and/or
non-conductive, FIBREBOLT
fiberglass studs and nuts can be
used in place of steel or other
metal fasteners.
FIBREBOLT is being utilized
in chemical process equipment,
air and water pollution control
equipment, marine applications
electrical equipment and in
general industry.
FIBREBOLT is available in
diameters of 3/8, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4
and 1 with nuts for immediate
delivery. Four foot lengths are
standard. Other lengths are
available on request. Custom
partial length threading is also
available on request.
Properties

3/8
16 UNC
1/2
13 UNC
5/8
11 UNC
3/4
10 UNC
1
8 UNC
Ultimate thread shear

using Strongwell
fiberglass nut (lb.)
1,350 2,400 3,790 5,150 9600
Max ultimate tensile

load using Strongwell
fiberglass nut (lb.)
1,050 2,000 3,100 4,500 6,500
Max ultimate tensile

load using two (2)
Strongwell fiberglass
nuts (lb.)
1,470 2,800 4,340 6,300 9,700
Transverse shear on
threaded rod double
shear ASTM B-565 (min.
load lb.)

Transverse shear on
threaded rod single
shear (min. load lb.)
1,600 2,600 3,800 6,200 15,000
Compressive strength
longitudinal ASTM-D-695
(min. psi)
60,000 60,000 60,000 60,000 60,000
Flexural strength ASTMD-790 (min. psi )
50,000 50,000 50,000 50,000 50,000
3,000 5,000 7,500 12,000 22,000
Flexural modulus ASTMD-790 (min. psi x 106)
2.0 2.0 2.0 2.50 2.75
Recommended maximum
installation torque strength
using Strongwell fiberglass
nut lubricated with SAE
10W30 motor oil (ft./lbs.)
Dielectric strength ASTM-
D-149 (kv/in.)
Water absorption 24 hr.
immersionthreaded
ASTM-D-570 (%)
4 8 16 24 50
35 35 35 35 35
1 1 1 1 1
Coefficient of thermal
expansionlongitudinal
(in/in/F) 5x10-6 5x10-6 5x10-6 5x10-6 5x10-6
Max recommended
operation temp based
on 50% retention of
ultimate thread shear
strength C (F)
95C 95C 95C 95C 95C

(203F) (203F) (203F) (203F) (203F)
Stud weight (lb./ft.)
0.07 0.12 0.18 0.28 0.50
Thickness of nut & washer
3/4
7/8
1-1/8
1-1/4
1-5/8
Flammability ASTM D635

Self-Extinguishing on All

NOTE:
All test results are for bolts with single nuts only. Proper safety factors should be
applied to assembly.
Properties above do not apply when fiberglass stud is used with metal nut.
Appropriate safety factors must be applied.
Ultimate strength values are averages obtained in design testing.
New property categories added to better clarify stud thread shear properties.
Strength values are minimums derived from multiple production sample testing.
Rev.0502
11-2

All Rights Reserved
Section 11
FIBREBOLT STUDS AND NUTS USERS GUIDE

FIBREBOLT studs are pultruded, fiberglass reinforced vinyl ester threaded rods and thermoplastic
hex-shaped nuts. The properties and characteristics of FIBREBOLT differ from steel. Failure
to follow the procedure below can result in damage and/or premature failure to the stud/nut
assembly.
PROCEDURE
1) Verify that the nuts and studs are well lubricated. If the nuts are to be removed during the
application, lubrication is a necessity. A light oil, dry lubricants, and silicone sprays are all
satisfactory. Lubricants should be used in small quantities.
2) Bearing surfaces of the nuts must be parallel to the surfaces being fastened.
3) A torque wrench must be used.
The table below gives the ultimate and recommended maximum installation torque.

Size

3/8-16 UNC

1/2-13 UNC

5/8-11 UNC

3/4-10 UNC

1-8 UNC
INSTALLATION TORQUE TABLE

Ultimate Torque
Strength
8 ft-lbs.
18 ft-lbs.
35 ft-lbs.
50 ft-lbs.
110 ft-lbs.
Recommended Maximum
Installation Torque
4 ft-lbs.
8 ft-lbs.
16 ft-lbs.
24 ft-lbs.
50 ft-lbs.
4) Wrenches must make full contact with all nut edges. Partial contact will cause the corners to
fracture, affecting the performance of the stud/nut assembly. A standard six point socket is
recommended.
5) Whenever possible, the stud/nut assembly should be bonded to insure that the nuts do not
loosen. The recommended bonding technique is to secure the nut to the proper torque value,
then coat the entire nut and exposed stud assembly with a thick layer of adhesive or resin
(this step is for assemblies in which the nut will not be subsequently removed).
6) Values reported in the FIBREBOLT properties data sheet on the previous page were
obtained for static conditions. Vibration should be eliminated or minimized in applications
utilizing FIBREBOLT.
CAUTION
1) All data regarding the FIBREBOLT stud and nut assembly has been generated from
tests involving only fiberglass nuts. No data has been generated for metal nuts. If metal
nuts are used, strengths will be reduced because of less thread engagement. If metal
nuts are used, extreme care should be taken to assure that the threads match and that
a snug fit is achieved.
2) The FIBREBOLT stud has cut, not molded threads. Threads that will be exposed
to environments that might attack the glass reinforcements should be sealed after
installation. If removal of the nut is anticipated, a very thin (1 mil) sprayed-on coat
of polyurethane will normally be effective. Heavier coats of polyurethane, resin, or
adhesive are recommended where possible.

All Rights Reserved
11-3
Rev.0502
Section 11
FIBREBOLT STUDS AND NUTS USERS GUIDE

FIBREBOLT NUTS
The hex shaped thermoplastic nut in Strongwells FIBREBOLT fastener system is manufactured
from fiberglass reinforced PPS resin. The standard color is brown.
NOTE: FIBREBOLT studs and nuts should be used together as a system to assure proper fit
and properties. Interchange with other manufacturers bolt or nut is not intended or assured.
B
LOGO
IB
3
4
REB OL
3
4
NUT SIZE NOM.
FIBREBOLT NUT
HEX NUT DIMENSIONS

NUT SIZE
NOM.
3/8 16 UNC
1/2 13 UNC
5/8 11 UNC
3/4 10 UNC
1 8 UNC
Rev.0502
WIDTH ACROSS
NOM. WIDTH THICKNESS
FLATS A
ACROSS FLATS
B
.745
.870
1.057
1.245
1.620
3/4
7/8
1-1/16
1-1/4
1-5/8
11-4
5/8
3/4
15/16
1-1/16
1-3/8
WASHER
WASHER
DIA. C THICKNESS D
1
1-1/8
1-5/16
1-1/2
2
1/8
1/8
3/16
3/16
1/4

All Rights Reserved
SECTION 12 - FIBERGLASS GRATING

Table of Contents
Introduction to DURADEK .............................................. 12-2
Introduction to DURAGRID & DURAGRID Phenolic..... 12-3
Evolution of Pultruded Grating.......................................... 12-4
Grating Series and Panel Sizes........................................ 12-6
DURADEK Stair Treads and Landings........................... 12-7
How to Specify DURADEK Grating................................. 12-8
Load / Deflection Tables

DURADEK Grating:
DURAGRID PHENOLIC Grating:
DURADEK I-6000 1....................................................... 12-9
DURAGRID PHENOLIC I-6000 1-1/2.......................... 12-21
DURADEK I-6000 1-1/2............................................... 12-10

DURADEK T-5000 2.................................................... 12-11
DURAGRID Heavy Duty Grating:

DURAGRID HD-6000 1............................................... 12-22
DURAGRID Grating:
DURAGRID HD-6000 1-1/4......................................... 12-23
DURAGRID T-3500 1.................................................. 12-12
DURAGRID HD-6000 1-1/2......................................... 12-24
DURAGRID T-1800 1.................................................. 12-13
DURAGRID HD-6000 1-3/4......................................... 12-25
DURAGRID I-4000 1................................................... 12-14
DURAGRID HD-6000 2............................................... 12-26
DURAGRID I-6000 1-1/4............................................. 12-15
DURAGRID HD-6000 2-1/4......................................... 12-27
DURAGRID I-4000 1-1/4............................................. 12-16
DURAGRID HD-6000 2-1/2......................................... 12-28
DURAGRID I-4000 1-1/2............................................. 12-17

DURAGRID T-3300 2.................................................. 12-18
DURAGRID ECONOMY Grating:

DURAGRID ECONOMY 5000 1.................................. 12-19
DURAGRID ECONOMY 5000 1-1/2............................ 12-20
Section 12
Fiberglass Grating
SECTION 12
FIBERGLASS GRATING

All Rights Reserved
12-1
Rev.1014
Section 12
Fiberglass Grating
DURADEK FIBERGLASS GRATING

INTRODUCTION TO DURADEK
DURADEK fiberglass grating is a pultruded bar type grating manufactured by Strongwell-Chatfield
Division. This grating can be designed and used like traditional metal grates. The individual bearing
bars are either I bar or T bar shapes chosen for their economy and efficiency of design.
Two colors (yellow and gray) are the standard available colors.
DURADEK fiberglass grating is produced in fire retardant polyester resin. This resin is a premium
grade fire retardant polyester with antimony trioxide added. This system exceeds the requirements
for Class 1 flame rating of 25 or less per ASTM E-84 and meets the self-extinguishing requirements
of ASTM D-635. The bars with this resin have a surfacing veil and a U.V. inhibitor for U.V. protection.
This resin is available in either yellow or gray and identified as YFRPE or GFRPE.
Also available as an option is a premium grade vinyl ester resin for severe corrosion applications.
Vinyl ester has better resistance to caustic and certain acid environments than polyester resin.
This resin also meets the ASTM E-84 Class 1 flame rating. The bars made with this resin have
a surfacing veil and a U.V. inhibitor for U.V. protection. This resin is available in either yellow or
gray and identified as YFRVE or GFRVE.
Strongwell has also formulated a special resin which has been used on many projects. This
resin is a premium grade isophthalic polyester which is chemical resistant, but does not meet
the ASTM E-84 Class 1 flame rating. This resin system is available in white only and identified
as WISO. It is available on special request. Corrosion information for these resins is listed in
Section 23 CORROSION RESISTANCE GUIDE. Other special resin systems and colors will
be considered upon request.
Each bearing bar is reinforced by a core of densely packed continuous glass fibers wrapped by
a continuous glass mat plus a synthetic surfacing veil which provides a 100% pure resin surface
for added corrosion resistance. The densely packed core makes the bars very rigid and strong
in the longitudinal direction. The continuous glass mat gives the bar strength in the transverse
direction to protect them from chipping, cracking and lineal fracturing along with giving each bar
a resin-rich surface.
The bearing bars are assembled into panels of grating by a unique patented* cross-rod system.
The cross-rod system consists of two continuous pultruded spacer bars and a center core wedge.
The spacers are notched at each bearing bar so the bars are both mechanically locked and
chemically bonded to the web of each bearing bar. The wedge is, in turn, bonded to the spacers
to form a strong and rigid cross-rod support system that resists twist, prevents lateral movement
of the bearing bars, and transfers load from one bar to the next.
The cross-rod support system allows DURADEK grating to be cut and fabricated like a solid
sheet. Just coat the cut end with a resin sealer and install. If more installation information is
needed, ask for Strongwells Grating Field Fabrication Guide.
The top of the DURADEK grating is covered with a permanently bonded, grit-baked epoxy,
anti-skid surface. This surface assures a safe, anti-skid walkway.
* U.S. Patent No. 4,522,009
Canadian Patent No. 1,211,270
Rev.1014
12-2

All Rights Reserved
Section 12
Fiberglass Grating
DURAGRID & DURAGRID PHENOLIC FIBERGLASS GRATING

INTRODUCTION TO DURAGRID AND DURAGRID PHENOLIC
DURAGRID Custom Fiberglass Grids and Grating
DURAGRID is the registered product tradename for the non-standard, non-stocked pultruded
grating manufactured by Strongwell. Strongwell can custom manufacture grid or grating systems
to accommodate specific plant applications that cannot effectively be met by a standard line of
fiberglass grating. DURAGRID offers such options as selection of open space, bar shape, cross
rod placement, custom fabrication, custom resin or color. Often a grid or grating system tailored
to the demands of a specific application will not only do the job better, but also be more cost
effective than trying to adapt standard grating to a specific situation.
Data on some of the more common custom gratings are included herein. Refer to the load/
deflection tables for selection.
DURAGRID Phenolic
DURAGRID Phenolic is a fire resistant pultruded grating manufactured by Strongwell-Chatfield
Division using phenolic resin, and continuous glass fibers wrapped by a continuous strand glass
mat. DURAGRID Phenolic grating generates much less smoke and toxic fumes when exposed
to fire than traditional FRP products. DURAGRID Phenolic grating meets or exceeds USA Fire
Safety Standards. It is approved and acceptable for use in locations and applications in Coast
Guard PFM 2-98 for fire retardant FRP grating meeting structural fire integrity Level 2.
DURAGRID Phenolic Technical Data
ASTM D635-77
Flammability Rate cm/min.
<1
ASTM E84
Flame Spread Index
Smoke Index
10
10
UL-94 VO

All Rights Reserved
12-3
Rev.1014
Section 12
Fiberglass Grating
EVOLUTION OF PULTRUDED GRATING

THE FRP GRATING MARKET
The pultrusion process has been responsible for the advancement and expansion of the Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) grating market. This was not possible with other manufacturing
processes. The basic needs of floor grating established the need for FRP grating. The evolution
of the FRP grating market created a demand for pultruded grating. Grating made from pultruded
components is able to provide the many options that the market demands.
THE FIRST GENERATION OF FRP GRATING

The first generation of FRP grating was by the hand lay-up method. It was composed of resin
saturated rovings laid up in a criss-cross pattern to form a grating without the use of a mold.
The advantages of this grating were that it was nonmetallic, corrosion-resistant and had a
resin-rich surface. The lay-up method allowed versatility in size and strength. The disadvantages were that it was very labor intensive, it had rectangular bearing bars and low glass content
which lead to high deflections and quality was poor with many voids and a rough appearance.
The resin-rich surface at the corners, allowed fast surface wear and chipping. Ultraviolet deterioration was also a problem.
THE SECOND GENERATION OF FRP GRATING

The second generation of fiberglass grating is by the open mold method. The composite is composed
of unidirectional glass fiber rovings and resin. This method is similar to the hand lay-up method but
now a mold is used. It has the advantages of having a resin-rich surface, a better appearance and
lower labor cost. The disadvantage is that a mold limits the versatility in size and strength. It has
rectangular bearing bars and a low glass content which leads to high deflections and voids are a
problem. It still has resin-rich surfaces at the corners which allow fast surface wear and chipping. A
grit surface can be molded into the product for skid resistance but it can chip off easily. Ultraviolet
deterioration can be improved only with a UV inhibitor.
THE THIRD GENERATION OF FRP GRATING

The third generation of FRP grating is by the compression molded method. This method is an improvement over the open mold method and gives a resin-rich surface. Because it is compression molded,
it has a higher glass content which leads to less deflection than open molded grating. It has fewer
and smaller voids and a better wearing surface. The top corners are molded and less susceptible to
chipping. The disadvantage is that it is made in a mold and therefore does not offer the versatility in
size and bar shape. Fiber content is not ideal and results in the need to use excessive amounts of
material to achieve the desired strength and stiffness values. A skid-resistant surface must be applied
as a secondary operation. Ultraviolet deterioration can be improved only with a UV inhibitor.
THE FOURTH GENERATION OF FRP GRATING

The fourth generation of FRP grating is made using pultruded components. The first pultruded FRP
grating was made from an all unidirectional roving and resin composite. It had the advantages of
using an engineered shape I bar for material savings. It had a much higher glass content (up
to 70% glass) which made a much stronger part with less deflection. The pultrusion process
eliminates the voids and improves quality. Because the bars can be cut to any length and located
at any spacing, versatility in size and length is unlimited. The high strength of pultruded grating allows the use of the same depth as would be used with metal grating, and in most cases,
without adding additional supports. The disadvantage of the first pultruded grating is that it had
a less resin-rich surface and, therefore, lower corrosion resistance. Because it was made from
all unidirectional rovings, it could split along the fibers. The method of assembling the bars did
not provide good structural integrity, as the bars would loosen up and shift on the cross rods. The
high glass content at the surface made ultraviolet deterioration a problem.
Rev.1014
12-4

All Rights Reserved
Section 12
Fiberglass Grating
EVOLUTION OF PULTRUDED GRATING

THE FIFTH GENERATION OF FRP GRATING
Up to this point, some people believed that if you wanted a grating that had good corrosion
resistance and was easy to fabricate, use molded grating. It you wanted a grating that required
high strength, but lower corrosion resistance, use a pultruded grating. This line of reasoning is
no longer true. Strongwell Chatfield Division, has evolved the pultruded grating design and
assembling process to the point that you can now have the best of both in a variety of pultruded
grating.
Each bearing bar that Strongwell manufactures is reinforced by a core of densely packed, continuous glass fibers wrapped by a continuous glass mat, plus a synthetic surfacing veil. The core
of continuous glass fibers gives the longitudinal strength and stiffness. The continuous glass
mat gives the bars strength in the transverse direction to protect them from chipping, cracking
and lineal fracturing. This mat allows you to optimize the cross-sectional design to achieve the
best stiffness and strength from the least amount of material. The synthetic surfacing veil encapsulates the bar in a 100% resin surface, which provides excellent corrosion resistance and
protection from UV exposure. The average resin to glass ratio of the composite is no longer a
gauge of corrosion resistance. Location and placement of the glass and resin is the real gauge
of corrosion resistance.
The bearing bars are assembled into panels of grating by a unique cross-rod system. The crossrod support system consists of two continuous, pultruded spacer bars and a center core wedge.
The spacers are notched at each bearing bar so the bars are both mechanically locked and
chemically bonded to the web of each bearing bar. The wedge is, in turn, bonded to the spacers
to form a strong and rigid cross-rod support system that resists twist, prevents lateral movement
of the bearing bars, and transfers load from one bar to the next. The cross-rod system allows
the grating panels to be cut and fabricated like a solid sheet. This cross-rod system also allows
unlimited selection in spacing of bearing bars.
The variety of bearing bars, along with the engineered location and placement of the reinforcements, surfacing veil and resin, gives the end user the widest product choice available. No other
manufacturing process can offer the corrosion resistance or product options as economically.

All Rights Reserved
12-5
Rev.1014
Section 12
Fiberglass Grating
GRATING SERIES AND PANEL SIZES

The following table lists the standard DURADEK grating series that are available along with
some of the most common custom grating series. More detailed load/deflection tables are listed
at the end of this section.

WIDTH WIDTH
SPAN

OF TOP OF OPEN % OPEN APPROX.
(See Note
SERIES FLANGE SPACE AREA WEIGHT RESIN COLOR Below)
DURADEK

I-6000 1
0.6
0.9
60%
2.4 lbs/sq.ft.
FRPE
Yellow
43

FRVE
or Gray

I-6000 1-1/2
0.6
0.9
60%
3.0 lbs/sq. ft.

FRPE
FRVE
Yellow
or Gray
56

T-5000 2
1.0
1.0
50%
3.1 lbs/sq. ft.

DURAGRID (most common series)

T-3500 1
1.625
.775
35%
2.3 lbs/sq.ft.

FRPE
FRVE
Yellow
or Gray
64
FRPE
FRVE
Yellow
or Gray
39

T-1800 1
1.625
.375
18%
2.6 lbs/sq.ft.

FRPE
FRVE
Yellow
or Gray
41

I-4000 1
0.6
0.4
40%
3.4 lbs/sq.ft.

FRPE
FRVE
Yellow
or Gray
48

I-6000 1-1/4
0.6
0.9
60%
2.7 lbs/sq.ft.
FRVE

Yellow
or Gray
48

I-4000 1-1/4
0.6
0.4

Yellow
or Gray
54
40%
3.9 lbs/sq.ft.
FRVE

I-4000 1-1/2
0.6
0.4
40%
4.2 lbs/sq. ft.

FRPE
FRVE
Yellow
or Gray
62

T-3300 2
1.0
0.5
33%
3.9 lbs/sq. ft.

FRPE
FRVE
Yellow
or Gray
69
Note: When a 100 pounds per square foot uniform load is placed upon a simple span of this dimension, it will
produce a deflection of 1/4 at midspan.
Maximum Panel Size 60 x 240

.5X
Widths
3.0'
4.0'
or
5.0'
.5X
Standard
Cross Tie Rods
on 6" Centers
Lengths, 8.0', 10.0', 12.0' or 20.0'
(Bearing Bar)
DURADEK grating panels are built with bearing bars up to 240 inches in length and widths
up to 60 inches. Standard panel sizes are listed above. These sizes are generally available in
the three standard DURADEK series to be shipped in 48 hours from various locations in the
country. Custom grating sizes and series, other special bearing bar spacing, cross-rod spacings,
oversized panels, other colors and resins will be considered upon request. Longer lead time will
be required. UV coating is optional on all grating series.
Rev.1014
12-6

All Rights Reserved
Section 12
Fiberglass Grating
DURADEK STAIR TREADS AND LANDINGS

Stair treads and landings are produced by attaching a 2" rectangular or box shaped nosing to the leading
edge of treads or landings. This gives added strength and rigidity to the area that takes impact and abuse.
In addition, the nosing provides more surface area for skid-resistance, wear and better visibility. Exceeds
O.S.H.A. Standard 1910-24.

TREAD WIDTH
AND COLOR
STAIR TREAD
AVAILABILITY
SERIES
8", 9.5", 11"

Gray or Yellow
8", 9.5", 11"
Gray or Yellow
8", 10", 12"
Gray or Yellow
9.2", 11.6"
Gray or Yellow
8", 10", 12"
Gray or Yellow
8", 10", 12"
Gray or Yellow
8", 10", 12"
Gray or Yellow
8", 9.5", 11"
Gray or Yellow
Box shaped nosing is used for

grating with 2" depth.
2" deep rectangular shaped nosing

is used for all grating with depths of
1" and 1-1/2".
MAXIMUM SPAN FOR

300 LBS AT MIDSPAN
1/8" LESS
1/4" LESS
DEFLECTION DEFLECTION
I-6000 1"
29"
37"
I-6000 1-1/2"
40"
52"
T-5000 2"
47"
59"
T-3500 1"
26"
33"
T-1800 1"
27"
35"
I-4000 1"
31"
40"
I-4000 1-1/2"
44"
57"
T-3300 2"
50"
64"
PANEL HOLD DOWNS
Weldable 316L stainless steel insert

clips are available for all grating series,
except the T-1800 and T-3500 series.
Weldable 316L stainless steel saddle

clips are available for all grating series,
except the T-1800 and T-3500 series.
*Bolts are priced separately from the hold-down.
*Bolts are priced separately from the saddle clips.
Weldable 316L stainless steel insert

clips are available for series T-1800
and T-3500 only.
*Bolts are priced separately from the holddown.
(All bolts are 1/4-20 x 1-1/4", cap head, 316 stainless steel.)
PANEL CONNECTORS
Panel Connectors are generally only used at midspan to assist in transferring load from section to section.
316L stainless steel saddle clips are

available as panel connectors for
I-bar grating and 2" T-bar grating.
Insert clip hold-downs are available

Insert clip hold-downs are available

(All bolts are 1/4-20 x 1-1/4", cap head, 316 stainless steel.)
All Rights Reserved
12-7
Rev.1014
Section 12
Fiberglass Grating
HOW TO SPECIFY DURADEK GRATING

Fiberglass grating shall be DURADEK series-depth of grating ___________ as manufactured by
Strongwell - Chatfield Division. Resin shall be (YFRPE), (GFRPE), (YFRVE), (GFRVE). Grating
shall be able to carry a uniform distributed load of 100 pounds per square foot on a simple span
of ______ inches and not deflect more than .25 inches.*
NOTE: See Section 20 STRONGWELL SPECIFICATIONS FOR FIBERGLASS REINFORCED
POLYMER PRODUCTS AND FABRICATIONS.
* Complete load/deflection tables are listed at the end of this section.
TO ORDER DURADEK GRATING, IT WILL BE NECESSARY TO SPECIFY:

Series ( I-6000, T-5000, etc.)
Depth of Grating ( 1, 1-1/2, 2 )
Color and Resin ( YFRPE, GFRPE, YFRVE, GFRVE)
Size (width x length) **
** Width is the measurement from end to end of the cross tie rods. Length is always the bearing bar length.
Length
(Bearing Bar Length)
Width
Length
(Bearing Bar
Length)
Width
Panel Sizes Are Specified: Width x Length
SAMPLE PROBLEM
A 3 foot wide by 100 foot long walkway is to be designed using fiberglass grating. The design
load will be a uniform distributed load of 100 pounds/square foot with a maximum deflection of
.25 inches. The cross supports down the walkway are located every 43 inches. From the load/
deflection tables, you choose I-6000-1. The grating will be inside a building for a waste water
treatment plant with moderate corrosion conditions. You select the fire retardant polyester resin
and select gray color.
Rev.1014
12-8

All Rights Reserved
Section 12
Fiberglass Grating
DURADEK I-6000 1"

SERIES
BEARING BAR
THICKNESS
NO BARS
FT. WIDTH
BEARING BAR
CENTER
OPEN
SPACE
% OPEN
AREA
APPROX.
WEIGHT
RESIN
COLOR
I-6000
1.000 8 1.500
.900
60%
2.4 LBS
FRPE
YELLOW

PER
OR
OR

SQ. FT.
FRVE
GRAY
A = 2.496 IN2/FT OF WIDTH S = 0.656 IN3/FT OF WIDTH
I = 0.328 IN4/FT OF WIDTH
The modulus of elasticity will vary with span length due to the
non-homogeneous make-up of composite material (see table).
Standard crossrods at 6 or 12 on center.

Other spacings available on request.
LOAD / DEFLECTION TABLE

I-6000 1 BEARING BARS
LOAD
SPAN
INCHES 50 100 150 200 250 300 400 500 750 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000
SAFE
LOAD
2:1

SAFETY
E x 106
FACTOR DEFLECTION PSI
12
u 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.005 0.005 0.007 0.009 0.014 0.018 0.036 0.054 0.073 0.091
c 0.001 0.003 0.004 0.006 0.007 0.009 0.012 0.015 0.022 0.029 0.058 0.087 0.116 0.145
10401
5200
0.189
0.151
3.78
18
u 0.004 0.008 0.013 0.017 0.021 0.025 0.033 0.042 0.063 0.084 0.167 0.251 0.335 0.418
c 0.004 0.009 0.013 0.018 0.022 0.027 0.036 0.045 0.067 0.089 0.179 0.268 0.357 0.446
4954
3716
0.415
0.332
4.15
24
u 0.012 0.025 0.037 0.050 0.062 0.075 0.100 0.124 0.187 0.249 0.498

c 0.010 0.020 0.030 0.040 0.050 0.060 0.080 0.100 0.149 0.199 0.398 0.597
2900
2900
0.722
0.577
4.41
30
u 0.029 0.058 0.087 0.116 0.145 0.174 0.231 0.289 0.434 0.579
c 0.019 0.037 0.056 0.074 0.093 0.111 0.148 0.185 0.278 0.370

1856
2320
1.074
0.859
4.63
36
u 0.058 0.115 0.173 0.230 0.288 0.345 0.460 0.575

c 0.031 0.061 0.092 0.123 0.153 0.184 0.245 0.307 0.460 0.614
1289
1933
1.483
1.186
4.83
42
u 0.105 0.211 0.316 0.422 0.527 0.633

c 0.048 0.096 0.145 0.193 0.241 0.289 0.386 0.482

943
1649
1.989
1.591
4.88
48
u
0.176
0.353
0.529
0.705
c 0.071 0.141 0.212 0.282 0.353 0.423 0.564

719
2.534
1437 2.027
4.98
54
u
0.281
0.563
c 0.100 0.200 0.300 0.400 0.500 0.600
566
3.184
1274 2.548
5.00
NOTE: When a 100 pounds per square foot uniform load is placed upon a 43" simple span, it will produce a deflection of 1/4" at midspan.
NOTE: The red line ( ) indicates at what point the load weight has .25" deflection.
DEFLECTION AND SAFE LOAD DATA WAS CALCULATED FROM LAB TESTS CONDUCTED BY STRONGWELL - CHATFIELD DIVISION.
c
c
u
u
IS CONCENTRATED LOAD LBS/FT OF WIDTH

AVAILABLE WIDTHS (CENTERS 1.5)

WIDTH #BARS
WIDTH #BARS
WIDTH #BARS
WIDTH #BARS
WIDTH #BARS
WIDTH #BARS

3 2
13.5 9
22.5 15 33 22
42 28
52.5 35

4.5
3 15
10 24
16 34.5
23 43.5
29 54
36

6 4 16.5
11 25.5
17 36
24 45
30 55.5
37

7.5
5 18
12 27
18 37.5
25 46.5
31 57
38

9 6 19.5
13 28.5
19 39
26 48
32 58.5
39

10.5
7 21
14 30
20 40.5
27 49.5
33 60
40

12 8
31.5
21
51 34

All Rights Reserved
12-9
Rev.1014
Section 12
Fiberglass Grating
DURADEK I-6000 1"

SERIES
BEARING BAR
THICKNESS
NO BARS
FT. WIDTH
BEARING BAR
CENTER
OPEN
SPACE
% OPEN
AREA
APPROX.
WEIGHT
RESIN
COLOR
I-6000
1.500
8
1.500
.900
60%
3.0 LBS
FRPE YELLOW

PER
OR
OR

SQ. FT.
FRVE
GRAY
The modulus of elasticity will vary with span length due to the nonhomogeneous make-up of composite material (see table).


SAFE
LOAD
2:1
SAFETY
FACTOR DEFLECTION
SPAN
LOAD
INCHES
50 100 150 200 250 300 400 500 750 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000
E x 106
PSI
12
u 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.002 0.002 0.003 0.003 0.005 0.006 0.013 0.019 0.026 0.032 0.038 0.045
c 0.001 0.001 0.002 0.002 0.003 0.003 0.004 0.005 0.008 0.010 0.020 0.031 0.041 0.051 0.061 0.072
17601
8800
0.113
0.090
3.79
18
u 0.002 0.003 0.005 0.006 0.008 0.009 0.012 0.015 0.023 0.030 0.061 0.091 0.121 0.152 0.182 0.212
c 0.002 0.003 0.005 0.006 0.008 0.010 0.013 0.016 0.024 0.032 0.065 0.097 0.129 0.162 0.194 0.226
7823
5867
0.237
0.190
4.05
24
u 0.005 0.009 0.014 0.018 0.023 0.027 0.037 0.046 0.069 0.091 0.183 0.274 0.366 0.457 0.549 0.640
c 0.004 0.007 0.011 0.015 0.018 0.022 0.029 0.037 0.055 0.073 0.146 0.220 0.293 0.366 0.439 0.512
4400
4400
0.403
0.322
4.24
30
u 0.011 0.022 0.032 0.043 0.054 0.065 0.086 0.108 0.161 0.215 0.430 0.646
c 0.007 0.014 0.021 0.028 0.034 0.041 0.055 0.069 0.103 0.138 0.276 0.413 0.551

2773
3467
0.597
0.478
4.40
36
u 0.022 0.044 0.065 0.087 0.109 0.131 0.175 0.218 0.327 0.436
c 0.012 0.023 0.035 0.047 0.058 0.070 0.093 0.116 0.175 0.233 0.466

1896
2845
0.827
0.662
4.50
42
u 0.040 0.079 0.119 0.159 0.198 0.238 0.317 0.396 0.595

c 0.018 0.036 0.054 0.072 0.091 0.109 0.145 0.181 0.272 0.362

1361
2381
1.079
0.863
4.59
48
u
0.067
0.133
0.200
0.266
0.333
0.400
0.533
0.666 1017
1.354
c 0.027 0.053 0.080 0.107 0.133 0.160 0.213 0.266 0.400 0.533
2033 1.083
4.66
54
u
0.106
0.211
0.317
0.422
0.528
0.633 777
1.640
c 0.038 0.075 0.113 0.150 0.188 0.225 0.300 0.375 0.563

1748 1.312
4.71
60
u
0.160
0.320
0.480
0.639 608
1.944
c 0.051 0.102 0.153 0.205 0.256 0.307 0.409 0.512

1520 1.555
4.74
66
u
0.233
0.466 485
2.259
c
0.068
0.136
0.203
0.271
0.339
0.407
0.542
0.678 1333
1.808
4.76
c
c
u
u


WIDTH #BARS
WIDTH #BARS
WIDTH #BARS
WIDTH #BARS
WIDTH #BARS
WIDTH #BARS

3
2 13.5
9 22.5
15 33
22 42
28 52.5
35

4.5
3 15
10 24
16 34.5
23 43.5
29 54
36

6
4 16.5
11 25.5
17 36
24 45
30 55.5
37

7.5
5 18
12 27
18 37.5
25 46.5
31 57
38

9
6 19.5
13 28.5
19 39
26 48
32 58.5
39

10.5
7 21
14 30
20 40.5
27 49.5
33 60
40

12
8 31.5
21 51
34
Rev.1014
12-10

All Rights Reserved
Section 12
Fiberglass Grating
DURADEK T-5000 2"

SERIES
BEARING BAR
THICKNESS
NO BARS
FT. WIDTH
BEARING BAR
CENTER
OPEN
SPACE
% OPEN
AREA
APPROX.
WEIGHT
RESIN
COLOR

T-5000
2.000 6 2.000
1.000
50%
3.1 LBS
FRPE
YELLOW

PER
OR
OR

SQ.
FT. FRVE GRAY
0.16
1.0
1.0
A = 3.252 IN2/FT OF WIDTH ST = 1.906 IN3/FT OF WIDTH
SB = 1.495 IN3/FT OF WIDTH I = 1.676 IN4/FT OF WIDTH
2 .0
0.6
1.4
2.0
Standard crossrods at 6 on center.


T-5000 2 BEARING BARS
SAFE
LOAD
2:1
SPAN
LOAD
SAFETY
E x 106
INCHES
50 100 150 200 250 300 400 500 750 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 FACTOR DEFLECTION PSI
12
u 0.000 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.007 0.011 0.014 0.018 0.021 0.025 0.028 11333
c 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.002 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.006 0.011 0.017 0.023 0.028 0.034 0.040 0.045 5666
0.040
0.032
3.80
18
u 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.003 0.004 0.005 0.007 0.009 0.013 0.017 0.035 0.052 0.070 0.087 0.104 0.122 0.139 7536
c 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.005 0.006 0.007 0.009 0.014 0.019 0.037 0.056 0.074 0.093 0.111 0.130 0.148 5666
0.131
0.105
3.91
24
u 0.003 0.005 0.008 0.011 0.013 0.016 0.021 0.027 0.040 0.054 0.107 0.161 0.214 0.268 0.321 0.375 0.429 5666
c 0.002 0.004 0.006 0.009 0.011 0.013 0.017 0.021 0.032 0.043 0.086 0.129 0.171 0.214 0.257 0.300 0.343 5666
0.304
0.243
4.01
30
u 0.006 0.013 0.019 0.026 0.032 0.038 0.051 0.064 0.096 0.128 0.256 0.384 0.512 0.640
3626
c 0.004 0.008 0.012 0.016 0.020 0.025 0.033 0.041 0.061 0.082 0.164 0.246 0.327 0.409 0.491 0.573 0.655 4534
0.464
0.371
4.10
36
u 0.013 0.026 0.039 0.052 0.065 0.078 0.104 0.130 0.195 0.260 0.520
c 0.007 0.014 0.021 0.028 0.035 0.042 0.055 0.069 0.104 0.139 0.277 0.416 0.555 0.694
2519
3778
0.655
0.524
4.18
42
u 0.024 0.047 0.071 0.095 0.119 0.142 0.190 0.237 0.356 0.474
c 0.011 0.022 0.033 0.043 0.054 0.065 0.087 0.108 0.163 0.217 0.433 0.650
1850
3238
0.877
0.702
4.25
48
u 0.040 0.079 0.119 0.158 0.198 0.238 0.317 0.396 0.594

c 0.016 0.032 0.048 0.063 0.079 0.095 0.127 0.158 0.238 0.317 0.634
1417
2834
1.122
0.898
4.34
54
u 0.062 0.125 0.187 0.250 0.312 0.374 0.499 0.624

c 0.022 0.044 0.067 0.089 0.111 0.133 0.178 0.222 0.333 0.444
1120
2519
1.398
1.118
4.41
60
u
0.094
0.188
0.282
0.375
0.469
0.563
0.751 907
1.702
c 0.030 0.060 0.090 0.120 0.150 0.180 0.240 0.300 0.450 0.601
2267 1.361
4.47
66
u
0.136
0.272
0.408
0.544
0.679 749
2.036
c 0.040 0.079 0.119 0.158 0.198 0.237 0.316 0.395 0.593
2060 1.629
4.52
72
u
0.190
0.380
0.570 629
2.390
c 0.051 0.101 0.152 0.203 0.253 0.304 0.405 0.507
1889 1.914
4.58
78
u
0.260
0.520 536
2.788
c 0.064 0.128 0.192 0.256 0.320 0.384 0.512 0.640
1744 2.231
4.61
84
u
0.347
0.693 463
3.208
c
0.079
0.158
0.238
0.317
0.396
0.475
0.634 1619
2.566
4.65
c
c
u
u


WIDTH #BARS

4 2

6 3

8 4

10 5

12 6
WIDTH #BARS
14 7
16 8
18 9
20 10
22 11

All Rights Reserved
WIDTH #BARS
24 12
26 13
28 14
30 15
32 16
WIDTH #BARS
34 17
36 18
38 19
40 20
42 21
12-11
WIDTH #BARS
44 22
46 23
48 24
50 25
52 26
u
WIDTH #BARS
54 27
56 28
58 29
60 30
Rev.1014
Section 12
Fiberglass Grating
DURAGRID T-3500 1"

SERIES
BEARING BAR
THICKNESS
NO BARS
FT. WIDTH
BEARING BAR
CENTER
OPEN
SPACE
% OPEN
AREA
APPROX.
WEIGHT
T-3500
1.000
5
2.400
.775
35%

0.775
1.625
0.18
1.9
COLOR
2.3 LBS
FRPE
YELLOW
PER OR
OR
SQ. FT.
FRVE
GRAY
A = 2.375 IN2/FT OF WIDTH

ST = 0.753 IN3/FT OF WIDTH
SB = 0.387 IN3/FT OF WIDTH
WEIGHT/FOOT = .373 LBS/FT OF BAR
WEIGHT/FOOT = .186 LBS/FT OF CROSS ROD
1.0
0.5
RESIN
2.4
Standard crossrods at 6 or 12 on
center.

SAFE
LOAD
2:1
SAFETY
FACTOR DEFLECTION
SPAN
LOAD
INCHES
50 100 150 200 250 300 400 500 750 1000 2000 2500 3000 4000
E x 106
PSI
12
u 0.001 0.003 0.004 0.005 0.007 0.008 0.011 0.013 0.020 0.027 0.054 0.067 0.081 0.108
c 0.002 0.004 0.006 0.009 0.011 0.013 0.017 0.022 0.032 0.043 0.086 0.108 0.130 0.173
8900
4450
0.240
0.192
3.27
18
u 0.006 0.012 0.019 0.025 0.031 0.037 0.050 0.062 0.093 0.124 0.249 0.311 0.373 0.498
c 0.007 0.013 0.020 0.027 0.033 0.040 0.053 0.066 0.100 0.133 0.265 0.332 0.398 0.531
3955
2967
0.492
0.394
3.59
24
u 0.019 0.037 0.056 0.074 0.093 0.111 0.149 0.186 0.279 0.372

c 0.015 0.030 0.045 0.059 0.074 0.089 0.119 0.149 0.223 0.297 0.594
2225
2225
0.827
0.661
3.80
30
u 0.043 0.086 0.129 0.172 0.215 0.259 0.345 0.431 0.646

c 0.028 0.055 0.083 0.110 0.138 0.165 0.221 0.276 0.414 0.551
1411
1763
1.216
0.972
4.00
36
u 0.087 0.173 0.260 0.347 0.434 0.520 0.694

c 0.046 0.093 0.139 0.185 0.231 0.278 0.370 0.463

964
1447
1.672
1.338
4.12
42
u
0.154
0.309
0.463
0.617
c 0.071 0.141 0.212 0.282 0.353 0.423 0.564

694
2.142
1215 1.714
4.29
48
u
0.258
0.517
c
0.103
0.207
0.310
0.414
0.517
0.620
521
2.692
1042
2.154
4.37
c
c
u
u


WIDTH #BARS
WIDTH #BARS

4.8 2

7.2
3

9.6
4

12
5
Rev.1014
WIDTH #BARS
14.4 6
16.8
7
19.2
8
21.6
9
WIDTH #BARS
WIDTH #BARS
WIDTH #BARS
24 10
33.6 14
43.2 18
52.8 22
26.4
11 36
15 45.6
19 55.2
23
28.8
12 38.4
16 48
20 57.6
24
31.2
13 40.8
17 50.4
21 60
25
12-12

All Rights Reserved
Section 12
Fiberglass Grating
DURAGRID T-1800 1"

SERIES
BEARING BAR
THICKNESS
NO BARS
FT. WIDTH
BEARING BAR
CENTER
OPEN
SPACE
% OPEN
AREA
APPROX.
WEIGHT
RESIN
COLOR

T-1800
1.000 6 2.000
.375
18%
2.6 LBS
FRPE
YELLOW

PER
OR
OR

SQ. FT.
FRVE
GRAY
0.375
1.625
0.18

I = 0.306 IN4/FT OF WIDTH SB = 0.464 IN3/FT OF WIDTH
1.0
0.5
1.5
2.0


SAFE
LOAD
2:1
SAFETY
E x 106
SPAN
LOAD
INCHES
50 100 150 200 250 300 400 500 750 1000 2000 2500 3000 4000
12
u 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.006 0.007 0.009 0.011 0.017 0.022 0.045 0.056 0.067 0.090
c 0.002 0.004 0.005 0.007 0.009 0.011 0.014 0.018 0.027 0.036 0.072 0.090 0.108 0.144
10680 0.240
5340 0.192
3.27
18
u 0.005 0.010 0.016 0.021 0.026 0.031 0.041 0.052 0.078 0.104 0.207 0.259 0.311 0.415
c 0.006 0.011 0.017 0.022 0.028 0.033 0.044 0.055 0.083 0.111 0.221 0.277 0.332 0.442
4746 0.492
3560 0.394
3.59
24
u 0.015 0.031 0.046 0.062 0.077 0.093 0.124 0.155 0.232 0.310 0.619
c 0.012 0.025 0.037 0.050 0.062 0.074 0.099 0.124 0.186 0.248 0.495 0.619
2670
2670
0.827
0.661
3.80
30
u 0.036 0.072 0.108 0.144 0.180 0.215 0.287 0.359 0.539 0.718
c 0.023 0.046 0.069 0.092 0.115 0.138 0.184 0.230 0.345 0.460
1693
2116
1.216
0.972
4.00
36
u 0.072 0.145 0.217 0.289 0.361 0.434 0.578 0.723

c 0.039 0.077 0.116 0.154 0.193 0.231 0.308 0.385 0.578
1157
1736
1.673
1.338
4.12
42
u
0.129
0.257
0.386
0.514
0.643
c 0.059 0.118 0.176 0.235 0.294 0.353 0.470 0.588
833
2.143
1458 1.714
4.29
48
u
0.215
0.431
0.646
c 0.086 0.172 0.258 0.345 0.431 0.517 0.689
625
2.692
1250 2.154
4.37
c
c
u
u


WIDTH #BARS
WIDTH #BARS

4 2

6 3

8 4

10 5

12
6

WIDTH #BARS
14 7
16 8
18 9
20 10
22
11

All Rights Reserved
WIDTH #BARS
WIDTH #BARS
WIDTH #BARS
24 12 34 17 44 22 54 27
26 13 36 18 46 23 56 28
28 14 38 19 48 24 58 29
30 15 40 20 50 25 60 30
32
16 42
21 52
26
12-13
Rev.1014
Section 12
Fiberglass Grating
DURAGRID I-4000 1"

SERIES
BEARING BAR
THICKNESS
NO BARS
FT. WIDTH
BEARING BAR
CENTER
OPEN
SPACE
% OPEN
AREA
APPROX.
WEIGHT
RESIN
COLOR
I-4000
1.000
12
1.000
.400
40%
3.4 LBS
FRPE YELLOW

PER
OR
OR

SQ. FT.
FRVE
GRAY

LOAD
SPAN
50 100 150 200 250 300 400 500 750 1000 2000 2500 3000 4000 5000 6000
INCH-
SAFE
LOAD
2:1
SAFETY
E x 106
12
u 0.001 0.001 0.002 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.005 0.006 0.009 0.012 0.024 0.030 0.036 0.048 0.060 0.073
c 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.005 0.006 0.008 0.010 0.015 0.019 0.039 0.048 0.058 0.077 0.097 0.116
15600
7800
18
u 0.003 0.006 0.008 0.011 0.014 0.017 0.022 0.028 0.042 0.056 0.112 0.139 0.167 0.223 0.279 0.335
c 0.003 0.006 0.009 0.012 0.015 0.018 0.024 0.030 0.045 0.060 0.119 0.149 0.179 0.238 0.298 0.357
7431
5573
0.415
4.15
0.332
24
u 0.008 0.017 0.025 0.033 0.041 0.050 0.066 0.083 0.124 0.166 0.332 0.415 0.498 0.664
c 0.007 0.013 0.020 0.027 0.033 0.040 0.053 0.066 0.100 0.133 0.265 0.332 0.398 0.531 0.664
4350
4350
0.722
0.577
4.41
30
u 0.019 0.039 0.058 0.077 0.096 0.116 0.154 0.193 0.289 0.386
c 0.012 0.025 0.037 0.049 0.062 0.074 0.099 0.123 0.185 0.247 0.494 0.617
2784
3480
1.074
0.859
4.63
36
u 0.038 0.077 0.115 0.153 0.192 0.230 0.307 0.383 0.575

c 0.020 0.041 0.061 0.082 0.102 0.123 0.164 0.205 0.307 0.409
1933
2900
1.482
1.186
4.83
42
u 0.070 0.141 0.211 0.281 0.352 0.422 0.563 0.703

c 0.032 0.064 0.096 0.129 0.161 0.193 0.257 0.321 0.482 0.643
1414
2474
1.988
1.590
4.88
48
u
0.118
0.235
0.353
0.470
0.588
0.705
c 0.047 0.094 0.141 0.188 0.235 0.282 0.376 0.470
1078 2.534
2155
2.026
4.98
0.189
0.151
c
c
u
u

AVAILABLE WIDTHS (CENTERS 1)

WIDTH #BARS WIDTH #BARS WIDTH #BARS WIDTH #BARS WIDTH #BARS WIDTH #BARS WIDTH #BARS

2 2 11 11 20 20 29 29 38 38 47 47 56 56

3 3 12 12 21 21 30 30 39 39 48 48 57 57

4 4 13 13 22 22 31 31 40 40 49 49 58 58

5 5 14 14 23 23 32 32 41 41 50 50 59 59

6 6 15 15 24 24 33 33 42 42 51 51 60 60

7 7 16 16 25 25 34 34 43 43 52 52

8 8 17
17 26 26 35 35 44 44 53
53

9 9 18 18 27 27 36 36 45 45 54 54

10 10 19 19 28 28 37 37 46 46 55 55
Rev.1014
12-14

All Rights Reserved
3.78
Section 12
Fiberglass Grating
DURAGRID I-6000 1"

SERIES
BEARING BAR
THICKNESS
NO BARS
FT. WIDTH
BEARING BAR
CENTER
OPEN
SPACE
% OPEN
AREA
APPROX.
WEIGHT
RESIN
COLOR
I-6000
1.250
8
1.500
.900
60%
2.7 LBS FRVE YELLOW

PER
OR

SQ. FT.
GRAY


LOAD
SPAN
50 100 150 200 250 300 400 500 750 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000
INCHES
SAFE
LOAD
2:1
SAFETY
E x 106
12
u 0.001 0.001 0.002 0.002 0.003 0.003 0.005 0.006 0.009 0.012 0.023 0.035 0.047 0.058
c 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.005 0.006 0.007 0.009 0.014 0.019 0.037 0.056 0.075 0.093
14001
7000
0.163
0.130
3.55
18
u 0.003 0.005 0.008 0.011 0.014 0.016 0.022 0.027 0.041 0.055 0.110 0.164 0.219 0.274
c 0.003 0.006 0.009 0.012 0.015 0.018 0.023 0.029 0.044 0.058 0.117 0.175 0.234 0.292
6388
4792
0.350
0.280
3.82
24
u 0.008 0.016 0.025 0.033 0.041 0.049 0.065 0.082 0.123 0.163 0.327 0.490 0.654
c 0.007 0.013 0.020 0.026 0.033 0.039 0.052 0.065 0.098 0.131 0.261 0.392 0.523 0.654
3650
3650
0.596
0.477
4.05
30
u 0.019 0.038 0.058 0.077 0.096 0.115 0.154 0.192 0.288 0.384

c 0.012 0.025 0.037 0.049 0.061 0.074 0.098 0.123 0.184 0.246 0.491
2315
2893
0.888
0.711
4.21
36
u 0.039 0.077 0.116 0.154 0.193 0.231 0.308 0.385 0.578

c 0.021 0.041 0.062 0.082 0.103 0.123 0.164 0.205 0.308 0.411
1592
2389
1.226
0.981
4.35
42
u 0.070 0.139 0.209 0.279 0.349 0.418 0.558

c 0.032 0.064 0.096 0.128 0.159 0.191 0.255 0.319 0.478 0.638

1151
2015
1.606
1.285
4.45
48
u
0.116
0.233
0.349
0.465
0.582

c 0.047 0.093 0.140 0.186 0.233 0.279 0.372 0.465

868
2.020
1735 1.615
4.55
54
u
0.184
0.368
0.552

c 0.065 0.131 0.196 0.262 0.327 0.392 0.523 0.654
671
2.470
1511 1.977
4.61
60
u
0.277
0.555
c 0.089 0.178 0.266 0.355 0.444 0.533

531
2.944
1327 2.355
4.66
c
c
u
u


WIDTH #BARS
WIDTH #BARS
WIDTH #BARS

3
2 13.5
9

4.5
3 15
10

6
4 16.5
11

7.5
5 18
12

9
6 19.5
13

10.5
7 21
14

12
8

All Rights Reserved
WIDTH #BARS
WIDTH #BARS
WIDTH #BARS
22.5
15 33
22 42
28 52.5
35
24
16 34.5
23 43.5
29 54
36
25.5
17 36
24 45
30 55.5
37
27
18 37.5
25 46.5
31 57
38
28.5
19 39
26 48
32 58.5
39
30
20 40.5
27 49.5
33 60
40
31.5
21 51
34
12-15
Rev.1014
Section 12
Fiberglass Grating
DURAGRID I-4000 1"

SERIES
BEARING BAR
THICKNESS
NO BARS
FT. WIDTH
BEARING BAR
CENTER
OPEN
SPACE
% OPEN
AREA
APPROX.
WEIGHT
RESIN
COLOR
I-4000
1.250
12
1.000
.400
40%
3.9 LBS
FRVE YELLOW

PER
OR

SQ. FT.
GRAY




SAFE
LOAD
2:1
LOAD
SPAN
SAFETY
E x 106
50 100 150 200 250 300 400 500 750 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 FACTOR DEFLECTION PSI
INCHES
0.001 0.001 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.006 0.008 0.016 0.023 0.031 0.039 0.047 0.054 21000
12 u 0.000
c 0.001 0.001 0.002 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.005 0.006 0.009 0.012 0.025 0.037 0.050 0.062 0.075 0.087 10500
0.163
0.130
3.55
18 u 0.002 0.004 0.005 0.007 0.009 0.011 0.015 0.018 0.027 0.037 0.073 0.110 0.146 0.183 0.219 0.256
9582 0.350
c 0.002 0.004 0.006 0.008 0.010 0.012 0.016 0.019 0.029 0.039 0.078 0.117 0.156 0.195 0.234 0.273 7187 0.280
3.82
24 u 0.005 0.011 0.016 0.022 0.027 0.033 0.044 0.054 0.082 0.109 0.218 0.327 0.436 0.545 0.654
4.05
5475 0.596
c 0.004 0.009 0.013 0.017 0.022 0.026 0.035 0.044 0.065 0.087 0.174 0.261 0.349 0.436 0.523 0.610 5475 0.477
30 u 0.013 0.026 0.038 0.051 0.064 0.077 0.102 0.128 0.192 0.256 0.512
3472 0.888
4340 0.711
4.21
36 u 0.026 0.051 0.077 0.103 0.128 0.154 0.205 0.257 0.385 0.513
2388 1.226
3583 0.981
4.35
0.046
0.093
0.139
0.186
0.232
0.279
0.372
0.465
0.697
42 u
1727
1.606
3023 1.285
4.45
0.078
0.155
0.233
0.310
0.388
0.465
0.621
48 u
1302
2.020
2603 1.615
4.55
0.123
0.245
0.368
0.491
0.613
0.736
54 u
c
0.044
0.087
0.131
0.174
0.218
0.262
0.349
0.436
0.654
1007
2.470
2267
1.977
4.61
0.185
0.370
0.555
0.740
60 u
c
0.059
0.118
0.178
0.237
0.296
0.355
0.473
0.592
796
2.944
1990
2.355
4.66
c 0.008 0.016 0.025 0.033 0.041 0.049 0.065 0.082 0.123 0.164 0.327 0.491 0.655
c 0.014 0.027 0.041 0.055 0.068 0.082 0.110 0.137 0.205 0.274 0.548
c 0.021 0.043 0.064 0.085 0.106 0.128 0.170 0.213 0.319 0.425
c 0.031 0.062 0.093 0.124 0.155 0.186 0.248 0.310 0.465 0.621
c
c
u
u



2 2

3 3

4 4

5 5

6 6

7 7

8 8

9 9

10 10
Rev.1014
11 11 20 20 29 29 38 38 47 47 56 56
12 12 21 21 30 30 39 39 48 48 57 57
13 13 22 22 31 31 40 40 49 49 58 58
14 14 23 23 32 32 41 41 50 50 59 59
15 15 24 24 33 33 42 42 51 51 60 60
16 16 25 25 34 34 43 43 52 52
17
17 26 26 35 35 44 44 53
53
18 18 27 27 36 36 45 45 54 54
19 19 28 28 37 37 46 46 55 55
12-16

All Rights Reserved
Section 12
Fiberglass Grating
DURAGRID I-4000 1"

SERIES
BEARING BAR
THICKNESS
NO BARS
FT. WIDTH
BEARING BAR
CENTER
OPEN
SPACE
% OPEN
AREA
I-4000
1.500
12
1.000
.400
40%

APPROX.
WEIGHT
RESIN
COLOR
4.2 LBS FRPE

YELLOW
PER OR
OR
SQ. FT. FRVE
GRAY



SAFE
LOAD
2:1
LOAD
SPAN
SAFETY
E x 106
INCHES 50 100 150 200 250 300 400 500 750 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 FACTOR DEFLECTION PSI
12 u 0.000 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.002 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.009 0.013 0.017 0.021 0.026 0.030 0.034 0.038 26400
0.113
0.090
3.79
18 u 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.005 0.006 0.008 0.010 0.015 0.020 0.040 0.061 0.081 0.101 0.121 0.141 0.162 0.182 11734
0.237
0.190
4.05
24 u 0.003 0.006 0.009 0.012 0.015 0.018 0.024 0.030 0.046 0.061 0.122 0.183 0.244 0.305 0.366 0.427 0.488 0.549
0.403
0.322
4.24
c 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.002 0.002 0.003 0.003 0.005 0.007 0.014 0.020 0.027 0.034 0.041 0.048 0.055 0.061 13200
c 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.005 0.006 0.009 0.011 0.016 0.022 0.043 0.065 0.086 0.108 0.129 0.151 0.172 0.194 8800
6600
c 0.002 0.005 0.007 0.010 0.012 0.015 0.020 0.024 0.037 0.049 0.098 0.146 0.195 0.244 0.293 0.342 0.390 0.439 6600
30 u 0.007 0.014 0.022 0.029 0.036 0.043 0.057 0.072 0.108 0.143 0.287 0.430 0.574 0.717
4160
5200
0.597
0.478
4.40
36 u 0.015 0.029 0.044 0.058 0.073 0.087 0.116 0.145 0.218 0.291 0.582
2844
4267
0.827
0.662
4.50
42 u 0.026 0.053 0.079 0.106 0.132 0.159 0.211 0.264 0.396 0.528
2041
3571
1.079
0.863
4.59
48 u 0.044 0.089 0.133 0.178 0.222 0.266 0.355 0.444 0.666
c 0.018 0.036 0.053 0.071 0.089 0.107 0.142 0.178 0.266 0.355
1525
3050
1.354
1.083
4.66
54 u 0.070 0.141 0.211 0.281 0.352 0.422 0.563 0.704

c 0.025 0.050 0.075 0.100 0.125 0.150 0.200 0.250 0.375 0.500
1165
2622
1.639
1.312
4.71
0.107
0.213
0.320
0.426
0.533
0.639
60 u
912
1.944
2280 1.555
4.74
0.155
0.311
0.466
0.621
66 u
727
2.259
2000 1.808
4.76
c 0.005 0.009 0.014 0.018 0.023 0.028 0.037 0.046 0.069 0.092 0.184 0.276 0.367 0.459 0.551 0.643
c 0.008 0.016 0.023 0.031 0.039 0.047 0.062 0.078 0.116 0.155 0.310 0.466 0.621
c 0.012 0.024 0.036 0.048 0.060 0.072 0.097 0.121 0.181 0.242 0.483 0.725
c 0.034 0.068 0.102 0.136 0.171 0.205 0.273 0.341 0.512 0.682
c 0.045 0.090 0.136 0.181 0.226 0.271 0.362 0.452 0.678
c
c
u
u



2 2 11 11 20 20 29 29 38 38 47 47 56 56

3 3 12 12 21 21 30 30 39 39 48 48 57 57

4 4 13 13 22 22 31 31 40 40 49 49 58 58

5 5 14 14 23 23 32 32 41 41 50 50 59 59

6 6 15 15 24 24 33 33 42 42 51 51 60 60

7 7 16 16 25 25 34 34 43 43 52 52

8 8 17
17 26 26 35 35 44 44 53
53

9 9 18 18 27 27 36 36 45 45 54 54

10 10 19 19 28 28 37 37 46 46 55 55

All Rights Reserved
12-17
Rev.1014
Section 12
Fiberglass Grating
DURAGRID T-3300 2"

SERIES
BEARING BAR
THICKNESS
NO BARS
FT. WIDTH
BEARING BAR
CENTER
OPEN
SPACE
% OPEN
AREA
APPROX.
WEIGHT
RESIN
COLOR
T-3300
2.000
8
1.500
.500
33%
3.9 LBS
FRPE YELLOW

PER
OR
OR
1.0
0.5
0.16

SQ. FT. FRVE GRAY
2 .0
0.6
0.9
1.5


SPAN
LOAD
INCHES 50 100 150 200 250 300 400 500 750 1000 2000 2500 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000
SAFE
LOAD
2:1
SAFETY
E x 106
12 u 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.005 0.007 0.008 0.011 0.013 0.016 0.019 0.021
15110
7555
0.040
0.032
3.80
18 u 0.001 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.003 0.004 0.005 0.007 0.010 0.013 0.026 0.033 0.039 0.052 0.065 0.078 0.091 0.104
10048
7555
0.131
0.105
3.91
24 u 0.002 0.004 0.006 0.008 0.010 0.012 0.016 0.020 0.030 0.040 0.080 0.100 0.121 0.161 0.201 0.241 0.281 0.321
7555
7555
0.304
0.243
4.01
30 u 0.005 0.010 0.014 0.019 0.024 0.029 0.038 0.048 0.072 0.096 0.192 0.240 0.288 0.384 0.480 0.576 0.672
4835
6045
0.464
0.371
4.10
36 u 0.010 0.020 0.029 0.039 0.049 0.059 0.078 0.098 0.146 0.195 0.390 0.488 0.586
3358
5037
0.655
0.524
4.18
42 u 0.018 0.036 0.053 0.071 0.089 0.107 0.142 0.178 0.267 0.356

c 0.008 0.016 0.024 0.033 0.041 0.049 0.065 0.081 0.122 0.163 0.325 0.406 0.488 0.650
2467
4317
0.877
0.702
4.25
48 u 0.030 0.059 0.089 0.119 0.149 0.178 0.238 0.297 0.446 0.594
1889
3778
1.122
0.898
4.34
54 u 0.047 0.094 0.140 0.187 0.234 0.281 0.375 0.468
1493
3358
1.398
1.118
4.41
0.070
0.141
0.211
0.282
0.352
0.422
0.563

60 u
1209
1.703
3022
1.362
4.47
0.102
0.204
0.306
0.408
0.510
0.612
66 u
999
2.037
2747
1.629
4.52
0.142
0.285
0.427
0.570

72 u
839
2.391
2519
1.914
4.58
0.195
0.390
0.585
78 u
715
2.788
2325
2.232
4.61
0.260
0.520
84 u
617
3.209
2159
2.566
4.65
c 0.000 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.002 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.008 0.011 0.013 0.017 0.021 0.025 0.030 0.034
c 0.001 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.003 0.004 0.006 0.007 0.010 0.014 0.028 0.035 0.042 0.056 0.070 0.083 0.097 0.111
c 0.002 0.003 0.005 0.006 0.008 0.010 0.013 0.016 0.024 0.032 0.064 0.080 0.096 0.129 0.161 0.193 0.225 0.257
c 0.003 0.006 0.009 0.012 0.015 0.018 0.025 0.031 0.046 0.061 0.123 0.154 0.184 0.246 0.307 0.368 0.430 0.491
c 0.005 0.010 0.016 0.021 0.026 0.031 0.042 0.052 0.078 0.104 0.208 0.260 0.312 0.416 0.520 0.625
c 0.012 0.024 0.036 0.048 0.059 0.071 0.095 0.119 0.178 0.238 0.475 0.594
c 0.017 0.033 0.050 0.067 0.083 0.100 0.133 0.166 0.250 0.333 0.666
c 0.023 0.045 0.068 0.090 0.113 0.135 0.180 0.225 0.338 0.451
c 0.030 0.059 0.089 0.119 0.148 0.178 0.237 0.297 0.445 0.593
c 0.038 0.076 0.114 0.152 0.190 0.228 0.304 0.380 0.570
c 0.048 0.096 0.144 0.192 0.240 0.288 0.384 0.480
c 0.059 0.119 0.178 0.238 0.297 0.357 0.475 0.594
c
c
u
u


WIDTH #BARS
WIDTH #BARS
WIDTH #BARS

3
2 13.5
9

4.5
3 15
10

6
4 16.5
11

7.5
5 18
12

9
6 19.5
13

10.5
7 21
14

12
8
Rev.1014
WIDTH #BARS
WIDTH #BARS
WIDTH #BARS
22.5
15 33
22 42
28 52.5
35
24
16 34.5
23 43.5
29 54
36
25.5
17 36
24 45
30 55.5
37
27
18 37.5
25 46.5
31 57
38
28.5
19 39
26 48
32 58.5
39
30
20 40.5
27 49.5
33 60
40
31.5
21 51
34
12-18

All Rights Reserved
Section 12
Fiberglass Grating
DURAGRID ECONOMY 5000 1"

SERIES
BEARING BAR
THICKNESS
NO BARS
FT. WIDTH
BEARING BAR
CENTER
OPEN
SPACE
% OPEN
AREA
APPROX.
WEIGHT
RESIN
COLOR
ET-5000
1.000
6
2.000
1.00
50%
1.6 LBS
FRVE
GRAY

PER

SQ. FT.
1.0
1.0

SB = 0.314 IN3/FT OF WIDTH
0.125
1.0
0.375
1.625
2.0

The modulus of elasticity will vary with span length due to the non-homogeneous
make-up of composite material (see table). Suggested max. span continuous 3-0.

ET-5000 1 BEARING BARS
SPAN
LOAD
INCHES
50 100 150 200 250 300 400 500 750 1000 2000
SAFE
LOAD
2:1
SAFETY
E x 106
12
u
0.002 0.004 0.006 0.008 0.010 0.011 0.015 0.019 0.029 0.038 0.076
c 0.003 0.006 0.009 0.012 0.015 0.018 0.024 0.031 0.046 0.061 0.122
4766 0.182
2383 0.146
2.99
18
u
0.009 0.019 0.028 0.037 0.047 0.056 0.075 0.094 0.140 0.187 0.374
c 0.010 0.020 0.030 0.040 0.050 0.060 0.080 0.100 0.150 0.200 0.399
2144 0.401
1609 0.321
3.09
24
u
0.029 0.057 0.086 0.114 0.143 0.171 0.228 0.286 0.428 0.571
c 0.023 0.046 0.069 0.091 0.114 0.137 0.183 0.228 0.343 0.457
1221 0.697
1221 0.558
3.20
30
u
0.068 0.135 0.203 0.270 0.338 0.406 0.541 0.676
c 0.043 0.087 0.130 0.173 0.216 0.260 0.346 0.433 0.649
791 1.069
989 0.856
3.30
36
u
0.136
0.272
0.408
0.544
0.680
c 0.073 0.145 0.218 0.290 0.363 0.435 0.580 0.726
556
1.513
834 1.210
3.40
42
u
0.244
0.488
0.732
c 0.112 0.223 0.335 0.446 0.558 0.670
413
2.017
723 1.614
3.51
c
c
u
u


All Rights Reserved
12-19
Rev.1014
Section 12
Fiberglass Grating
DURAGRID ECONOMY 5000 1"

SERIES
BEARING BAR
THICKNESS
NO BARS
FT. WIDTH
BEARING BAR
CENTER
OPEN
SPACE
% OPEN
AREA
ET-5000
1.500
6
2.000
1.00
50%

1.0
1.0
0.125
1.625
2.0

RESIN
COLOR
1.9 LBS
FRVE
PER
SQ. FT.
GRAY

WEIGHT/FOOT = .186 LBS./FT OF CROSS ROD
1.5
0.375
APPROX.
WEIGHT
The modulus of elasticity will vary with span length due to the non-homogeneous
make-up of composite material (see table). Suggested max. span continuous 4-0.

ET-5000 1 BEARING BARS
SPAN
LOAD
INCHES
50 100 150 200 250 300 400 500 750 1000 2000 2500 3000 4000 5000
SAFE
LOAD
2:1
SAFETY
E x 106
12
u 0.001 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.003 0.004 0.006 0.007 0.010 0.014 0.028 0.034 0.041 0.055 0.069 10322 0.142
c 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.006 0.007 0.009 0.011 0.017 0.022 0.044 0.055 0.066 0.088 0.110 5161 0.114
2.93
18
u 0.003 0.007 0.010 0.014 0.017 0.020 0.027 0.034 0.051 0.068 0.136 0.170 0.204 0.273 0.341 4643 0.316
c 0.004 0.007 0.011 0.015 0.018 0.022 0.029 0.036 0.055 0.073 0.145 0.182 0.218 0.291 0.364 3482 0.253
3.00
24
u 0.011 0.021 0.032 0.042 0.053 0.063 0.084 0.105 0.158 0.211 0.421 0.526 0.632
c 0.008 0.017 0.025 0.034 0.042 0.051 0.067 0.084 0.126 0.168 0.337 0.421 0.505 0.674
2643 0.556
3.07
2643 0.445
30
u 0.025 0.050 0.076 0.101 0.126 0.151 0.202 0.252 0.378 0.504
c 0.016 0.032 0.048 0.065 0.081 0.097 0.129 0.161 0.242 0.323 0.645
1712 0.863
2139 0.690
3.13
36
u 0.051 0.102 0.153 0.204 0.256 0.307 0.409 0.511 0.767

c 0.027 0.055 0.082 0.109 0.136 0.164 0.218 0.273 0.409 0.545
1202 1.229
1804 0.984
3.20
42
u 0.093 0.185 0.278 0.371 0.463 0.556 0.742

c 0.042 0.085 0.127 0.169 0.212 0.254 0.339 0.424 0.636
894 1.657
1564 1.325
3.27
48
u
0.155
0.310
0.464
0.619 692
2.143
c 0.062 0.124 0.186 0.248 0.310 0.372 0.495 0.619
1384 1.714
3.34
c
c
u
u

Rev.1014
12-20

All Rights Reserved
Section 12
Fiberglass Grating
DURAGRID PHENOLIC I-6000 1"

SERIES
BEARING BAR
THICKNESS
NO BARS
FT. WIDTH
BEARING BAR
CENTER
OPEN
SPACE
% OPEN
AREA
APPROX.
WEIGHT
RESIN
COLOR
I-6000
1.50 8.0 1.50
0.90
60%
3.4 LBS
PHENOLIC BROWN

PER

SQ. FT.
The modulus of elasticity will vary with span length due to the nonhomogeneous make-up of composite material (see table).

PHENOLIC I-6000 1 BEARING BARS
50
100
150
200
250
300
400
500
750
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
SAFE
LOAD, 2:1
SAFETY
FACTOR
0.004
0.008
0.012
0.015
0.019
0.023
0.031
0.038
0.058
0.077
0.154
0.231
0.308
0.385
0.461
5,583
0.429
0.003
0.006
0.009
0.012
0.015
0.018
0.025
0.031
0.046
0.062
0.123
0.185
0.246
0.308
0.369
5,583
0.343
0.009
0.018
0.027
0.036
0.045
0.053
0.071
0.089
0.134
0.178
0.356
3,573
0.636
0.006
0.011
0.017
0.023
0.028
0.034
0.046
0.057
0.085
0.114
0.228
0.342
0.456
4,467
0.509
0.018
0.035
0.053
0.071
0.088
0.106
0.141
0.176
0.265
0.353
2,482
0.876
0.009
0.019
0.028
0.038
0.047
0.056
0.075
0.094
0.141
0.188
3,722
0.700
0.032
0.064
0.095
0.127
0.159
0.191
0.254
0.318
0.477
1,823
1.160
0.015
0.029
0.044
0.058
0.073
0.087
0.116
0.145
0.218
0.291
3,191
0.928
0.053
0.107
0.160
0.213
0.266
0.320
0.426
1,396
1.488
0.021
0.043
0.064
0.085
0.107
0.128
0.171
0.213
0.320
0.426
2,792
1.190
0.084
0.169
0.253
0.338
0.422
0.506
1,103
1.862
0.030
0.060
0.090
0.120
0.150
0.180
0.240
0.300
0.450
2,482
1.490
0.128
0.256
0.383
0.041
0.082
0.123
0.164
0.205
0.245
0.327
0.409
0.186
0.372
0.054
0.108
0.163
0.217
0.271
0.325
0.433
SPAN
LOAD
INCHES
24
30
36
42
48
54
60
66
72
0.263
0.070
0.140
0.210
0.280
0.351
0.376

0.421
DEFLECTION
AT SAFE
LOAD
893
2.283
2,233
1.827
738
2.749
2,030
2.200
620
3.260
1,861
2.610
E X 106
PSI
5.31
5.60
5.86
6.02
6.13
6.20
6.24
6.27
6.29
DEFLECTION AND SAFE LOAD DATA WAS CALCULATED FROM LAB TESTS CONDUCTED
BY STRONGWELL - CHATFIELD DIVISION.
c
c
u
u

AVAILABLE WIDTHS (CENTERS 1.5")

WIDTH #BARS
WIDTH #BARS
3
2
13.5 9
4.5 3
15
10
6
4
16.5 11
7.5 5
18
12
9
6
19.5 13
10.5 7
21
14
12 8
WIDTH #BARS
22.5
24
25.5
27
28.5
30
31.5
WIDTH #BARS
15
33 22
16
34.5 23
17
36 24
18
37.5 25
19
39 26
20
40.5 27
21
WIDTH #BARS
42
43.5
45
46.5
48
49.5
51
WIDTH #BARS
28
52.5 35
29
54
36
30
55.5 37
31
57
38
32
58.5 39
33
60
40
34
Please check the DURAGRID PHENOLIC

Fire Integrity Composite Grating Brochure for additional information.
All Rights Reserved
12-21
Rev.1014
Section 12
Fiberglass Grating
DURAGRID Heavy Duty Grating

The following load tables are for the solid bar heavy duty grating designed to take heavy wheel traffic such
as forklifts, tow motors and truck traffic. Due to the variety of wheel types and loading, it is recommended
that you contact StrongwellChatfield Division at (507) 867-3479 to determine the series of heavy duty
grating needed for your application.
DURAGRID HD-6000 1" Bearing Bar

A = 4.8 in2/ft. of width
0.6
S = 0.80 in3/ft. of width
0.9
Multipliers for Series Other Than HD-6000
HD 5000 - Multiply Load Table Deflection by 0.80

1 .0
1.5
SAFE
LOAD
2:1
SAFETY
E x 106
SPAN LOAD
INCHES
100 200 300 500 1000 2000 3000 4000
12
u 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.006 0.011 0.022 0.033 0.044

c 0.002 0.004 0.005 0.009 0.018 0.035 0.053 0.071
4445 0.049
4445 0.079
18
u 0.005 0.010 0.015 0.025 0.050 0.099 0.149 0.199

c 0.005 0.011 0.016 0.027 0.053 0.106 0.159
4285 0.213 5.73

3857 0.204
24
u 0.015 0.031 0.046 0.077 0.154 0.309

c 0.012 0.025 0.037 0.062 0.123 0.247

2948 0.455
2948 0.364
5.83
30
u 0.037 0.074 0.111 0.185 0.369

c 0.024 0.047 0.071 0.118 0.236
1543 0.570
1928 0.456
5.95
36
u 0.076 0.152 0.228 0.380

c 0.041 0.081 0.122 0.203 0.406
1071 0.815
1607 0.652
5.99
42
u 0.140 0.280 0.421

c 0.064 0.128 0.192 0.320 0.641
787 1.104
1377 0.883
6.02
48
u
0.239
0.478

c 0.096 0.191 0.287 0.478
603
1.440
1205 1.151
6.03
54
u
0.380
c 0.135 0.270 0.405 0.676
476
1.809
1071 1.447
6.07
Series
Bar Width
Open Space
% Open Area
Approx Wt. (per sq. ft.)
I-in4/ft. of Width
S-in3/ft. of Width
HD 6000
.60
.90
60 4.9 0.40
0.80
HD 5000
.60
.60
50 5.9 0.50
1.00
HD 4000
.60
.40
40 7.0 0.60
1.20
Rev.1014
12-22

All Rights Reserved
5.08
Section 12
Fiberglass Grating
DURAGRID HD-6000 1-1/4" Bearing Bar

0.6
0.9

1 .25
1.5
SPAN
LOAD
INCHES
100 200 300 500 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000
12
u 0.001 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.006 0.013 0.019 0.025 0.032 0.038 0.044 0.051
c 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.005 0.010 0.020 0.030 0.040 0.051 0.061 0.071 0.081
18
SAFE
LOAD
2:1
SAFETY
E x 106
13760 0.087
13760 0.139
4.56
u 0.003 0.005 0.008 0.013 0.027 0.053 0.080 0.107 0.134 0.160 0.187
c 0.003 0.006 0.009 0.014 0.028 0.057 0.085 0.114 0.142 0.171 0.199
7684 0.205
7200 0.205
5.46
24
u 0.008 0.016 0.024 0.040 0.080 0.161 0.241 0.322 0.402 0.483 0.563
c 0.006 0.013 0.019 0.032 0.064 0.129 0.193 0.257 0.322 0.386 0.450
7032 0.566
7032 0.453
5.73
30
u
0.019 0.038
0.057
0.095
0.190
0.381
0.571

c 0.012 0.024 0.037 0.061 0.122 0.244 0.366 0.487 0.609
4504
0.858
5626 0.686
5.91
36
u
c
0.039
0.021
0.078
0.042
0.117
0.063
0.196
0.104
0.392
0.209

0.418

0.626
3125
4680
1.224
0.977
5.96
42
u
c
0.072
0.033
0.144
0.066
0.216
0.099
0.360
0.164

0.329

0.658
2296
4018
1.652
1.321
6.01
48
u
c
0.122
0.049
0.243
0.097
0.365
0.146
0.609
0.243

0.487
1758
3516
2.140
1.712
6.06
54
u
c
0.195
0.069
0.390
0.139
0.585
0.208

0.347
1389
3125
2.708
2.166
6.06
60
u
c
0.296
0.095
0.591
0.189

0.284

0.473
1125
2812
3.326
2.660
6.09
Series
Bar Width
Open Space
% Open Area
Approx Wt.
I-in4/ft. of Width
S-in3/ft. of Width
HD 6000
.60
.90 60 5.9 .781
HD 5000
.60
.60 50 7.2 .977
HD 4000
.60
.40 40 8.5 1.172

All Rights Reserved
12-23
1.25
1.56
1.88
Rev.1014
Section 12
Fiberglass Grating

0.6
0.9
1 .5

1.5
SAFE
LOAD
2:1
SAFETY
E x 106
SPAN
LOAD
INCHES
100 200 300 500 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000
12
u 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.002 0.005 0.009 0.014 0.019 0.023 0.028 0.033 0.037
c 0.001 0.001 0.002 0.004 0.007 0.015 0.022 0.030 0.037 0.045 0.052 0.060
18880 0.088
18880 0.141
3.58
18
u 0.002 0.004 0.005 0.009 0.018 0.035 0.053 0.070 0.088 0.106 0.123 0.141
c 0.002 0.004 0.006 0.009 0.019 0.038 0.056 0.075 0.094 0.113 0.132 0.150
9728 0.171
9760 0.183
4.79
24
u 0.005 0.010 0.015 0.026 0.051 0.103 0.154 0.205 0.256 0.308 0.359 0.410
c 0.004 0.008 0.012 0.021 0.041 0.082 0.123 0.164 0.205 0.246 0.287 0.328
9500 0.487
9500 0.390
5.20
30
u 0.012 0.024 0.036 0.060 0.120 0.240 0.360 0.480 0.599 0.719

c 0.008 0.015 0.023 0.038 0.077 0.153 0.230 0.307 0.384 0.460 0.537 0.614
6570 0.788
8212 0.630
5.43
36
u 0.025 0.049 0.074 0.123 0.246 0.492 0.783

c 0.013 0.026 0.039 0.066 0.131 0.262 0.393 0.525 0.656
4562 1.122
6843 0.897
5.49
42
u 0.045
0.090
0.135
0.225
0.449

c 0.021 0.041 0.062 0.103 0.205 0.411 0.616
3352
1.505
5865 1.204
5.57
48
u 0.076 0.152 0.228 0.380

c 0.030 0.061 0.091 0.152 0.304 0.608
2566 1.952
5132 1.561
5.61
54
u 0.121 0.242 0.364 0.606

c 0.043
0.086
0.129
0.215
0.431
2027 2.456
4562
1.966
5.64
60
u
0.185
0.369
0.554

c 0.059 0.118 0.177 0.296 0.591

1642
2.033
4106 2.427
5.64
66
u
0.269
0.537

c 0.078
0.156
0.234
0.391

1354
3.636
3732
2.915
5.68
72
u
0.380
0.761
c 0.101 0.203 0.304 0.507

1140
4.335
3422 3.470
5.68
Series
Bar Width
Open Space
% Open Area
Approx Wt.
I-in4/ft. of Width
S-in3/ft. of Width
HD 6000
.60
.90 60 7.0 1.35
HD 5000
.60
.60 50 8.5 1.69
HD 4000
.60
.40
40
10.1
2.02
Rev.1014
12-24
1.80
2.25
2.70

All Rights Reserved
Section 12
Fiberglass Grating

0.6
0.9

1 .75
1.5
SPAN
LOAD
INCHES
100 200 300 500 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000
SAFE
LOAD
2:1
SAFETY
E x 106
12
u 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.002 0.004 0.007 0.011 0.014 0.018 0.021 0.025 0.029
c 0.000 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.006 0.011 0.017 0.023 0.029 0.034 0.040 0.046
19920 0.071
19920 0.114
2.95
18
u 0.001 0.002 0.004 0.006 0.012 0.023 0.035 0.047 0.059 0.070 0.082 0.094
c 0.001 0.003 0.004 0.006 0.013 0.025 0.038 0.050 0.063 0.075 0.088 0.100
15926 0.187
12400 0.155
4.53
24
u 0.003 0.007 0.010 0.016 0.033 0.065 0.098 0.131 0.164 0.196 0.229 0.262
c 0.003 0.005 0.008 0.013 0.026 0.052 0.079 0.105 0.131 0.157 0.183 0.209
12400 0.406
12400 0.325
5.14
30
u 0.007 0.015 0.022 0.037 0.075 0.149 0.224 0.298 0.373 0.447 0.522 0.596
c 0.005 0.010 0.014 0.024 0.048 0.095 0.143 0.191 0.239 0.286 0.334 0.382
9062 0.675
11328 0.540
5.51
36
u 0.015 0.030 0.045 0.076 0.151 0.303 0.454 0.605 0.756 0.908
c 0.008 0.016 0.024 0.040 0.081 0.161 0.242 0.323 0.403 0.484 0.565 0.645
6294 0.952
9440 0.762
5.63
42
u 0.027 0.055 0.082 0.137 0.275 0.550

c 0.013 0.025 0.038 0.063 0.126 0.251 0.377 0.503 0.628

4623 1.271
8091 1.017
5.74
48
u
0.046
0.093
0.139
0.232
0.464
c 0.019 0.037 0.056 0.093 0.186 0.371 0.557

3540
1.643
7080 1.314
5.80
54
u
0.074
0.148
0.221
0.369
0.738
c 0.026 0.052 0.079 0.131 0.262 0.525

2796
2.064
6293 1.652
5.84
60
u
0.113
0.225
0.338
0.563

c
0.036
0.072
0.108
0.180
0.360
2265
2.549
5664
2.039
5.84
66
u
0.164
0.327
0.491
c
0.048
0.095
0.143
0.238
0.476
1872
3.063
5149
2.451
5.88
72
u
0.231
0.463
0.694

c
0.062
0.123
0.185
0.308
0.617
1573
3.639
4720
2.912
5.89
78
u
0.313
0.626
c
0.077
0.154
0.231
0.385
1340
4.192
4356
3.355
6.00
Series
Bar Width
Open Space
% Open Area
Approx Wt.
I-in4/ft. of Width
S-in3/ft. of Width
HD 6000
.60
.90 60 8.0 2.14
HD 5000
.60
.60 50 9.8 2.68
HD 4000
.60
.40
40
11.6
3.22

All Rights Reserved
12-25
2.45
3.06
3.68
Rev.1014
Section 12
Fiberglass Grating
DURAGRID HD-6000 2" Bearing Bar

0.6
0.9
2 .0

1.5
SPAN
LOAD
INCHES
100 200 300 500 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000
SAFE
LOAD
2:1
SAFETY
E x 106
12
u 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.006 0.009 0.012 0.015 0.018 0.021 0.024
c 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.002 0.005 0.010 0.015 0.019 0.024 0.029 0.034 0.039
15360 0.047
15360 0.074
2.32
18
u 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.005 0.009 0.018 0.028 0.037 0.046 0.055 0.064 0.074
c 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.005 0.010 0.020 0.029 0.039 0.049 0.059 0.069 0.078
13500 0.124
13500 0.132
3.87
24
u 0.002 0.005 0.007 0.012 0.024 0.049 0.073 0.098 0.122 0.146 0.171 0.195
c 0.002 0.004 0.006 0.010 0.020 0.039 0.059 0.078 0.098 0.117 0.137 0.156
13000 0.317
13000 0.254
4.61
30
u 0.005 0.011 0.016 0.027 0.054 0.108 0.162 0.215 0.269 0.323 0.377 0.431
c 0.003 0.007 0.010 0.017 0.034 0.069 0.103 0.138 0.172 0.207 0.241 0.276
9946 0.536
12432 0.428
5.10
36
u 0.011 0.022 0.032 0.054 0.108 0.216 0.324 0.431 0.539 0.647

c 0.006 0.012 0.017 0.029 0.058 0.115 0.173 0.230 0.288 0.345 0.403 0.460
6880 0.742
10320 0.594
5.28
42
u 0.019 0.039 0.058 0.097 0.194 0.387 0.581 0.774

c 0.009 0.018 0.027 0.044 0.089 0.177 0.266 0.354 0.443 0.531 0.620 0.708
5112 0.990
8880 1.786
5.45
48
u 0.033 0.066 0.099 0.164 0.328 0.657

c 0.013 0.026 0.039 0.066 0.131 0.263 0.394 0.526 0.657

3860 1.268
7770 1.021
5.48
54
u 0.052 0.104 0.156 0.259 0.519

c 0.018 0.037 0.055 0.092 0.184 0.369 0.553

3070 1.592
5.56
6907 1.274
60
u 0.079 0.158 0.236 0.394

c 0.025 0.050 0.076 0.126 0.252 0.504

2485 1.957
6216 1.567
5.58
66
u 0.114 0.228 0.342 0.570

c 0.033 0.066 0.100 0.166 0.332 0.664

2054 2.343
5650 1.875
5.64
72
u 0.161 0.323 0.484 0.806

c 0.043 0.086 0.129 0.215 0.430

1726 2.784
5180 2.228
5.65
78
u
0.221
0.443
0.664

c 0.054 0.109 0.163 0.272 0.545

1471
3.256
4781 2.605
5.67
84
u
0.296
0.592
c 0.068 0.135 0.203 0.338 0.677
1269
3.758
4440 3.006
5.70
Series
Bar Width
Open Space
% Open Area
Approx Wt.
I-in4/ft. of Width
S-in3/ft. of Width
HD 6000
.60
.90 60 9.0 3.20
HD 5000
.60
.60
50
11.1
4.00
HD 4000
.60
.40
40
14.4
4.80
Rev.1014
12-26
3.20
4.00
4.80

All Rights Reserved
Section 12
Fiberglass Grating

0.6
0.9

2 .25
1.5
SPAN
LOAD
INCHES
100 200 300 500 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000
SAFE
LOAD
2:1
SAFETY
E x 106
12
u 0.000 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.002 0.005 0.007 0.010 0.012 0.015 0.017 0.019
c 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.002 0.004 0.008 0.012 0.016 0.019 0.023 0.027 0.031
20960 0.051
20960 0.082
2.03
18
u 0.001 0.001 0.002 0.004 0.007 0.014 0.021 0.028 0.035 0.042 0.050 0.057
c 0.001 0.002 0.002 0.004 0.008 0.015 0.023 0.030 0.038 0.045 0.053 0.060
16640 0.118
16640 0.126
3.53
24
u 0.002 0.003 0.005 0.009 0.017 0.035 0.052 0.070 0.087 0.105 0.122 0.139
c 0.001 0.003 0.004 0.007 0.014 0.028 0.042 0.056 0.070 0.084 0.098 0.112
16000 0.279
16000 0.223
4.53
30
u 0.004 0.008 0.011 0.019 0.038 0.076 0.114 0.152 0.190 0.228 0.266 0.304
c 0.002 0.005 0.007 0.012 0.024 0.049 0.073 0.097 0.121 0.146 0.170 0.194
12800 0.486
16000 0.389
5.08
36
u 0.007 0.015 0.022 0.037 0.075 0.149 0.224 0.299 0.374 0.448 0.523 0.598
c 0.004 0.008 0.012 0.020 0.040 0.080 0.120 0.159 0.199 0.239 0.279 0.319
10720 0.801
16000 0.637
5.35
42
u 0.013 0.027 0.040 0.067 0.134 0.268 0.402 0.536 0.669

c 0.006 0.012 0.018 0.031 0.061 0.122 0.184 0.245 0.306 0.367 0.428 0.490
7876 1.055
13783 0.844
5.53
48
u 0.022 0.045 0.067 0.112 0.224 0.447 0.671

c 0.009 0.018 0.027 0.045 0.089 0.179 0.268 0.358 0.447 0.537 0.626
6030 1.348
12060 1.078
5.65
54
u 0.035 0.070 0.106 0.176 0.352

c 0.013 0.025 0.038 0.063 0.125 0.251 0.376 0.501 0.627

4764 1.679
10720 1.344
5.74
60
u 0.053 0.107 0.160 0.267 0.534

c 0.017 0.034 0.051 0.086 0.171 0.342 0.513 0.684
3859 2.063
9648 1.650
5.77
66
u 0.078 0.155 0.233 0.388

c 0.023 0.045 0.068 0.113 0.226 0.451 0.677
3789 2.939
8771 1.979
5.82
72
u
0.109
0.219
0.328
0.547
c 0.029 0.058 0.088 0.146 0.292 0.584
2680
2.935
8040 2.348
5.84
78
u
0.151
0.301
0.452

c 0.037 0.074 0.111 0.185 0.371

2283
3.437
7421 2.750
5.85
84
u
0.201
0.403
0.604

c 0.046 0.092 0.138 0.230 0.461
1954
3.937
6841 3.150
5.88
90
u
0.265
0.529

c 0.056 0.113 0.169 0.282 0.565
1715
4.538
6432 3.631
5.90
96
u
0.341
0.683

c 0.068 0.137 0.205 0.341 0.683
1507
5.145
6030 4.117
5.92
Series
HD 6000
HD 5000
HD 4000
Bar Width
Open Space
% Open Area
Approx Wt.
I-in4/ft. of Width
S-in3/ft. of Width
.60
.60
.60
.90
.60
.40
60
50
40
10.1
12.4
14.7
4.56
5.70
6.83
4.05
5.06
6.07

All Rights Reserved
12-27
Rev.1014
Section 12
Fiberglass Grating

0.6
0.9

2 .5
1.5
SPAN
LOAD
INCHES
100 200 300 500 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000
SAFE
LOAD
2:1
SAFETY
E x 106
12
u 0.000 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.002 0.004 0.007 0.009 0.011 0.013 0.016 0.018 22400 0.050
c 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.002 0.004 0.007 0.011 0.014 0.018 0.021 0.025 0.029 22400 0.080
1.61
18
u 0.001 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.006 0.012 0.018 0.023 0.029 0.035 0.041 0.047 17640 0.103
c 0.001 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.006 0.013 0.019 0.025 0.031 0.038 0.044 0.050 19600 0.123
3.11
24
u 0.001 0.003 0.004 0.007 0.014 0.029 0.043 0.057 0.071 0.086 0.100 0.114 13716 0.196
c 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.006 0.011 0.023 0.034 0.046 0.057 0.069 0.080 0.091 15240 0.174
4.03
30
u 0.003 0.006 0.009 0.015 0.030 0.060 0.091 0.121 0.151 0.181 0.211 0.241 11800 0.356
c 0.002 0.004 0.006 0.010 0.019 0.039 0.058 0.077 0.097 0.116 0.135 0.155 14750 0.285
4.66
36
u 0.006 0.012 0.017 0.029 0.058 0.117 0.175 0.233 0.292 0.350 0.408 0.467 9493 0.554
c 0.003 0.006 0.009 0.016 0.031 0.062 0.093 0.124 0.156 0.187 0.218 0.249 14240 0.443
5.00
42
u 0.010 0.021 0.031 0.051 0.103 0.206 0.309 0.412 0.515 0.617
6975 0.718
c 0.005 0.009 0.014 0.024 0.047 0.094 0.141 0.188 0.235 0.282 0.329 0.376 12206 0.574
5.25
48
u 0.017 0.034 0.052 0.086 0.172 0.344 0.516 0.688

5340 0.918
c 0.007 0.014 0.021 0.034 0.069 0.138 0.206 0.275 0.344 0.413 0.481 0.550 10680 0.735
5.36
54
u
0.027
0.054
0.081
0.135
0.270
0.541
c 0.010 0.019 0.029 0.048 0.096 0.192 0.288 0.385 0.481 0.577 0.673
4419
1.195
9943 0.956
5.46
60
u
0.041
0.082
0.123
0.204
0.408
c 0.013 0.026 0.039 0.065 0.131 0.261 0.392 0.523 0.653
3417
1.395
8544 1.116
5.51
66
u
0.059
0.119
0.178
0.297
0.594
c 0.017 0.035 0.052 0.086 0.173 0.345 0.518 0.691
2824
1.676
7767 1.341
5.55
72
u
0.084
0.168
0.252
0.420
c 0.022 0.045 0.067 0.112 0.224 0.448 0.671
2374
1.992
7120 1.593
5.56
78
u
0.115
0.230
0.345
0.575
c 0.028 0.057 0.085 0.141 0.283 0.566 0.849
2022
2.324
6572 1.860
5.59
84
u
0.154
0.308
0.461

c
0.035
0.070
0.105
0.176
0.352
0.703
1744
2.682
6103
2.145
5.62
90
u
0.202
0.404
0.606
c
0.043
0.086
0.129
0.215
0.431
1519
3.068
5696
2.454
5.64
96
u
0.260
0.520

c
0.052
0.104
0.156
0.260
0.520
1335
3.472
5340
2.777
5.67
u
0.330
0.659

1182
3.897
5026
3.119
5.70
102 c
0.062
0.124
0.186
0.310
0.621
Series
HD 6000
HD 5000
HD 4000
Bar Width
Open Space
% Open Area
Approx Wt.
I-in4/ft. of Width
S-in3/ft. of Width
.60
.60
.60
.90
.60
.40
60
50
40
11.1
13.7
16.3
6.25
7.81
9.38
5.00
6.25
7.50
Rev.1014
12-28

All Rights Reserved
Section 13
SAFRAILTM Handrail & Ladder Systems
SECTION 13
SAFRAILTM FIBERGLASS HANDRAIL
AND LADDER SYSTEMS


All Rights Reserved
13-1
Rev.1014
Section 13
SAFRAIL FIBERGLASS SQUARE HANDRAIL

AND LADDER SYSTEMS
INTRODUCTION TO SAFRAIL HANDRAIL SYSTEMS
SAFRAIL industrial fiberglass handrails are commercial railing systems for stair rails,
platform/walkway handrails and guardrails. SAFRAIL systems are fabricated from pultruded
fiberglass components produced by Strongwell and molded thermoplastic connectors. The
railing systems are particularly well-suited to corrosive environments like those found in
industrial, chemical and wastewater treatment plants as well as commercial structures with
urban and salt air corrosion.
SAFRAIL fiberglass handrail systems are:
Corrosion resistant
Easy to field fabricate
Structurally strong
Low in thermal conductivity
Impact resistant
Low electrical conductivity
Lightweight
SAFRAIL systems are the result of more than 40 years of experience in the manufacture,
design and fabrication of fiberglass handrail systems. The systems offer the following
advantages:
Ease of Assembly SAFRAIL systems are produced in lightweight standard
sections that include both post and rail. Systems can be prefabricated in large sections
and shipped to the site or they can also be fabricated and installed on site with simple
carpenter tools.
Internal Connection System All connections fit flush, resulting in a pleasing,
streamlined appearance. The internal connections allow the construction of continuous
handrail systems around circular tanks without special fittings.
Safety Features SAFRAIL systems come in a safety yellow color, feature low
electrical conductivity for worker safety and exhibit high strength. Systems meet federal
OSHA standards with a 2:1 factor of safety with a 6-foot (1830mm) maximum post
spacing. SAFRAIL systems also comply with international standard AFNOR NF E 85101.
Low Maintenance Corrosion resistant fiberglass with molded-in color will outlast
aluminum or steel systems with virtually no maintenance.
Cost Effective Fiberglass components and easy-to-assemble design provide savings
on labor and maintenance, resulting in long-term savings and elimination of the cost and
inconvenience of downtime for repairs in plant operations.
Guardrail
SAFRAIL industrial systems can be used in guardrail applications where railing is needed to
protect the open side of an elevated walkway. SAFRAIL systems meet OSHA requirements
for a height of 42" (1067mm) from the top of walkway to the top of the guardrail.
The OSHA loading requirement for both guardrail and handrail is a 200 pound (890 N) concentrated
load at any point or direction on the top rail. Other building codes may require different loading
conditions.
Custom Handrail Systems
SAFRAIL is designed to fit a wide variety of applications and because it is a standard system,
to be cost effective. However, custom handrail systems are available from Strongwell to suit
special needs. Contact Strongwell for special requirements.
Rev.1014
13-2

All Rights Reserved
Section 13
BASIC SAFRAIL SQUARE HANDRAIL COMPONENTS
1.68"
SQUARE
.156"
WALL
R .145"
90o Corner
.14 WALL
1.01" THRU
*E = Flexural modulus full strength
Kickplate
Split Tube Connector

1.70"
Square Plug
2" SQUARE
Post or Rail Section Properties

A = 1.151 in2
S = .657 in3
I = .657 in4
*E = 3.7 x 106 psi
WT = .95 lbs./lin. ft.
Adjustable Corner Assembly

"
4.9
1.68"
SQUARE
.50"
2"
CUBE
.125" WALL
2.5"
LEGS
4.00" or 6.00"
1/4" PIN
1.68"
SQUARE
30
MIN.
.75"
2"
4"
3/4"
1/8"
Post Base
End Cap
Supplementary Components:
1"
Nylon Rivets
4"
2" x 2" MOUNTED
IN CENTER OF

1/8 x 1-1/2 Tension Plus
BASE PLATE

Two Part Epoxy Kits

Mounting Bolts
2" SQUARE
6"
9/16"
Kickplate Splice and
Corner Connectors


All Rights Reserved
13-3
Rev.1014
Section 13
SAFRAILTM SQUARE HANDRAIL

FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION
FABRICATION
The fiberglass handrail system can be fabricated into finished sections by fabricating and joining
together the pultruded square tube using molded and pultruded components epoxy bonded and
connected as shown in the fabrication details. Where required by OSHA, fiberglass kickplate shall
be attached to the handrail posts with nylon rivets. Handrail sections shall be fabricated to the size
shown on the approved fabrication drawings and shall be piece marked with a waterproof tag.
INSTALLATION AND MOUNTING

The post is constructed with a square pultruded bottom plug. The length must extend a minimum
of one inch beyond the uppermost bolt hole to prevent crushing of post tubing. Bolt holes must
provide clearance of 1/16 for 1/2 diameter bolts/studs. The holes should be on the longitudinal
center line of the post 1 from bottom of post (minimum) and not less than 3 apart on center.
The posts are fastened with stainless steel anchor bolts or studs 1/2 diameter, extending no less
than 3-1/4 into the concrete, or into a minimum thickness of 1/4 structural steel or pultruded
fiberglass.
Post locations must be no greater than 18, nor less than 9 from horizontal or vertical change
in handrail direction. Posts are centered no greater than 72 apart on any straight run of rail, or
48 apart on any inclined rail section.
Base mount, embedded, and removable are also types of mounting procedures for handrail.
Contact approved fabricator for detailed information on these connection types.
The fabricated handrail systems are supplied complete with fittings by Strongwell. The components
used to join fabricated sections together may be shaped loose, to be epoxied and tension pinned
together in the field by the contractor, per Strongwells recommendations.
FABRICATION METHODS
Cut components to length and miter where necessary. Locate and drill holes for split tube connector
with a 1.68 diameter core drill. Apply recommended epoxy adhesive (available from Strongwell
Chatfield Division) to connectors and inside tube. Press sections together and wipe off excess
adhesive. 1/8 tension pin is recommended at connections for field fabrication.
Joints must be immobilized until cured. The recommended temperature for epoxy cure is 60 F or
above. Failure to use these installation and fabrication methods, including recommended epoxy
adhesive and 1.68 diameter core drill, may cause failure.
SUGGESTED POST AND KICK PLATE INSTALLATION

Posts with FRP
Base Plate
Fastening to Structural Steel or Fiberglass

(1) 6" SQUARE PLUG
(TYPICAL)
Kickplate
to Post
NYLON (2) RIVETS
WELD
(STEEL)
I BEAM
WITH SPACERS
CUT 1-1/2" x 1-1/2" x 4"

ANGLE FROM 2 x 2 TUBE
PARALLEL
PLATE
PERPENDICULAR
PLATE
CHANNEL
Removable Posts
Fastening to Concrete
1/16" MAX
CLEARANCE
BETWEEN
POST & SLEEVE
4" MIN
4" MIN
WELD
STOP
Rev.1014
EMBEDDED
IN CONCRETE
SLEEVE ON
STRUCTURAL STEEL
13-4
NYLON (4) RIVETS
Kickplate
Splice
6" PLUG
6" PLUG
ANCHORED
TO CONCRETE
Kickplate
Corner
SLEEVE IN
CONCRETE
CUT (2) 3/4"x 3" STRIPS

FROM 2 x 2 TUBE
OR KICKPLATE

All Rights Reserved
Section 13
TYPICAL SAFRAIL SQUARE HANDRAIL CONSTRUCTION

Connection Details
All components secured
with epoxy.
21"
A Rail Splice
6" SQUARE PLUG
21"
STRAIGHT
1/4" MAX.
3'-6 (OSHA)
ADJUSTABLE CORNER
ASSEMBLY
ANGLE
18" MAX.
B End Post to Rail
6'-0 MAX.
(STRAIGHT ROW)
4" SPLIT TUBE CONNECTOR

2'-8 (OSHA)
90 CORNER
4'-0 MAX.
(STAIRS OR INCLINES)
C Line Post to Rail
Alternative Post Design
8"SPLIT TUBE CONNECTOR

4" SPLIT TUBE CONNECTOR
45CHAMFER TYPICAL
ON TOP EDGE OF POST
1-3/4
2 x .156" SQUARE HANDRAIL

TUBE TOP & MID RAIL
20
1/8 x 1/2" SS POP
RIVET (BOTH SIDES)
1/4 x 1/2" NYLON HAMMER

DRIVE RIVET (2 REQ'D)
2-3/8 x 3/16" SQUARE
HANDRAIL TUBE POST

All Rights Reserved
4" KICKPLATE
LENGTH TO BE DETERMINED
TOP & MID RAIL OPENINGS

WILL BE ROUTERED OUT
D Stair Rail Return

(2) ADJUSTABLE CORNER
ASSEMBLIES
ADD PLUG AS REQUIRED
13-5
Rev.1014
Section 13
SAFRAILTM SQUARE HANDRAIL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

MATERIAL PROPERTIES FOR STANDARD RAILING FIBERGLASS PULTRUDED
SQUARE RAILS AND POSTS
PROPERTIES
TEST METHOD
UNITS
VALUES
Ultimate Flexural Stress (Full Section)
n/a
psi
30,000
Flexural Modulus (non-phenolic)
n/a
psi x 106
3.7
(Full Section)
Flexural Modulus (phenolic)
n/a
psi x 106
6.0
(Full Section)
Density
ASTM D792
lbs/in3
.065 - .075
24 hr. Water Abosrption
ASTM D570
% max by wt.
0.6
(non-phenolic)
24 hr. Water Abosrption (phenolic)
ASTM D570
% max by wt.
2.0
Coefficient of Thermal Expansion,
ASTM D696
10-6 in/in/F
7
lengthwise
Rev.1014
13-6

All Rights Reserved
Section 13
SAFRAIL ROUND HANDRAIL SYSTEM

INTRODUCTION
The SAFRAIL round handrail system is a round fiberglass system that is ideal for any high
traffic area where handrail is needed. The round rails are easy to grip and 90o molded corners
eliminate sharp edges.
The handrail system meets OSHA strength requirements with a 2:1 factor of safety with a
5-foot maximum post spacing. The handrail system can be made to comply with ADA
standards upon request.
Internally bonded fiberglass connectors result in no visible rivets or metal parts. Rail and posts
are 1.90 O.D. x 1.51 I.D. This is the same outside dimension as typical metal rails for ease of
adapting to common metal brackets. Kickplates are available upon request.
The SAFRAIL round handrail system is pultruded using either a vinyl ester or a polyester
resin system. The handrail system includes a UV inhibitor for additional resistance to ultraviolet
degradation and corrosion.
ROUND POST OR RAIL SECTION PROPERTIES

A = 1.05 in.2
S = .405 in.3
I = .385 in.4
E = 4.5 x 106 psi
WT = .86 lbs./lin. ft.
where E = Flexural modulus full section
MATERIAL PROPERTIES FOR STANDARD RAILING FIBERGLASS PULTRUDED

ROUND TUBES
PROPERTIES
TEST METHOD
UNITS
VALUES
Ultimate Flexural Stress (Full Section)
n/a
psi
60,000
Flexural Modulus (non-phenolic)
n/a
psi x 106
4.5
(Full Section)
Flexural Modulus (phenolic)
n/a
psi x 106
6.0
(Full Section)
Density
ASTM D792
lbs/in3
.065 - .075
24 hr. Water Abosrption
ASTM D570
% max by wt.
0.6
(non-phenolic)
24 hr. Water Abosrption (phenolic)
ASTM D570
% max by wt.
2.0
Coefficient of Thermal Expansion,
ASTM D696
10-6 in/in/F
7
lengthwise

All Rights Reserved
13-7
Rev.1014
Section 13
21"
21"
42" (OSHA)
TYPICAL SAFRAIL ROUND HANDRAIL CONSTRUCTION
1/4" Max.
"M
ax
.
5'-
0"
(S
tra
Ma
igh
x.
tR
ow
)
4'-
0"
(S
tai
rs
Ma
x.
or
Inc
lin
e)
32" (OSHA)
18
Connection Details
All components secured with epoxy.
A Rail Splice
1.5" x 8"
B End Post to Rail
C Line Post to Rail

1.5" x 8"
Split Tube
1.5" x 4" Split Tube

90 Corner
D Stair Rail Return

(2) Adj. Corner Assemblies
1.5" x 4"
Split Tube
Straight
Adjustable Corner Assembly
Angle
Rev.1014
Intermediate Connector
Intermediate Connector
13-8

All Rights Reserved
Section 13
SAFRAIL ROUND HANDRAIL SYSTEM

SUGGESTED ROUND POST AND KICKPLATE INSTALLATION
Kickplate
to Post
2" Min.
2" Min.
Typical
2" Min.
1.5 Tube
2" Min.
Posts with FRP

Base Plate
Nylon
Rivets
1/8" x(2)
1/2"
SS Pop
Rivets
Cut 1-1/2" x 1-1/2" x 4"
Cut 1-1/2" x 1-1/2" x 4" Angle
Angle
2 x 2 Tube
From
2 x From
2 Tube
Weld
Kickplate
Corner
(Stl.)
Bracket
1/4" BOLTS
ANCHORED
TO CONCRETE
2" Min.
Removable Posts
EMBEDDED
IN CONCRETE
4" Min.
2" Min.
4" Min.
2" Min.
CHANNEL
PARALLEL
PLATE
2" Min.
S.S. Kickplate
PERPENDICULAR
PLATE
Weld
SLEEVE ON
STRUCTURAL STEEL
1/8" x 1/2" SS
Nylon (4) Rivets
Pop Rivets
Kickplate
Splice
4" Min.
I BEAM
WITH SPACERS
SLEEVE IN
CONCRETE
Cut
Strips
Cut3/4"
3/4"x x3"3"
Strips
From
2 Tube
From
2 x22xTube
ROUND HANDRAIL COMPONENTS

Round Plug
Split Tube Connector
1.9O"OD.
1.5"OD.
1.5"OD.
1.51"ID.
1"ID.
1.25"ID.
Adjustable Corner
Assembly
2.5"
Post Base
1.5"
90o Corner
5.7"
Kickplate
4.00" or 6.00"
Post or Rail
.125" WALL
.50"
End Cap
1.9"
.75" (20mm)
4" (102mm)
1.5"
3/4"
30 Min.
Note: For Capping Tubes

(Special Construction)

All Rights Reserved
13-9
Rev.1014
Section 13
FIBERGLASS LADDERS & LADDER CAGES

INTRODUCTION TO SAFRAILTM LADDERS AND LADDER CAGE SYSTEMS
SAFRAIL fiberglass ladders and ladder cages are fabricated from pultruded fiberglass
components and produced by Strongwell. SAFRAIL fiberglass ladders are constructed of side
rails, rungs and cage straps produced by the pultrusion process and cage hoops produced by
the open molded hand lay-up method.
SAFRAIL ladder and cage systems meet the requirements set forth in OSHA 1910.27.
The side rails and cage straps are fiberglass reinforced pultruded polyester with OSHA safety
yellow pigment. An optional industrial grade polyurethane coating may be applied to the finished
ladder and cage for outdoor application.
The side rails are 2 or 2.375" square tube with a wall thickness of .156 or greater. The rungs
are 1.25 pultruded fluted round tube for a non-skid surface.
Cage hoops are produced by the open mold hand lay-up process with a width of 3 and thickness
of 1/4 minimum at the top and bottom and 2 x 1/4 at the intermediate hoops. The cage is
interconnected with 2 x 3/16 pultruded straps spaced 9 on center around the hoop.
All cut or machined edges, holes and abrasions shall be sealed with a resin compatible with the
resin matrix used in the structural shape.
All joints and rungs are epoxied and riveted. The hoops are attached to the rails so that hand
clearance is provided throughout the length of the ladder. The cages may be shipped as kits for
field assembly.
Ladders are shop assembled and may be pre-drilled and prepared for field attachment of standoff
clips.
Rev.1014
13-10

All Rights Reserved
Section 13
FIBERGLASS LADDERS & LADDER CAGES

Part Identification
9
2
Side Rail and Rung Detail
Name
Description
1 Side Rail
2 x .156 sq. tube
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1.25 dia. fluted tube

3 x 1/4 strip
2 x 1/4 strip
2 x 3/16 strip
5 bracket plate
10-1/2 bracket plate
3 angle
Molded end cap
Rung
Top or Bottom Hoop
Intermediate Hoop
Cage Straps
Standoff Bracket
Standoff Bracket
Base Angle
End Plug
4
5
3
1
8
2
Ladder Options
Walk-Through Cage w/Return

All Rights Reserved
Side Mount Cage
Walk-Through w/Return
13-11
Floor Mount
Wall Mount
Rev.1014
Section 14
DURASHIELD & DURASHIELD HC Building Panels
SECTION 14
DURASHIELD
FIBERGLASS FOAM CORE
BUILDING PANELS
&
DURASHIELD HC
FIBERGLASS HOLLOW CORE
BUILDING PANELS


All Rights Reserved
14-1
Rev.0814
Section 14
SYMBOLS FOR DURASHIELD FOAM CORE PANELS

Q
Heat flow (BTU)
A
Cross-sectional area (ft.2)
T T2-T1 = Temperature difference on either side of wall or DURASHIELD
k
Thermal conductivity (BTU/ft.2/hr./F/in.)
L
Wall thickness (inches)
R
Thermal resistance; R-factor
q
Heat flow in BTU (ft.2/hr.)
Rev.0814
14-2

All Rights Reserved
Section 14
DURASHIELD FIBERGLASS FOAM CORE BUILDING PANELS

FEATURES
The DURASHIELD panel is a tongue-and-groove fiberglass pultruded panel comprised of a
pultruded skin over a foam core. The panel provides these features:

Integral Insulation
Light Weight
Non-Conductive
Transparent to Electromagnetic Emissions
Strength
Flame Retardant
SIZES
DURASHIELD panels are currently available in 1 x 12 and 3 x 24 sizes. Special thicknesses
or widths are possible if the quantity warrants. The panels can be produced in any length that is
practical. Typical lengths would be in the 12 to 32 range.
MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
The pultruded fiberglass skin is available in either an isophthalic polyester or vinyl ester resin.
Both resin systems provide flame retardance (UL94 VO). The vinyl ester is utilized in extreme
corrosive applications. A synthetic surfacing veil is incorporated into the skin to improve weathering,
corrosion resistance and resistance to degradation from ultraviolet rays. Resistance to weathering
can be further enhanced by the application of a polyurethane paint. The core material is a rigid
closed-cell urethane foam. The ends of the panels must be encapsulated or coated with a resin
similar to the skin resin to maintain the corrosion and weather resistant qualities of the total
panel.
APPLICATIONS
DURASHIELD panels are designed to be used as walls, roofs, and covers. Typical applications
are:

Radar, Microwave, Radio and TV Antenna Enclosures

Enclosures for Electrical Equipment
Enclosures of Chemical Processing Operations
Buildings for EMI Testing (Computer Testing)
Chemical Pit Covers
Roofs on Wet-End Pulp and Paper Manufacturing
Modular Buildings

All Rights Reserved
14-3
Rev.0814
Section 14
ROOFING AND SIDING LOAD TABLES

1 PANEL ALLOWABLE UNIFORM LOAD (psf) **

@ = span/60
@ = span/120

SPAN

(ft.)
Siding Roofing
Siding Roofing
@ = span/180

(IN.) (IN.) (IN.)
Siding Roofing
4 .8 *138 *136
.4 *138 *136 .27 90 88
5 1.0 *88 *86 .5 72 70 .33 40 38
6 1.2 *61 *59 .6 38 36 .40 20 18
7 1.4 45 43 .7 22 20 .47 12 10
8 1.6 32 30 .8 14 12 .53 8 6
9 1.8 22 20 .9 8 6 .60 4 2
10 2.0 14 12 1.0 6 4

11 2.2 10 8 1.1 4 2

12 2.4 8 6

@ = span/60
SPAN

(ft.)

Siding Roofing
@ = span/120
Siding Roofing
@ = span/180

Siding Roofing
(IN.) (IN.) (IN.)
6 1.2
*340 *336 .6 289 285 .4 190 186
7 1.4
*246 *242 .7 188 184 .47
124 120
8
1.6 *189 *185 .8 129 125 .53 85 81
9 1.8
*150
*146 .9 93 89 .60
61 57
10 2.0
*121
*117
1.0
69 65 .67
45 41
11 2.2
100 96 1.1
53 49 .73
35 31
12 2.4
84 80 1.2
41 37 .80
27 23
13 2.6
67 63 1.3
33 29 .87
22 18
14 2.8
55 51 1.4
27 23 .93
18 14
15 3.0
45 41 1.5
22 18
1.00
15 11
16 3.2
38 34 1.6
18 14
1.07
12 8
17 3.4
32 28 1.7
16 12
1.13
10 6
18 3.6 27 23 1.8 13 9 1.20 9
5
19 3.8 23 19 1.9 11 7 1.27 8
4
20 4.0 20 16 2.0 10 6 1.33 7
3
*Controlled by stress with a factor of safety of 1.50.

**Values are typical.
PERFORMANCE: These tables are offered as a guide only. The effects of sustained impact or dynamic
loads, the particular corrosive environment and/or elevated temperatures have not been factored into
these tables.
Rev.0814
14-4

All Rights Reserved
Section 14
DURASHIELD PROPERTIES AND DIMENSIONS

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES (NOMINAL)
PROPERTY
Weight (lbs/linear ft.)

Panel Width (in.)
R Factor hr ft2 F
Btu

Foam Density (lbs/cu. ft.)

Min. thickness FRP composite skin (in.)

Flame Spread Rating
Fiberglass Composite skin
Foam

Water Absorption

UL94
1 PANEL
3 PANEL
1.99
12
5
7.85
24
17
4
.060
4
.088
MAX 25
MAX 25
MAX 25
MAX 25
<.3% if
<.3% if
properly sealed properly sealed
VO
VO
MECHANICAL PROPERTIES (NOMINAL)
Flexural Strength (psi)

1,750
869
6
Flexural Modulus (10 psi)
.2 .17
Short Beam Shear (psi)
113
90
Coefficient of Thermal Exp. (10-6 in/in/oF) 5.2
5.2
Pullout Test (pull through) (lbs.)
Std. washer (1 dia. with 3/8 hole)
650
730
Fender washer (2 dia. with 1/2 hole)
1,300
1,620
Crush Test (6 x 6 load plate) (lbs.)
5,600
6,750
Crush Test (full width) (lbs.)
1 dia. bar
5,200
2-1/2 dia. bar
18,800
PROPERTY
1 PANEL
3 PANEL
NOMINAL DIMENSIONS
1 x 12 DURASHIELD
3 x 24 DURASHIELD
All Rights Reserved
14-5
Rev.0814
Section 14
TYPICAL DURASHIELD ASSEMBLY SECTIONS

FIELD EPOXY
4 BOLTS W/WALL
1" FOAM CORED
PANELS (TYP.)
ATTACHED TO
FRONT WALL
1-1/2
1" "F" SECTION
FB 1-1/2x1/4
(BEYOND)
SECTION / WALL CORNER
LS 1-1/2x1/8
4
DOOR
SECTION / BASE
LR
45
3/
4
1/2
3/8 PLATE FOR

DOOR STOP
C1-1/2x1-1/2x1/4
ATTACHED TO
DOOR PANEL
3/8" DIA.
FRP BOLT
W/NUT @ 1'-0
DRILL & TAP

C1-1/2
C1-1/2x1-1/2x1/4
SECTION / WINDOW LOUVERS

"F" SECTION
TO ATTACH
ROOF PANEL
1" FOAM CORED

PANELS (TYP.)
7/16 DIA. DRILL

3/8 PLATE &
C1-1/2
THIS SIDE ONLY
ROOF
1" "F" SECTION
TONGUE CUT OFF

OF TOP PANEL
C1-1/2x1-1/2x1/4
ATTACHED TO
DOOR PANEL
3/8" DIA. FRP BOLT

W/NUTS @ 1'-0
C1-1/2x1-1/2x1/4
SECTION / ROOF
DRILL & TAP C1-1/2
SECTION / DOOR FRAMING
DOOR
3/8 PLATE FOR
DOOR STOP
7/16 DIA. DRILL 3/8 PLATE &

C1-1/2 THIS SIDE ONLY
3/8" DIA. FRP BOLT

W/NUT @ 1'-0
SUPPORTING FIBERGLASS STRUCTURAL SHAPES

DURASHIELD panels are made for use with Strongwells EXTREN line of structural shapes.
EXTREN is available in over 100 standard shapes. Typical additional supporting shapes are
shown below.
1 PANEL SUPPORTING SHAPES

Use
Shape Description
Shape Description
SECTION/BASE 5-1/2 x 1-1/2 X 1/4 F Section Standard EXTREN Angle
CORNER POST
3-1/4x 1/4 Custom Corner Post
ROOF JOINER

5-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 1/4 F Section

90 Custom Angle
1-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 1/4 EXTREN Channel
DOOR FRAMING
1-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 1/4 EXTREN Channel 3-1/2 x 2 x 7/32 EXTREN Channel
Standard EXTREN Angles Inside & Outside
WINDOW LOUVERS 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 1/4 EXTREN Channel 3-1/2 x 2 x 7/32 EXTREN Channel
FASTENERS

3/8 dia. FIBREBOLT Stud & Nut

Stainless Steel (optional)

NOTE: These connections and supporting shapes can also be used with DURASHIELD HC . See 14-10 for more information
about DURASHIELD HC .
Rev.0814
14-6

All Rights Reserved
Section 14
DURASHIELD HEAT FLOW ESTIMATES

The R-factor technique is a simple way to estimate the heat flow and to compare insulating
materials and approaches for DURASHIELD.
The R-Factors for DURASHIELD are:
1 DURASHIELD: R = 5
3 DURASHIELD: R = 17
The R-Factors will be used by considering heat flowing through a wall on a straight line.
The heat flow equation for one dimensional heat transfer through a wall of thickness L is given
by:
Q = kA
T T
=
A=
L
R
T2-T1
A
R
The R-Factor approach becomes a simplified way to write the heat flow equation. The above
sketch does not indicate whether T2 or T1 is inside or outside of the wall. Heat flows from the
hotter to the colder location.

For the 1 DURASHIELD

T
Q = A

5
For the 3 DURASHIELD

T
Q=A

17
Q
= heat flow per unit area = q = BTU/Ft2.Hr.
A
That is, q is the number of BTUs that flow through one square foot in one hour.
For the Strongwell DURASHIELD:

Q = T
(1)
q=
A
5

All Rights Reserved
Q
= q = T
A
17
14-7
(2)
Rev.0814
Section 14
DURASHIELD HEAT FLOW SAMPLE CALCULATIONS

EXAMPLES
1) Outside Temperature = 100 F

Inside Temperature = 180 F

For the 1 DURASHIELD, from equation (1)
180 - 100
80
BTU

q=
5
5 = 16.0 hr. ft.2
1 DURASHIELD

for a 24 hour time period

BTU

q24 = 16.0 x 24 = 384 2
ft

2) Outside Temperature = 0F

Inside Temperature = 180F

For the 3 DURASHIELD, from equation (2)

q = 180 - 0 = 180 = 10.6 BTU 2

17
17
hr. ft.
q24 = 24 hour heat flow = 10.6 x 24 = 254 BTU/ft. 2
3) Outside Temperature = 0F

Inside Temperature = 180F

3 DURASHIELD
1 DURASHIELD
180 - 0
BTU
q= 5
= 36 hr. ft.2
q24 = 864 BTU/hr.
NOTE: The above calculations assume: One dimensional heat flow. This is rarely a strictly valid assumption
but is used as a first order approximation. The heat flow will generally be in all directions from a
heat source.
GENERAL RULES FOR THE DURASHIELD CALCULATION:

1) Calculate heat flow using

q=
T
(3)
R
R = 5; 1 DURASHIELD
R = 17; 3 DURASHIELD
This is the BTUs per hour per cross sectional area.
2) Determine the desired time interval. Often, either a one hour or 24 hour time period is selected.

q24 = 24 T = 24 hour heat flow. (4)
R

To obtain the heat flow for any time period, multiply the results of equation (3) by the time in hours.
3) To obtain the heat flow for any cross sectional area multiply equation (3) by the area. Thus, a 40 ft2
subjected to this type of heat flow for a 3 DURASHIELD system would have a total heat flow given
by:
T
T

Q=A
= 40 x
R
17
As an example, if the temperature difference, T, equaled 80F for an area of 40 ft.2
80
BTU

Q = 40 x
= 188.2
17
hr.

and for 24 hours: Q24 = 24 x 188.2 = 4517 BTU
Rev.0814
14-8

All Rights Reserved
Section 14
DURASHIELD HEAT FLOW CHART

Using the same one dimensional heat flow assumption, a quick reference chart is presented for
a building constructed of DURASHIELD and maintained at a constant 75F temperature on
the inside:

HEAT
FLOW

HEAT
OUT
OF
ROOM

HEAT
INTO
ROOM


All Rights Reserved
OUTSIDE BTU/FT2 - ONE DAY

TEMPERATURE
(F)
1 DURASHIELD 3 DURASHIELD
-50
-25
0
25
50
75
100
125
150
175
200
600
480
360
240
120
0
120
240
360
480
600
14-9
176.5
141.2
105.9
70.6
35.3
0
35.3
70.6
105.9
141.2
176.5
Rev.0814
Section 14
DURASHIELD HC FIBERGLASS HOLLOW CORE BUILDING PANELS

FEATURES
The DURASHIELD HC panel is a tongue-and-groove hollow fiberglass pultruded panel. The
panel is a sensible choice for any type of roofing, flooring, enclosures or screening that does not
require insulation. The panel provides these features:

Lightweight
Strength
Low in Conductivity
Low Maintenance
Easy to Install
Rot, Rust & Mildew Resistance
Flame Retardant
SIZES
DURASHIELD panels are currently available in standard 1 x 12 panels. The panels can be
produced in any length that is practical. Typical lengths would be in the 12 to 32 range.
The pultruded fiberglass skin is available in either an isophthalic polyester or vinyl ester resin.
Both resin systems provide flame retardance (UL94 VO). The vinyl ester is utilized in extreme
corrosive applications. A synthetic surfacing veil is incorporated into the skin to improve weathering,
corrosion resistance and resistance to degradation from ultraviolet rays. Resistance to weathering
can be further enhanced by the application of a polyurethane paint. Both resin systems include
flame retardants and meet the requirements of a Class 1 flame spread per ASTM E84 and the
self-extinguishing requirements of ASTM D-635.
APPLICATIONS
DURASHIELD HC panels are designed to be used as walls, roofs, and covers. Typical applications
are:

Rev.0814
Cladding
Decking
Cellular Enclosures and Screening
Tank Covers
Cooling Tower Partition Walls
Buildings and Enclosures when Insulation is Not Required
14-10

All Rights Reserved
Section 14
DURASHIELD HC ROOFING AND SIDING LOAD TABLES

@=span/60 @=span/120 @=span/180 @=span/240 @=span/300 @=span/360

SPAN
(ft.) LOAD
LOAD
LOAD
LOAD
LOAD
LOAD
(lbs/ft2) (IN.) (lbs/ft2) (IN.) (lbs/ft2) (IN.) (lbs/ft2) (IN.) (lbs/ft2) (IN.) (lbs/ft2) (IN.)
2.0
1727
0.40
863
0.20
576
0.13
432
0.10
345
0.08
288
0.07
2.5
1045
0.50
523
0.25
348
0.17
261
0.13
209
0.10
174
0.08
3.0
671
0.60
335
0.30
224
0.20
168
0.15
134
0.12
112
0.10
3.5
451
0.70
225
0.35
150
0.23
113
0.18
90
0.14
75
0.12
4.0
315
0.80
157
0.40
105
0.27
79
0.20
63
0.16
52
0.13
4.5
226
0.90
113
0.45
75
0.30
57
0.23
45
0.18
38
0.15
5.0
168
1.00
84
0.50
56
0.33
42
0.25
34
0.20
28
0.17
5.5
127
1.10
64
0.55
42
0.37
32
0.28
25
0.22
21
0.18
6.0
99
1.20
49
0.60
33
0.40
25
0.30
20
0.24
16
0.20
6.5
78
1.30
39
0.65
26
0.43
20
0.33
16
0.26
13
0.22
7.0
63
1.40
31
0.70
21
0.47
16
0.35
13
0.28
10
0.23
7.5
51
1.50
26
0.75
17
0.50
13
0.38
10
0.30
0.25
8.0
43
1.60
21
0.80
14
0.53
11
0.40
0.32
0.27
NOTE: Controlled by stress with a factor of safety of 1.50.

**Values are typical.
PERFORMANCE: These tables are offered as a guide only. The effects of sustained impact or dynamic
loads, the particular corrosive environment and/or elevated temperatures have not been factored into
these tables.

All Rights Reserved
14-11
Rev.0814
Section 14
DURASHIELD HC PROPERTIES AND DIMENSIONS

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES (NOMINAL)
PROPERTY
1 PANEL
Depth (in.)
Panel Width (in.)
12
Weight (lbs./linear ft.)
3.27
Area (in2)
3.914
Section Modulus (SX)
1.312 in3 / ft. of width
Moment of Inertia (IX)
0.656 in4 / ft. of width
Coefficient of Thermal Exp. (10-6 in/in/Fo)
7.0
Flame Spread Rating (ASTM E-84)
Max 25
Water Absorption
<.6%
MECHANICAL PROPERTIES (NOMINAL)

PROPERTY
ASTM
1 Panel
LW Compressive Strength (psi)
D695
50,000
LW Compressive Modulus (10 6 psi)
D695
3.5
LW Tensile Strength (psi)
D638
58,000
LW Tensile Modulus (10 6 psi)
D638
3.5
LW Short Beam Shear (psi)
D2344
4,500
NOMINAL DIMENSIONS
12.975
3.825
.110 MIN.
.950
2X (.140)
1.000
3.825
3.825
.110 MIN.
.080 MIN.
.080 MIN.
.110
MIN.
.750
.720 .470
1.000
.110 MIN.
.110 MIN.
1 x 12 DURASHIELD
Rev.0814
14-12

All Rights Reserved
Section 14
TYPICAL DURASHIELD HC ASSEMBLY SECTIONS
1" DURASHIELD HC
PANELS (TYP.)
ATTACHED TO
FRONT WALL
1-1/2
1" "F" SECTION
FB 1-1/2x1/4
(BEYOND)
SECTION / WALL CORNER
LS 1-1/2x1/8
4
DOOR
LR
45
SECTION / BASE
3/
1/2
3/8 PLATE FOR

DOOR STOP
C1-1/2x1-1/2x1/4
ATTACHED TO
DOOR PANEL
3/8" DIA.
FRP BOLT
W/NUT @ 1'-0
DRILL & TAP

C1-1/2
C1-1/2x1-1/2x1/4
SECTION / WINDOW LOUVERS

"F" SECTION
TO ATTACH
ROOF PANEL
ROOF
1" "F" SECTION
TONGUE CUT OFF

OF TOP PANEL
C1-1/2x1-1/2x1/4
1" DURASHIELD HC
PANELS (TYP.)
7/16 DIA. DRILL

3/8 PLATE &
C1-1/2
THIS SIDE ONLY
C1-1/2x1-1/2x1/4
ATTACHED TO
DOOR PANEL
3/8" DIA. FRP BOLT

W/NUTS @ 1'-0
SECTION / ROOF
DRILL & TAP C1-1/2
7/16 DIA. DRILL 3/8 PLATE &

C1-1/2 THIS SIDE ONLY
DOOR
3/8 PLATE FOR
DOOR STOP
3/8" DIA. FRP BOLT
W/NUT @ 1'-0
SUPPORTING FIBERGLASS STRUCTURAL SHAPES

DURASHIELD HC panels are made for use with Strongwells EXTREN line of structural shapes.
EXTREN is available in over 100 standard shapes. Typical additional supporting shapes are
shown below.

Use
Shape Description
SECTION/BASE 5-1/2 x 1-1/2 X 1/4 F Section
CORNER POST
3-1/4x 1/4 Custom Corner Post
ROOF JOINER

5-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 1/4 F Section

DOOR FRAMING
WINDOW LOUVERS 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 1/4 EXTREN Channel

FASTENERS


NOTE: These connections and supporting shapes can also be used with DURASHIELD.

All Rights Reserved
14-13
Rev.0814
Section 15
COMPOSOLITE Building Panel System
SECTION 15
COMPOSOLITE

NOTE: COMPOSOLITE is a registered trademark of Maunsell Structural Plastics, Ltd. and used by Strongwell Corporation pursuant
to license.

All Rights Reserved
15-1
Rev.0610
Section 15
COMPOSOLITE FIBERGLASS BUILDING PANEL SYSTEM

INTRODUCTION
COMPOSOLITE is an advanced composite building panel system suitable for major load bearing
structural applications. The modular construction system consists of a small number of interlocking
fiber reinforced polymer (FRP) structural components produced by the pultrusion process. The main
building panel is an open-ribbed 3 thick x 24 wide nominal size panel. Panels can be connected
using the 3-way connectors, 45o connectors, toggles and/or hangers.
This uniquely designed system of interlocking components makes it possible to design fiberglass
structures at significantly lower costs for a broad range of construction applications.
COMPOSOLITE structures can be designed in kit form and shipped flat to the job site.
FEATURES
The COMPOSOLITE fiberglass building panel system is comprised of pultruded FRP components.
The system provides these features:

Strong
Interlocking Joints
Light Weight
Non-Conductive
Easy to Install
Easy to Maintain
Cost Effective
SYSTEM DESIGN
COMPOSOLITE combines manufacturing simplicity with an almost unlimited number of
configurations.
The panels feature integrally molded longitudinal grooves into which a connector or toggle (of the
same length or longer) is inserted during assembly. Three-way and 45o connectors allow the system
components to turn corners and facilitate the joining of walls or sides. Toggles lock panels and
connectors together securely. For added flexibility, the system also includes a hanger and an end
cap.
For permanent structures, joints between panels and connectors are bonded during assembly. After
the adhesive is applied along the length of the panel and connector, the toggle mechanically secures
the components and creates even pressure along the length of the joint until the adhesive cures.
COMPOSOLITE is a system of five interlocking components manufactured of pultruded fiberglass
reinforced polymer. This construction makes COMPOSOLITE particularly well-suited to outdoor use
and/or corrosive environments.
COMPOSOLITE is available in either polyester, polyester fire retardant, or vinyl ester resin systems.
It is stocked in the polyester fire retardant resin system in slate gray color. The standard fire retardant
resins meet the requirements of Class 1 rating of 25 or less per ASTM E-84 and the self-extinguishing
requirements of ASTM D-635. The resin mixture is UV inhibited and the composite includes a surface
veil on all exposed surfaces for enhanced corrosion and UV protection.
Other resins and colors are available upon request.
APPLICATIONS
COMPOSOLITE panels are designed for major load bearing structural applications. Typical
applications are:

Rev.0610
FRP Buildings
Bridge Decks
Platforms & Walkways
Bridge Enclosure Systems

Tank Covers
Cellular Enclosures
15-2

All Rights Reserved
Section 15

COMPONENTS
Panel (3 x 24 nominal size - 80mm x 604.7mm actual)

7.49 lb/ft
MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
(minimum coupon)
3-Way
Connector
1.65 lbs/ft
Toggle
Connector
.34 lbs/ft
ASTM
Properties
Test Method
Hanger
1.55 lbs/ft
45o
Connector
1.65 lbs/ft
End Cap
.57 lbs/ft
COMPOSOLITE ALLOWABLE UNIFORM

LOAD TABLE (PSF)
Value
Flexural Strength, LW
D790
24.5 ksi
Flexural Strength, CW
D790
8.2 ksi
Flexural Modulus , LW
D790
885 ksi
Flexural Modulus, CW
D790
646 ksi
Tensile Strength, LW
D638
31.1 ksi
Tensile Modulus, LW
D638
2,486 ksi
Short Beam Shear, LW D2344
3.19 ksi
NOTE: All values are minimum ultimate properties from coupon

tests except as noted.
@=span/60 @=span/120 @=span/180

SPAN
(ft.)
(IN.)
Siding Roofing
(IN.)
Siding Roofing
(IN.)
Siding Roofing
.8 *778 *774
.4 *778 *774 .27 *778 *774
1.0 *624 *620
.5 *624 *620 .33 490 486
SECTION PROPERTIES
6 1.2 *520 *516 .6 449 445 .40 299 295

7 1.4 *466 *462 .7 303 299 .47 204 200
8 1.6 *390 *386 .8 214 210 .53 142 138
9 1.8 311 308 .9 156 152 .60 104 100

10 2.0 233 229 1.0 116 112 .67 78 74

11 2.2 176
172 1.1 88 84 .73 59 55

12 2.4 140
136 1.2 70 64 .80 47 43

13 2.6 110
106 1.3 56 52 .87 37 33

14 2.8 90 86 1.4 48 44 .93 30 26

15 3.0 74 70 1.5 37 33
1.00 25 21

16 3.2 61 57 1.6 30 26
1.09 21 17

17 3.4 51 47 1.7 25 21
1.13 17 13

18 3.6 43 39 1.8 22 18
1.20 14 10

19 3.8 36 32 1.9 18 14
1.27 12 8

20 4.0 32 28 2.0 15 11
1.33 11 7
*Controlled by strength with a factor of safety of 2.50 for

flexural or 3.0 for shear. NOTE: All values are typical.

All Rights Reserved
15-3
Ix
Sx
rx
Iy
Sy
ry
A
Awx
Awy
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
15.9 in.4
10.2 in.3
1.33 in.
422 in.4
39.9 in.3
6.88 in.
8.89 in.2
2.78 in.2
6.11 in.2
Ixx
Iyy
Sxx
Syy
A
rx
ry
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
2.73 in.4
2.69 in.4
1.80 in.3
1.71 in.3
2.01 in.2
1.17 in.
1.17 in.
Rev.0610
Section 15

LOAD TABLE (METRIC)
E I
Span
(ft) (m)
6
(1.83)
7
(2.13)
8
(2.44)
9
(2.74)
10
(3.04)
11
(3.35)
12
(3.66)
13
(3.96)
14
(4.27)
15
(4.57)
16
(4.87)
17
(5.18)
18
(5.49)
19
(5.79)
20
(6.10)
a
(106 lbf.-in.2)(109 N-cm2)
300 (1334)
c
Dc .06" (1.53)
u
50 (729)
Du .03" (0.76)
c
300 (1334)
Dc .08" (2.03)
u
43 (627)
Du .05" (1.27)
c
300 (1334)
Dc .15" (3.81)
u
38 (554)
Du .07" (1.78)
c
300 (1334)
Dc .16" (4.07)
u
33 (481)
Du .10" (2.54)
c
300 (1334)
Dc .21" (5.34)
u
30 (437)
Du .13" (3.30)
c
300 (1334)
Dc .27" (6.86)
u
27 (394)
Du .17" (4.32)
c
300 (1334)
Dc .35" (8.90)
u
25 (364)
Du .22" (5.59)
c
300 (1334)
Dc .44" (11.18)
u
23 (335)
Du .28" (7.12)
c
300 (1334)
Dc .54" (13.73)
u
21 (306)
Du .34" (8.64)
c
300 (1334)
Dc .66" (16.78)
u
20 (291)
Du .41" (10.42)
c
300 (1334)
Dc .80" (20.33)
u
19 (277)
Du .51" (12.96)
c
300 (1334)
Dc .96" (24.40)
u
18 (262)
Du .61" (15.50)
c
300 (1334)
Dc 1.13" (28.72)
u
17 (248)
Du .70" (17.79)
c
300 (1334)
Dc 1.3" (33.03)
u
16 (233)
Du .84" (21.35)
c
300 (1334)
Dc 1.54" (39.13)
u
15 (218)
Du .96" (24.40)
600
.11"
100
.07"
600
.15"
86
.10"
600
.23"
75
.14"
600
.32"
67
.20"
600
.42"
60
.26"
600
.55"
55
.35"
600
.70"
50
.44"
600
.77"
46
.57"
600
1.08"
43
.68"
600
1.33"
40
.82"
600
1.60"
37
1.0"
600
1.91"
35
1.19"
600
2.27"
33
1.41"
600
2.70"
32
1.69"
600
3.07"
30
1.91"
(2667)
(2.80)
(1459)
(1.78)
(2667)
(3.81)
(1255)
(2.54)
(2667)
(5.85)
(1094)
(3.56)
(2667)
(8.13)
(977)
(5.08)
(2667)
(10.68)
(875)
(6.61)
(2667)
(13.98)
(802)
(8.89)
(2667)
(17.79)
(729)
(11.18)
(2667)
(22.37)
(671)
(14.49)
(2667)
(27.45)
(627)
(17.28)
(2667)
(33.80)
(583)
(20.84)
(2667)
(40.67)
(539)
(25.42)
(2667)
(48.55)
(510)
(30.25)
(2667)
(57.70)
(481)
(35.84)
(2667)
(68.63)
(467)
(42.95)
(2667)
(78.03)
(437)
(48.55)
900
.19"
150
.10"
900
.23"
128
.14"
900
.34"
112
.21"
900
.47"
100
.29"
900
.63"
90
.39"
900
.82"
82
.52"
900
1.05"
75
.65"
900
1.31"
69
.85"
900
1.63"
64
1.02"
900
1.99"
60
1.24"
900
2.39"
56
1.50"
900
2.87"
53
1.80"
900
3.40"
50
2.11"
900
4.0"
47
2.48"
900
4.60"
45
2.87"
(4001)
(4.32)
(2189)
(2.54)
(4001)
(5.85)
(1868)
(3.56)
(4001)
(8.64)
(1634)
(5.34)
(4001)
(11.95)
(1459)
(7.37)
(4001)
(16.01)
(1313)
(9.91)
(4001)
(20.84)
(1196)
(13.21)
(4001)
(26.69)
(1094)
(16.52)
(4001)
(33.30)
(1006)
(21.60)
(4001)
(41.43)
(934)
(25.93)
(4001)
(50.58)
(875)
(31.52)
(4001)
(60.75)
(817)
(38.13)
(4001)
(72.95)
(773)
(45.75)
(4001)
(86.42)
(729)
(53.63)
(4001)
(101.67)
(685)
(63.03)
(4001)
(116.92)
(656)
(72.95)
1000
.19"
167
.11"
1000
.26"
143
.16"
1000
.38"
125
.24"
1000
.53"
111
.33"
1000
.70"
100
.44"
1000
.92"
91
.57"
1000
1.17"
83
.72"
1000
1.46"
77
.95"
1000
1.81"
71
1.13"
1000
2.21"
67
1.38"
1000
2.66"
62
1.66"
1000
3.19"
59
2.0"
1000
3.78"
56
2.36"
(4445)
(4.83)
(2437)
(2.80)
(4445)
(6.61)
(2086)
(4.07)
(4445)
(9.66)
(1824)
(6.10)
(4445)
(13.47)
(1619)
(8.39)
(4445)
(17.79)
(1459)
(11.18)
(4445)
(23.38)
(1328)
(14.48)
(4445)
(29.74)
(1211)
(18.30)
(4445)
(37.11)
(1123)
(24.15)
(4445)
(46.00)
(1036)
(28.72)
(4445)
(56.17)
(977)
(35.08)
(4445)
(67.61)
(904)
(42.19)
(4445)
(81.08)
(861)
(50.83)
(445)
(96.08)
(817)
(59.98)
1250
.23"
208
.14"
1250
.32"
178
.20"
1250
.48"
156
.30"
1250
.66"
129
.41"
1250
.87"
125
.54"
1250
1.14"
114
.72"
1250
1.46"
104
.91"
1250
1.82"
96
1.18"
1250
2.26"
89
1.41"
(5557)
(5.85)
(3035)
(3.56)
(5557)
(8.13)
(2597)
(5.08)
(5557)
(12.20)
(2276)
(7.63)
(5557)
(16.78)
(1883)
(10.42)
(5557)
(22.11)
(1824)
(13.73)
(5557)
(28.98)
(1663)
(18.29)
(5557)
(37.11)
(1517)
(23.13)
(5559)
(46.26)
(1401)
(29.99)
(5557)
(57.44)
(1298)
(35.84)
1500
.28"
250
.17"
1500
.38"
214
.24"
1500
.58"
188
.36"
1500
.79"
167
.49"
1500
1.05
150
.65"
1500
1.4"
136
.85"
1500
1.75"
125
1.09"
(6668)
(7.12)
(3648)
(4.32)
(6668)
(9.66)
(3123)
(6.10)
(6668)
(14.74)
(2743)
(9.15)
(6668)
(20.08)
(2437)
(12.45)
(6668)
(26.69)
(2189)
(16.52)
(6668)
(35.58)
(1984)
(21.59)
(6668)
(44.48)
(1824)
(27.70)
1750
.32"
292
.20"
1750
.45"
250
.28"
1750
.67"
219
.41"
1750
.92"
194
.57"
1750
1.22"
175
.76"
1750
1.6"
159
1.00"
(7780)
(8.13)
(4261)
(5.08)
(7780)
(11.44)
(3648)
(7.12)
(7780)
(17.03)
(3196)
(10.42)
(7780)
(23.38)
(2831)
(14.49)
(7780)
(31.01)
(2553)
(19.32)
(7780)
(40.67)
(2320)
(25.40)
2000
.39"
333
.23"
2000
.51"
285
.32"
2000
.77"
250
.47"
2000
1.05"
222
.65"
(8891) 2250 (10002) 2500 (11114) 2750 (12225) 3000 (13336)

(9.40)
.42" (10.68) .46" (11.69) .51" (12.96) .55" (13.98)
(4859)
375 (5472)
417 (6085)
458 (6684)
500 (7296)
(5.85)
.26" (6.61)
.28" (7.12)
.31" (7.88)
.34" (8.64)
(8891) 2250 (10002) 2500 (11114)
(12.96) .58" (14.74) .64" (16.27)
(4159)
321 (4684)
357 (5210)
(8.13)
.36" (9.15)
.40" (10.17)
(8891) 2250 (10002)
(19.57) .86" (21.86)
(3648)
281 (4100)
(11.95) .53" (13.47)
(8891)
(26.69)
(3239)
(16.52)
Ea I = The typical apparent stiffness based on deflection testing; the load tables developed based on this stiffness are typical values
U = Uniform load (lbf/ft) (N/m)
C = Concentrated load (lbf) (N)
C = Deflection inches (mm) under concentrated load
U = Deflection inches (mm) under uniform load
Rev.0610
15-4

All Rights Reserved
-42.7
-42.7
-48.2
-48.2
-48.6
-48.6
-50.2
-50.2
-51.8
-51.8
-52.4
-52.4
-53.5
-53.5
-54.4
-54.4
-54.7
-54.7
-55.1
-55.1
-55.4
-55.4
-55.5
-55.5
-55.6
-55.6
-56.0
-56.0
-56.4
-56.4
(1.23)
(1.23)
(1.38)
(1.38)
(1.39)
(1.39)
(1.44)
(1.44)
(1.49)
(1.49)
(1.50)
(1.50)
(1.54)
(1.54)
(1.56)
(1.56)
(1.57)
(1.57)
(1.58)
(1.58)
(1.59)
(1.59)
(1.59)
(1.59)
(1.60)
(1.60)
(1.61)
(1.61)
(1.62)
(1.62)
Section 16
Flooring and Decking Systems
SECTION 16
FIBERGLASS FLOORING
AND DECKING SYSTEMS
SAFDECK
FIBERGLASS DECKING SYSTEM
SAFPLANK
FIBERGLASS PLANK SYSTEM
STRONGDEK
FIBERGLASS DECKING SYSTEM


All Rights Reserved
16-1
Rev.1214
Section 16
SAFPLANK FIBERGLASS PLANK SYSTEM

INTRODUCTION
SAFPLANK is a high strength plank system of fiberglass panels designed to interconnect for
a continuous solid surface. SAFPLANK is intended to replace wood, aluminum or steel planks
in environments where corrosion or rotting creates costly maintenance problems or unsafe
conditions. Non-conductive and non-sparking, SAFPLANK provides safe walkways in electrical
applications.
FEATURES
The SAFPLANK fiberglass plank system is comprised of pultruded FRP panels. The system
provides these features:

Corrosion Resistant
Strong
Lightweight
Easy to Install
Easy to Maintain
Non-Sparking
Easily Transported
Non-Conductive
SIZES
SAFPLANK is available in 2 deep planks in both 12 and 24 widths to offer flexibility in design.
Stock panels are available in 20 and 24 lengths. Other lengths are available upon request.
SAFPLANK may be ordered with a grit surface or with a smooth surface for non-pedestrian
applications.
SAFPLANK is a composite of fiberglass reinforcements (glass and mat) and a thermoset resin
system. The panels are produced by the pultrusion process. Planks will be manufactured using
polyester resin to ANSI/NSF standard 61 certified for potable water applications, if required.
The standard resin system is a slate gray fire retardant polyester resin meeting the requirements of
Class 1 flame spread rating of 25 or less per ASTM E-84 and the self-extinguishing requirements
of ASTM D-635. The resin is UV inhibited and the composite includes a surface veil on all exposed
surfaces for enhanced corrosion and UV protection. Other resins and colors are available upon
request.
The standard grit system for SAFPLANK is a polyurethane based medium grit. This grit system
is recommended for light pedestrian traffic only. Other grit systems available include epoxy
medium and epoxy coarse and may be more appropriate for applications with heavier traffic.
APPLICATIONS
SAFPLANK is designed to be used for flooring and covers. Typical applications include:

Cooling Tower Decking
Temporary Flooring

Odor Control Covers
Access Walkways

Roofing Walkways
Cellular Wall Panels
SAFPLANK, when turned upside down, serves as an excellent stay-in-place concrete forming
system in applications where corrosion and weight are construction concerns. Vinyl Ester resin
is required if SAFPLANK will be used as a concrete reinforcement.
Rev.1214
16-2

All Rights Reserved
Section 16
Two hold-down connections are available for installing SAFPLANK . Both hold-downs can be
used with either 12 or 24 wide SAFPLANK.
1/4 x 1-1/4 CARRIAGE BOLT ASSEMBLY
316 S.S. INSERT HOLD DOWN
SAFPLANK Load / Deflection Data (Right Side Up Position)

12 SAFPLANK
SPAN
I12 = 1.69 in.4, wt = 2.6 lb/lin. ft. (gritted)
24 SAFPLANK
I24 = 3.01 in.4, wt = 5.1 lb/lin. ft. (gritted)

50 100 200 300 500 1000 100 200 300 500 1000
(u=2394) (u=4788) (u=9576) (u=14364) (u=23990) (u=47888) (u=4788) (u=9576) (u=14364) (u=28990) (u=47888)
(c= 730) (c=1460) (c=2920) (c=4380) (c=7300) (c=14600) (c=1460) (c=2920) (c=4380) (c=7300) (c=14600)
u
.006
.011
.023 .034 .057 .113 .015 .030 .045 .075 .151
u
(.152) (.279) (.584) (.864) (1.448) (2.87) (.381) (.762) (1.143) (1.905) (3.835)
c
< .005
.009
.018 .027 .045 .091 .012 .024 .036 .060 .121
c
(< .127)
(.229) (.457) (.686) (1.143) (2.311) (.305) (.610) (.914) (1.524) (3.073)
36"
u
.022 .043 .087 .130 .217
.046 .092 .138 .231
(914 mm) u (.559) (1.092) (2.210) (3.302) (5.512)
(1.168) (2.337) (3.505) (5.867)

c
.012
.023
.046 .070 .116 .232 .024 .049 .074 .123 .246

c (.305) (.584) (1.168) (1.778) (2.946) (5.893) (.610) (1.245) (1.870) (3.124) (6.248)
48"
u
.062 .123 .247 .370
.133 .265 .398
(1219 mm) u (1.575) (3.124) (6.274) (9.398)

(3.378) (6.731) (10.109)

c
.025
.049
.099 .148 .247 .494 .053 .106 .159 .265

c (.635) (1.245) (2.515) (3.759) (6.274) (12.548) (1.346) (2.692) (4.039) (6.731)
60"
u
.140 .281 .562
.302 .605

(1524 mm) u
(3.556)
(7.137)
(14.275)
(7.671)
(15.367)

c
.045 .090 .180 .270 .450
.097 .193 .290 .484

c (1.143) (2.286) (4.572) (6.858) (11.43)
(2.464) (4.902) (7.417) (12.294)
72"
u
.291
.583
.627

(1829 mm) u
(7.391)
(14.808)

(15.926)

c
.078 .155 .311 .466
.167 .334 .501

c (1.981) (3.937) (7.899) (11.836)

(4.242) (8.611) (12.725)

Maximum deflections shown are based on a deflection of approximately L/100

24
(610 mm)

= Uniform load in lbs/ft2 (N/m2). For example, a 100 lb. uniform load over 3 ft.2 is 300 lbs. of total load.
= Typical deflection under the uniform load in inches (mm)
= Concentrated load in lbs/ft of width (N/m of width)
= Typical deflection under concentrated load in inches (mm)
SAFPLANK joints have been tested for 300 lbs concentrated point load applied over 4 in.2 area (See ASCE 7 - Minimum
Design Loads for Buildings and other Structures). For 24 span, a 300 lbs concentrated load has a factor of safety (FS)
of 6, for 36 FS of 4, and for 48 FS of 3. Spans should be limited to 48 for this type of loading.

All Rights Reserved
16-3
Rev.1214
Section 16
SAFPLANK Load / Deflection Data (Upside Down Position)

SPAN
24
(610 mm)

36
(914 mm)

48
(1219 mm)

60
(1524 mm)

72
(1829 mm)

12 SAFPLANK
12 = 1.69 in.4, wt = 2.6 lb/lin. ft. (gritted)
24 SAFPLANK
24 = 3.01 in.4, wt = 5.1 lb/lin.ft. (gritted)

50 100 200 300 500 1000 100 200 300 500 1000
(u=2394) (u=4788) (u=9576) (u=14364) (u=23990) (u=47888) (u=4788) (u=9576) (u=14364) (u=28990) (u=47888)
(c= 730) (c=1460) (c=2920) (c=4380) (c=7300) (c=14600) (c=1460) (c=2920) (c=4380) (c=7300) (c=14600)
u .007 .014 .026 .040 .062

.017 .030 .054 .086 .161
u (.178) (.356) (.660) (1.016) (1.575)
(.432) (.762) (1.372) (2.184) (4.089)
c .006 .011 .023 .033 .053 .099 .014 .026 .039 .057 .138
c (.152) (.279) (.584) (.838) (1.346) (2.515) (.356) (.660) (.991) (1.448) (3.505)
u .024 .046 .089 .121
.051 .109 .161 .261
u (.610) (1.168) (2.261) (3.073)

(1.295) (2.769) (4.089) (6.629)
c .013 .026 .050 .074 .118 .233 .030 .055 .080 .130 .287
c (.330) (.660) (1.270) (1.880) (2.997) (5.918) (.762) (1.397) (2.032) (3.302) (7.292)
u .064 .120 .237
.130 .287 .414
u (1.626) (3.048) (6.020)

(3.302) (7.290) (10.516)

c .029 .053 .102 .148 .239 .469 .055 .106 .157 .259
c (.737) (1.346) (2.591) (3.759) (6.071) (11.913) (1.397) (2.692) (3.988) (6.579)
u
.138
.266
.286
.634
u
(3.525)
(6.756)
(7.264)
(16.104)

c .047 .088 .175 .258 .426
.095 .186 .278 .457
c (1.194) (2.235) (4.445) (6.553) (10.820)
(2.413) (4.724) (7.061) (11.608)
u
.268

.622

u
(6.807)

(15.799)

c .079 .150 .289 .430
.150 .298 .442 .740
c (2.007) (3.810) (7.341) (10.922)

(3.810) (7.569) (11.227) (18.796)
Maximum deflections shown are based on a deflection of approximately L/100

Vinyl Ester resin is required if SAFPLANK will be used as a concrete reinforcement.
u = Uniform load in lbs/ft2 (N/m2). For example, a 100 lb. uniform load over 3 ft2 is 300 lbs. of total load.
u = Typical deflection under the uniform load in inches (mm)
c = Concentrated load in lbs/ft of width (N/m of width)
c = Typical deflection under concentrated load in inches (mm)
Rev.1214
16-4

All Rights Reserved
Section 16
SAFDECK FIBERGLASS DECKING SYSTEM

INTRODUCTION
SAFDECK is a system of 24 wide fiberglass panels designed to overlap for a continuous solid
surface. SAFDECK is intended to replace wood, aluminum or steel decking in environments where
corrosion or rotting creates costly maintenance problems or unsafe conditions. Nonconductive
and non-sparking, SAFDECK provides safe walkways in electrical applications.
FEATURES
The SAFDECK fiberglass decking system is comprised of pultruded FRP panels. The system
provides these features:

Corrosion Resistant
Strong
Lightweight
Easy to Install
Easy to Maintain
Non-Sparking
Easily Transported
Non-Conductive
SIZES
SAFDECK is available in 1-1/8 deep planks in 24 widths. The decking system is designed to
be a one-for-one replacement for plywood and has a 60-pound per square foot rating at 3-foot
spans with less than L/180 deflection.
All panels are gritted and are available in 24 lengths. Other lengths are available upon request.
SAFDECK may be ordered with a smooth surface for non-pedestrian applications.
SAFDECK is a high strength, one-piece, overlapping panel system. Manufactured of pultruded
fiberglass reinforced polymer (FRP), SAFDECK is particularly well suited to corrosive
environments.
The standard resin system is a slate gray fire retardant polyester resin meeting the requirements of
Class 1 flame spread rating of 25 or less per ASTM E-84 and the self-extinguishing requirements
of ASTM D-635. The resin is UV inhibited and the composite includes a surface veil on all exposed
request.
The standard grit system for SAFDECK is a polyurethane based medium grit. This grit system is
recommended for light pedestrian traffic only. Other grit systems available include epoxy medium
and epoxy coarse and may be more appropriate for applications with heavier traffic.
APPLICATIONS
SAFDECK is designed to be used for flooring and covers. Typical applications include:

Cooling Tower Decking
Temporary Flooring

Odor Control Covers
Wind Walls

Roofing Walkways
Cellular Wall Panels

All Rights Reserved
16-5
Rev.1214
Section 16
SAFDECK FIBERGLASS DECKING SYSTEM
SAFDECK Load / Deflection Data

SINGLE
SPAN
LENGTH
(I)
24
(610 mm)

36"
(914 mm)

48"
(1219 mm)

24 SAFDECK
= 0.439 in.4 Wt = 4.1 lb./lin. ft. (gritted)

25 50 60 75 100
200
300

(u=1197) (u=2394) (u=2873) (u=3591) (u=4788) (u=9576)
(u=14364)
(c=365)
(c=730)
(c=876)
(c=1095) (c=1460) (c=2920) (c=4380)
u
.015 .030 .036 .044 .059 .119
.179
u (.38) (.76) (.91) (1.12) (1.50) (3.02) (4.55)
c
.012 .023 .029 .036 .048 .096
.143
c
(.30) (.58) (.74) (.91) (1.22)
(2.44)
(3.63)
u
.063 .126 .151 .189 .252
u
(1.60) (3.20) (3.84) (4.80) (6.40)
c
.032 .064 .081 .101 .134 .269
c
(.81) (1.63) (2.06) (2.57) (3.40) (6.83)
u
.215
.430
u
(5.46)
(10.92)

c
.073 .147 .206 .257 .343
c
(1.85) (3.73) (5.23) (6.53) (8.71)
Maximum deflections shown are based on a deflection of approximately L/100. To calculate the maximum deflection for a simply supported continuous beam spanning
two equal lengths with the uniform or concentrated load on one span only, multiply the above deflections by 0.71.
u = Uniform load in lbs/ft2 (N/m2). For example, a 100 lb. uniform load over 3 ft.2 is 300 lbs. of total load.
Rev.1214
16-6

All Rights Reserved
Section 16
STRONGDEK FIBERGLASS DECKING SYSTEM

INTRODUCTION
STRONGDEK is a system of 12 wide architectural fiberglass decking panels designed to
overlap and interlock for a continuous solid surface. STRONGDEK is intended to replace
wood, aluminum or steel decking in environments where the environment or use conditions
create costly maintenance problems. STRONGDEK panels will not rot, rust, chip or mildew,
which make them ideal for high-moisture environments, including saltwater.
FEATURES
The STRONGDEK fiberglass decking system is comprised of pultruded FRP panels. The
system provides these features:

Easy to Install
Strong
Non-Conductive
Lightweight
Easy to Maintain
Hidden Fastening System
Slip Resistant when Gritted
SIZES
STRONGDEK is available in 1-1/8 deep panels that are 12 wide and standard 24 long panels
are available in stock. Panels can also be produced in any length that is practical. Standard colors
are light gray or beige. Panels can be produced with an optional grit surface.
STRONGDEK is a high strength, planking panel system. Manufactured of pultruded fiberglass
reinforced polymer (FRP). STRONGDEK panels have intermediate ribs on each panel that help
provide extra stiffness and strength, allowing the deck to perform ideally in areas with pedestrian
traffic. An optional grit surface can be added to provide a non-skid surface. Standard colors are
light gray and beige.
The standard resin system is a fire retardant polyester resin meeting the requirements of Class
1 flame spread rating of 25 or less per ASTM E-84 and the self-extinguishing requirements of
ASTM D-635. The resin is UV inhibited and the composite includes a surface veil on all exposed
request.
APPLICATIONS
STRONGDEK is designed to be used for architectural flooring/decking. Typical applications
include:

Hotel Recreation Areas
Homes and Condominiums

Buildings in Coastal Areas Marinas and Docks

All Rights Reserved
16-7
Rev.1214
Section 16
STRONGDEK MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
CONNECTION - TYP.
.24
12.00
1.00
.12
.94
.94
.12
(3.32)
(2.92)
CONNECTION - TYP.
FASTENER
(2.92)
(3.64)
.18
.24
12.00
.12
STRONGDEKTM Load / Deflection .94

Data
I12 = 0.31 in.4
SPAN
.12
Wt = 2.58 lb/lin. ft
(3.32)
(2.92)
(2.92)
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
24
(610mm)
u
u
c
c
0.019
(0.488)
0.026
(0.671)
0.034
(0.853)
0.041
(1.036)
0.048
(1.219)
0.054
(1.372)
0.073
(1.859)
0.080
(2.042)
0.086
(2.195)
0.094
(2.377)
0.100
(2.530)
0.107
(2.713)
0.113
(2.865)
0.016
(0.406)
0.022
(0.559)
0.028
(0.711)
0.034
(0.864)
0.04
(1.016)
0.045
(1.143)
0.061
(1.549)
0.067
(1.702)
0.072
(1.829)
0.078
(1.981)
0.083
(2.108)
0.089
(2.261)
0.094
(2.388)
30
(762mm)
u
u
c
c
0.032
(0.800)
0.041
(1.029)
0.056
(1.410)
0.069
(1.753)
0.081
(2.057)
0.096
(2.438)
0.117
(2.972)
0.131
(3.315)
0.144
(3.658)
0.155
(3.924)
0.165
(4.191)
0.179
(4.534)
0.021
(0.533)
0.027
(0.686)
0.037
(0.940)
0.046
(1.168)
0.054
(1.372)
0.064
(1.626)
0.078
(1.981)
0.087
(2.210)
0.096
(2.438)
0.103
(2.616)
0.11
(2.794)
0.119
(3.023)
36
(914mm)
u
u
c
c
0.047
(1.189)
0.065
(1.646)
0.090
(2.286)
0.115
(2.926)
0.140
(3.566)
0.169
(4.298)
0.207
(5.258)
0.227
(5.761)
0.252
(6.401)
0.026
(0.660)
0.036
(0.914)
0.05
(1.270)
0.064
(1.626)
0.078
(1.981)
0.094
(2.388)
0.115
(2.921)
0.126
(3.200)
0.14
(3.556)
42
(1067mm)
u
u
c
c
0.067
(1.707)
0.101
(2.560)
0.145
(3.680)
0.191
(4.854)
0.239
(6.081)
0.288
(7.308)
0.340
(8.641)
0.365
(9.281)
0.032
(0.813)
0.048
(1.219)
0.069
(1.753)
0.091
(2.311)
0.114
(2.896)
0.137
(3.480)
0.162
(4.115)
0.174
(4.420)
48
(1220mm)
u
u
c
c
0.096
(2.438)
0.158
(4.023)
0.233
(5.913)
0.310
(7.864)
0.391
(9.936)
0.463
(11.765)
0.04
(1.016)
0.066
(1.676)
0.097
(2.464)
0.129
(3.277)
0.163
(4.140)
0.193
(4.902)
54
(1372mm)
u
u
c
c
0.138
(3.498)
0.246
(6.241)
0.370
(9.395)
0.497
0.626
(12.619) (15.911)
0.051
(1.295)
0.091
(2.311)
0.137
(3.480)
0.184
(4.674)
0.232
(5.893)
STRONGDEK panels were attached to beams with tek screws and tested in a multi-panel configuration. This data was used to create the STRONGDEK load table above for a
single panel.
TM
TM
u = Uniform load in lbs/ft2 (N/m2). For example, a 100 lb uniform load over 3 ft2 is 300 lbs of total load.
Optional Accessories
Strongwell manufactures accessories to provide a fully-finished look to STRONGDEK
installations:
Custom Starter Channel - For use on lengthwise edges to attach decking to support
members
Standard Equal Leg Angles - For end closures or cantilever supports
.4060.020
.125
1.000
FASTENER
1.000
1.000
OPTIONAL STARTER CHANNEL
Rev.1214
16-8

All Rights Reserved
(3.6
SECTION 17 - EXTREN DWB DESIGN GUIDE

Table of Contents
Introduction .............................................................17-3
Independent Testing Certification............................17-4
Physical and Section Properties..............................17-5
Materials..................................................................17-7
Statement of Approach............................................17-8
Beam Load Tables................................................17-10
Web Buckling.........................................................17-30
Connections...........................................................17-31
Appendix - Existing Bridge Projects......................17-40

Section 17
EXTREN DWB Design Guide
SECTION 17
EXTREN DWB DESIGN GUIDE
8 x 6 EXTREN DWB
Hybrid and All-Glass Material Configurations
36 x 18 EXTREN DWB
Hybrid Material Configuration

All Rights Reserved
17-1
Rev.1008
Section 17
EXTREN DWB DESIGN GUIDE

8x 6 EXTREN DWB Hybrid and All-Glass Material Configurations
36x 8 EXTREN DWB Hybrid Material Configuration
Based on Independent Research, Testing and Analysis Under the Direction of:
Professor John J. Lesko, Ph.D.
Department of Engineering Science & Mechanics
Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University
&
Professor Thomas E. Cousins, Ph.D.
Via Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering
Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University
Copyright 2008 by Strongwell Corporation
Bristol, VA, U.S.A.
All Rights Reserved
Rev.1008
17-2

All Rights Reserved
Section 17
INTRODUCTION FROM STRONGWELL

Strongwells EXTREN DWB (Double Web Beam) was developed with the assistance of
the U.S. Department of Commerces Advanced Technology Program (ATP). This involved
a three year cooperative research and development program between Strongwell and
the Advanced Technology Program.
The goal of Strongwells ATP project was to design, develop and produce an optimized
fiber-reinforced polymer (FRP) structural shape for use in heavy structures such as
vehicular bridges and offshore drilling platforms. The program included the development
of manufacturing processes and equipment to produce such a product. The result of
Strongwells efforts is a double web beam with carbon fibers in the top and bottom flanges
for increased stiffness.
The carbon/glass hybrid (hybrid refers to the combination of the dual carbon and glass
reinforcements) beam has a flexural modulus of elasticity greater than 6.0 x 106 psi.
The flexural modulus of elasticity of a standard EXTREN WF beam is 2.6 - 2.8 x 106
psi. Additionally, the double web shape has significantly improved the lateral torsional
stability of the beam under load. This increased stability is very significant and reduces
the beams need for lateral bracing.
Strongwell presently produces an 8 x 6 and a 36 x 18 DWB. Both of these sizes have
undergone extensive laboratory testing and the 8 x 6 was installed on a short span bridge
in Blacksburg, Virginia, in June 19971. The 36 x 18 DWB was installed in an AASHTO
HS-20 vehicular bridge in Sugar Grove, Virginia in September 20012.
The EXTREN DWB design data presented herein is the result of extensive testing
and evaluation work by two engineering departments of Virginia Tech - Via Department
of Civil & Environmental Engineering and the Department of Engineering Sciences
and Mechanics. The availability of Virginia Techs heavy structures laboratory and the
recognized expertise of its engineering professors provided Strongwell with an excellent
source for independent testing of the EXTREN DWB.
Strongwells mechanical testing laboratory has created a data bank of coupon test
properties for the EXTREN DWB structural shape. This data bank enables Strongwell to
compare the coupon properties of each manufactured lot of EXTREN DWB shapes and
to certify that each lot meets the performance characteristics and criteria identified in this
design guide. Strongwells certification of these properties provides structural engineers
with the confidence that EXTREN DWB structural shapes meet the performance
requirements listed herein.
This guide includes design information for the 8 x 6 and 36 x 18 shapes. The enclosed
information allows structural engineers to design their projects with EXTREN DWB
beams with confidence.
Strongwell received raw material support in manufacturing the 36 DWB from Dow
Chemical, Owens Corning and Fortifil Fibers. Their assistance in manufacturing the beams
used for performing the various destructive testing is very much appreciated.
Hayes, M.D., Lesko, J.J., Haramis, J., Cousins, T.E., Gomez, J., Massarelli, P., Laboratory and Field Testing of Composite Bridge Superstructure, ASCE, Journal of Composites for Construction, Vol. 4, No. 3, 2000, pp. 120-128.
2
Hayes, M.D., Lesko, J.J., Cousins T., Waldron C., Witcher D., Barefoot G., & Gomez J., Design of a Short Span Bridge
Using FRP Girders, Composites in Construction International Conference, October 10-12, 2001, Porto, Portugal.
1

All Rights Reserved
17-3
Rev.1008
Section 17
INDEPENDENT TESTING CERTIFICATION
MEMORANDUM
To:
Users of the EXTREN DWB Design Guide
FROM: JOHN J. LESKO, PHD.

DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING SCIENCE & MECHANICS

THOMAS E. COUSINS, PHD.

VIA DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING
Subj: The development of the EXTREN DWB Design Guide

Date: 10 February 2003
The basis for this design manual comes from independent stiffness and strength
characterizations carried out in our laboratories. These tests were completed on 8"
x 6" all-glass and hybrid DWB and the 36" x 18" hybrid DWB manufactured under
production conditions and supplied to us by Strongwell Corp. The final design values
presented in the EXTREN DWB Design Guide are the direct result of these tests
and interpretations described within the guidelines.
A LAND-GRANT UNIVERSITY THE COMMONWEALTH IS OUR CAMPUS

AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY / AFFIRMATIVE ACTION INSTITUTION
Rev.1008
17-4

All Rights Reserved
Section 17
PHYSICAL AND SECTION PROPERTIES
Dimensions specified are nominal and apply for both the all-glass and hybrid forms of this
beam (shown in Figure 2 and Figure 3). Standard tolerances for the as-pultruded shape
(section dimensions and straightness) are also listed in Table 1:
NOMINAL SECTION PROPERTIES

Ixx
= 129 in4
Sxx
= 32.2 in3
rxx
= 3.07 in
= 13.7 in2
A2 webs = 5.36 in2

A2 flanges = 7.44 in2
Iyy
= 31.8 in4
Syy
= 10.6 in3
ryy
= 1.52 in
Weight = 11.2 lbs/lf
Figure 1. Nominal Section Properties and Dimensions (in inches) for the 8 DWB

All Rights Reserved
17-5
Rev.1008
Section 17
PHYSICAL AND SECTION PROPERTIES
NOMINAL SECTION PROPERTIES

Ixx
= 15291 in4
Sxx
= 849 in3
rxx
= 12.9 in
= 91.2 in2
A2 webs = 50.1 in2

A2 flanges = 34.0 in2
Iyy
= 2626 in4
Syy
= 292 in3
ryy
= 5.37 in
Weight = 70 lbs/lf
Figure 2. Nominal Section Properties and Dimensions (in inches) for the 36 DWB
TABLE 1
STANDARD TOLERANCES
Condition
Tolerance
Wall Thickness
15%
Outside Dimension
1.5%
Straightness
.060" x length in ft.
Flatness
.040" per inch of outside dimension
Twist 1/2o x length in ft., 5o maximum
Rev.1008
Cut Lengths
-0, +3.00"
Squareness of end cut
1o
17-6

All Rights Reserved
Section 17
MATERIALS
8" x 6" EXTREN DWB ALL-GLASS
The 8" x 6" EXTREN DWB - G (8" DWB-G), all-glass beam, is a pultruded structural shape
composed of four different types of E-glass reinforcements in a vinyl ester resin matrix. The
all-glass laminate includes 0 longitudinal rovings, continuous strand mat, 0/90 stitched
fabric, and 45 stitched fabric. The approximate fiber volume fraction is 55%. The DWB
shape improves the apparent (or effective) modulus of elasticity and the stability of the
structure under load versus traditional FRP WF or I shapes. The shape weighs 11.2 pounds
per linear foot (11.2/lf).
8" x 6" EXTREN DWB HYBRID BEAM
The 8"x 6" EXTREN DWB - H (8" DWB-H), hybrid beam, is a pultruded structural shape
comprised of carbon fiber tows and four different types of glass reinforcements in a vinyl
ester resin matrix. The 0 carbon tows replace some of the 0glass rovings in the top and
bottom flanges of the shape. The remainder of the laminate is identical to the all-glass
beam. The carbon tows improve the apparent (or effective) modulus of elasticity at least
30% versus the all-glass beam. The approximate fiber volume is 55% (including glass and
carbon). The shape weighs 11.2 pounds per linear foot (11.2/lf).
36" x 18" EXTREN DWB BEAM HYBRID BEAM
The 36" x 18" EXTREN DWB (36" DWB-H) is only produced as a hybrid beam. It is a
pultruded structural shape composed of carbon fiber tows in the top and bottom flanges
and the same four types of E-glass reinforcements as the 8" DWB-G and 8" DWB-H in a
vinyl ester resin matrix throughout the entire structural shape. The carbon tows improve the
apparent (effective) modulus of elasticity. The approximate fiber volume is 55% (including
glass and carbon) and the shape weighs 70 pounds per linear foot (70 lbs/lf). The 36"
DWB-H was designed specifically for use in vehicular bridges.
ANTICIPATED APPLICATIONS FOR EXTREN DWB
This guide is intended for assistance in the design of structures such as bridges, buildings,
offshore structures, and miscellaneous heavy structural fabrications.
Bridges Primary and secondary stringers and floor beams
Buildings Primary and secondary structural members for building components
including floor beams, roof beams, purlins, etc.
Offshore Structures Floor beams, deck beams, and primary decking structure
Miscellaneous Structures Towers, heavy industrial platform and floor beams, pipe
racks, etc.

All Rights Reserved
17-7
Rev.1008
Section 17
STATEMENT OF APPROACH
The design guide for the Strongwell DWB is presented as a material specification where the
material system and its manufacturing process are well defined and controlled. Given these
tolerances on the FRP product, guidelines for its use in a structure are defined.
As a guide, the Load Resistance Factor Design (LRFD) approach is used to define these
operating limits.3 In this approach, the probability distribution of load/stress (Loads) is
compared to the probability of failure strength of the material (Resistance), as illustrated in
Figure 4. Selecting the form and size of the structure determines the desired overlap of the
two distributions, thus defining the stated allowable risk.
Figure 3. LRFD Conceptual Representation for Design
For the purposes of this design guide, we, however, only define for the engineer the Resistance
side of the problem. Therefore, the engineer of record is required to define the Loads side of
the particular design application based on the variability of loads and operating environment.
These details will define the level of reliability required for the application.
In determining the Resistance element of the design problem, based on this material
specification, Weibull statistics are employed to describe the variability of the material. The
Weibull statistical distribution is widely accepted in the composites community for describing
the variability of failure for these material systems.4,5
AASHTO, LRFD Bridge Design Specification, 2nd Edition, American Association of State Highway and Transportation
Officials, Washington, D.C., 1998.
Weibull, Waloddi, A Statistical Distribution Function of Wide Applicability, J. of Applied Mechanics, 1951, pp. 293-297.
Weibull, Waloddi, A Statistical Representation of Fatigue Failures in Solids, Transactions of the Royal Institute of
Technology, No. 27, Stockholm, 1949.
Rev.1008
17-8

All Rights Reserved
Section 17
STATEMENT OF APPROACH
A reliability based approach is used to define A- and B-basis allowable levels of resistance
(described further in the Commentary, page 21). These values define for the engineer
the level of risk allowed in operating the structure based on a determined design load.
Figure 5 illustrates the margin between a design load (supplied by the engineer) and
the A-basis or the B-basis resistance listed in this guide. This margin is identified as the
level of risk, or inversely, the margin of safety for the design.
Figure 4. Margin of Safety (based on the selection of working

loads/stress relative to the A- and B-basis allowables.
This margin or factor of safety should take into account the variability in loads as defined
by the engineer for the particular structure. An extensive presentation of load factors
is available from the American Society of Civil Engineers.6 In addition, as the A- and Bbasis allowables (resistance) can change over time due to environmental exposure and
fatigue. The selected margin of safety must also consider the potential effects of the service
environment on the performance of the structure. As FRP structural shapes are new to
the industry, definitive criteria for reasonable factors of safety based on durability are not
presently available. However, the engineer is referred to several sources for guidance in
selecting reduction factors for the stated A- and B-basis allowables.7 The engineer is also
referred to several sources of ongoing research on the durability of the DWB in service and
laboratory testing which are not as yet in the form of criteria for the selection of reduction
factors. 8, 9 While this guide does not provide load reduction factors, the referenced
documents and codes do refer the engineer to appropriate load factors.
Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures, ASCE 7-02, American Society of Civil Engineers,
Reston, VA, 2002.
7
EUROCOMP Design Code and Handbook, Structural Design of Polymer Composites, Ed Clarke, J.L., E&F
Spon, London, UK, 1997, pp. 37-41.
8
Neely, W. D., Evaluation of the In-Service Performance of the Toms Creek Bridge, M.S. Thesis Via Department
of Civil & Environmental Engineering,Virginia Tech, May 2000, electronic thesis available on-line at: http://scholar.lib.
vt.edu/theses/index.html.
9
Senne, J.L., Fatigue Life of Hybrid FRP Composite Beams, M.S. Thesis, Department of Engineering Science &
Mechanics, Virginia Tech, July 2000, electronic thesis available at http://scholar.lib.vt.edu/theses/index.html.
6

All Rights Reserved
17-9
Rev.1008
Section 17
BEAM LOAD TABLES

The following load tables have been developed using the Load Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) approach and are further defined later in this section.
TABLE 2
8" x 6" EXTREN DWB - G (All-Glass)
Major Axis A-Basis Properties
Ezz =4.01 x 10 psi kGzyAv =1.0 x 106 psi-in2 Mmax= 96.1 kip ft.
A-Basis Allowable Distributed Loads in Pounds Per Lineal Foot
6
Span
in Ft.
8

10

12

14

16

18

20
Capacity Deflection
Moment L/180 L/240 L/300 L/360 L/420 L/500 L/600 L/800
12013
1945 1459 1167 973 834 700 584 438
7688
1140 855 684 570 488 410 342 256
5339
716 537 429 358 307 258 215 161
3922
475 356 285 237 204 171 142 107
3003
330 247 198 165 141 119 99 74
2373
238 178 143 119 102 86 71 53
1922
176 132 106 88 76 63 53 40
TABLE 3
8" x 6" EXTREN DWB - G (All-Glass)
Major Axis B-Basis Properties
Ezz =4.25 x 10 psi kGzyAv =1.6 x 106 psi-in2 Mmax= 108 kip ft.
B-Basis Allowable Distributed Loads in Pounds Per Lineal Foot
6
Span
in Ft.
8

10
12
14

16
18

20
Capacity Deflection
Moment L/180 L/240 L/300 L/360 L/420 L/500 L/600 L/800
13463
2338 1754 1403 1169 1002 842 701 526
8616
1322 992 793 661 567 476 397 298
5983
811 609 487 406 348 292 243 183
4396
530 398 318 265 227 191 159 119
3366
364 273 218 182 156 131 109 82
2659
260 195 156 130 112 94 78 59
2154
192
144 115 96 82 69 58 43
Failure Mode: The controlling failure mode observed for the all-glass beams was
delamination within the compression flange. The tension flange typically was left intact
and able to support load. In some cases, interply damage was observed in the tension
flange and less able to carry bending loads.
Lateral Torsional Stability: Flexural stiffness and strength characterizations were
carried out with no lateral supports for spans to 20'. Thus, for spans to 20', flexural
strength is the controlling limit state for both all-glass and hybrid beams. In subsequent
flexural tests on laterally unsupported all-glass spans of 20' to 40', lateral-torsional
buckling was not observed at deflections to L/90.
Rev.1008
17-10

All Rights Reserved
Section 17
BEAM LOAD TABLES

Long-term Performance, Fatigue & Durability: Presently there is limited information
regarding the long-term performance of the beam in combined hygro-thermal mechanical
service environments. Fatigue loading of the hybrid beam has revealed no loss in stiffness
and no failure after 10 million cycles at an applied moment of 37.3 kip ft.,9 slightly above
the A-basis allowable single cycle moment capacity of 36.1 kip ft. Further field work with
the beams in the Toms Creek Bridge, Blacksburg, VA, has demonstrated that the beam
can withstand 15 months in service with no loss in stiffness and strength under a modest
service environment.8 Moreover, no residual creep deflection was observed following the
15 months in service.8
TABLE 4
8" x 6" EXTREN DWB - H (Hybrid)
Span
in Ft.
8

10

12

14

16

18

20

Ezz= 5.66 x 106 psi kGzyAv= 1.8 x 106 psi-in2 Mmax= 36.1 kip ft.
Capacity Deflection
Moment L/180 L/240 L/300 L/360 L/420 L/500 L/600 L/800
4513
2970 2228 1782 1485 1273 1069 891 668
2888
1703 1277
1022 851 730 613 511 383
2006
1054 791 632 527 454 379 316 237
1473
693 520 416 346 297 249 208 156
1128
478 358 287 239 205 172 143 107
891
342 257 205 171 147 123 103 77
722
253 190 152 127 109 91 76 57
TABLE 5
Ezz= 5.97 x 10 psi kGzyAv= 2.2 x 106 psi-in2 Mmax= 51.6 kip ft.
6
Span
in Ft.
8

10

12

14

16

18
20
Capacity Deflection
Moment L/180 L/240 L/300 L/360 L/420 L/500 L/600 L/800
6450
3266 2449 1960 1633 1400 1176 980 735
4128
1850
1388 1110 925 793 666 555 416
2867
1136 852 682 568 487 409 341 256
2106
743 557 446 372 318 268 223 167
1613
511 383 306 255 219 184 153 115
1274
365 274 219 182 156 131 109 82
1032
270 202 162 135 116 97 81 61
Failure Mode: The controlling failure mode observed for the hybrid beam was
delamination within the compression flange, leaving the tensile flange essentially
undamaged.
Lateral Torsional Stability: Flexural stiffness and strength characterizations were carried
out with no lateral supports for spans to 20'. Thus, for spans to 20', flexural strength is the
controlling limit state for both all-glass and hybrid beams. In subsequent flexural tests on
laterally unsupported hybrid spans of 20' to 40', lateral-torsional buckling was not observed
at deflections to L/90.
All Rights Reserved
17-11
Rev.1008
Section 17
BEAM LOAD TABLES

TABLE 6
Ezz= 5.76 x 106 psi kGzyAv= 44.5 x 106 psi-in2 I= 15291 in4
Mmax= 964.0 kip-ft. @ 30 Span & 635.6 kip-ft. 40-60 Span
Span
in Ft.
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
Capacity Deflection
Moment L/180 L/240 L/300 L/360 L/420 L/500 L/600 L/800
8569
1960 1764 1411 1176 1008 882 784 705
5223
1465 1319 1055 879 754 659 586 527
3178
1117 1006 804 670 575 503 447 402
2511
867 780 624 520 446 390 347 312
2034
683 615 492 410 351 307 273 246
1681
546 491 393 328 281 246 218 197
1412
442 398 318 265 227 199 177 159
TABLE 7
Exx =6.10 x 106 psi
kGxyA =46.2 x 106 psi-in2 I=15291 in4
Mmax= 1139 kip ft. @ 30 Span & 916.7 kip-ft. 40-60 Span
Span
in Ft.
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
Capacity Deflection
Moment L/180 L/240 L/300 L/360 L/420 L/500 L/600 L/800
10124
2051 1846 1477 1231 1055 923 820 738
6712
1536 1382 1106 921 790 691 614 553
4584
1173 1055 844 704 603 528 469 422
3622
911 820 656 547 468 410 364 328
2933
719 647 517 431 370 323 287 259
2424
575 517 414 345 296 259 230 207
2037
466 419 335 279 239 210 186 168
Failure Mode: The controlling failure mode for all beams was delamination within the
compression flange, leaving the tensile flange undamaged.
Bearing Conditions: The values noted are valid for full width elastomeric bearing.
Rev.1008
17-12

All Rights Reserved
Section 17
BEAM LOAD TABLES

ANALYTICAL METHODOLOGY
The preceding charts are allowable load tables for the hybrid and all-glass EXTREN DWB
when used as flexural members (beams).
These allowable loads are based upon:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Flexural testing conducted at ambient conditions under four-point loading

Laterally unsupported beams
Single span with simply supported ends
Allowable distributed loads in the plane of the web, based on strength (ultimate
flexural moment capacity) and deflection determined from A- and B-basis statistics
for a shear deformable beam where,
5. Because k and Av are difficult to quantify in some cases, the full value of kGzyAv is
experimentally determined for the purposes of this design guide. See the details
presented in the Commentary (pages 17 -18) regarding the determination of kGzyAv
and its A- and B-basis values.
= distributed load in pounds per
foot of beam length
MAX
L2
5L4
+
384EZZIXX 8kGzyAv
L = length of the simple span

Ezz = flexural modulus of the beam
section about its major axis
k = shear non-dimensional correction
factor for the cross section
Gzy = shear modulus of the beam
Av = shear area of the beam
Determination of Allowables
Five or more replicates at each of the spans were used to compute the allowable design
values for stiffness and strength. The allowable values are a measure of the confidence in
the data and the reliability at which one desires to operate a structural system*. Allowable
values are prescribed here as opposed to arbitrary factors of safety because they represent
a level of confidence in the data and a desired level of reliability prescribed for the structure.
For instance, the A-basis allowable is based on a level of confidence of 95% in the data
(that is, 95% of the data falls above a prescribed value) and ensures 99% reliability (only
1% of the derived values will fall below this value) in the value chosen as the design value.
Likewise, the B-basis allowable prescribes a level of confidence of 95% (that is, 95% of the
data falls above a prescribed value) and ensures 90% reliability (10% of the derived values
will fall below this value). Both bases are presented in this design guide.

All Rights Reserved
17-13
Rev.1008
Section 17
BEAM LOAD TABLES

Weibull Statistics
The basis for these calculations lies in Weibull statistics, where the cumulative probability
distribution function describing the distribution of measured values is derived from,
F(x) = 1- e
-(x/)
where and are the two parameters used to fit the data. The value of (the shape
parameter) determines the breadth of the distribution while (the location parameter) defines
the value most closely representing the center of the distribution. Based on the concept of
reliability, R(x), the probability of failure, F(x), is related to the reliability by,
R(x) = 1 - F(x)
This relationship can be rearranged to form an expression for the A- and B-basis values
from the following expressions,
A allowable = lower
[ (
1
Ln 0.99
1/
)]
B allowable = lower
[Ln(
1
0.90
)]
1/
* MIL Standard: MIL-HDBK-17 (2001). Composite Materials Handbook. Available at http://www.mil17.org
Rev.1008
17-14

All Rights Reserved
Section 17
BEAM LOAD TABLES

Lateral Torsional Stability: Flexural stiffness and strength characterizations were carried
out with no lateral supports for spans to 60'. Thus, flexural strength is the controlling limit
state in these conditions. Subsequent flexural tests on laterally unsupported spans @ 60'
demonstrated that lateral-torsional buckling does not occur at deflections of L/180. It is,
however, recommended that the beam only be loaded to L/360, allowing for a factor of safety
of 2.
Long-term Performance, Fatigue & Durability: Fatigue testing of the girder is presently
underway to assess the flexural durability of the section. Failure mode and number of cycles to
failure under design loads will be determined for limited conditions. The girder has also been
installed (September 2001) in the Dickey Creek bridge of Route 601 in Sugar Grove, VA.2
Monitoring and field work are underway to examine the performance of the bridge and the
girders under service conditions.
OTHER SECTION PROPERTIES:

Shear Deformable Beams
The elastic shear properties of the section are represented by the value kGxyAv, where k is the
shear correction factor (which accounts for the non-uniform shear stress distribution through
the depth of the beam), Gxy is the shear modulus and Av is the shear area. Because k and Av
are difficult to quantify in some cases, the full value of kGxyAv is experimentally determined for
the purposes of this design manual. The A & B basis values for kGxyAv are presented in the
tables preceeding this section.
The average10 shear values (kGxyAv) have been determined as:
TABLE 8

All Rights Reserved
Beam Type
(kGxyAv)

8 DWB Hybrid
(Msi-in4)
2.8
8 DWB All-Glass
3.1
36 DWB Hybrid
46.5
17-15
Rev.1008
Section 17
BEAM LOAD TABLES

Torsional
Using the relationship for torsion,
GJeff=TL /
the torsional section stiffness, GJeff of the hybrid beam are reported as averages:10
TABLE 9

Beam Type
GJeff
(Msi-in4)
8 DWB Hybrid
3.1
8 DWB All-Glass
3.4
36 DWB Hybrid
3170
where T is the applied torque, L is the span and is the angle of rotation in radians.
Minor Axis Bending Modulus of Section
Minor axis flexural moduli were computed via laminated beam theory11, 12 for bending about the
yy axis. Validation of these computed values was undertaken for the 8 DWB for bending about
the major axis and found to be in good agreement with the experimentally determined values
discussed above. Confirmation of the 36 DWB prediction has not been completed.10
TABLE 10
Beam Type
Eyy
(Msi)
8 DWB Hybrid (Iyy=31.8 in4)
5.96
8 DWB All-Glass (Iyy=31.8 in4) 3.58

36 DWB Hybrid (Iyy=2626 in4) 4.35
E. J. Barbero, R. Lopez-Anido, and J.F. Davalos, On the Mechanics of Thin-Wall Laminated Composite Beams,
Journal of Composite Materials, v27 n8 (1993), pp. 806-829. AND,
11
J. F. Devalos, H.A. Salim, P. Qiao, R. Lopez-Anido, and E.J. Barbero, Analysis and Design of Pultruded FRP
Shapes Under Bending, Composites Part B: Engineering, v27 n3-4 (1996) pp. 295-305.
12
Rev.1008
17-16

All Rights Reserved
Section 17
BEAM LOAD TABLES

COMMENTARY:
Flexural Stiffness Properties and Moment Capacity Determination
Major axis bending stiffness and moment capacity was assessed at spans of 8, 14
and 20 for the 8 DWB and nominally 30, 40, 60 for the 36 DWB. A four-point bending
test configuration was used to assess these performance attributes, as shown below.
Measurements of load deflection and strain were taken continuously during the course
of each test. Quantities recorded during the tests and their location are also noted in
Figure 6. Load was applied using open loop servo hydraulic actuators. The duration of
the test (from zero load to the failure load) was less than five minutes to avoid creep
induced damage.

F
L/3
y
z
L/3
L/3
S
Dqtr
L/4
Di = Displacement, quarter & midspan
B
Dmid
F = Load
L/2
S = Shear strain bridge
T = Torsional strain bridge
B = Bending strain bridge
Figure 5. Test Set-up for the Determination of Strength and Elastic Constants
Bending strain gauges positioned within the constant moment section of the beam (see
Figure 5) were used to determine the flexural modulus using the classical relationship,
Mxxc
Ezz =
zzIxx
where c, is the outer fiber distance from the neutral axis (4" for the 8 DWB and 18 for the
36 DWB). Because there are some differences in the tension and compression strains
due to differences in the material response in these modes (typically only a few percent),
the top and bottom strains were averaged. Again, this value only represents the strains
due to bending and does not include shear effects.
Extraction of the shear contribution to deflection is accomplished by treating the section
shear properties kGzyAv, as a single quantity. Again, k is the non-dimensional shear
correction factor (which accounts for the non-uniform shear stress distribution through
the depth of the beam), Gzy is the shear modulus and Av is the shear area. Because k and
Av are difficult to quantify in some cases, the aggregate value of kGzyAv is experimentally
determined for the purposes of this design guide. This was accomplished by taking the
shear deformable expression for a four-point loading case,
7PL3
PL
max = 216EzzIxx + 3kG A
zy v
and solving for kGzyAv. For each span and replicate tested, the value for kGzyAv was
determined at a nominal moment. This was done for each beam tested in conjunction with
its individually determined Ezz.

All Rights Reserved
17-17
Rev.1008
Section 17
BEAM LOAD TABLES

Note that in our use of the expression, kG zyAv is dependent on Ezz and can not be
determined independently as was accomplished with the bending modulus. For this reason,
the determination of A- and B-basis allowable shear properties could not be determined
independently. The means to determine these allowables are discussed next.
Possessing Ezz, i and the (kGzyAv)i for each beam, the distributed load, i , for each simply
supported beam corresponding to a given deflection was determined using,
i =
L{
1
5L
1
384Ezz, i I xx + (kGzyAv )i
2
where defines the basis for the deflection criteria noted in the design tables (that is, =L/).
A- and B-basis allowable distributed loads, a, were determined through the Weibull based
approach discussed in this design guide. Using the A- and B-basis allowable major axis
flexural modulus for the beams, Ezz,a the A- and B-basis allowable (kGzyAv)as were determined
from,
kGzyAv =
384a LE zz,aIxx
8(384Ezz,a Ixx - 5 a L3)
lower is the value representing the lower bound of the 95% confidence interval above which
95% of the data is predicted to occur in the distribution. This is computed from,
lower =
2n
(2n)20.05
1/
where (2n)20.05 is the Chi-Squared of the one-sided confidence interval at 5% for n degrees
of freedom (n = the number of samples or replicates). This value can be obtained from
standard math tables or text on statistics.
Rev.1008
17-18

All Rights Reserved
Section 17
BEAM LOAD TABLES

COMMENTARY:
8" x 6" EXTREN DWB Lateral Torsional Stability
To investigate the lateral torsional buckling characteristics of the 8" x 6" EXTREN DWB,
multiple tests at varying spans were performed. These multiple tests were conducted on
an unbraced, simply supported beam subjected to a single vertical load at mid-span and
allowed to freely torque about the long axis of the beam and bend horizontally (see Figure
6). Simply supported ends were augmented with torsional constraints to prevent twisting.13
The loading point allowed for the rotation and translation of the beam (see Figure 7). Four
beams, 42 long, (two hybrid and two all-glass beams) were loaded to a deflection of L/90 at
spans of 20 to 40, in 4 increments. Instrumentation was applied (including strain gauges
and deflectometers) to measure the tendency of the beam to rotate and/or deflect out-ofplane as load was applied. In all cases, lateral torsional buckling was not observed at the
L/90 deflection.
4x Lateral Supports
@ 9' off-center w/ 1" clearance
2x Lateral-Torsional restraints to
satisfy Mottram boundry conditions
Figure 6: Plan view of lateral-torsional buckling test configuration.
Figure 7: Loading point configuration to allow rotation and

translation of the midspan.
13
Mottram, J.T., Lateral-Torsional Buckling of a Pultruded I-beam, Composites, V.23, No.2, 1992, pp. 81-92.

All Rights Reserved
17-19
Rev.1008
Section 17
BEAM LOAD TABLES

COMMENTARY:
36" x 18" EXTREN DWB Lateral Torsional
A similar arrangement to that of the 8 DWB stability test was conducted for the 36" DWB.
Load was applied at midspan using a conventional hydraulic ram. Load was transferred
to the beam using a system of rollers that released the beam from any torsional or lateral
restraints (see Figure 8). The ends of the beam rested on elastomeric bearing pads. These
tests were deflection controlled, and investigated beam stability up to a deflection of L/180,
or approximately 4" deflection at midspan for a test span of 60.
Figure 8: Loading point configuration

to allow rotation and translation of the
mid-span for the 36" DWB.
Simply supported ends (on full width bearing pads) were augmented with torsional
constraints to prevent twisting at the ends (preventing movement of the top flange laterally
either direction). Lateral guards were used for the 36" DWB as was done for the 8" DWB
(See Figure 6).
The beam was instrumented to detect lateral, vertical, and torsional movement in the beam
using a system of wire pots and strain gauges. Wire pots were attached to the bottom
flange to measure vertical movement, attached horizontally to the top and bottom flanges
to measure twist and lateral movement, and attached to a bar projecting away from and
clamped to the top flange to detect rotation. Strain gauges were placed on the bottom
flange along the centerline of the beam and on the underside of each flange on each side
of the beam, near the edges of the flange. Any warping of the cross section was expected
to show up as a difference in the strain values.
The beam was cycled to 10 kips three times to ensure that the test set-up was both safe and
working properly. The beam was then cycled to roughly 50 kips (or 4" of deflection) three
times.The beam did not buckle laterally or torsionally in any of the cycles. The beam did
slightly deflect laterally as it was loaded, but showed no signs of decreased load capacity.
For further details on shear deformable beams, please see: Cowpers 196614, Bank 198715
and Hayes 199816.
Cowper, G.R., The Shear Coefficient in Timoshenkos Beam Theory, Journal of Applied Mechanics, June 1966, pp. 335-340.
Bank, L.C., Shear Coefficients for Thin-Walled Composite Beams, Composite Structures, Vol. 8, 1987, pp. 47-61.
16
Hayes, M.D., Characterization and Modeling of a FRP Hybrid Structural Beam and Bridge Structure for Use in the
Toms Creek Bridge Rehabilitation Project, M.S. Thesis, Department of Engineering Science & Mechanics, Virginia Tech,
February 1998, electronic thesis available at http://scholar.lib.vt.edu/theses/index.html.
14
15
Rev.1008
17-20

All Rights Reserved
Section 17
BEAM LOAD TABLES

ANALYTICAL METHODOLOGY:
Shear Deformable Beam Formulas
Single span beam simply supported under a uniformly distributed load.
L
Figure 9.
(z,L)=
z4 - Lz3 + L3z
2
12EzzIxx 2
Max
= (z = L/2) =
] -2kG A [z -Lz ]
2
zy
5L4 +
L2
384EzzIxx 8kGzyAv
Single span beam simply supported under a mid-span point load.

P
L/2
L/2
Figure 10.
(z,L) =
For z < L/2:
For z >
L/2:
(z,L) =
Pz(24Ezzlxx + 3kGzyAvL2 - 4kGzyAvz2)
P(z-L)(-6EzzIxx+1/4kGzyAvL2 - 2kGzyAvLx + kGzyAvz2)
= (z = L/2) =
Max

All Rights Reserved
48EzzIxxkGzyAv
12EzzIxxkGzyAv
PL3
PL
+
48EzzIxx
4kGA
17-21
Rev.1008
Section 17
BEAM LOAD TABLES

Simply supported beam under four-point loading.
P
L/2
L/2
Figure 11.
(z,L)=
For z< L/2 - b :
For L/2 - b < z< L/2 + b : (z,L) =
> L/2 + b :
For z
Max
24EzzIxxkGzyAv
P(2b - L)[- 24EzzIxx+ kGzyAv(4b2 - 4bL + L2 -12Lz+12z2)]
(z,L) =
(z =L/2) =
Pz(24EzzIxx+ kGzyAv(-12b2 + 3L2 - 4z2)
48EzzIxxkGzyAv
P(L-z)[- 24EzzIxx+ kGzyAv( 12b2 + L2 - 8Lz + 4z2)]
24EzzIxxkGzyAv
P(2b - L)[ -24EzzIxx+ kGzyAv(4b2 - 4bL - 2L2)]

48EzzIxxkGzyAv
Cantilevered beam under a uniform load.
Figure 12.
(z,L) = 2E I
zz xx
= (z = L) =
Max
Rev.1008
z4 Lz3 L2z2 - [ Lz - z2 ]
+
2
kGzyAv
12 3
2
L4 + L2
8EzzIxx 2kGzyAv
17-22

All Rights Reserved
Section 17
BEAM LOAD TABLES

COMMENTARY:
Designing For Concentrated Loads
As previously noted in the load tables, compression flange failure was the controlling failure
mode for all spans recommended for safe use (i.e. 8-20 for the 8" DWB and 30'-60' for
the 36" DWB. Typical failure modes for both the 8" DWB and the 36" DWB are shown in
Figure 13.
Figure 13: Typical compression flange failures for

four point bend testing of the 8" DWB (top photo)
and the 36" DWB (bottom photo).

All Rights Reserved
17-23
Rev.1008
Section 17
BEAM LOAD TABLES

Testing of the 8" DWB below an L/d (span to depth ratio) of 10 continued to exhibit this
compression flange failure mode. However, at an L/d of 6, the 36" DWB failed at the
supports, as shown in Figure 14. The magnitude of the load at which end support failure
occurred is dependent on the bearing pad geometry.
Figure 14: Bearing failure at supports for 36"

DWB tested at L/d of 6.
These data are summarized in an examination of shear capacity versus the span to depth
ratio, Figure 15. The recommended bearing condition for the 36" DWB is noted as condition
3 of Figure 15 where the pad width extends only to the flange tips.
Figure 15: Support bearing capacity and associated failure mode as a function of the span
to depth ratio for the 8" DWB and the 36" DWB.
Rev.1008
17-24

All Rights Reserved
Section 17
BEAM LOAD TABLES

EXAMPLE 1: Design for Concentrated Load
Given: A simply supported beam of length L=6' is loaded at midspan by a concentrated load.

A-Basis Allowables:
Moment Capacity = 96.1 kip- ft
Shear Capacity = 35.6 kip

Determine: If the all-glass 8" DWB is to operate under A-basis allowables, what is the
maximum allowed concentrated load? What is Pmax if limited to deflection of L/180?
Pmax
3'
3'
L/2
V
Figure 16.
PL
M 4 (96.1 kip-ft)(4)...
Pmax based on Mmax: Mmax= .........................................................
; Pmax= max =
4
L
(6 ft)
Pmax = 64 kips
Reaction at support is 32 kips = Vmax
Vmax, Vallowed = 32 kips, < 35.6 kips
Pmax = 64 kips = Pallowable
If deflection is a constraint for design and
limited to L/180, Pmax =
(not including shear deformation)

L
PL3
=
180
48EI
P = 48EI 2
180 L
P=
(48)(4.01x 106 psi)(129 in4)

180 (6 ft x 12 in )2
ft
Pmax = 26.6 kips = Pallowed

All Rights Reserved
17-25
Rev.1008
Section 17
BEAM LOAD TABLES

Given: A simply supported 8" DWB of length L=13.5' is loaded off center @ L/5 by a
concentrated load.

A-Basis Allowables:
Moment Capacity = 36.1 kip-ft

Determine: If the hybrid 8" DWB is to operate under A-basis allowables, what is the
maximum allowed concentrated load if limited to deflection of L/180?
Pmax
a
2.7'
V1
b
10.8'
Figure 17.
V2
Pmax from Mmax:

Mmax = ab
L
Pmax = Mmax L = (36.1 kip-ft)(13.5 ft) = 16.7 kips
ab
(2.7 ft)( 10.8 ft)
Vmax = V1 = Pb = (16.7 kips)(10.8 ft) = 13.4 kips

L
(13.5 ft)
Pmax = Pallowable = 16.7 kips
Note: Vmax = Vallowed
Checking for deflection criteria:
L
Pa (L2-a2)3/2
=
180
9 3 EI L
a= L
5
Pmax = Pallowed = 12 kips
Rev.1008
17-26

All Rights Reserved
Section 17
BEAM LOAD TABLES

EXAMPLE 3: Design for Concentrated and Distributed Load
Given: A simply supported 8" DWB x 12' long is loaded with a distributed load of 500 lb/ft
and three concentrated loads of unknown value spaced 3' apart.

B-Basis Allowables:
Moment Capacity = 51.6 kip-ft

Determine: If the hybrid 8" DWB is to operate under B-basis allowables, what is the
maximum allowed loads P that can be applied?
Figure 18.
Pmax based on moment capacity:
Mmax = 9 kip -ft + 6P
51.6 kip -ft = 9 kip-ft + 6P
P = (51.6 kip -ft - 9 kip-ft) = 7.1 kips = Pmax
6
Pmax based on max shear capacity
The reaction at the supports are given by:
V1 = V2 = 3 kips + 3/2 P
19.1 kip = 3 kips + 3/2 P
Pmax = (19.1 kips - 3 kips) 2/3
Pmax = 10.73 kips
Pmax = P allowed
We must choose Pmax = Pallowed = 7.1 kips due to
limits on moment capacity.
NOTE: Also check deflection
All Rights Reserved
17-27
Rev.1008
Section 17
BEAM LOAD TABLES

Given: A simply supported beam of length L=30' is loaded at midspan by a concentrated
load.

A-Basis Allowables:
Moment Capacity = 964 kip-ft (See Table 6)
Web Buckling = 45.0 kip (See Table 11)

Determine: If the 36" DWB is to operate under A-basis allowables, what is the
maximum allowed load? What is Pmax if limited to deflection @ L/360?
Figure 19.
Pmax based on Mmax:
Mmax= PL ; Pmax= M 4 = (964 kip-ft)(4)....
max
...........................................................
4
L
(30 ft)
Pmax = 129 kips
Reaction at support is 64.5 kips = Vmax
Vmax = 64.5 kips, > 45.0 kips
Pmax = (45.0 kips)(2)= 90.0 kips = Pallowable
If deflection is a constraint for design and limited to L/360, Pmax =
L
PL3
360 = 48EI
P = 48EI 3
360 L
P=
(48)(5.76 x 106 psi)(15291 in4)

360 (30 ft x 12 in )3
ft
Pmax = 252 kips> Pallowed; therefore Pmax = 90.0 kips

Rev.1008
17-28

All Rights Reserved
Section 17
BEAM LOAD TABLES

EXAMPLE 5: Design for Concentrated and Distributed Load
Given: A simply supported beam of length 44' is loaded with a distributed load of 1,000
lb/ft and three concentrated loads of unknown value spaced 3' apart.

B-Basis Allowables:
Moment Capacity = 917 kip-ft (See Table 7)
Web Buckling = 50.1 kip (See Table 11)

Determine: If the hybrid 36" DWB is to operate under B-basis allowables, what is the
maximum allowed loads P that can be applied?
Figure 20.
Pmax based on moment capacity:
Mmax = 242 kip -ft + 22P
917 kip -ft = 242 kip-ft + 22P
P = (917 kip -ft - 242 kip-ft) = 30.7 kips = Pmax
22
Pmax based on max shear capacity:
The reaction at the supports are given by:
V1 = V2 = 22 kips + 3/2 P
50.1 kip = 22 kips + 3/2 P
Pmax = (50.1 kips - 22 kips) 2/3
Pmax = 18.7 kips
Pmax = P allowed
We must choose Pmax = Pallowed = 18.7 kips due to
limits on web buckling capacity.
NOTE: Also check deflection
All Rights Reserved
17-29
Rev.1008
Section 17
WEB BUCKLING
WEB BUCKLING:
This section deals with the web buckling capacity of the double web member. Loads and/or
reactions applied to the beam can fail the webs of the beam by crippling at points of high
stress concentrations. The load resistance limit of the beam at these areas is referred to as
the web buckling capacity of the member. Web buckling capacity for the DWB is generally
critical in areas of support reactions.
TABLE 11

Beam Type
Web Buckling (kips)
A-Basis
B-Basis
8" DWB Hybrid or Glass
34.1
47.3
36" DWB Hybrid
45.0
50.1
To quantify the web buckling failure mode of the 8" DWB and 36" DWB, a series of full section
tests was conducted. Allowable capacities are summarized in the accompanying table.
The web buckling tests consisted of loading the top flanges of various lengths of beams
through 4" x full width plates. The 4" plates simulated bearing pads in erected field conditions.
It is noted that short segments were utilized in the web buckling test as opposed to fulllength beam conditions seen outside of the laboratory. The tests did not incorporate vertical
bearing stiffeners. It is predicted that external vertical bearing stiffeners will increase the
web buckling capacity of the members. Due to the inherent design of the continual internal
horizontal stiffeners, external stiffeners will only be required in extreme loading conditions.
For most applications, other design considerations
(web shear, flexural stress, deflection, etc.) will
ultimately control the particular use of the beam.
Web buckling tests for the 36" DWB were
performed on 12" lengths cut from full sections.
These samples were centered in a test frame and
fully supported by two (2) 9" x 18" elastomeric
bearing pads. Load was applied centrically to the
top flange via 1" x 4" x 1' - 6" steel plates under
load controlled conditions.
Crack in Fillet
It is noted that all specimens were loaded until the

section would take no more additonal load (i.e.
additional application of load head only continued
to buckle the web with no increase in load). In all
samples the web buckled as shown in Figure 22.
Figure 21. Buckling of Web
Rev.1008
17-30

All Rights Reserved
Section 17
CONNECTIONS
COMMENTARY:
This section deals with web-to-web framing connections of 8" DWB members. Connections
of this configuration (see Figure 22 and 23) are controlled by rotation and shear through
the elements, bolt bearing of the fasteners and any related distortion, and shear of the
fasteners.
Due to the performance of the EXTREN DWB composite material and configuration, it is
recommended that steel clip angles and fasteners be utilized. Testing and methodology
described has been verified using stainless steel bolts and clip angles.
Test Series
Connection tests consisted of the following series of tests:
Bolt Bearing Capacity

This initial battery of tests established pin bearing capacities and end/edge distances
for web/pin fastening. Steel pins were passed through holes drilled in the webs and
loaded perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the pins until crushing was initiated in
FRP bearing area around the pins.
Short Beam Connection Test

Utilizing the criteria developed in the above tests, full scale bolted assemblies were
fabricated and tested (see Figure 22 and 23). Short lengths of beams less than 1'-6"
were incorporated to isolate shear through clip angles, shear through fasteners, and
bolt bearing on fasteners/FRP.
Long Beam Connection Test

Utilizing the criteria developed in the above tests, full scale bolted assemblies were
fabricated and tested (see Figures 22 and 23). Lengths of the beams were sufficient to
develop full shear and rotation through clip angles, shear and rotation through fasteners,
and bolt bearing on fasteners/FRP.
Testing has demonstrated that when stainless steel fasteners and stainless steel clip angles
are incorporated, the controlling element of the connection capacity is the bolt bearing into
or crushing the region around the fastener.

All Rights Reserved
17-31
Rev.1008
Section 17
CONNECTIONS
Maximum bolt bearing capacities from the series of connections may be estimated by the
following equations:
FPCr = FU / 3.0
P = (FPCr) (tw) (d)
where:
FPCr = Critical Bearing Stress (psi)
FU = Ultimate Compressive Web

= Pin Bearing Capacity (lbs)
tw
= Total Web Thickness (in)
= Diameter of Fastener (in)
Bearing Stress (psi)
Table 12
Allowable Bearing Capacities In Web Area of Section (in lbs.)
8" DWB (Web Thickness = .36") and Single Pin Fastener
Diameter of
Fastener Single Web Double Web
(in.)
(lbs.)
(lbs.)
1/4
900
1800
3/8
1350
2700
1/2
1800
3600
5/8
2430
4860
3/4
2700
5400
7/8
3150
6300
3600
7200
Fastener Edge Distances (Web Area) - 2 diameters or 1" minimum, whichever is greater
Fastener Pitch - 4 diameters or 3" minimum, whichever is greater
Rev.1008
17-32

All Rights Reserved
Section 17
CONNECTIONS
Table 13
Allowable Bearing Capacities in Web Area of Section (in lbs.)
36" DWB (Web Thickness = .69") and Single Pin Fastener
Diameter of
Fastener Single Web Double Web
(in.)
(lbs.)
(lbs.)
1/4
1725
3450
3/8
2590
5180
1/2
3450
6900
5/8
4310
8620
3/4
5175
10350
7/8
6040
12080
6900 13800
Fastener Edge Distance (Web Area) - 2 diameters or 1" minimum, whichever is greater.
Fastener Pitch - 4 diameters or 3" mininimum, whichever is greater.
Example 1
Given: 8" DWB with ultimate compressive web bearing stress of 30,000 psi* and (l) 3/4"
diameter steel pin passing through 13/16" diameter holes aligned in the webs.
Find: Pin bearing capacity at one web and on both webs.
FPCr = FU / 3.0 = 30,000 psi / 3.0 = 10,000 psi
P = (FPCr) (tw) (d)

= (10,000 psi) (.36") (.75")
= 2700 lb. one web
Or 2700 lb. x 2 = 5,400 lb. two webs
Minimum coupon properties and may be affected by enviro/mechanical conditions

All Rights Reserved
17-33
Rev.1008
Section 17
CONNECTIONS
Example 2
Given: Figure 20 Clip angles 1/4" stainless steel (Fy = 48,000 psi) and 3/4" diameter
stainless steel bolts (Fv = 30,000 psi). Where Fy is stress of stainless steel and Fv is
bearing stress in FRP beam web.
Find: Capacity of connection assuming 30,000 psi* ultimate compressive bearing stress
of 8" DWB.
1. Find bearing capacity of 2 bolts in
8" DWB web area
FPCr = FU / 3.0
= 30,000 psi / 3.0 = 10,000 psi
P = (FPCr)(tw)(d)
= (10,000 psi)(.36" x 4)(.75")
= 10,800 lb.
2. Shear through stainless steel clips
ANet/Clip = 5.62" x .25" (2)(.25")(.81") = 1.0"
Fv = .40 Fy = .40(48,000 psi) = 19,200 psi
PvSS= FvA = (19,200 psi)(1" x 2 clips) = 38,400 lb.
3. Shear of stainless steel bolts in double shear
Pbolts = FvANom
= (30,000 psi)(.442") x 2
= 26,520 lb.
4. Check pin bearing of stainless steel
PSS Pin Bear = .45 FyA

= .45(48,000 psi)(2)(.25" x .75")

= 18,000 psi
By inspection, the connection is controlled by bearing capacity of bolts on 8" DWB or 10,800
lb.
*
Rev.1008
17-34

All Rights Reserved
Section 17
CONNECTIONS
Example 3
Given: Figure 20 Clip angles 1/4" stainless steel (Fy = 48,000 psi) and 3/4" diameter
stainless steel bolts and rods (Fv = 30,000 psi).
Find: Capacity of connection assuming 30,000 psi* ultimate compressive bearing stress
of 8" DWB.
1. a. Find bearing capacity of 2 bolts in 8" DWB
web area
FPCr = FU / 3.0
= 30,000 psi / 3.0 = 10,000 psi
P8 = (FPCr)(tw)(d)

= (10,000 psi)(.36" x 4)(.75")
= 10,800 lb.
1. b. Find bearing capacity of 2 rods in 36" DWB

web area
P36 = (FPCr)(tw)(d)

=(10,000 psi)(.69 x 2)(.75)
=10,350 lb.
2. Shear through stainless steel clips

PvSS= 38,400 lb. (See Example 2)
3. Shear of stainless steel bolts/rods
Pbolts = 26,520 lb. (See Example 2)
4. Check pin bearing of stainless steel
PPin Bear = 18,000 lb. (See Example 2)
By inspection, the connection is controlled by bearing capacity of bolts on 36" DWB or 10,350 lb.
*

All Rights Reserved
17-35
Rev.1008
Section 17
CONNECTIONS
NOTES: These details are framing and bearing connection details and are provided as
suggested construction details. The designer is cautioned that particular specific site
conditions may affect or require the altering of these details.
Figure 22. Web-to-Web Framing Connection
Figure 23. Web-to-Web Framing Connection

8" DWB to 36" DWB
Rev.1008
17-36

All Rights Reserved
Section 17
CONNECTIONS
Figure 24
Figure 25. Section AA; Bridge Bearing

All Rights Reserved
17-37
Rev.1008
Section 17
CONNECTIONS
Figure 26. Bridge Diaphragm
Figure 27. Deck Connection
Rev.1008
17-38

All Rights Reserved
Section 17
CONNECTIONS
Figure 28. Steel Shelf Lug

All Rights Reserved
17-39
Rev.1008
Section 17
APPENDIX
Toms Creek Bridge
8" x 6" EXTREN DWB Demonstration Project
The Toms Creek Bridge is a small-scale demonstration project involving the use of 8" x 6 EXTREN
DWB hybrid beams as the main load carrying members in a short-span bridge. The Toms Creek
Bridge is located in Blacksburg, VA and was built during the Summer of 1997.
The project is intended to serve two purposes. First, by calculating bridge design parameters
such as the dynamic load allowance, transverse wheel load distribution and deflections under
service loading, the Toms Creek Bridge will aid in modifying current American Association of
State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) bridge design standards for use with
FRP composite materials. Second, by evaluating the FRP girders after being exposed to service
conditions, the project will begin to answer questions about the long-term performance of these
advanced composite material beams when used in bridge design.
This project involved replacing the superstructure in the Toms Creek Bridge, a rural short-span
(18 feet) medium volume vehicular traffic bridge with corroded steel girders and a timber deck.
Twenty-four (24) 8" DWB hybrid beams and a glulam timber deck with asphalt surface were used
to rehabilitate the bridge. In order to verify the composite girder design and to address construction
issues prior to the rehabilitation, a full-scale mock-up of the bridge was built and tested in the
laboratory. This set-up utilized the actual composite beams, glulam timber deck panels, and
geometry to be implemented in the rehabilitation. (Figure 29)
After the rehabilitation was completed, the bridge was field tested under a known truck load. Five
load tests nominally, at six-month intervals, were conducted. Using midspan strain and deflection
data gathered from the FRP composite girders during these field tests, the above mentioned bridge
design parameters were obtained. The Toms Creek Bridge was determined to have a dynamic
load allowance of 0.90, a transverse wheel load distribution factor of 0.101 and a maximum live
load deflection of L/490. Also, no significant long-term change in these parameters for the bridge
were noted over the 3 year duration.
Two 8" DWB bridge girders were removed from the Toms Creek Bridge after 15 months of service.
These FRP composite girders were tested at the Structures and Materials Research Laboratory
at Virginia Tech for residual stiffness and ultimate strength and compared to pre-service values
for the same beams. This analysis indicates that after 15 months of service, the FRP composite
girders had not significantly changed in stiffness or ultimate moment capacity.
For complete details about this project see the theses of Michael David Hayes and William Douglas
Neely at http://etd.vt.edu/.
Figure 29. Full scale mock-up

of Toms Creek Bridge.
Rev.1008
17-40
Figure 30. Installation of the

Toms Creek Bridge.
All Rights Reserved
Section 17
APPENDIX
Route 601 Dicky Creek Bridge
36" x 18" EXTREN DWB Demonstration Project
The Virginia Route 601 Bridge, spanning 39 feet over Dickey Creek in Sugar Grove, VA, is the first
use of Strongwells 36" x 18" EXTREN DWB hybrid beams as the main load carrying members in a
low volume vehicular traffic bridge. The bridge was designed with the aid of the American Association
of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) Standard Specification for Highway Bridges
for an AASHTO HS20-44 and alternate military loading with a targeted deflection limit of L/800. To
meet the deflection target, eight beams were required and spaced transversely at 3.5 feet. A glulam
timber deck was used with an asphalt overlay and the guard rail was a crash tested glulam system.
The photos below show the Route 601 bridge.
The experimental research related to the Route 601 Bridge consisted of two phases. The first phase,
completed in July of 2001, consisted of testing eleven 36" DWB beams (eight of these beams were
used in the bridge) to determine their stiffness properties (E and kGxyAv) to insure that these properties
were above the values assumed in the preliminary design. One of these eleven girders was then
tested to failure to determine the failure mode and flexural strength of the 36" DWB. The test of the
beam to failure revealed a safety factor of over 7 against the AASHTO service load.
The second phase began in October of 2001 after construction of the Route 601 Bridge was
completed and consisted of field testing the bridge to determine girder distribution factors, dynamic
load allowance, and service load deflections for the structure. To evaluate the in-service behavior of
the bridge, mid-span deflections and strains were continuously recorded during live load tests with
a vehicle slightly above the legal load limit for the bridge. The wheel load distribution factors in the
AASHTO Standard Specification for Highway Bridges for glulam timber decks on steel stringers were
found to apply to this bridge. A dynamic load allowance was determined to be 0.36 (slightly larger than
that specified in AASHTO), and the maximum deflection of the bridge was L/1100. This improvement
in deflection performance is attributed to partial composite action of the deck-to-girder connections,
bearing restraint at the supports, and contribution of guardrail stiffness. It was also found that the
absence of a midspan diaphragm had a minimal effect on the wheel load distribution factor.
For complete details about this project see the theses of Christopher J. Waldron and Edgar Salom
Restrepo at http://etd.vt.edu/.
Figure 31. Route 601 Bridge Superstructure

All Rights Reserved
17-41
Rev.1008
Section 18
Custom Pultrusions
SECTION 18
CUSTOM PULTRUSIONS

All Rights Reserved
18-1
Rev.0502
Section 18
Custom Pultrusions
CUSTOM PULTRUSIONS
WHAT IS A CUSTOM PULTRUSION?
While this manual is for designing with EXTREN standard structurals, it is important for the
designer to be aware that virtually an infinite number of custom pultrusion possibilities exist.
Pultrusions can be customized in one or more of the following ways:
Shape: Virtually any constant cross-section part can be pultruded. Strongwell produces
custom shape dies in-house.
Resin Matrix: Standard resin systems can be modified or special resins used to address
special needs such as elevated temperatures or special environments. Typical resins include
polyesters, vinyl esters, epoxies, and hybrids. Phenolics and thermoplastic systems are
under development.
Reinforcements: The type, form, placement and quantity of reinforcements can be
customized to maximize economy, oriented-strength, and/or other physical characteristics.
The reinforcement type is either glass, carbon or aramid fibers. The reinforcement form of
any of these fibers can be rovings (multifilament strands), mat (long fibers held together in
a mat form with a resinous binder), woven fabrics, or non-woven fabrics.
Composite Design: An EXTREN shape could be made into a non-EXTREN custom
pultrusion by customizing the resin or reinforcement to achieve a particular customer need.
A standard shape could be given custom physical properties, for example, by changing the
amount, placement, or type or form of reinforcements.
Strongwell manufactures hundreds of different custom pultrusions for industries ranging from
aeronautical and automotive to agriculture and sporting goods. Contact Strongwell for any custom
pultrusion needs or questions.
Rev.0502
18-2

All Rights Reserved
Section 18
Custom Pultrusions
NON-EXTREN PRODUCTS
NON-EXTREN products produced by Strongwell and included in this manual are:
Thermal Cure Rod and Bar
Solid thermal cure rod and bar produced by Strongwell is not EXTREN and does not have
the same properties as EXTREN structural shapes. Rod and bar stock contain longitudinal
reinforcements only - no mat, and do not have a surfacing veil. A number of standard sizes are
available. While solid rod and bar can also be produced with fire retardant and/or vinyl ester resin,
it is not EXTREN Series 525 or 625. Thermal cure rod and bar were not designed to be machined.
Machining may cause splintering or other issues due to the lack of off-axis reinforcements. See
Section 3 PROPERTIES OF EXTREN for properties of thermal cure rod and bar.
Special Pultruded Shapes
Strongwell produces custom pultrusions in many shapes and materials for hundreds of customers.
A partial listing of dies owned by Strongwell is included as Special Pultruded Shapes in Section 4
EXTREN AVAILABILITY LIST. These sections vary from EXTREN standard shapes in one
or more of the ways described for custom pultrusions. Additional sections are frequently added
and modifications to existing sections may be possible. For special needs contact Strongwell.
Grating
Strongwell manufactures a complete line of fiberglass grating. DURADEK high strength pultruded
fiberglass grating and DURAGRID custom fiberglass grating are product trademarks belonging
to Strongwell. See Section 12 FIBERGLASS GRATING for complete product information on
DURADEKand DURAGRID product lines.
FIBREBOLT
FIBREBOLT fiberglass studs and nuts are a non-metallic fastener system. FIBREBOLT studs
are pultruded, machined fiberglass reinforced vinyl ester. The hex shaped nut is fiberglass
reinforced PPS resin thermoplastic. See Section 11 FIBREBOLT for properties and product
information.
DURASHIELD
The DURASHIELD panels are fiberglass foam core building panels. The tongue-and-groove
panel is comprised of a pultruded skin over a foam core. See Section 14 DURASHIELD for
complete product information.
COMPOSOLITE
COMPOSOLITE is an advanced composites building panel system suitable for major load
bearing applications. The unique system of interlocking components make it possible to design
monolithic fiberglass structures. See Section 15 COMPOSOLITE for product information.
SAFPLANK
SAFPLANK is a system of interlocking fiberglass planks designed to create a continuous solid
surface. It replaces wood, aluminum and steel where corrosion creates costly maintenance
problems or unsafe conditions. See Section 16 SAFPLANK for product information.

All Rights Reserved
18-3
Rev.0502
Section 19
Fabrication
SECTION 19
FABRICATION


All Rights Reserved
19-1
Rev.1013
Section 19
Fabrication
GENERAL FABRICATION CONSIDERATIONS

Fabrication with EXTREN structural shapes is similar to working with wood, aluminum and other
comparable materials. Strongwell has available an extensive Fabrication and Repair Manual that
can be provided upon request to fabricators and contractors unfamiliar with fiberglass fabrication.
Some of the more common questions concerning fabrication with EXTREN are:
Q. Do I need special tools?
A. The tools and methods are the same, but since fiberglass is very abrasive, standard bits
and blades wear quickly and will need frequent resharpening or replacing.
Q. What types of blades and bits work best?
A. Carbide tip blades and bits are preferred. Diamond tipped or coated blades are best, allowing
faster speeds and longer tool life.
Q. Can EXTREN be punched and sheared?
A. Yes, but material thickness should be limited to 3/16 for punching and 1/4 maximum for
shearing. Punches and shears work best if the blade is tapered to permit the cutting edge
to penetrate a small amount of the material at any one time.
Q. Can EXTREN products be formed or bent?
A. No, EXTREN cannot be bent, rolled or pressed as can steel shapes and plates.
Q. Fabrication can be very dusty. Is the dust harmful?
A. Although the dust is non-toxic and presents no serious health hazard, it can cause skin
irritation. The amount of irritation will vary from person to person and can be reduced or
eliminated by use of a protective cream. A coverall or shop coat and gloves will add to the
operators comfort.
Q. What other general fabrication practices should be observed?
A. Machine ways and other friction producing areas should be kept clean. Fiberglass chips
are damaging abrasives.
Avoid excessive pressure when sawing, drilling, routing, etc. Too much force will rapidly dull
tools and create excessive heat that can scorch the fiberglass.
Do not generate excessive heat in any machining operation. Excessive heat softens the
bonding resin in the fiberglass resulting in a ragged rather than clean cut edge.
Support the fiberglass material rigidly during cutting operations. Shifting may cause chipping
at the cut edges. Proper support will also prevent warping.
Always seal any cut surfaces or edges of the fiberglass shape with a compatible resin before
reporting the job complete.
Fastenings and connections are an important part of both the fabrication and design process.
See CONNECTIONS later in this section.
Rev.1013
19-2

All Rights Reserved
Section 19
Fabrication
CONNECTIONS
INTRODUCTION
Connections of EXTREN shapes and plates may be structural or non-structural. Structural joints
beams to beams, beams to columns, columns to floor, plate on grating (for composite action),
etc. must transmit design loads. Examples of non-structural joints might be coverplates of a foam
cored insulating panel or a coverplate epoxied to fiberglass grating (for a walking surface).
Structural connections usually employ mechanical fasteners, adhesive bonding or a combination
connection utilizing both. The strongest joint between pieces of EXTREN shapes is obtained by
using a combination of mechanical fasteners with adhesive applied to the mating surfaces.
Selection of the connection method is usually determined by:

The required capacity of the joint

Joint reliability
The available space for the joint
The types of members to be joined
Suitability of joint for fabrication, especially high volume production work
Service environment
Need for disassembly
Aesthetics desired
COMBINATION MECHANICAL AND ADHESIVE JOINTS

As was stated earlier, the best joints for most structural applications are combination joints. These
joints offer the advantages of both types of connection. Adhesive bonding affords the joint good
distribution of stresses, reduced effects of stress concentrations (at the holes) and increased joint
stiffness while the mechanical fastening provides reliability, reduces the effect of peel and tension in
eccentric joints and also provides the necessary clamping force to allow the curing of the epoxy. The
table of allowable loads for clip angle at beam ends was developed using combination joints.
MECHANICAL CONNECTIONS
Mechanical connections utilize some type of mechanical fastener to join parts of fiberglass
assemblies. Some of the more common types of mechanical fasteners are:

Bolts with washer and nut (steel, stainless, monel, etc.)

Threaded rod and nuts (steel and fiberglass FIBREBOLT)
Screws (self-tapping, and thread cutting)
Rivets (blind rivets, drive rivets, solid rivets available in many materials including steel,
stainless, aluminum, nylon, etc.)
Spring clips
Nails
Staples
Threaded inserts with bolts
Threaded holes with bolts
NOTE: Strongwell recommends the use of stainless steel fasteners to eliminate the corrosion
problem associated with regular steel fasteners.
Although mechanical joints provide many advantages (such as conventional fabrication and assembly
methods, ease of inspection, option of disassembly, etc.) the designer should be cautioned that improper
spacing and edge distances of the bolts could cause a catastrophic failure by tear-out or shear-through.
The American Society of Civil Engineers Structural Plastics Design Manual Reference 2 recommends
the edge distances (centerline of fastener to edge of material) and minimum pitch dimensions (center
to center of fasteners in a line) see table Recommended Minimum Fastener Edge Distances And
Pitch Ratio Of Distance To Fastener Diameter shown in this section.
All Rights Reserved
19-3
Rev.1013
Section 19
Fabrication
CONNECTIONS
ADHESIVE BONDED CONNECTIONS
A structural adhesive holds fiberglass parts together by surface attachment and can sustain a
continuously applied load without excessive deformations or failure. In addition to sealing joints
and surfaces, adhesives distribute the joint stresses more evenly.
Adhesive bonded joints work best when the adhesive layer is primarily stressed in shear or
compression. Direct tensile or peel forces on adhesive joints should be avoided or evaluated
with great care.
Successfully bonded adhesive joints of EXTREN materials require careful fabrication procedures
including:

1) Proper selection of the adhesive.

The two types of adhesives recommended for use with EXTREN fiberglass reinforced
materials are polyesters and epoxies. Either adhesive will produce a satisfactory joint.
However, polyester adhesives are somewhat less convenient to use because of the
difficulty of measuring the small amount of catalyst required.
The epoxy adhesives recommended for structural connections are either Shell 828 Epoxy
Resin or Dow D.E.R. 331 Epoxy Resin or Strongwell Epoxy Adhesive. In general, epoxy
adhesives provide stronger joints than polyester adhesives.
2) Proper preparation of the surfaces to be joined.
The polyester surfacing veil must be removed to allow bonding of substrates.
Contaminated surfaces must be thoroughly cleansed by wiping with a clean rag dampened
with a solvent such as acetone, toluol or methyl alcohol. Wipe dry with a clean cloth. Do
not immerse or soak EXTREN shapes in these solvents.
3) Properly cure the adhesive joint.
Freshly bonded joints should be held in position with clamps or weights until the adhesive
cures. Joints bonded with epoxy adhesives generally can be handled with reasonable
care after 8 hours of curing. It is desirable to leave the clamps or bonding pressure on
the joints overnight for a total of 20 to 24 hours. If an oven is available, the curing time
can be lessened considerably by heating moderately. The joint should not be expected to
carry its design load until the adhesive joints have cured a minimum of 48 hours at 70F.
Lower temperatures require longer cure times.
On the following page is a procedure for making structural epoxy joints. It provides
additional information on surface preparation, mixing of epoxy and application.
Rev.1013
19-4

All Rights Reserved
Section 19
Fabrication
CONNECTIONS
PROCEDURE FOR MAKING STRUCTURAL EPOXY JOINTS
Materials Used
Strongwell epoxy adhesive base
Strongwell epoxy adhesive hardener
Small wax coated paper cup for mixing
Clean wooden or FRP stick for mixing
80 grit sandpaper
Clamps for holding epoxy joints during cure
Clean cloth
Surface Preparation
1) Sand mating surfaces with 80 grit sandpaper until the surface gloss has been removed. The
surfacing veil must be ground off to expose the glass reinforcement. Sand blasting equipment
can also be used.
2) Remove all dust with a clean cloth; air blasting equipment may also be used. Avoid
recontamination of the surface from handling.
Mixing of Epoxy
Mix equal volume portions of the base and hardener in a small wax coated paper cup with a
clean stick until a uniform gray color is attained and all marbled appearance is gone.
NOTE: Other adhesive systems compatible with fiberglass can be utilized and the
manufacturers mixing instructions for these systems should be followed.
Application and Cure
1) Apply the mixed epoxy uniformly to all surfaces to be joined. A thin application is often more
beneficial than a thick application.
2) Avoid introducing moisture into the joint.
3) Join the surfaces to be bonded. The pot life at 77F for a 3 oz. mixture of equal volumes of
base and hardener is 2.5 hours.
4) Secure the joint with clamps (or rivets or bolts) and allow 24 hours for a full cure. The assembly
can often be handled with reasonable care in less than 8 hours. The structure should not
be required to support its design load until at least 48 hours (at 70F) after bonding. Lower
temperatures require a longer cure.
5) After securing the joint, wipe away excess epoxy.

All Rights Reserved
19-5
Rev.1013
Section 19
Fabrication
BEAM SHEAR CONNECTIONS

DETAIL FOR W4, W6, C4, C6, I 4 or I 6
DETAIL
BOLTED AND EPOXIED CAPACITY (SEE NOTE #1) - 3375#

BOLTED ONLY CAPACITY (SEE NOTE #2)
3/8 Bolt & 1/4 Web = 1400# 3/8 Bolt & 3/8 Web = 2110#
1/2 Bolt & 1/4 Web = 1875# 1/2 Bolt & 3/8 Web = 2810#
5/8 Bolt & 1/4 Web = 2340# 5/8 Bolt & 3/8 Web = 3375#
DETAIL

3/8 Bolt & 3/8 Web = 2110# 3/8 Bolt & 1/2 Web = 2810#
1/2 Bolt & 3/8 Web = 2810# 1/2 Bolt & 1/2 Web = 3750#
5/8 Bolt & 3/8 Web = 3515# 5/8 Bolt & 1/2 Web = 4200#

2"
DETAIL
2"
3"
1" 3" 1"
2"
W8 or C8
W10 or C10
I 8 or I 10
1"
3"
1"
2"
L4 x 4 x 1/2"
(N.S. & F.S.)
WHEN 5/8 BOLTS ARE USED
WHEN 3/8 OR 1/2 BOLTS ARE USED

3/8 Bolt & 3/8 Web = 2110# 3/8 Bolt & 1/2 Web = 2810#
1/2 Bolt & 3/8 Web = 2810# 1/2 Bolt & 1/2 Web = 3750#
5/8 Bolt & 3/8 Web = 3515# 5/8 Bolt & 1/2 Web = 4680#
Rev.1013
19-6

All Rights Reserved
Section 19
Fabrication
BEAM SHEAR CONNECTIONS

DETAIL

3/8 Bolt & 3/8 Web = 3160# 3/8 Bolt & 1/2 Web = 4220#
1/2 Bolt & 3/8 Web = 4220# 1/2 Bolt & 1/2 Web = 5620#
5/8 Bolt & 3/8 Web = 5270# 5/8 Bolt & 1/2 Web = 6700#
2"
3"
3"
W10, W12, C10

I 10, I 12
1" 3"
1"
3"
3"
3" 1"
3" 1"
2"
2"
3"
DETAIL
2" 10" BEAM

2" 12" BEAM
L4 x 4 x 1/2"
(N.S. & F.S.)
WHEN 3/8 OR 1/2 BOLTS ARE USED
WHEN 5/8 BOLTS ARE USED

3/8 Bolt & 3/8 Web = 3160# 3/8 Bolt & 1/2 Web = 4220#
1/2 Bolt & 3/8 Web = 4220# 1/2 Bolt & 1/2 Web = 5620#
5/8 Bolt & 3/8 Web = 5270# 5/8 Bolt & 1/2 Web =7030#
DETAIL FOR W12 or I 12
2"
3"
3"
I 12, W12
2"
3"
3"
DETAIL
3"
2"
2"
L4 x 4 x 1/2"
(N.S. & F.S.)


3/8 Bolt & 1/2 Web = 4220#

1/2 Bolt & 1/2 Web = 5620#

5/8 Bolt & 1/2 Web = 7030#
All Rights Reserved
19-7
NOTES:
1. Capacities shown controlled
by shear thru heel of angle
(FV=4500 psi / 4 = 1125 psi)
2. Capacities shown controlled
by bearing around fastener
or shear of stainless steel
fasteners.
3. The beam capacity must be
verified as being adequate.
4. Epoxy and joint preparation
in accordance with Section
19 FABRICATION in the
Strongwell Design Manual.
5. Details 1, 2 and 4 are
standard Strongwell
fabrication connections.
Details 3, 5 and 6 are
alternate fabrication
connections.
6. Recommended hole
diameters: Fastener +1/16.
7. 1/4 stainless steel angles
can be substituted for the
EXTREN angles shown in
the details.
8. The effect on strength of
notches, copes or other
stress concentrations must
be considered.
Rev.1013
Section 19
Fabrication
1" (TYP.)
4"
Lc
EQ.
2"
EQ.
EQ.
Lp(Lc=4)
EQ.
EQ.
1" (TYP.)
1"
EQ.
Lp(Lc+3)
Lp(Lc+4)
Lc = 3 or 5
Lc = 6
3"
2d MIN. WHERE
d = ANCHOR
BOLT
COLUMN BASE PLATES
NOTE 6
tc
P
L tp x Lp
SECTION
CAPACITIES -LBS

CLIP PLATE - tp

Lc
tc 3/8 1/2 3/4
3/8 1325* 1850* 2550
3 1/2 1800* 2350* 3375
3/8 2100* 2900* 4225
5 1/2 2850* 3725* 5625
3/8 2550* 3500* 5075
6 1/2 3450* 4525* 6750

CAPACITIES -LBS

CLIP PLATE - tp
Lc tc
1/2
3/4
1
1/2 2825 4500 6650
6 3/4 4400 6650 8750

1/2 3675 5800 8525
8 3/4 5750 8275 11,350
1/2 4525 7125 10,425
10 3/4 7075 10,175 13,900
* BENDING CONTROLS
* BENDING CONTROLS
TYPICAL CALLOUT
ON DESIGN DWG.
TYPICAL CALLOUT
ON DESIGN DWG.
Lc tc tp
3 - 1/2 - 3/4
C1B TYPE B (SIM)
Lc tc tp
8 - 1/2 - 3/4
C1 TYPE C
Rev.1013
L 4 x 4 x tc
tp
PL tp x Lp
SECTION
CUT COLUMN
SQUARE
2
tc
DETAIL
(PLAN)
L 4 x 3 x tc
(TYP)
1
tp
CUT COLUMN
SQUARE
DETAIL
(PLAN)
19-8

All Rights Reserved
Section 19
Fabrication
COLUMN BASE PLATES

NOTES:

TYPE A
TYPICAL BOLTING
TYPE B
COLUMN ON GROUT
W/ CENTER ANCHOR BOLTS
(DEVELOPED WITH TENSION LOADS)

1. Values shown here are based on epoxy and
bolted connections. For bolted only connections
see Bearing and Shear values shown later in this
section.
2. Capacities shown were controlled by shear
through heel of angle (Fv=1125 psi) or bending
of plate and angle with Fb=10000 psi/4=2500 psi.
3. For columns with combined tension and shear,
both of which put shear into the heel of the
angle, the total of the tension load + shear load
must be less than the capacity listed.
4. 3/4 thick angles are special hand-layed-up
angles and are not EXTREN sections.
5. Plates shown square Lp required for capacity,
but width can vary (i.e. for I-beam columns.)
6. Detail 2 can utilize anchor bolts separate from
base plate assembly bolts. Two required, 1/2 dia.
minimum.
7. Epoxy and joint preparation in accordance with
Section 19 FABRICATION.
8. 1/4 stainless steel angles can be substituted for
the EXTREN angles shown in the details.
TYPE C
COLUMN ON FLAT
W/ CENTER ANCHOR BOLTS
DETAIL
DETAIL

All Rights Reserved
ANGLE (N.S. & F.S.)

MAY BE REQUIRED TO PREVENT
BEAM WEB BUCKLING
- REF. DESIGN GUIDE - BEAMS
19-9
Rev.1013
Section 19
Fabrication
E
U
BL
SPACER
W/BOLT @
MID-LENGTH
(TYP. FOR LL)
D
O
1"
TYP
SI
N
G
LE
L'
s
SINGLE/DOUBLE ANGLE & TEE BRACING DETAILS
"
1 YP
T
W.P.
B/B L's
4"
NOM
DETAIL
DETAIL
DETAIL
DETAIL
DETAIL
DETAIL
SEE ALTERNATE DETAIL 13
DETAIL
Rev.1013
DETAIL
6T
DETAIL
6B
19-10
SEE ALTERNATE DETAIL 14
DETAIL

All Rights Reserved
Section 19
Fabrication
SINGLE/DOUBLE ANGLE & TEE BRACING DETAILS
DETAIL
12B
DETAIL
14
L
O L3x
R 3
T4 x1
x4 /4
x3 (T
/8 YP
(T )
YP
)
10
12T
W10x10x1/2
DETAIL
DETAIL
W8x8x3/8
# OF PAIRS
( 3 SHOWN )
# OF BOLTS CONN. ANGLE OR TEE

TO GUSSET OR TEE ( 2 SHOWN )
# OF PAIRS OF BOLTS IN FLANGE
( OR WEB ) OF COLUMN ( 2 SHOWN )
DETAIL
11
DETAIL
GUSSET TEE DEPTH x WIDTH x

THICKNESS x LENGTH
8
C2
T4x6x1/4x1-0
W6x6x1/4
CUT TEE FROM
GUSSET THK.
8
C2
T4x6x3/8x0-9~PL3/8
W8x8x3/8
TYPICAL CALLOUTS ON
DESIGN DRAWINGS

All Rights Reserved
13
BOLT CALLOUT FOR

ANGLES & TEES
NOTES:
1. These connections are to be used with
epoxy. 3/8 dia. bolts only provide clamp
until epoxy cures. Ultimate capacity of joint
= 1000 psi. For bolted only connections
see Bearing and Shear values later in this
section.
2. Designer is cautioned to check required area
for epoxy with FALL = 1000/4 = 250 psi and
tee thickness with Fv = 4500/4 =1125 psi.
3. Gussets should be symmetrical about WP
whenever possible.
4. Epoxy and joint preparation in accordance
with Section 19 FABRICATION.
19-11
Rev.1013
Section 19
Fabrication
HORIZONTAL BRACING TEE & ANGLE DETAILS
PLAN
Rev.1013
DETAIL
DETAIL
DETAIL
DETAIL
DETAIL
DETAIL
DETAIL
DETAIL
DETAIL
19-12

All Rights Reserved
Section 19
Fabrication
HORIZONTAL BRACING TEE & ANGLE DETAILS

ANGLE SIZE x LENGTH
2
C3
L4x4x3/8x0-9 (PL t)
(MITRE)
NOTES
L 3/8x1-6
P
C3 (MITRE)
DETAIL
DETAIL
(SQUARE)
TYPICAL CALLOUTS ON
DESIGN DRAWINGS
10
BOLT CALLOUT ON
DESIGN DRAWINGS
11
NOTES:
1. These connections are to be used with epoxy. 3/8 dia. bolts

only provide clamp until epoxy cures. Ultimate capacity of
joint = 1000 psi. For bolted only connections see Bearing and
Shear values later in this section.
2. Designer is cautioned to check required area for epoxy with
FALL = 1000/4 = 250 psi and gusset/tee thickness with
Fv = 4500/4 =1125 psi.
3. Gussets should be symmetrical about WP whenever possible.
DETAIL

All Rights Reserved
12
4. Epoxy and joint preparation in accordance with Section 19

FABRICATION.
19-13
Rev.1013
Section 19
Fabrication
THREADED FASTENERS
BEARING
ALLOWABLE LOADS IN POUNDS
FIBERGLASS
BOLT DIAMETER

THICKNESS 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 1

1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
234 352 469 586 703 938

469 703 938 1172 1406 1875
703 1055 1406 1758 2109 2812
938 1406 1875 2344 2812 3750
1406 2109 2812 3516 4219 5625
Allowable load = Allowable bearing stress x bearing area.

EXAMPLE
1/4 thickness with 1/2 dia. bolt

30,000
psi
Allowable load =
4
x .25 x .50 = 938 lbs.
NOTE: The above table assumes the bearing stress on fiberglass controls. The designer should verify
that no other element of the connection controls.
SHEAR
ALLOWABLE LOADS IN POUNDS

BOLT DIAMETER
BOLT TYPE
1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 1
S.S. Single Shear
1473
3312
5889
9204
13254
23562
S. S. Double Shear
2964
6624
11778
18408
26508
47124
FIBREBOLT , Single Shear

400
650
950
1550
3750
FIBREBOLT, Double Shear
750 1250 1875 3000 5000
NOTE: The above table assumes the shear capacity of the fastener controls. The designer should verify
that no other element of the connection controls.
RECOMMENDED MINIMUM FASTENER EDGE DISTANCES AND PITCH

RATIO
OF DISTANCE TO FASTENER DIAMETER

Edge Distance - end
Edge Distance - side
Pitch
Rev.1013
RANGE COMMON
2.0 to 4.5
3.0
1.5 to 3.5
2.0
4.0 to 5.0
5.0
19-14

All Rights Reserved
Strongwell Specifications
Are you specifying Strongwell products? Click the link
below to view and download the latest Strongwell Product
Specifications documents in either Microsoft Word format
or PDFs.
www.strongwell.com/tools/strongwell-specifications/
BRISTOL FACILITY
400 Commonwealth Ave., P. O. Box 580, Bristol, VA 24203-0580 USA
(276) 645-8000 FAX (276) 645-8132
HIGHLANDS FACILITY
26770 Newbanks Road, Abingdon, VA 24210 USA
(276) 645-8000 FAX (276) 645-8132
CHATFIELD FACILITY
1610 Highway 52 South, Chatfield, MN 55923-9799 USA
(507) 867-3479 FAX (507) 867-4031
www.strongwell.com
Section 21
Project Worksheets
SECTION 21- PROJECT WORKSHEETS

Table of Contents
Introduction ...................................................................... 21-2
Grating Worksheet.......................................................... 21-16
Platform Worksheet.......................................................... 21-3
DURADEK/DURAGRID Worksheet Commentary....... 21-17
Platform Worksheet Commentary.................................... 21-4
Standard Ladder Worksheet:
SAFRAILTM Worksheet..................................................... 21-5
with Large Standoff Wall Mount.............................. 21-18
SAFRAILTM Worksheet Commentary................................ 21-6
with Base Mount...................................................... 21-19
Handrail Posts at Structural Members.............................. 21-7
Standard Walk-Through Ladder Worksheet:
Handrail Posts at Concrete............................................... 21-8
with Large Standoff Bracket.................................... 21-20
Removable Handrail Posts at Concrete........................... 21-9
with Base Clip.......................................................... 21-21
Removable Handrail Posts at Structural Members......... 21-10
Standard Cage Worksheet............................................. 21-22
Suggested Post & Kick Plate Installation........................ 21-11
Stair Worksheet.............................................................. 21-23
STRONGRAILTM Worksheet........................................... 21-13

Building Worksheet......................................................... 21-14
Building Worksheet Commentary................................... 21-15

All Rights Reserved
21-1
Rev.0502
Section 21
Project Worksheets
SECTION 21
PROJECT WORKSHEETS
Rev.0502
21-2

All Rights Reserved
Section 21
Project Worksheets
PROJECT WORKSHEET INTRODUCTION

For projects that require Strongwell to perform structural design engineering, certain information
must be supplied.
To assist our customers in submitting the necessary data, "fill-in-the-blank" worksheets have been
developed and are included in this section. Different structures have separate worksheets.
On the back of the building, platform, SAFRAILTM and grating worksheets is a commentary
designed to help the customer provide the required data. Such assistance is offered on the ladder,
ladder cage and stair worksheets through helpful notes.

All Rights Reserved
21-3
Rev.0502
Section 21
Project Worksheets
PLATFORM WORKSHEET
Bristol Division
Chatfield Division
DATE QUOTE REQUIRED: ____________
Fax: 276-645-8003
Fax: 507-867-4031
GEOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION
2. OUTDOORS YES
(If No - Go to 9A)
1.

___________________________________________
(City, State AND Nearest Large City)
3.
LOCATED AT: GROUND LEVEL
4.

IN GENERALLY OPEN AND FLAT TERRAIN:

YES
(Extending 1/2 mile or more from site in any Quadrant)
or
NO
FEET ABOVE
NO
DESIGN CONDITIONS AND LOADS

5.
LOCAL BUILDING CODE APPLICABLE TO JOB: __________________________
6.
WIND LOAD:
7.
SEISMIC DESIGN CATAGORY: _________________________________________
8.
SNOW LOAD:
9A. LIVE LOAD:
(MPH)
9B. CONC. LOADS:
(PSF) (Local Conditions May Control)

(PSF) DEFL. CRITERIA
(Barrels, Pallets, Equipment, Etc.)
SERVICE AND QUOTING REQUIREMENTS

10. CORROSIVES:_____________________
11. TEMP____________ (F or AMBIENT)
12. EXTREN SERIES:_____________ STD COLOR______________ OTHER____________

13.
HARDWARE: FIBREBOLT__________ 304SS_______ 316SS______ OTHER__________
14.
HANDRAIL:
YES
(USE HANDRAIL WORKSHEET)
NO
INFORMATION TO SHOW: PLAN VIEW OF PLATFORM (WIDTH, LENGTH, ETC.); HEIGHT

ABOVE FLOOR AND/OR GRADE; HANDRAILS SHOWN IN PLANS AS OBSTRUCTIONS/
INTERFERENCES; LOCATION OF CONCENTRATED LOADS; TYPE OF GRATING (IF KNOWN),
ETC. USE EXTRA SHEETS AS REQUIRED.
Rev.0502
21-4

All Rights Reserved
Section 21
Project Worksheets
PLATFORM WORKSHEET COMMENTARY

1.
CITY AND STATE and NEAREST LARGE CITY is important because location may control
wind loads, snow loads, earthquake criteria, etc. Building Code maps usually show major
metropolitan cities so NEAREST LARGE CITY is important if actual site location is remote.
2.
Platforms sheltered or inside other structures (INDOORS) will not require wind or snow loads.
This answer may be apparent from specifications or drawings, but not so apparent from a
telephone request for quote. Go to 9A if INDOORS.
3.
Platforms outdoors and ABOVE GRADE (like on buildings) will have larger gust factors for wind
conditions.
4.
Platforms in OPEN AND FLAT TERRAIN support HIGHER wind loads and LOWER snow
loads. Platforms can be designed for worst case, but may be conservative and unnecessarily
uneconomical.

5.
Building codes may vary by locality. The IBC (International Building Code) is becoming the
standard, however, other applicable building codes may be BOCA, SBC, ANSI (now ASCE-7)
or a local (city or state) building code. All design information can be easily obtained except local
building code information. Customer should provide local code information either with a copy of
the code or supplying values 6 thru 9.
6.
WIND LOAD is usually given in MPH (miles per hour).
7.
SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY is to be designated. If unknown, design will default to ASCE-7.
8.
SNOW LOAD is given in PSF (pounds per square foot). Local conditions may govern in
mountain regions, the west coast through the Rocky Mountain states and the East coast, North
of Massachusetts.
9A.
LIVE LOAD is usually given in PSF (pounds per square foot). Typical design values for
platforms are:

ACCESS PLATFORM (1-3 people - limited use) 50 PSF
OPERATING PLATFORM (1-3 people - constant) 75 PSF
WORK PLATFORM (men with tools, portable equipment) 100 PSF

DEFLECTION CRITERIA is typically:
Specified as 1/4" for the grating with 100 PSF LIVE LOAD (NOT necessarily the
the PLATFORM DESIGN LIVE LOAD)
Specified as L/180 to L/360 for structural members (span in inches divided by 180
to 360, respectively)
9B.
CONCENTRATED LOADS are ADDITIONAL TO LIVE LOAD and may be permanent

equipment, barrels or drums of chemicals, pallets of materials, boxes, etc. Obtain these LOAD
in LBS. and possibly an area over which they act (i.e. pallets 4'x4' weighing 4,000 lbs. ea.)

10-11. CORROSIVES AND TEMPERATURE may dictate EXTREN requirements.
12.
EXTREN SERIES may be specified. STANDARD COLOR (YES or NO) or OTHER color are
also needed.
13.
HARDWARE will be bolts for structurals, grating clips and bolts, etc. SPECIFY as necessary.

All Rights Reserved
21-5
Rev.0502
Section 21
Project Worksheets
SAFRAILTM WORKSHEET
Bristol Division
Chatfield Division
Fax: 276-645-8003
Fax: 507-867-4031
1. _____________________________________

2. OUTDOORS:
YES (UV Coating - Standard) NO

3. SAFRAILTM WILL MEET:

200# ANY DIRECTION ON POST OR TOP RAIL

50#/LF HORIZONTALLY APPLIED TO TOP RAIL
OTHER REQUIREMENTS: ________________________________________________

4. CORROSIVES: ________________
5. TEMP_____________ (F or AMBIENT)
6. RESIN:
POLYESTER (Standard)__________
VINYL ESTER (Minimum Required)_________________
OTHER (Call)___________________________________
7A. SQUARE TUBE
ROUND TUBE CUSTOM (attach sketch)
7B. STANDARD 2 RAIL WITH TOE PLATE:

STANDARD COLOR (Yellow) (Gray)______
OR 3 RAIL__________
YES
4 RAIL_________
8. MOUNTING HARDWARE:
NO
5 RAIL___________ TOEPLATE________
316SS__________ OTHER________
9. TYPE OF POST ASSEMBLY:

BASE MOUNTED__________ POCKET MOUNTED__________ SIDE MOUNTED__________
10. POST SPACING
3 FT. ON CENTER__________ 5 FT. ON CENTER____________
4 FT. ON CENTER__________ 6 FT. ON CENTER____________
INFORMATION TO SHOW: PLAN VIEW OF PLATFORM (WIDTH, LENGTH, ETC.); HEIGHT

ABOVE FLOOR AND/OR GRADE; HANDRAILS SHOWN IN PLANS AS OBSTRUCTIONS/
INTERFERENCES; LOCATION OF CONCENTRATED LOADS; TYPE OF GRATING (IF KNOWN),
ETC. USE EXTRA SHEETS AS REQUIRED.
Rev.0502
21-6

All Rights Reserved
Section 21
Project Worksheets
SAFRAILTM WORKSHEET COMMENTARY

1.
code to be used for design.
2.
Standard SAFRAILTM is UV coated.

3.
Standard SAFRAILTM will meet most codes for loading - OSHA, BOCA, UBC, etc. Other codes
(for specific contract requirement, etc.) may require higher loads or have specific deflection
requirements.

4-5.
CORROSIVES AND TEMPERATURE may dictate resin requirements.
6.
Standard color is safety yellow or gray. Standard resin is polyester. Contact Strongwell for other
resin systems and other colors.
7.
Standard SAFRAILTM is a two-rail system with toeplate. Note that toeplate is not usually required
where a platform or walkway is less than 4' above the adjacent floor or people cannot pass
below (like SAFRAILTM around a clarifier).
8.
Mounting hardware is supplied, if both structures and rail are furnished by Strongwell. Mounting
hardware is 316 S.S. bolts unless otherwise noted. Lengths to be specified.
9-10.
These are required to determine accurate pricing for quantity and type of material (base plates
are more expensive). Post spacing determines the amount of material required per lineal foot.
DRAWINGS AND SKETCHES OF SAFRAILTM

Simple SAFRAILTM layouts can easily be sketched. Be certain that any specifications are noted,
such as: overall lengths, locations of openings, sections to be removable, post spacing (if this
has been set by the customer), straight rail, or sloped (on concrete, steel or FRP stairs), gates,
chained openings, etc.
One section through the handrail can easily show: overall height to top rail, height above
walking surface, quantity of midrail, midrail spacing, toeplate, mounting style, bolts, anchors,
etc.
Intricate, lengthy, or involved layouts will require drawings from the customer. However, do not
forget to get specifications required on worksheet.

All Rights Reserved
21-7
Rev.0502
Section 21
Project Worksheets
HANDRAIL POSTS AT STRUCTURAL MEMBERS
NOTE: All details are applicable to both standard SAFRAILTM (TS 2" x 2" x .156") and Heavy
Duty (TS 2" x 2" x 1/4") unless otherwise indicated. Please contact Strongwell for information
concerning SAFRAILTM Round Handrail system.
Rev.0502
21-8

All Rights Reserved
Section 21
Project Worksheets
HANDRAIL POSTS AT CONCRETE
NOTE: All details are applicable to both standard SAFRAILTM (TS 2" x 2" x .156") and Heavy Duty (TS 2" x 2"
x 1/4") unless otherwise indicated. Please contact Strongwell for information concerning SAFRAILTM Round
Handrail system.
All Rights Reserved
21-9
Rev.0502
Section 21
Project Worksheets
REMOVABLE HANDRAIL POSTS AT CONCRETE
Handrail system.
Rev.0502
21-10

All Rights Reserved
Section 21
Project Worksheets
REMOVABLE HANDRAIL POSTS AT STRUCTURAL MEMBERS
Handrail system.
All Rights Reserved
21-11
Rev.0502
Section 21
Project Worksheets
SUGGESTED POST & KICK PLATE INSTALLATION

Posts with FRP
Base Plate
Kickplate
to Post
NYLON (2) RIVETS
CUT 1-1/2" x 1-1/2" x 4"

ANGLE FROM 2 x 2 TUBE
Kickplate
Corner
NYLON (4) RIVETS
Kickplate
Splice
CUT (2) 3/4"x 3" STRIPS
FROM 2 x 2 TUBE
OR KICKPLATE

(1) 6" SQUARE PLUG
(TYPICAL)
WELD
(STEEL)
I BEAM
WITH SPACERS
PERPENDICULAR
PLATE
PARALLEL
PLATE
CHANNEL
Removable Posts
1/16" MAX
CLEARANCE
BETWEEN
POST & SLEEVE
6" PLUG
ANCHORED
TO CONCRETE
4" MIN
4" MIN
6" PLUG
WELD
STOP
EMBEDDED
IN CONCRETE
SLEEVE ON
STRUCTURAL STEEL
SLEEVE IN
CONCRETE
NOTE: All details are applicable to both standard SAFRAILTM (TS 2" x 2" x .156") and Heavy Duty (TS 2"
x 2" x 1/4") unless otherwise indicated. Please contact Strongwell for information concerning SAFRAILTM
Round Handrail system.
Rev.0502
21-12

All Rights Reserved
Section 21
Project Worksheets
STRONGRAIL WORKSHEET
Bristol Division
Chatfield Division
Fax: 276-645-8003
Fax: 507-867-4031
1. _____________________________________


2. STRONGRAILTM WILL MEET IBC 2006 WITH A 2:1 FACTOR OF SAFETY.
3. PICKET SPACING IS 4.75" ON CENTER (Open spacing between pickets will be less than 4").
4. LIST OTHER REQUIREMENTS TO BE MET: _________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

5. COLOR (All handrail is UV coated):

WHITE
.156

BLACK

OTHER___________________
1.69
2.125
6. TOP RAIL TYPE:

2" SQUARE TUBE
0.156
2

3" ROUNDED
7. PICKET TYPE:

1" SQUARE

1" ROUND
8. POST TYPE:

2" SQUARE TUBE

4" SQUARE TUBE
WALL MOUNT BRACKET

9. POST MOUNTING TYPE:

SIDE MOUNT

TOP BASE MOUNT

EMBEDDED POCKET MOUNT
10. TYPE OF STRONGRAILTM AND ESTIMATED FOOTAGE:

STRAIGHT RAIL

FOOTAGE OF STRAIGHT RAIL _______________

STAIR RAIL

FOOTAGE OF STAIR RAIL __________________
NOTE: For a firm price, submit drawings with this worksheet.

All Rights Reserved
21-13
Rev.0502
Section 21
Project Worksheets
BUILDING WORKSHEET
Bristol Division
Chatfield Division
Fax: 276-645-8003
Fax: 507-867-4031
1.

________________________________________
3.
LOCATED AT: GROUND LEVEL
4.
IN GENERALLY OPEN AND FLAT TERRAIN:
(Extending 1/2 Mile or more from site in any Quadrant)
or
2. OUTDOORS
YES NO
FEET ABOVE
YES NO

5.
LOCAL BUILDING CODE APPLICABLE TO JOB: ______________________________
6.
WIND LOAD:__________ (MPH)
8.
FLOOR LIVE LOAD:
9.
SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY: ________________________________
10.
SNOW LOAD:_____________(PSF) (Local Conditions May Control)
7. ROOF LIVE LOAD:_____________(PSF)
(PSF) (FOR MEZZANINES, PLATFORMS IF APPLICABLE)

11.
CORROSIVES: (Type) _______________
13. EXTREN SERIES:____________

14.
12. TEMP______________ (F or AMBIENT)
STD COLOR____________ OTHER_____________
HARDWARE: FIBREBOLT__________ 304SS_______ 316SS______ OTHER__________
SHOW OUT-TO-OUT DIMENSIONS.

NOTE: INSIDE DIMENSIONS WILL BE SMALLER BY 4.5' IN WIDTH AND 3' IN LENGTH AND
PEAK HEIGHT. SHOW DOORS, WINDOWS AND SKYLIGHT AND SIZES ON THE SKETCH.
Rev.0502
21-14

All Rights Reserved
Section 21
Project Worksheets
BUILDING WORKSHEET COMMENTARY

1.
wind loads, snow loads, earthquake criteria, etc. Building Code maps usually show major
metropolitan cities so NEAREST LARGE CITY is important if actual site location is remote.
2.
Buildings sheltered or inside other structures (INDOORS) will not require wind or snow loads.
This answer may be apparent from specifications or drawings, but not so apparent from a
telephone request for quote.
3.
Buildings outdoors and ABOVE GRADE (like on buildings) will have larger gust factors for wind
conditions.
4.
Buildings in OPEN AND FLAT TERRAIN support HIGHER wind loads and LOWER snow
loads. Buildings can be designed for worst case, but may be conservative and unnecessarily
uneconomical.

5.
Building codes may vary by locality. The IBC (International Building Code) is becoming the
standard, however, other applicable building codes may be BOCA, SBC, ANSI (now ASCE-7)
or a local (city or state) building code. All design information can be easily obtained except local
building code information. Customer should provide local code information either with a copy of
the code or supplying values 6 thru 9.
6.
WIND LOAD is usually given in MPH (miles per hour).
7.
ROOF LIVE LOAD is given is PSF (pounds per square foot). They are usually dependant on
the slope of the roof.
8.
FLOOR LIVE LOAD is given in PSF (pounds per square foot). This value is only required if
the building has additional internal floors, platforms or mezzanines that tie to the structure. For
buildings on concrete slabs, this is not applicable unless the platforms are to be quoted. Use the
PLATFORM WORKSHEET if required.
9.
SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY is to be designated. If unknown, design will default to ASCE-7.
10.
SNOW LOAD is given in PSF (pounds per square foot). Local conditions may govern in
mountain regions, the west coast through the Rocky Mountain states and the East coast, North
of Massachusetts.

11-12. CORROSIVES AND TEMPERATURE may dictate EXTREN requirements.
13.
EXTREN SERIES may be specified. STANDARD COLOR (YES or NO) or OTHER color are
also needed.
14.
HARDWARE will be bolts for structurals, door/window hardware, trim, panels, etc. SPECIFY as
necessary.

All Rights Reserved
21-15
Rev.0502
Section 21
Project Worksheets
GRATING WORKSHEET
DURADEK / DURAGRID
Bristol Division
Chatfield Division
Fax: 276-645-8003
Fax: 507-867-4031
1.

__________________________________
2.
OUTDOORS:
YES (UV inhibitor is Standard, UV coating needs to be specified) NO

3.
STANDARD DESIGN LOAD FOR PEDESTRIAN WALKWAYS IS 100 PSF

4. CORROSIVES:__________________
5. TEMP__________________________ (F or AMBIENT)
6. RESINS: POLYESTER (Standard

VINYL ESTER (Call for availability)

OTHER (Special ______________ minimum required of 15,000 lineal feet

7. HARDWARE:

Gray Yellow)
of bearing bars)
SS SADDLE CLIPS
___________ (QTY)
SS INSERT HOLD DOWNS ___________ (QTY)
1/4" x 20 x 1-1/4" SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW W/LOCK NUT & WASHER __________ (QTY)

8.
STANDARD PANEL SIZES:
3 FT.
LENGTH 8 FT.
WIDTH
4 FT.
10 FT.
5 FT.
12 FT. 20 FT.
(Cross Rod Length)
(Bar Length or Span)

9.
CUSTOM PANEL SIZES:_______________________________________

(Anything other than sizes listed in No. 8)

When quoting custom panel sizes, be sure to verify with your customer which dimension is the
width (length of the cross rod) and which dimension is the span (length of the bearing bar).
INFORMATION TO SHOW OR OBTAIN:

PLAN VIEW OF GRATING LAYOUT FOR CUSTOM JOBS. SPECIFICATION OF GRATING TYPE
REQUIRED.
Rev.0502
21-16

All Rights Reserved
Section 21
Project Worksheets
DURADEK / DURAGRID WORKSHEET COMMENTARY

1.
CITY, STATE and NEAREST LARGE CITY is important because location may control code to
be used for design.
2.
UV inhibitor is standard. UV coating may be specified for added protection. Many of our
competitors do not have coating as an option. When bidding in a competitive situation, consider
the extra cost.

3.
Published load tables are available for DURADEK and DURAGRID gratings. The load tables
specify span capabilities based on given load requirements. When quoting wheel loads (fork
lifts, hand carts, etc) it is necessary to specify the wheel diameter and width along with the
maximum load per wheel.

4-5.
Corrosives and temperatures may dictate resin requirements.
6.
Standard colors are yellow and gray. Custom colors are available. Set-up charges for nonstandard colors are determined by quantity/color. Polyester is the standard resin, except for
1-1/4" bearing bars and the DURAGRID Economy series where it is vinyl ester. Non-standard
runs are possible with a minimum order of 15,000 lineal feet, which in I-6000 is equivalent to
approximately 1,875 ft2.
7.
A standard 316 S.S. saddle clip and a 316 S.S. insert clip are available. The saddle clip wraps
around 2 bars and is recommended for stair tread applications. The insert hold down fits
between the bars (this type "sandwiches" the bottom flange of the bar to the structural support
member). Recommend 2 hold downs of each support with a minimum of 4 per panel.
8.
Standard sizes/colors available for a 2 - 5 day shipment are as follows:
I-6000 1", I-6000 1-1/2" and T-5000 2" in yellow or gray polyester. Vinyl ester stock is
sometimes maintained. All stock is inventoried in limited quantities and will only be held with a
Purchase Order on a first come, first served basis.
9.
Custom panels may require detailed shop drawing submittals prior to order entry. Custom
panels require longer lead times. If submittals are required it is necessary to know the customer
expected ship date, when drawings are required, number of sets required and the customer
contact name/address the drawings for approval should be sent to. If a set of blueprints are not
available from the customer, exact panel sizes will need to be specified.
Be sure to verify the span and width dimensions.

All Rights Reserved
21-17
Rev.0502
Section 21
Project Worksheets
STANDARD LADDER WORKSHEET

WITH LARGE STANDOFF WALL MOUNT
Bristol Division
Chatfield Division
Fax: 276-645-8003
Fax: 507-867-4031
A = ___________________
Customer Name:______________________
B = ___________________ Address:____________________________
C = ___________________
____________________________________
D = ___________________ Phone:______________________________
Fax:________________________________
Rev.0502
21-18

All Rights Reserved
Section 21
Project Worksheets
STANDARD LADDER WORKSHEET

WITH BASE MOUNT
Bristol Division
Chatfield Division
Fax: 507-867-4031
1'-6
Fax: 276-645-8003
2 x 2 TUBE
2 x 2 TUBE
CL
STANDOFF BRKT. SPACING @ 6'-0 MAX
1'-0
(TYP)
CL
7"
STANDOFF
BRACKET
(SHIPS LOOSE)
B
11 " MAX
1-1/4" O
/
FLUTED RUNG
(
REQ'D)
CL
BASE CLIP
(SHIPS LOOSE)
FLOOR ELEVATION
A = ___________________
Customer Name:______________________
B = ___________________ Address:____________________________
C = ___________________
____________________________________
D = ___________________ Phone:______________________________
Fax:________________________________
All Rights Reserved
21-19
Rev.0502
Section 21
Project Worksheets
STANDARD WALK-THROUGH LADDER WORKSHEET

WITH LARGE STANDOFF BRACKET
Bristol Division
Chatfield Division
1'-6
Fax: 276-645-8003
Fax: 507-867-4031
4'-3 MAX
3'-6
TOP OF RUNG /
WALKING SURFACE
OPTIONAL RETURN
UPON REQUEST
2"
STANDOFF BRKT. SPACING

@ 6'-0 MAX
2 x 2 TUBE
2 x 2 TUBE
CL
1-1/4" O
/
FLUTED
RUNG
(
REQ'D)
B
11 " MAX
1'-0
(TYP)
CL
7"
STANDOFF
BRACKET
(SHIPS LOOSE)
CL
LARGE
STANDOFF
BRACKET
(SHIPS LOOSE)
FLOOR ELEVATION
A = ___________________
Customer Name:______________________
B = ___________________ Address:____________________________
C = ___________________
____________________________________
Phone:______________________________
Fax:________________________________
Rev.0502
21-20

All Rights Reserved
Section 21
Project Worksheets
STANDARD WALK-THROUGH LADDER WORKSHEET

WITH BASE CLIP
Bristol Division
Chatfield Division
1'-6"
2"
CL
4'-3" MAX
STANDOFF BRKT. SPACING
@ 6'-0 MAX
2 x 2 TUBE
2 x 2 TUBE
1'-0
(TYP)
3'-6
TOP OF RUNG /
WALKING SURFACE
OPTIONAL RETURN
UPON REQUEST
1-1/4" O
/
FLUTED
RUNG
( REQ'D)
B
11 " MAX
Fax: 507-867-4031
CL
CL
Fax: 276-645-8003
7"
STANDOFF
BRACKET
(SHIPS LOOSE)
BASE CLIP
(SHIPS LOOSE)
FLOOR ELEVATION
A = ___________________
Customer Name:______________________
B = ___________________ Address:____________________________
C = ___________________
____________________________________
Phone:______________________________
Fax:________________________________
All Rights Reserved
21-21
Rev.0502
Section 21
Project Worksheets
STANDARD CAGE WORKSHEET

Bristol Division
Chatfield Division
Fax: 276-645-8003
Fax: 507-867-4031
Customer Name:___________________________
Address:__________________________________
_________________________________________
Phone:___________________________________
Fax:______________________________________
Rev.0502
21-22

All Rights Reserved
Section 21
Project Worksheets
STAIR WORKSHEET
Bristol Division
Chatfield Division
Fax: 276-645-8003
Fax: 507-867-4031
A = ___________________
B = ___________________
C = ___________________
Stair Width (between stringers) =_________________
EXTREN Series = _____________________________
Treads (type) = ________________________________
Handrail: Stringer Mount or Wall Mount

Both Sides or One Side
NOTE: Furnish dimensions for each stair

All Rights Reserved
21-23
Customer Name:________________________
Address:_______________________________
______________________________________
Phone:________________________________
Fax:___________________________________
Rev.0502
Section 21
Project Worksheets
STAIR WORKSHEET
Bristol Division
Chatfield Division
Fax: 276-645-8003
Fax: 507-867-4031
A = ___________________
B = ___________________
C = ___________________
D = ___________________
E = ___________________
F = ___________________
Stair Width (between stringers) =_________________
EXTREN Series = _____________________________
Treads (type) = ________________________________
Customer Name:________________________
Address:_______________________________
______________________________________
Phone:________________________________
Fax:___________________________________
Handrail: Stringer Mount or Wall Mount

Both Sides or One Side
NOTE: Furnish dimensions for each stair
Rev.0502
21-24

All Rights Reserved
CORROSION RESISTANCE GUIDE

INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTS
The cover photo shows severe, short-term corrosive

effects of 37% sulfuric acid on various materials. All bar
samples originally measured 6 long x 1/4 thick x 1/2
wide. Products depicted from left to right are carbon steel,
EXTREN Series 625, aluminum and EXTREN Series
525. The steel base has deteriorated significantly below
the solution line and incurred atmospheric corrosion.
The aluminum also deteriorated and developed corrosive
aluminum sulfite deposits. Both EXTREN samples were
not affected by the sulfuric acid solution.
Strongwell Corrosion Resistance Guide

The Resin Selection Guide for Strongwell Industrial Product Lines:
FIBERGLASS STRUCTURAL SHAPES
HIGH STRENGTH GRATING

MOLDED FIBERGLASS GRATING
CUSTOM FIBERGLASS GRIDS AND GRATING
FIBERGLASS STUD AND NUT SYSTEM
FIBERGLASS FOAM CORE BUILDING PANELS
CUSTOM ENGINEERING AND FABRICATION

FIBERGLASS HANDRAIL SYSTEM
FIBERGLASS GRITTED PLATE
FIBERGLASS PLANK SYSTEM
NOTE: Information in this Corrosion Guide is specifically intended for the products manufactured by Strongwell
and may have little correspondence to other pultruded or molded products.
*COMPOSOLITE is a registered trademark of Maunsell Structural Plastics, Ltd. and used by Strongwell Corporation pursuant to license.
How To Use This Guide

polyester resin system (GP) is only recommended for
corrosion situations such as salt water or mild wastewater
and is not listed in this guide. Other corrosion chemicals will
be reviewed individually for GP resin.
Strongwell believes the information and recommendations

herein to be accurate and reliable. Any questionable
application should be preceded by a small sample or
prototype evaluation in the actual chemical environment.
Corrosive conditions not specifically discussed in this guide
(including lower concentrations than those tested) should be
referenced to Strongwells Customer Service Department for
an evaluation of the individual situation.
DURASHIELD - The cut ends must be sealed with an epoxy

system for polyester and a vinyl ester system for the vinyl
ester DURASHIELD such that there is no possibility of
chemical intrusion.
The specific recommendations in this Corrosion Guide are for

immersion applications where good fabrication procedures
have been followed. The pH of the solution can be used as an
approximate indication of corrosion performance. A pH > 7.0
is caustic and will typically require a vinyl ester composite for
immersion applications.
Fiberglass Structures - The standard components of

Strongwell FIBERGLASS STRUCTURES are shown in this
Corrosion Resistance Guide. Fabrication procedures similar
to those in Strongwells EXTREN Fabrication and Repair
Manual should be followed to obtain the corrosion resistance
stated in this guide.
Special Considerations:
DURAGRATE - Corrosion resistance data for polyester
resins is applicable only to the PP, premium (isophthalic)
polyester resin system. The general purpose orthothalic
Concrete - Polyester resin is acceptable when pultruded FRP

shapes are used as a stay in place (SIP) form. For concrete
installations where long-term structural integrity is required,
vinyl ester resin should be used.
A spill/splash application can be considered separately if the
spill/splash can be netralized within one (1) hour.
The following definitions will aid readers using this Guide:

R.T.
Room Temperature (
< 100F)
TP Thermoplastic
R Resistant
NR
Not Resistant
Concern (Indicates data is inconclusive. Customer is advised to confirm

the corrosion resistance in their applications with pre-shipment sample.)
EXTREN 500/525 Isophthalic Polyester

EXTREN 625
Vinyl Ester
DURAGRATE

VE
Vinyl Ester
PP
Isophthalic Polyester (Premium Polyester)
GP
Orthothalic Polyester (General Purpose)*
*Not referred to in this Corrosion Resistance Guide
Note: Temperature data is not necessarily the maximum service temperature; it is the
upper temperature at which a resin has been tested, used or evaluated. Other
temperatures can be reviewed separately.
CHEMICAL
ENVIRONMENT
VINYL ESTER
COMPOSOLITE
EXTREN
DURADEK
DURAGRID
DURASHIELD
SAFPLANK
SAFPLATE
SAFRAILTM
R.T. (< 100OF)
VINYL ESTER
COMPOSOLITE
EXTREN
DURADEK
DURAGRID
DURASHIELD
SAFPLANK
SAFPLATE
SAFRAILTM
160OF
POLYESTER
COMPOSOLITE
EXTREN
DURADEK
DURAGRID
DURASHIELD
SAFPLANK
SAFPLATE
SAFRAILTM
R.T. (< 100OF)
POLYESTER
COMPOSOLITE
EXTREN
DURADEK
DURAGRID
DURASHIELD
SAFPLANK
SAFPLATE
SAFRAILTM
150OF
Acetic Acid 0-25%

Acetic Acid 25-50%
Acetic Anhydride
Acetone
Acrylonitrile
Alcohol, Butyl
Alcohol, Ethyl 10%
Alcohol, Ethyl 100%
Alcohol, Isopropyl 10%
Alcohol, Methyl 10%
Alcohol, Methyl 100%
Alcohol, Methyl Isobutyl
Alcohol, Secondary Butyl
Alum
Aluminum Chloride
Aluminum Hydroxide 5%
Aluminum Nitrate
Aluminum Potassium Sulfate
Ammonia, Aqueous 0-10%
Ammonia, Gas
Ammonium Bicarbonate
Ammonium Bisulfite
Ammonium Carbonate 10%
Ammonium Citrate
Ammonium Hydroxide 5%
Ammonium Nitrate
Ammonium Persulfate
Ammonium Phosphate
Ammonium Sulfate
Arsenious Acid
R
R
NR
NR
NR
R
R
NR
R
R
R
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
120
NR
150
NR
NR
NR
120
150
120
120
120
120
120
NR
NR
120
120
120
120
120
120
NR
R
120
120
R
R
R
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
NR
R
R
NR
NR
R
R
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
R
R
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
R
NR
Barium Acetate
Barium Carbonate
Barium Chloride
Barium Hydroxide
Barium Sulfate
Barium Sulfide
Beer
Benzene
5% Benzene in Kerosene
Benzene Sulfonic Acid 30%
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
R
R
R
120
R
R
120
NR
NR
R
NR
R
R
NR
R
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
120
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
DURAGRATE MOLDED GRATING

FIBREBOLT
SYSTEM
R.T.
CHEMICAL
ENVIRONMENT
(< 100F)
FIBREBOLT
SYSTEM
150F
VINYL
ESTER
R.T.
(< 100F)
VINYL
ESTER
160F
PREMIUM
ISOPHTHALIC
POLYESTER
R.T. (<100F)
PREMIUM
ISOPHTHALIC
POLYESTER
150F
Acetic Acid 0-25%

Acetic Acid 25-50%
Acetic Anhydride
Acetone
Acrylonitrile
Alcohol, Butyl
Alcohol, Ethyl 10%
Alcohol, Ethyl 100%
Alcohol, Methyl 10%
Alcohol, Methyl 100%
Alcohol, Methyl Isobutyl
Alcohol, Secondary Butyl
Alum
Aluminum Chloride
Aluminum Hydroxide 5%
Aluminum Nitrate
Aluminum Potassium Sulfate
Ammonia, Aqueous 0-10%
Ammonia, Gas
Ammonium Bicarbonate
Ammonium Bisulfite
Ammonium Carbonate 10%
Ammonium Citrate
Ammonium Nitrate
Ammonium Persulfate
Ammonium Phosphate
Ammonium Sulfate
Arsenious Acid
R
R
NR
NR
NR
R
R
NR
R
R
R
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
150
NR
150
NR
NR
NR
120
150
120
120
120
120
120
NR
NR
120
NR
NR
120
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
120
R
R
R
R
NR
NR
NR
R
R
NR
R
R
R
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
120
NR
150
NR
NR
NR
120
150
120
120
120
120
120
NR
NR
120
120
120
120
120
120
NR
R
120
120
R
R
R
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
R
R
125
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
R
NR
Barium Acetate
Barium Carbonate
Barium Chloride
Barium Hydroxide
Barium Sulfate
Barium Sulfide
Beer
Benzene
5% Benzene in Kerosene
Benzene Sulfonic Acid 30%
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
120
R
R
NR
R
120
120
NR
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
R
R
R
120
R
R
120
NR
NR
R
NR
R
R
NR
R
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
120
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
7
CHEMICAL
ENVIRONMENT
Benzoic Acid
O-Benzoyl Benzoic Acid
Benzyl Alcohol
Benzyl Chloride
Brass Plating Solution:
3% Copper Cyanide
6% Sodium Cyanide
1% Zinc Cyanide
3% Sodium Carbonate
Butyl Acetate
Butylene Glycol
Butyric Acid 0-50%
Cadmium Chloride
Cadmium Cyanide Plating Solution:
3% Cadmium Oxide,
6% Sodium Cyanide
1% Caustic Soda
Calcium Bisulfite
Calcium Chlorate
Calcium Chloride
Calcium Hydroxide
Calcium Hypochlorite
Calcium Nitrate
Calcium Sulfate
Calcium Sulfite
Caprylic Acid
Carbon Dioxide
Carbon Disulfide
Carbon Monoxide
Carbon Tetrachloride
Carbonic Acid
Carbon Methyl Cellulose
Castor Oil
Chlorinated Wax
Chlorine Dioxide/Air
Chlorine Dioxide, Wet Gas
Chlorine, Dry Gas
Chlorine, Wet Gas
Chlorine, Liquid
Chlorine, Swimming
Pool (pH 7 to <8)
Chlorine, Water
Chloroacetic Acid 0-50%
VINYL ESTER
COMPOSOLITE
EXTREN
DURADEK
DURAGRID
DURASHIELD
SAFPLANK
SAFPLATE
SAFRAILTM
R.T. (< 100OF)
VINYL ESTER
COMPOSOLITE
EXTREN
DURADEK
DURAGRID
DURASHIELD
SAFPLANK
SAFPLATE
SAFRAILTM
160OF
POLYESTER
COMPOSOLITE
EXTREN
DURADEK
DURAGRID
DURASHIELD
SAFPLANK
SAFPLATE
SAFRAILTM
R.T. (< 100OF)
POLYESTER
COMPOSOLITE
EXTREN
DURADEK
DURAGRID
DURASHIELD
SAFPLANK
SAFPLATE
SAFRAILTM
150OF
R
R
R
NR
R
R
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
120
NR
NR
NR
R
R
NR
R
R
NR
R
R
NR
R
NR
NR
120
NR
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
R
R
120
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
NR
R
120
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
R
NR
NR
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
NR
R
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
R
NR
NR
R
R
R
NR
R
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
120
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR

FIBREBOLT
SYSTEM
R.T.
CHEMICAL
ENVIRONMENT
Benzoic Acid
O-Benzoyl Benzoic Acid
Benzyl Alcohol
Benzyl Chloride
Brass Plating Solution:
3% Copper Cyanide
6% Sodium Cyanide
1% Zinc Cyanide
3% Sodium Carbonate
Butyl Acetate
Butylene Glycol
Butyric Acid 0-50%
Cadmium Chloride
Cadmium Cyanide Plating
Solution: 3% Cadmium Oxide,
6% Sodium Cyanide
1% Caustic Soda
Calcium Bisulfite
Calcium Chlorate
Calcium Chloride
Calcium Hydroxide
Calcium Hypochlorite
Calcium Nitrate
Calcium Sulfate
Calcium Sulfite
Caprylic Acid
Carbon Dioxide
Carbon Disulfide
Carbon Monoxide
Carbon Tetrachloride
Carbonic Acid
Carbon Methyl Cellulose
Castor Oil
Chlorinated Wax
Chlorine Dioxide/Air
Chlorine Dioxide, Wet Gas
Chlorine, Dry Gas
Chlorine, Wet Gas
Chlorine, Liquid
Chlorine, Swimming
Pool (pH 7 to <8)
Chlorine, Water
Chloroacetic Acid 0-50%
(< 100F)
FIBREBOLT
SYSTEM
150F
VINYL
ESTER
R.T.
(< 100F)
VINYL
ESTER
160F
PREMIUM
ISOPHTHALIC
POLYESTER
R.T. (<100F)
PREMIUM
ISOPHTHALIC
POLYESTER
150F
R
R
R
NR
R
R
NR
NR
R
R
R
NR
R
R
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
NR
R
R
NR
R
R
NR
R
R
NR
R
R
NR
R
NR
NR
120
120
NR
NR
R
R
R
NR
C
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
R
NR
C
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
NR
R
120
R
120
120
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
R
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
R
NR
120
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
NR
R
120
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
R
NR
NR
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
NR
R
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
R
NR
NR
R
R
R
NR
R
NR
R
NR
120
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
NR
NR
R
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
VINYL ESTER
COMPOSOLITE
EXTREN
DURADEK
DURAGRID
DURASHIELD
SAFPLANK
SAFPLATE
SAFRAILTM
R.T. (< 100OF)
VINYL ESTER
COMPOSOLITE
EXTREN
DURADEK
DURAGRID
DURASHIELD
SAFPLANK
SAFPLATE
SAFRAILTM
160OF
POLYESTER
COMPOSOLITE
EXTREN
DURADEK
DURAGRID
DURASHIELD
SAFPLANK
SAFPLATE
SAFRAILTM
R.T. (< 100OF)
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
R
NR
R
R
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
R
Copper Plating Solution:

Copper Cyanide
10.5% Copper
4% Copper Cyanide
6% Rochelle Salts
NR
NR
Copper Brite Plating:

Caustic Cyanide
120
NR
NR

45% Copper Fluoborate
19% Copper Sulfate
8% Sulfuric Acid
NR
NR
Copper Matte Dipping Bath:

30% Ferric Chloride
19% Hydrochloric Acid
120
NR
NR
Copper Pickling Bath:

10% Ferric Sulfate
10% Sulfuric Acid
NR
NR
Copper Sulfate
Corn Oil
Corn Starch-Slurry
Corn Sugar
Cottonseed Oil
Crude Oil, Sour
Crude Oil, Sweet
Cyclohexane
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
120
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
R
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
NR
R
NR
NR
R
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
CHEMICAL
ENVIRONMENT
10
Chlorobenzene
Chloroform
Chlorosulfonic Acid
Chromic Acid
Chromium Sulfate
Citric Acid
Coconut Oil
Concrete
Copper Chloride
Copper Cyanide
Copper Fluoride
Copper Nitrate
Detergents, Sulfonated
Di-Ammonium Phosphate
Dibromophenol
Dibutyl Ether
Dichloro Benzene
Dichloroethylene
POLYESTER
COMPOSOLITE
EXTREN
DURADEK
DURAGRID
DURASHIELD
SAFPLANK
SAFPLATE
SAFRAILTM
150OF

FIBREBOLT
SYSTEM
R.T.
CHEMICAL
ENVIRONMENT
Chlorobenzene
Chloroform
Chlorosulfonic Acid
Chromic Acid
Chromium Sulfate
Citric Acid
Coconut Oil
Concrete
Copper Chloride
Copper Cyanide
Copper Fluoride
Copper Nitrate
(< 100F)
FIBREBOLT
SYSTEM
150F
VINYL
ESTER
R.T.
(< 100F)
VINYL
ESTER
160F
PREMIUM
ISOPHTHALIC
POLYESTER
R.T. (<100F)
PREMIUM
ISOPHTHALIC
POLYESTER
150F
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
R
NR
R
R
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
R
NR
R
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
R
NR
R
R
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
R

Copper Cyanide
10.5% Copper
4% Copper Cyanide
6% Rochelle Salts
NR
NR
Copper Brite Plating:

Caustic Cyanide
120
120
NR
NR

45% Copper Fluoborate
19% Copper Sulfate
8% Sulfuric Acid
NR
NR
NR
NR
Copper Matte Dipping Bath:

30% Ferric Chloride
19% Hydrochloric Acid
NR
NR
Copper Pickling Bath:

10% Ferric Sulfate
10% Sulfuric Acid
NR
NR
Copper Sulfate
Corn Oil
Corn Starch-Slurry
Corn Sugar
Cottonseed Oil
Crude Oil, Sour
Crude Oil, Sweet
Cyclohexane
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
120
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
120
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
R
R
R
NR
NR
NR
R
R
NR
R
NR
NR
R
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
NR
R
NR
NR
R
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
Detergents, Sulfonated
Di-Ammonium Phosphate
Dibromophenol
Dibutyl Ether
Dichloro Benzene
Dichloroethylene
11
CHEMICAL
ENVIRONMENT
VINYL ESTER
COMPOSOLITE
EXTREN
DURADEK
DURAGRID
DURASHIELD
SAFPLANK
SAFPLATE
SAFRAILTM
R.T. (< 100OF)
VINYL ESTER
COMPOSOLITE
EXTREN
DURADEK
DURAGRID
DURASHIELD
SAFPLANK
SAFPLATE
SAFRAILTM
160OF
POLYESTER
COMPOSOLITE
EXTREN
DURADEK
DURAGRID
DURASHIELD
SAFPLANK
SAFPLATE
SAFRAILTM
R.T. (< 100OF)
POLYESTER
COMPOSOLITE
EXTREN
DURADEK
DURAGRID
DURASHIELD
SAFPLANK
SAFPLATE
SAFRAILTM
150OF
Diesel Fuel
Diethylene Glycol
Dimenthyl Phthalate
Dioctyl Phthalate
Dipropylene Glycol
Dodecyl Alcohol
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
R
NR
Esters, Fatty Acids

Ethyl Acetate
Ethyl Benzene
Ethyl Ether
Ethylene Dichloride
Ethylene Glycol
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
Fatty Acids
Ferric Chloride
Ferric Nitrate
Ferric Sulfate
Ferrous Chloride
Ferrous Nitrate
Ferrous Sulfate
8-8-8 Fertilizer
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Fertilizer:
Urea Ammonium Nitrate
120
NR
NR
Flue Gas
Formaldehyde
Formic Acid 10%
Fuel Oil
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
Gas, Natural
Gasoline, Auto
Gasoline, Aviation
Gasoline, Ethyl
Gasoline, Sour
Glyconic Acid
Glucose
Glycerine
Glycol, Propylene
Glycolic Acid 70%
Gold Plating Solution:
63% Potassium Ferrocyanide
2% Potassium Gold Cyanide
8% Sodium Cyanide
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
R
NR
NR
NR
12

FIBREBOLT
SYSTEM
R.T.
CHEMICAL
ENVIRONMENT
(< 100F)
FIBREBOLT
SYSTEM
150F
VINYL
ESTER
R.T.
(< 100F)
VINYL
ESTER
160F
PREMIUM
ISOPHTHALIC
POLYESTER
R.T. (<100F)
PREMIUM
ISOPHTHALIC
POLYESTER
150F
Diesel Fuel
Diethylene Glycol
Dimenthyl Phthalate
Dioctyl Phthalate
Dipropylene Glycol
Dodecyl Alcohol
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
NR
R
NR
120
R
NR
NR
R
NR
Esters, Fatty Acids

Ethyl Acetate
Ethyl Benzene
Ethyl Ether
Ethylene Dichloride
Ethylene Glycol
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
Fatty Acids
Ferric Chloride
Ferric Nitrate
Ferric Sulfate
Ferrous Chloride
Ferrous Nitrate
Ferrous Sulfate
8-8-8 Fertilizer
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
120
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Fertilizer:
Urea Ammonium Nitrate
120
120
NR
NR
Flue Gas
Formaldehyde
Formic Acid 10%
Fuel Oil
R
R
C
R
R
R
C
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
Gas, Natural
Gasoline, Auto
Gasoline, Aviation
Gasoline, Ethyl
Gasoline, Sour
Glyconic Acid
Glucose
Glycerine
Glycol, Propylene
Glycolic Acid 70%
Gold Plating Solution:
63% Potassium Ferrocyanide
2% Potassium Gold Cyanide
8% Sodium Cyanide
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
120
120
120
120
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
R
NR
NR
13
CHEMICAL
ENVIRONMENT
Heptane
Hexane
Hexalene Glycol
Hydraulic Fluid
Hydrobromic Acid 0-25%
Hydrochloric Acid 0-37%
Hydrocyanic Acid
Hydrofluoric Acid
Hydrofluorosilic Acid
(Hydroflurosilicic Acid or Fluosilicic Acid)
Hydrogen Bromide, Wet Gas

Hydrogen Chloride, Dry Gas
Hydrogen Chloride, Wet Gas
Hydrogen Fluoride, Vapor
Hydrogen Peroxide 35%
Hydrogen Sulfide Dry
Hydrogen Sulfide, Aqueous
Hydrosulfite Bleach
Hypochlorous Acid 0-10%
Iron Plating Solution:

45% FeCl2;
15% CaCl2
20% FeSo4;
11% (NH4)2 SO4
Iron and Steel Cleaning Bath:
9% Hydrochloric,
23% Sulfuric
Isopropyl Amine
Isopropyl Palmitate
VINYL ESTER
COMPOSOLITE
EXTREN
DURADEK
DURAGRID
DURASHIELD
SAFPLANK
SAFPLATE
SAFRAILTM
R.T. (< 100OF)
VINYL ESTER
COMPOSOLITE
EXTREN
DURADEK
DURAGRID
DURASHIELD
SAFPLANK
SAFPLATE
SAFRAILTM
160OF
POLYESTER
COMPOSOLITE
EXTREN
DURADEK
DURAGRID
DURASHIELD
SAFPLANK
SAFPLATE
SAFRAILTM
R.T. (< 100OF)
POLYESTER
COMPOSOLITE
EXTREN
DURADEK
DURAGRID
DURASHIELD
SAFPLANK
SAFPLATE
SAFRAILTM
150OF
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
R
R
R
120
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
R
R
R
120
R
R
120
120
NR
R
R
NR
NR
NR
120
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
NR
R
NR
R
NR
R
Jet Fuel
NR
Kerosene
NR
Lactic Acid
Lauroyl Chloride
Lauric Acid
Lead Acetate
Lead Chloride
Lead Nitrate
Lead Plating Solution:
0.8% Fluoboric Acid
0.4% Boric Acid
Levulinic Acid
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
R
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
120
NR
NR
NR
14

FIBREBOLT
SYSTEM
R.T.
CHEMICAL
ENVIRONMENT
Heptane
Hexane
Hexalene Glycol
Hydraulic Fluid
Hydrobromic Acid 0-25%
Hydrochloric Acid 0-37%
Hydrocyanic Acid
Hydrofluoric Acid
Hydrofluorosilic Acid
(Hydroflurosilicic Acid or Fluosilicic Acid)
Hydrogen Bromide, Wet Gas

Hydrogen Chloride, Dry Gas
Hydrogen Chloride, Wet Gas
Hydrogen Fluoride, Vapor
Hydrogen Peroxide 35%
Hydrogen Sulfide Dry
Hydrogen Sulfide, Aqueous
Hydrosulfite Bleach
Hypochlorous Acid 0-10%
Iron Plating Solution:

45% FeCl2;
15% CaCl2
20% FeSo4;
11% (NH4)2 SO4
Iron and Steel Cleaning Bath:
9% Hydrochloric,
23% Sulfuric
Isopropyl Amine
Isopropyl Palmitate
(< 100F)
FIBREBOLT
SYSTEM
150F
VINYL
ESTER
R.T.
(< 100F)
VINYL
ESTER
160F
PREMIUM
ISOPHTHALIC
POLYESTER
R.T. (<100F)
PREMIUM
ISOPHTHALIC
POLYESTER
150F
R
R
R
R
NR
NR
R
NR
R
R
R
R
NR
NR
R
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
C
R
R
C
C
NR
NR
NR
NR
C
120
R
C
C
R
R
R
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
120
NR
120
R
R
120
120
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
120
120
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
NR
R
R
R
NR
R
NR
R
NR
R
Jet Fuel
NR
NR
Kerosene
120
Lactic Acid
Lauroyl Chloride
Lauric Acid
Lead Acetate
Lead Chloride
Lead Nitrate
Lead Plating Solution:
0.8% Fluoboric Acid
0.4% Boric Acid
Levulinic Acid
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
NR
R
R
R
R
NR
NR
R
R
R
NR
120
NR
NR
NR
NR
15
CHEMICAL
ENVIRONMENT
VINYL ESTER
COMPOSOLITE
EXTREN
DURADEK
DURAGRID
DURASHIELD
SAFPLANK
SAFPLATE
SAFRAILTM
R.T. (< 100OF)
VINYL ESTER
COMPOSOLITE
EXTREN
DURADEK
DURAGRID
DURASHIELD
SAFPLANK
SAFPLATE
SAFRAILTM
160OF
POLYESTER
COMPOSOLITE
EXTREN
DURADEK
DURAGRID
DURASHIELD
SAFPLANK
SAFPLATE
SAFRAILTM
R.T. (< 100OF)
Linseed Oil
Lithium Bromide
Lithium Sulfate
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
NR
R
R
Magnesium Bisulfite
Magnesium Chloride
Magnesium Hydroxide
Magnesium Nitrate
Magnesium Sulfate
Maleic Acid
Mercuric Chloride
Mercurous Chloride
Methanol 10%
(see Alcohol, Methyl 10%)
Methylene Chloride
Methyl Ethyl Ketone
Methyl Isobutyl Carbitol
Methyl Isobutyl Ketone
Methyl Styrene
Mineral Oils
Molybdenum Disulfide
Monochloric Acetic Acid
Monoethanolamine
Motor Oil
Myristic Acid
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
140
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
NR
R
R
NR
R
R
NR
R
NR
R
R
NR
R
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
NR
R
R
NR
R
NR
NR
R
NR
16
POLYESTER
COMPOSOLITE
EXTREN
DURADEK
DURAGRID
DURASHIELD
SAFPLANK
SAFPLATE
SAFRAILTM
150OF
Naphtha
Naphthalene
Nickel Chloride
Nickel Nitrate
Nickel Plating:
8% Lead,
0.8% Fluoboric Acid
0.4% Boric Acid
Nickel Plating:
11% Nickel Sulfate
2% Nickel Chloride
1% Boric Acid
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
NR
NR
NR
Nickel Plating:
44% Nickel Sulfate
4% Ammonium Chloride
4% Boric Acid
NR
Nickel Sulfate
Nitric Acid 0-5%
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR

FIBREBOLT
SYSTEM
R.T.
CHEMICAL
ENVIRONMENT
(< 100F)
FIBREBOLT
SYSTEM
150F
VINYL
ESTER
R.T.
(< 100F)
VINYL
ESTER
160F
PREMIUM
ISOPHTHALIC
POLYESTER
R.T. (<100F)
PREMIUM
ISOPHTHALIC
POLYESTER
150F
Linseed Oil
Lithium Bromide
Lithium Sulfate
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
NR
R
R
Magnesium Bisulfite
Magnesium Chloride
Magnesium Hydroxide
Magnesium Nitrate
Magnesium Sulfate
Maleic Acid
Mercuric Chloride
Mercurous Chloride
Methanol 10%
(see Alcohol, Methyl 10%)
Methylene Chloride
Methyl Ethyl Ketone
Methyl Isobutyl Carbitol
Methyl Isobutyl Ketone
Methyl Styrene
Mineral Oils
Molybdenum Disulfide
Monochloric Acetic Acid
Monoethanolamine
Motor Oil
Myristic Acid
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
140
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
140
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
NR
R
R
NR
R
R
NR
R
NR
R
R
NR
R
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
NR
NR
R
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
NR
NR
R
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
NR
NR
R
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
NR
NR
R
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
R
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
Naphtha
Naphthalene
Nickel Chloride
Nickel Nitrate
Nickel Plating:
8% Lead,
0.8% Fluoboric Acid
0.4% Boric Acid
Nickel Plating:
11% Nickel Sulfate
2% Nickel Chloride
1% Boric Acid
Nickel Plating:
44% Nickel Sulfate
4% Boric Acid
Nickel Sulfate
Nitric Acid 0-5%
17
CHEMICAL
ENVIRONMENT
VINYL ESTER
COMPOSOLITE
EXTREN
DURADEK
DURAGRID
DURASHIELD
SAFPLANK
SAFPLATE
SAFRAILTM
R.T. (< 100OF)
VINYL ESTER
COMPOSOLITE
EXTREN
DURADEK
DURAGRID
DURASHIELD
SAFPLANK
SAFPLATE
SAFRAILTM
160OF
POLYESTER
COMPOSOLITE
EXTREN
DURADEK
DURAGRID
DURASHIELD
SAFPLANK
SAFPLATE
SAFRAILTM
R.T. (< 100OF)
POLYESTER
COMPOSOLITE
EXTREN
DURADEK
DURAGRID
DURASHIELD
SAFPLANK
SAFPLATE
SAFRAILTM
150OF
Nitric Acid 15%

Nitric Acid Fumes
Nitrobenzene
R
NR
NR
120
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
Octanoic Acid
Oil, Sour Crude
Oil, Sweet Crude
Oleic Acid
Oleum (Fuming Sulfuric)
Olive Oil
Oxalic Acid
Ozone
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
NR
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
NR
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
NR
NR
R
R
R
NR
R
R
NR
NR
NR
R
R
R
NR
R
NR
NR
R
R
R
NR
R
NR
NR
R
R
R
NR
R
NR
NR
R
R
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
Picric Acid, Alcoholic

Polyvinyl Acetate Latex
Polyvinyl Alcohol
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
NR
NR
Polyvinyl Chloride Latex

(with 35 Parts DOP)
120
NR
NR
Potassium Aluminum Sulfate

Potassium Bicarbonate
Potassium Bromide
Potassium Chloride
Potassium Dichromate
Potassium Ferricyanide
Potassium Ferrocyanide
Potassium Nitrate
Potassium Permanganate
Potassium Persulfate
Potassium Sulfate
Propionic Acid 1-50%
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
140
R
R
R
140
R
R
120
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
R
NR
R
R
NR
R
NR
NR
R
NR
R
R
R
NR
NR
R
NR
Peroxide Bleach:
2% Sodium Peroxide 96%
0.025% Epsom Salts,
5% Sodium Silicate 42o Be,
1.4% Sulfuric Acid 66o Be
Phenol
Phenol Sulfonic Acid
Phosphoric Acid 85%
Phosphoric Acid Fumes
Phosphorous Pentoxide
Phosphorous Trichloride
Phthalic Acid
Pickling Acids:
Sulfuric and Hydrochloric
18

FIBREBOLT
SYSTEM
R.T.
CHEMICAL
ENVIRONMENT
(< 100F)
FIBREBOLT
SYSTEM
150F
VINYL
ESTER
R.T.
(< 100F)
VINYL
ESTER
160F
PREMIUM
ISOPHTHALIC
POLYESTER
R.T. (<100F)
PREMIUM
ISOPHTHALIC
POLYESTER
150F
Nitric Acid 15%

Nitric Acid Fumes
Nitrobenzene
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
120
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
Octanoic Acid
Oil, Sour Crude
Oil, Sweet Crude
Oleic Acid
Oleum (Fuming Sulfuric)
Olive Oil
Oxalic Acid
Ozone
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
NR
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
NR
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
NR
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
NR
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
NR
NR
R
R
R
NR
R
R
NR
Peroxide Bleach:
2% Sodium Peroxide 96%
0.025% Epsom Salts,
5% Sodium Silicate 42o Be,
1.4% Sulfuric Acid 66o Be
Phenol
Phenol Sulfonic Acid
Phosphoric Acid 85%
Phosphoric Acid Fumes
Phosphorous Pentoxide
Phosphorous Trichloride
Phthalic Acid
NR
NR
C
C
C
NR
R
NR
NR
C
C
C
NR
R
NR
NR
R
R
R
NR
R
NR
NR
R
R
R
NR
R
NR
NR
R
R
R
NR
R
NR
NR
R
R
NR
NR
R
Pickling Acids:
Sulfuric and Hydrochloric
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
Picric Acid, Alcoholic

Polyvinyl Acetate Latex
Polyvinyl Alcohol
NR
R
R
NR
R
NR
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
R
NR
NR
NR
Polyvinyl Chloride Latex

(with 35 Parts DOP)
120
120
NR
NR
Potassium Aluminum Sulfate

Potassium Bicarbonate
Potassium Bromide
Potassium Chloride
Potassium Dichromate
Potassium Ferricyanide
Potassium Ferrocyanide
Potassium Nitrate
Potassium Permanganate
Potassium Persulfate
Potassium Sulfate
Propionic Acid 1-50%
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
120
R
R
R
140
R
R
120
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
140
R
R
R
140
R
R
120
R
R
NR
R
NR
R
R
R
NR
R
R
NR
R
NR
NR
R
NR
R
R
R
NR
NR
R
NR
19
CHEMICAL
ENVIRONMENT
Propylene Glycol
Pulp Paper Mill Effluent
Pyridine
Salicylic Acid
Sebacic Acid
Selenious Acid
Silver Nitrate
Silver Plating Solution:
4% Silver Cyanide
7% Potassium Cyanide
5% Sodium Cyanide
2% Potassium Carbonate
Sodium Acetate
Sodium Benzoate
Sodium Bicarbonate
Sodium Bifluoride
Sodium Bisulfate
Sodium Bisulfite
Sodium Bromate
Sodium Bromide
Sodium Chlorate
Sodium Chloride
Sodium Chlorite 25%
Sodium Chromate
Sodium Cyanide
Sodium Dichromate
Sodium Di-Phosphate
Sodium Ferricyanide
Sodium Fluoride
Sodium Fluoro Silicate
Sodium Hexametaphosphates
Sodium Hydroxide 0-5%
Sodium Hydrosulfide
Sodium Hypochlorite (5% bleach)
Sodium Hypochlorite
5-15% Commercial Grade
Sodium Lauryl Sulfate
Sodium Mono-Phosphate
Sodium Nitrate
Sodium Silicate
Sodium Sulfate
Sodium Sulfide
20
VINYL ESTER
COMPOSOLITE
EXTREN
DURADEK
DURAGRID
DURASHIELD
SAFPLANK
SAFPLATE
SAFRAILTM
R.T. (< 100OF)
VINYL ESTER
COMPOSOLITE
EXTREN
DURADEK
DURAGRID
DURASHIELD
SAFPLANK
SAFPLATE
SAFRAILTM
160OF
POLYESTER
COMPOSOLITE
EXTREN
DURADEK
DURAGRID
DURASHIELD
SAFPLANK
SAFPLATE
SAFRAILTM
R.T. (< 100OF)
POLYESTER
COMPOSOLITE
EXTREN
DURADEK
DURAGRID
DURASHIELD
SAFPLANK
SAFPLATE
SAFRAILTM
150OF
R
R
NR
R
R
NR
R
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
R
R
R
R
140
R
R
R
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
120
R
R
140
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
120
120
NR
150
120
R
120
R
R
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
NR
R
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
R
R
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R

FIBREBOLT
SYSTEM
R.T.
CHEMICAL
ENVIRONMENT
Propylene Glycol
Pulp Paper Mill Effluent
Pyridine
Salicylic Acid
Sebacic Acid
Selenious Acid
Silver Nitrate
Silver Plating Solution:
4% Silver Cyanide
7% Potassium Cyanide
5% Sodium Cyanide
2% Potassium Carbonate
Sodium Acetate
Sodium Benzoate
Sodium Bicarbonate
Sodium Bifluoride
Sodium Bisulfate
Sodium Bisulfite
Sodium Bromate
Sodium Bromide
Sodium Chlorate
Sodium Chloride
Sodium Chlorite 25%
Sodium Chromate
Sodium Cyanide
Sodium Dichromate
Sodium Di-Phosphate
Sodium Ferricyanide
Sodium Fluoride
Sodium Fluoro Silicate
Sodium Hexametaphosphates
Sodium Hydrosulfide
Sodium Hypochlorite (5% bleach)
Sodium Hypochlorite
5-15% Commercial Grade
Sodium Lauryl Sulfate
Sodium Mono-Phosphate
Sodium Nitrate
Sodium Silicate
Sodium Sulfate
Sodium Sulfide
(< 100F)
FIBREBOLT
SYSTEM
150F
VINYL
ESTER
R.T.
(< 100F)
VINYL
ESTER
160F
PREMIUM
ISOPHTHALIC
POLYESTER
R.T. (<100F)
PREMIUM
ISOPHTHALIC
POLYESTER
150F
R
R
NR
R
R
NR
R
R
NR
R
R
NR
R
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
R
R
R
R
140
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
140
R
R
R
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
120
R
R
140
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
120
120
NR
150
120
R
120
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
120
R
R
140
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
120
120
NR
150
120
R
120
R
R
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
NR
R
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
NR
R
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
21
CHEMICAL
ENVIRONMENT
Sodium Sulfite
Sodium Tetra Borate
Sodium Thiocyanate
Sodium Thiosulfate
Sodium Tripolyphosphate
Sodium Xylene Sulfonate
Soya Oil
Stannic Chloride
Stannous Chloride
Stearic Acid
Styrene
Sugar, Beet and Cane Liquor
Sugar, Sucrose
Sulfamic Acid
Sulfanilic Acid 50%
Sulfated Detergents
Sulfur Dioxide, Dry or Wet
Sulfur, Trioxide/Air
Sulfuric Acid 0-30%
Sulfuric Acid 30-50%
Sulfurous Acid 10%
Superphosphoric Acid (76% P2O5)
Tall Oil
Tannic Acid
Tartaric Acid
Thionyl Chloride
Tin Plating:
18% Stannous Fluoborate
7% Tin
9% Fluoboric Acid
2% Boric Acid
Toluene
Toluene Sulfonic Acid
Transformer Oils:
Mineral Oil Types
Chloro-Phenyl Types
Trichloro Acetic Acid
Trichlorethylene
Trichloropenol
22
VINYL ESTER
COMPOSOLITE
EXTREN
DURADEK
DURAGRID
DURASHIELD
SAFPLANK
SAFPLATE
SAFRAILTM
R.T. (< 100OF)
VINYL ESTER
COMPOSOLITE
EXTREN
DURADEK
DURAGRID
DURASHIELD
SAFPLANK
SAFPLATE
SAFRAILTM
160OF
POLYESTER
COMPOSOLITE
EXTREN
DURADEK
DURAGRID
DURASHIELD
SAFPLANK
SAFPLATE
SAFRAILTM
R.T. (< 100OF)
POLYESTER
COMPOSOLITE
EXTREN
DURADEK
DURAGRID
DURASHIELD
SAFPLANK
SAFPLATE
SAFRAILTM
150OF
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
NR
R
R
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
R
NR
R
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
R
R
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
R
NR
150
120
R
NR
R
R
R
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
120
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
NR

FIBREBOLT
SYSTEM
R.T.
CHEMICAL
ENVIRONMENT
(< 100F)
FIBREBOLT
SYSTEM
150F
VINYL
ESTER
R.T.
(< 100F)
VINYL
ESTER
160F
PREMIUM
ISOPHTHALIC
POLYESTER
R.T. (<100F)
PREMIUM
ISOPHTHALIC
POLYESTER
150F
Sodium Sulfite
Sodium Tetra Borate
Sodium Thiocyanate
Sodium Thiosulfate
Sodium Tripolyphosphate
Sodium Xylene Sulfonate
Soya Oil
Stannic Chloride
Stannous Chloride
Stearic Acid
Styrene
Sugar, Beet and Cane Liquor
Sugar, Sucrose
Sulfamic Acid
Sulfanilic Acid 50%
Sulfated Detergents
Sulfur Dioxide, Dry or Wet
Sulfur, Trioxide/Air
Sulfuric Acid 0-30%
Sulfurous Acid 10%
Superphosphoric Acid
(76% P2O5)
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
C
C
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
C
C
C
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
NR
R
R
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
R
NR
R
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
R
R
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
Tall Oil
Tannic Acid
Tartaric Acid
Thionyl Chloride
R
R
R
NR
140
150
R
NR
R
R
R
NR
150
120
R
NR
R
R
R
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
120
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
R
NR
R
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
C
NR
C
NR
NR
C
NR
C
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
Tin Plating:
18% Stannous Fluoborate
7% Tin
9% Fluoboric Acid
2% Boric Acid
Toluene
Toluene Sulfonic Acid
Transformer Oils:
Mineral Oil Types
Chloro-Phenyl Types
Trichloro Acetic Acid
Trichlorethylene
Trichloropenol
23
VINYL ESTER
COMPOSOLITE
EXTREN
DURADEK
DURAGRID
DURASHIELD
SAFPLANK
SAFPLATE
SAFRAILTM
R.T. (< 100OF)
VINYL ESTER
COMPOSOLITE
EXTREN
DURADEK
DURAGRID
DURASHIELD
SAFPLANK
SAFPLATE
SAFRAILTM
160OF
POLYESTER
COMPOSOLITE
EXTREN
DURADEK
DURAGRID
DURASHIELD
SAFPLANK
SAFPLATE
SAFRAILTM
R.T. (< 100OF)
R
R
R
R
R
120
R
R
NR
140
NR
NR
R
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
NR
R
R
NR
R
R
NR
R
R
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
120
NR
NR
Zinc Plating Solution:

49% Zinc Fluoborate
6% Ammonium Fluoborate
120
NR
NR
Zinc Sulfate
CHEMICAL
ENVIRONMENT
Tricresyl Phosphate
Tridecylbenzene Sulfonate
Trisodium Phosphate
Turpentine
Urea
Vegetable Oils
Vinegar
Vinyl Acetate
Water:
Deionized
Demineralized
Distilled
Fresh
Salt
Sea
White Liquor (Pulp Mill)
X Xylene
Z
24
Zinc Chlorate
Zinc Nitrate
9% Zinc Cyanide
4% Sodium Cyanide
9% Sodium Hydroxide
POLYESTER
COMPOSOLITE
EXTREN
DURADEK
DURAGRID
DURASHIELD
SAFPLANK
SAFPLATE
SAFRAILTM
150OF

FIBREBOLT
SYSTEM
R.T.
CHEMICAL
ENVIRONMENT
VINYL
ESTER
R.T.
(< 100F)
VINYL
ESTER
160F
PREMIUM
ISOPHTHALIC
POLYESTER
R.T. (<100F)
PREMIUM
ISOPHTHALIC
POLYESTER
150F
R
R
R
R
R
120
R
R
NR
NR
R
R
R
R
R
120
R
R
NR
140
NR
R
R
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
NR
R
R
NR
R
R
NR
R
R
NR
R
R
NR
R
R
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
120
120
NR
NR

49% Zinc Fluoborate
6% Ammonium Fluoborate
120
NR
NR
Zinc Sulfate
Tricresyl Phosphate
Tridecylbenzene Sulfonate
Trisodium Phosphate
Turpentine
Urea
Vegetable Oils
Vinegar
Vinyl Acetate
Water:
Deionized
Demineralized
Distilled
Fresh
Salt
Sea
White Liquor (Pulp Mill)
X Xylene
Z
(< 100F)
FIBREBOLT
SYSTEM
150F
Zinc Chlorate
Zinc Nitrate
9% Zinc Cyanide
4% Sodium Cyanide
9% Sodium Hydroxide
25
ISO-9001:2008 Quality Certified and ISO-14001:2004 Environmentally Certified Manufacturing Plants
Chatfield Location
Corporate Offices | Bristol Location
Highlands Location
1610 Highway 52 South

Chatfield, Minnesota 55923-9799 USA
400 Commonwealth Ave., P. O. Box 580

Bristol, Virginia 24203-0580 USA
info@strongwell.com
Phone: +1 276.645.8000
Fax: +1 276.645.8132
26770 Newbanks Road

Abingdon, VA 24210 USA
Phone: +1 507.867.3479
Fax: +1 507.867.4031
www.strongwell.com
Phone: +1 276.645.8000
Fax: +1 276.645.8132
ST1014
2014 Strongwell
SECTION 23 - METRIC DESIGN INFORMATION

Table of Contents
Metric System Conversions and Abbreviations................ 23-3
EXTREN Availability List................................................. 23-4
EXTREN vs. Traditional Materials.................................. 23-6
Section 23
Metric Design Information
SECTION 23
METRIC DESIGN INFORMATION

NOTE:
The METRIC DESIGN INFORMATION is structured to be used in conjunction with
the information in the Strongwell Design Manual. This is not stand alone data and
should not be treated as such.
Rev.0511
23-1

All Rights Reserved
Section 23
(This page left blank intentionally)

All Rights Reserved
23-2
Rev.0511
Section 23
METRIC SYSTEM CONVERSIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS

ABBREVIATIONS

mm

cm

m

in

ft

yd

psi

N

Pa
N/mm2

lb

dyne

g

kg

ml

cc
= millimeters
= centimeters
= meter
= inch
= foot (feet)
= yard
= pounds per square inch
= unit of force; Newton
= Pascal; N/m2 (one Newton per square meter)
= Newton per millimeter squared
= pound
= unit of force
= gram
= kilogram
= milliliter
= cubic centimeter
CONVERSIONS

1 ft
1 ft
1 in
1 in
1 in3
1 Pa
1 Pa
1 lb
1 kg
1 yd
1 psi
1 psi
1 N/mm2
1 kg/cm2
1 ft-lb/in
1 dyne
1 lb/in3
1 kgf/mm2
1 ft-lb
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
12 in
0.3048 m
25.4 mm
2.54 cm
16.4 ml
10 dynes/cm2
1 N/m2
0.4536 kg
2.206 lb
0.914 m
6.895 x 103 N/m2
6.895 x 10-3 N/mm2
145 psi
14.2 psi
5.35 N-m/m
10-5 Newtons
2.768 kg/m3
1.42 ksi
1.36 N-m
NOTE:
See Weights and Measures and SI Conversion Factors in the APPENDIX of the
Strongwell Design Manual for more complete information.
Rev.0511
23-3

All Rights Reserved
Section 23
EXTREN AVAILABILITY LIST

NONSTOCKED
STOCKED
Measurements are in millimeters (mm) unless otherwise noted.
Equal Leg
Angles
25.4 x 3.18
31.8 x 3.18
31.8 x 4.76
38.1 x 4.76
38.1 x 3.18
38.1 x 6.35
50.8 x 3.18
50.8 x 4.76
50.8 x 6.35
76.2 x 6.35
76.2 x 9.53
101.6 x 6.35
101.6 x 9.53
101.6 x 12.7
127 x 12.7
152.4 x 6.35
152.4 x 9.53
152.4 x 12.7
Series
500
Series
525
Series
625
S
N
S
S
N
S
N
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
N
N
N
S
S
N
S
S
S
S
N
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
N
S
N
S
S
N
N
S
N
S
N
N
S
S
S
S
S
S
N
N
N
S
Channels
Series
500
Series
525
Series
625
38.1 x 25.4 x 4.76

38.1 x 38.1 x 6.35
50.8 x 14.3 x 3.18
50.8 x 22.2 x 6.35
66.7 x 3.18 x 31.8 x 4.76
76.2 x 25.4 x 4.76
76.2 x 38.1 x 6.35
76.2 x 22.2 x 6.35
88.9 x 38.1 x 4.76
101.6 x 27.0 x 3.18
101.6 x 34.9 x 4.76
101.6 x 28.6x 6.35*
127 x 34.9 x 6.35
139.7 x 38.1 x 4.76
152.4 x 41.3 x 6.35
152.4 x 42.9 x 9.53
203.2 x 55.6 x 6.35
203.2 x 55.6 x 9.53
254 x 69.9 x 12.7**
304.8 x 76.2 x 12.7***
355.6 x 88.9 x 19.1
457.2 x 55.6 x 4.76
609.6 x 76.2 x .260
N
N
S
N
N
N
N
S
N
N
S
S
S
N
S
N
N
S
N
N
N
N
N
N
S
S
N
N
N
S
S
S
N
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
S
N
N
S
S
N
N
S
N
N
S
S
N
N
N
N
Series
500
Series
525
Series
625
N
S
S
S
S
S
N
N
N
N
N
S
S
S
S
S
N
S
N
N
N
N
S
S
S
S
N
N
N
N
Wide Flange
Beams
50.8 x 3.18
76.2 x 6.35
101.6 x 6.35
152.4 x 6.35
152.4 x 9.53
203.2 x 9.53
203.2 x 12.7
254 x 9.53***
254 x 12.7
304.8 x 12.7

All Rights Reserved
I-Beams
Series
500
Series
525
50.8 x 25.4 x 3.18

76.2 x 38.1 x 6.35
101.6 x 50.8 x 6.35
140 x 63.5 x 6.35
152.4 x 76.2 x 6.35
152.4 x 76.2 x 9.53
152.4 x 101.6 x 6.35
203.2 x 101.6 x 9.53
203.2 x 101.6 x 12.7
254 x 127 x 9.53
254 x 127 x 12.7
304.8 x 152.4 x 12.7
457.2 x 9.53 x 114.3 x 12.7
609.6 x 9.53 x 190.5 x 19.1
N
S
S
N
N
N
N
S
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
S
S
S
S
N
N
S
N
N
N
S**
N
N
Series
500
Series
525
Series
625
S
N
S
N
N
N
S
S
N
N
S
N
N
S
N
N
S
N
S
N
N
N
S
S
S
N
S
S
S
S
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
S
N
N
S
N
S
S
N
N
Series
500
Series
525
Series
625
S
S
S
S
N
N
S
S
S
N
N
N
N
N
N
S
S
S
S
N
S
S
S
S
N
N
N
N
N
N
S
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Square Tube
25.4 x 3.18
31.8 x 3.18
38.1 x 3.18
38.1 x 6.35
44.5 x 3.18
44.5 x 6.35
50.8 x 3.18
50.8 x 6.35*
63.5 x 6.35****
76.2 x 3.18
76.2 x 6.35
76.2 x 9.53
88.9 x 6.35
101.6 x 6.35
101.6 x 9.53
152.4 x 9.53
Round Tube
25.4 x 3.18
31.8 x 3.18
38.1 x 3.18
38.1 x 6.35
44.5 x 3.18
44.5 x 6.35
50.8 x 3.18
50.8 x 6.35
63.5 x 6.35
76.2 x 6.35
88.9 x .140
101.6 x 6.35
127 x 6.35
152.4 x 3.18
152.4 x 6.35
* Also stocked in 525 yellow

** Stocked in 7.32 m only
*** Stocked in 9.75 m only
**** Stocked in 525 yellow only
23-4
Rectangular
Tube
Series
625
N
S
S
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
S**
N
N
Series
500
Series
525
Series
625
N
S
N
N
N
N
N
S
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Series
500
Series
525
Series
625
S
S
S
S
S
N
N
N
S
S
S
S
S
N
S
N
S
N
S
S
S
N
N
N
63.5 x 41.3 x 3.18

101.6 x 3.18 x 50.8 x 6.35
165.1 x 6.35 x 50.8 x 12.7
177.8 x 101.6 x 6.35
228.6 x 152.4 x 7.94
228.6 x 152.4 x 11.12
Plate
3.17
4.76
6.35
9.53
12.7
15.9
19.1
25.4
NOTE: USDA approved plate available (non-stocked) in

all sizes except 12.7 mm and 9.25 mm. EXTREN plate
is stocked in 1.22 m x 2.44 m sheets.
Round Rod Thermal Cure 1

12.7
7.94
9.53
12.7
15.88
19.05
20.64
20.64
25.4
28.58
31.75
38.1
50.8
S
N
S
S
S
S
N
N
S
N
S
S
N
Square Bar Thermal Cure 1

12.7
15.88
19.05
25.4
31.75
38.1
S
S
S
S
N
S
Special Composite
Design - Not EXTREN
Composites; Thermal cure
bars and rods were not
designed to be machined.
FIBREBOLT
Studs and Nuts
9.53
12.7
47.63
19.05
25.4
S
S
S
S
S
NOTE: All FIBREBOLT is

stocked in 1.22 m lengths.
NOTES: All sizes are metric conversions of standard

Imperial dimensions (inches to millimeters. Parts

are sold in standard Imperial dimensions only.

Unless otherwise noted, all dimensions are in

inches and stocked lengths are 6.1 m long.
All EXTREN Series 500 products can be

produced to meet NSF potable water standards
in minimum mill run quantities. Only
products bearing the NSF logo are certified.
Rev.0511
Section 23
EXTREN AVAILABILITY LIST

NONSTOCKED
STOCKED
Measurements are in millimeters (mm) unless otherwise noted.
Special Pultruded Shapes*

PE
PE/FR VE/FR
Channel
88.9 x 50.8 x 5.56
266.7 x 38.1 x 19.1 x 4.8
N
N
Channel (Ladder Rail)**

43.2 x 2.54 x 27.9 x 2.54
47.63 x 3.18 x 28.58 x 4.78
80.0 x 3.05 x 29.85 x 3.05
83.57 x 3.25 x 29.97 x 4.83
84.07 x 3.43 x 30.15 x 5.33
101.6 x 3.175 x 44.45 x 4.75
N
N
N
N
N
N
Corner Post
82.55 x 161.29
Curb Angle***
25.4 x 38.1
38.1 x 38.1
50.8 x 38.1
N
N
N
F-Section
139.7 x 25.4 x 6.35
152.4 x 38.1 x 6.35
N
N
Flat Strips
50.8 x 4.76****
50.8 x 6.35
76.2 x 4.76
76.2 x 6.35
76.2 x 9.53
76.2 x 12.7
101.6 x 12.7
152.4 x 6.35
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Flight Channel
139.7 x 3.18 x 63.5 x 4.76
181.0 x 3.18 x 63.5 x 4.76
N
N
S
N
PE
PE/FR VE/FR
Fluted Tube
31.75 (Stock Yellow - 6.15 m lengths)
N
N
Rectangular Tubes
330.2 x 215.9 x 9.53
381 x 152.4 x 9.53
406.4 x 215.9 x 9.53
457.2 x 152.4 x 9.53
523.9 x 152.4 x 6.35
574.7 x 152.4 x 9.53
Slide Guide
63.5 x 57.15 x 6.35 (Stock White)
N
N
N
N
N
N
Square Tube w/ Rd. Hole

25.4 sq. with 19.05 rd. hole
Strut
41.3 x 41.3 x 3.97 (Stock Gray)
N
N
N
N
Top Rail
50.8 x 6.35 modified rd. tube
Unequal Leg Angles

44.5 x 31.75 x 6.35
Z-Section
31.75 x 63.5 x 3.18
S
N
N
S
N
S
N
N
S
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
* Not necessarily EXTREN specifications.

** Standard color - orange
*** Stocked at Chatfield Division
**** Stocked in 7.32 m only
Custom Pultrusions
Strongwell produces custom pultrusions in many shapes and
materials for hundreds of customers. The special pultruded
shapes listed on this page are only a partial listing of dies
owned by Strongwell.
NOTES: All sizes are metric conversions of standard Imperial dimensions. Parts are sold in standard Imperial dimensions only.

Unless otherwise noted, all dimensions are in inches and stocked lengths are 6.1 m long.
All EXTREN Series 500 products can be produced to meet NSF potable water standards in minimum mill run quantities. Only
products bearing the NSF logo are certified.
Rev.0511
23-5

All Rights Reserved
Section 23


EXTREN

500/525
EXTREN 625
SHAPES SHAPES
THERMAL CARBON 316 HASTELLOY

CURE ROD
STEEL
STAINLESS
C-276
& BAR (M1020) STEEL (ANNLD.)
MECHANICAL
Tensile Strength
LW 207 207 689 414 552 689
(N/mm2) CW 48.3 48.3 414 552 689
Tensile Modulus
LW 17.2 17.9 41.4 207 193 179
(x 103 N/mm2) CW 5.52
6.89

207
193
179
Flexural Strength
LW 207 207 689 414 552 689
(N/mm2) CW 68.9 68.9 414 552
Flexural Modulus LW
(x 103 N/mm2) CW
13.8
5.52
15.2
5.52
41.4

207
207
193
193
179
179
Izod Impact
LW 1.33 1.33 2.14 N/A
.454-.587
(J/mm )
CW
0.214
0.214

N/A

Specific Gravity 1.7 1.7 2.0 7.8

7.92 8.96
PHYSICAL
Density (x 10-3 g/mm3) 1.72-1.94 1.72-1.94 1.99-2.10
(W-m/m-2/C)
83.1
83.1
104
7.86
8.03
5400-9554 1994-3842
8.97
1475
Expansion 1.2 1.2 0.9
10.9-14.5
16.4-18.2
(x 10-5 mm/mm/C)
Values Are Minimum Ultimate Properties From Coupons.


CONSTRUCTION
*STEEL
Tensile Rigidity Flexural
Strength Strength
2.5 2.15 1.82
70% Roving only

1.0
1.71
1.12

As an example, a 50% mat & roving fiberglass pultrusion would need to be 1.16 times as thick as
an aluminum part to achieve the same 'flexural strength'.

All Rights Reserved
23-6
Rev.0511
Section 23


ALUMINUM
PONDEROSA
RIGID PVC

6061-T61 T651
PINE
RIGID PVC 10% GLASS
FIBERGLASS
COMPRESSION
SPRAY-UP
MOLDING (SMC) (30-50% GLASS)
MECHANICAL
Tensile Strength LW
(N/mm2)
CW
310
310
2.90

42.7
42.7
53.8
53.8
55.2-138
55.2-138
62.1-124
62.1-124
Tensile Modulus LW
(x 103 N/mm2)
CW
68.9
68.9
2.69
2.69
3.10
3.10
11.0-17.2
11.0-17.2
5.52-12.4
5.52-12.4
Flexural Strength LW
310
(N/mm2)
CW 310
106
64.8
75.8
80.7
75.8 80.7
124-207
110-193
124-207 110-193
Flexural Modulus LW
(x 103 N/mm2)
CW
6.89

2.41
2.41
3.10
3.10
9.02-12.4
9.02-12.4
6.89-8.30
6.89-8.30
0.085
0.085
0.085
0.085
.534-1.07
.534-1.07
.214-.641
.214-.641
1.38
1.39
1.5-1.7
1.4-1.6
Izod Impact
(J/mm )
LW
CW
Specific Gravity
68.9
68.9

2.50
0.520
PHYSICAL
Density (x 10-3 g/mm3) 2.55
0.526 1.44 1.44
1.49-1.69 1.39-1.63
(W-m/m-2/C)
1.66
1.12-1.27
Coefficient of Linear
Expansion

(x 10-6 mm/mm/C)
24923
24.5
27.0
1.04-1.23
3.09 67.3 41.8 18.2-32.7 21.8-36.4

*ALUMINUM *WOOD
CONSTRUCTION
Tensile Flexural Tensile Flexural
Strength
Rigidity Strength
50% Mat & Roving (EXTREN) 1.0 1.49 1.16
.25
.79 .45
70% Roving only

.10
.63
.4
1.19
.71
.27

As an example, a 50% mat & roving fiberglass pultrusion would need to be 1.16 times as thick as an
aluminum part to achieve the same 'flexural strength'.
Rev.0511
23-7

All Rights Reserved
APPENDIX
Table of Contents
Integrated Design Example:
10% Sulfuric Acid Tank Platform...................................... A-2
Recommended Minimum Live Loads................................. A-6
Special Loads..................................................................... A-8
Weights and Measures:
International System of Units.......................................... A-10
United States System..................................................... A-11
SI Conversion Factors...................................................... A-12
Bracing Formulas............................................................. A-14
Decimals of an Inch.......................................................... A-15
Decimals of a Foot............................................................ A-16
Appendix
APPENDIX

All Rights Reserved
A-1
Rev.0502
Appendix
INTEGRATED DESIGN EXAMPLE

10% SULFURIC ACID TANK PLATFORM
OSHA
MIN.
10'-0"
3'-0"
OPEN TO TANK
C6x1-5/8x1/4 w/ONE (1) CLIP EA. END (TYPE 2)
PLAN
3'-6"
WALKTHRU
(OSHA MIN.)
T.O. FRP EL 9'-11"
T.O.G.
12
SWAY
BRACING
12
10'-0"
9 RUNGS @ 1'-0 = 9'-0
KNEE BRACE
5'-0"
SULFURIC
ACID
TANK
1'-0
T.O. RUNG
2'-6"
REF. EL. 0'-0
ELEVATION
END VIEW
DESIGN CRITERIA
OSHA for Safety - fire retardant
Platform Live Load = 100 psf (Work Platform)
Indoor Application ( 75o F)
Max grating ~ 1/4 ; Max structurals ~ L/180
All connections to be bolted and epoxied
Rev.0502
A-2

All Rights Reserved
Appendix

DESIGN GRATING
According to Section 23 - CORROSION RESISTANCE GUIDE of the Strongwell
Design Manual, standard fire retardant grating is acceptable. (10% Sulfuric to 150F)

Assume W-6 members, grating clear span is 36-6=30

(grating spans short direction)
1 DURADEK I-6000 will support 160 PSF on 30 span deflect only 3/32
USE 1 DURADEK I-6000 (WT = 2.4 PSF)
PLATFORM BEAMS (10 SPAN)
LL = (100 PSF)

DL = (2.4 PSF)

(GTG)
3
2
= 150 lbs./LF
3
2
+ 3.19 lbs./1 + 5.5 lbs./1 = 12.29

(BM)
(HR)
ASSUME 15 lbs./LF
Therefore: Total Beam Load = 150 + 15 = 165 lbs./LF; R = 165 x 10 = 825 lbs.
2
Referencing STRONGWELL Corrosion Resistance Guide, EXTREN 525 series will be

used.
From the EXTREN allowable load tables, a W-6 x 6 x 1/4 will support
171 lbs./FT @ = L/180 when the beam is laterally supported.
Our beam is laterally braced @ LU = 5
As can be seen in the laterally unsupported column of the table,
W (unbraced) @ 10-0 = 158 lbs./LF < 165 lbs./LF actual

@ 5-0 = OK / by inspection
USE W-6 x 6 x 1/4 w/ type 2 connections
DL COL + BRACING
COLUMNS
PMAX = 825 lbs. + 75 lbs. = 900 lbs.

TO N.A.
Assume KX = KY = 1.0 (Both ends pinned)
Try W-6 x 6 x 1/4 Column
GTG BM
Kl = 1.0 x [10 x 12 - ( 1 + 3 )] = 45.7 controls
rx
N.A.
2.54

Kl
1.0 x 5 x 12
=
= 41.7
ry
1.44

Going into column table for W & I Shapes: Fa = 6318 psi
for short column mode : Fa = 3543 psi controls

900 lbs. = 900 lbs. = 205 psi OK < 3543 psi
fa =
4.388
AW6 x 1/4
USE W-6 x 6 x 1/4 EXTREN 525 COLUMNS
(NOTE: Although W-4 x 1/4 or I-6 x 3 x 1/4 is adequate, connections will be easier with a W-6.)

All Rights Reserved
A-3
Rev.0502
Appendix

DESIGN SWAY BRACING
Since wind is not a problem, design sway bracing to provide stiffening
of the frame in the transverse direction.

Assume sway bracing to resist 2% of column loads

= 2% x 900 lbs. x 2 COLS . 36 lbs. (minimal)
For ease of connection, TRY L L 2 x 2 x 1/4
L . /2.52 + 52 = 5.59 = 67 (@ 63.4)
From Elements of Section,
rx = .609 ; Ry = .95
Kl /rx = 67/.609 = 110 Fa = 1167 psi

Axial Load in Brace

36 lbs. = 80 lbs.

P =
COS 63.4

80 lbs. < 1167 psi OK
fa =
1.84
USE L L2 x 2 x 1/4 Sway Bracing
By Inspection,
USE LL2 x 2 x 1/4 Knee Braces Also
Rev.0502
A-4

All Rights Reserved
Appendix
LL
2x
2x
LL
1/
2x
2x
1/
WT3x5x1/4 (FM W6x1/4)

WT3x5x1/4 (FM W6x1/4)
W6 (USED TO TIE
W.P.
OFF LADDER ON
WEST SIDE)
W6x1/4 COL
LL
W6x1/4 COL
ALTERNATE W.P.
1/
2x
2x
SWAY BRACING
SWAY BRACING - EAST SIDE
(KNEE BRACING - SIM.)
W6x1/4 COL.
GROUT
W6x1/4 COL.
TYPICAL BRACING DETAILS
GROUT
OR
ASSEMBLY
BOLTS REMAIN
( IN GROUT )
ASSEMBLY
BOLTS ARE
REMOVED
(FOR A. BOLTS)
TYPICAL BASE PLATE DETAILS

All Rights Reserved
A-5
Rev.0502
Appendix
RECOMMENDED MINIMUM LIVE LOADS

The live loads listed below are typical of minimums given in the Uniform Building Code and similar
model codes for general construction. In the absence of local laws, building codes, or other project
specifications, these loads may be used for the engineering design. Otherwise, check applicable
requirements. UNIFORM LOAD is given in pounds per square foot (psf) and CONCENTRATED
LOAD is given in pounds.
A live load is defined as the weight resulting from furniture, persons, or other movable and varying
loads that are not a permanent part of the structure. NOTE: Wind, snow, earthquake, impact,
dead and other loads are not considered a part of the live load of a structure.
RECOMMENDED MINIMUM UNIFORM AND CONCENTRATED LOADS

USE OR OCCUPANCY
CATEGORY DESCRIPTION
UNIFORM CONCENTRATED
LOAD LOAD
1. Access floor systems

Office
50
2000

Computer use
100
2000
2. Armories
150
0
3. Assembly areas and
Fixed seating areas
50
0

auditoriums and
Movable seating and
balconies therewith
other areas
100
0

Stage areas and enclosed platforms
125
0
4. Cornices, marquees and

residential balconies
60
0
5. Exit facilities
100 0
6. Garages
General storage and/or repair
100

Private or pleasure-type

motor vehicle storage
50
7. Hospitals
Wards and rooms
40
1000
8. Libraries
Reading rooms
60
1000

Stack rooms
125
1500
9. Manufacturing
Light
75
2000

Heavy
125
3000
10. Offices
50
2000
11. Printing plants
Press rooms
150
2500

Composing and linotype rooms
100
2000
12. Residence
40 0
13. Rest rooms
14. Reviewing stands,
grandstands and
100
0
bleachers
15. Roof deck
Same as area served or for the type

of occupancy accommodated
16. Schools
Classrooms
17. Sidewalks and
Public access
driveways
18. Stairways
Stringer Design

Stairtread
19. Storage
Light

Heavy
20. Stores
Retail

Wholesale
Rev.0502
A-6
40
250
1000
100

125
250
75
100
300
2000
3000

All Rights Reserved
Appendix
RECOMMENDED MINIMUM UNIFORM ROOF LIVE LOADS

USE OR OCCUPANCY
CATEGORY DESCRIPTION
1. Roof Loads
Rise 4 or less per foot

Rise 4 to 12 per foot

Rise over 12 per foot
UNIFORM CONCENTRATED
LOAD LOAD
20
16
12
FOOTNOTES FOR TABLE OF RECOMMENDED

MINIMUM UNIFORM & CONCENTRATED LOADS
In some cases, the Uniform Building Code allows for a reduction of the uniform live load for
members supporting 150 sq. ft. or more area. Consult the UBC or other applicable codes for any
reductions that may be taken.
Concentrated loads shall be placed upon any space 2-1/2 feet square, wherever this load upon
an otherwise unloaded floor would produce stresses greater than those caused by the uniform
load required thereof. UBC - 85, section 2304 (c).
Assembly areas include such occupancies as dance halls, drill rooms, gymnasiums, playgrounds,
plazas, terraces and similar occupancies which are generally accessible to the public.
Exit facilities shall include such uses as corridors serving an occupant load of 10 or more persons,
exterior exit balconies, stairways, fire escapes, and similar uses.
Individual stair treads shall be designed to support a 300 pound concentrated load placed in a
position which would cause maximum stress. Stair stringers may be designed for the uniform load
set forth in the table.
Provisions shall be made in areas where vehicles are used or stored for concentrated loads
consisting of two or more loads spaced 5 feet nominally on center without uniform live loads. Each
load shall be 40% of the gross weight of the maximum size vehicle to be accommodated. The
condition of concentrated or uniform live load producing the greater stress shall govern.
Parking garages for the storage of private or pleasure-type motor vehicles with no repair or fueling
shall have a floor system designed for a concentrated wheel load of not less than 2000 pounds
without uniform live load. The condition of concentrated or uniform live load producing the greatest
stress shall govern.
Residential occupancies include private dwellings, apartments and hotel guest rooms.
Rest room loads shall be not less than the load for the occupancy with which they are associated,
but need not exceed 50 psf.
Roof loads are in pounds per square foot of horizontal projection.

All Rights Reserved
A-7
Rev.0502
Appendix
SPECIAL LOADS
USE
VERTICAL
LATERAL

LOAD
LOAD

(Pounds
Per
Square
Foot
CATEGORY
DESCRIPTION

Unless Otherwise Noted)
1. Construction, public
Walkway, min. 4 ft. wide
150
access at site
(live load)
Canopy, 8 ft. clear height
150
2. Grandstands, reviewing Seats and
See
stands and bleachers
footboards
120 Footnote
(live load)
3
3. Stage accessories,
Gridirons and
live load
fly galleries
75

Loft block wells
250 250

Head block wells

and sheave beams
250 250
4. Ceiling framing
Over Stages
20

All uses except over stages
10
5. Partitions and
Permanent and temporary
All live loads
interior walls
Exceeding 6 ft. in height
on them
5
6. Elevator and dumb-
2 x total
waiters (dead and
loads
live load)
7. Mechanical and
electrical equipment
(dead load)
Total loads
8. Cranes (dead
Total load including
1.25 x Total
0.10 x Total
and live load)
impact increase
load load
9. Balcony railings,
Exit facilities serving
guard rails and
an occupant load
handrails
greater than 50
50
(U.B.C.)
Other
20
10. Balcony railings,
At least 200 lbs. applied
guard rails and
in any direction at any
(OSHA)
point on top rail
11. Storage racks
Over 8 feet high
Total loads In Earthquake

zones, see

U.B.C.
12. Walkways & Platforms
Accessways
75
Industrial Applications 11
Operating Platforms and

Walkways
100

The tabulated loads are minimum loads. Where other vertical loads required by codes or by design
would cause greater stresses, they shall be used.
Pounds per lineal foot
Lateral sway bracing loads of 24 pounds per foot parallel and 10 pounds per foot perpendicular to
seat and footboards.
Rev.0502
A-8

All Rights Reserved
Appendix
All loads are in pounds per lineal foot. Head block wells and sheave beams shall be designed for all
loft block well loads tributary thereto. Sheave blocks shall be designed with a factor of safety of five.
Does not apply to ceilings which have sufficient total access from below, such that access is not required
within the space above the ceiling. Does not apply to ceilings if the attic areas above the ceiling are
not provided with access. This live load need not be considered acting simultaneously with other live
loads imposed upon the ceiling framing or its supporting structure.
Where Appendix Chapter 51 of the U.B.C. has been adopted, see reference standard cited therein for
additional design requirements.
The impact factors included are for cranes with steel wheels riding on steel rails. They may be modified if
substantiating technical data acceptable to the building official is submitted. Live loads on crane support
girders and their connections shall be taken as the maximum crane wheel loads. For pendant-operated
traveling crane support girders and their connections, the impact factors shall be 1.10.
This applies in the direction parallel to the runway rails (longitudinal). The factor for forces perpendicular
to the rail is 0.20 x the transverse traveling loads (trolley, cab, hooks and lifted loads). Forces shall be
applied at top of rail and may be distributed among rails of multiple rail cranes and shall be distributed
with due regard for lateral stiffness of the structures supporting these rails.
A load per lineal foot to be applied horizontally at right angles to the top rail.
Vertical members of storage racks shall be protected from impact forces of operating equipment or
racks shall be designed so that failure of one vertical member will not cause collapse of more than the
bay or bays directly supported by that member.
11 Valves for industrial walkways and platforms are commonly used by industry. Check with applicable
project specifications.

All Rights Reserved
A-9
Rev.0502
Appendix
WEIGHTS AND MEASURES

International System of Units (Sl)a
(Metric Practice)
BASE UNITS

Quantity
length
mass
time
electric current
thermodynamic temperature
amount of substance
luminous intensity

Unit
Symbol
metre
m
kilogram kg
second s
ampere
A
kelvin
K
mole
mol
candela cd
SUPPLEMENTARY UNITS
Quantity
Unit
plane angle
radian
solid angle
steradian
Symbol
rad
sr
DERIVED UNITS (WITH SPECIAL NAMES)

Quantity
Unit
Symbol Formula
force
newton N kg-m/s2
pressure, stress
pascal
PA
N/m2
energy, work,
quantity of heat
joule
J
N-m
power
watt W J/s
DERIVED UNITS (WITHOUT SPECIAL NAMES)

Quantity
Unit
area
square metre
volume
cubic metre
velocity
metre per second
acceleration
metre per second squared
specific volume
cubic metre per kilogram
density
kilogram per cubic metre
SI PREFIXES
Multiplication Factor
Prefix
Formula
m2
m3
m/S
m/s2
m3/kg
kg/m3
Symbol

1 000 000 000 000 000 000 = 1018
exa E
1 000 000 000 000 000 = 1015
peta P
1 000 000 000 000 = 1012
tera T
9

1 000 000 000 = 10
giga G
6

1 000 000 = 10
mega M

1
000
=
103
kilo k

100 = 102
hectob
h
1

10 = 10
dekab da

0.1
=
10-1 decib d

0.01
=
10-2
centib c
-3

0.001
=
10
milli m

0.000 001 = 10-6
micro

0.000 000 001 = 10-9
nano n

0.000 000 000 001 = 10-12
pico p

0.000 000 000 000 001 = 10-15
femto f

0.000 000 000 000 000 001 = 10-18
atto
a

a Refer to ASTM E380-79 for more complete information on SI.

b Use is not recommended.
Reprinted with permission of American Insitute of Steel Construction

Rev.0502
A-10

All Rights Reserved
Appendix
WEIGHTS AND MEASURES

United States System

LINEAR MEASURE
Inches
Feet
Yards Rods Furlongs Miles
1.0 =
.08333 =
.02778 = .0050505 = .00012626
= .00001578
12.0 =
1.0
=
.33333 = .0606061 = .00151515
= .00018939
36.0 =
3.0
=
1.0
= .1818182 = .00454545
= .00056818
198.0 =
16.5
=
5.5
= 1.0 = .025
= .003125
7920.0 = 660.0
= 220.0
= 40.0 = 1.0
= .125
63360.0 = 5280.0
= 1760.0
= 320.0 = 8.0
= 1.0

SQUARE AND LAND MEASURE
Sq. Inches Square Feet
Square Yards

1.0 =
.006944 =
.000772
144.0 =
1.0
=
.111111
1296.0 =
9.0
=
1.0
39204.0 =
272.25
=
30.25

43560.0 = 4840.0

3097600.0

Sq. Rods
Acres
Sq. Miles
=
.03306 =
.000207
=
1.0
=
.00625 = .0000098
=
160.0 = 1.0 =
.00015625
=
102400.0 =
640.0 =
1.0
AVOIRDUPOIS WEIGHTS
Grains Drams Ounces Pounds Tons

1.0
=
.03657 =
.002286 =
.000143 = .0000000714
27.34375
=
1.0
= .0625
= .003906
=
.00000195
437.5 = 16.0 = 1.0 = .0625
=
.00003125
7000.0 =
256.0 = 16.0 = 1.0 =
.0005

14000000.0 =
512000.0 =
32000.0 =
2000.0 =
1.0
DRY MEASURE

Pints Quarts Pecks Cubic Feet

Bushels
1.0
= .5
= .0625 = .01945 = .01563
2.0
= 1.0
= .125 = .03891 = .03125
16.0 =
8.0 =
1.0 =
.31112
=
.25
51.42627 = 25.71314 = 3.21414 = 1.0
= .80354
64.0 =
32.0 =
4.0 =
1.2445
=
1.0
LIQUID MEASURE

Gills
Pints
Quarts
U.S. Gallons Cubic Feet
1.0
=
.25
= .125
= .03125 = .00418
4.0
= 1.0 = .5 = .125 = .01671
8.0
= 2.0 = 1.0 = .250 = .03342
32.0
= 8.0 = 4.0 = 1.0 = .1337

7.48052
=
1.0

All Rights Reserved
A-11
Rev.0502
Appendix
SI CONVERSION FACTORSa
Quantity
Length

Area

Multiply
Inch
Foot
Yard
Mile (U.S. Statute)
Square inch
Square foot
Square yard
Square mile (U.S. Statute)
Acre
Acre

Volume

Cubic inch
Cubic foot
Cubic yard
Gallon (U.S. liquid)
Quart (U.S. liquid)

Mass

25.400
0.304 800
b
0.914 400
1.609 347
Millimetre
Metre
Metre
Kilometre
Square millimetre
Square metre
Square metre
Square kilometre
Square metre
Hectare
by
39.370 079 x 10-3

3.280 840
1.093 613
0.621 370
b
b
0.645 160 x 103

0.092 903
0.836 127
2.589 998
4.046 873 x 103
0.404 687
to obtain
Millimetre
Metre
Metre
Kilometre
Inch in
Foot
ft
Yard
yd
Mile
mi
Square millimetre
Square metre
Square metre
Square kilometre
Square metre
Hectare
1.550 003 x 10-3

Square inch
10.763 910
Square foot
1.195 990
Square yard
0.386 101
Square mile
0.247 104 x 10-3 Acre
2.471 044
Acre
16.387 06 x 103
28.316 85 x 10-3
0.764 555
3.785 412
0.946 353
Cubic millimetre
Cubic metre
Cubic metre
Litre
Litre
Cubic millimetre
Cubic metre
Cubic metre
Litre
Litre
61.023 759 x 10-6

35.314 662
1.307 951
0.264 172
1.056 688
Cubic inch
Cubic foot
Cubic yard
Gallon (U.S. liquid)
Quart (U.S. liquid)
Ounce (avoirdupois)
Pound (avoirdupois)
Short ton
28.349 52
Gram
0.453 592
Kilogram
0.907 185 x 103 Kilogram
Gram
Kilogram
Kilogram
35.273 966 x 10-3

2.204 622
1.102 311 x 10-3
mm
m
m
km
mm2
m2
m2
km2
m2
in2
ft2
yd2
mi2
mm3
m3
m3
l
l
in3
ft3
yd3
gal
qt
g
kg
kg
Ounce (avoirdupois) oz av
Pound (avoirdupois) lb av
Short ton
lb av
Refer to ASTM E380-79 for more complete information on SI.

Indicates exact value.

Rev.0502
A-12

All Rights Reserved
Appendix
SI CONVERSION FACTORSa
Quantity
Force

Multiply
ounce-force
pound-force
by
0.278 014
4.448 222
to obtain
newton
newton
newton
newton
3.596 942
0.224 809
ounce-force
pound-force
pound-force-inch
pound-force-foot
0.112 985
1.355 818
newton-metre
newton-metre
N-m
N-m
newton-metre
newton-metre
8.850 748
0.737 562
pound-force-inch
pound-force-foot
lbf-in
lbf-ft
Pressure
Stress

pound-force per square inch

foot of water (39.2 F)
inch of mercury (32 F)
6.894 757
2.988 98
3.386 38
kilopascal
kilopascal
kilopascal
kilopascal
0.145 038
pound-force per
lbf/in2
square inch
foot of water (39.2 F)
inch of mercury (32 F)
Bending
Moment
kilopascal
kilopascal
0.334 562
0.295 301
N
N
lbf
kPa
kPa
kPa
Energy,
foot-pound-force
1.355 818
joule
J
c
Work,
British thermal unit
1.055 056 x 103 joule
J
c
b
Heat
calorie
4.186 800
joule
J
b

kilowatt hour
3.600 000 x 106 joule
J

joule
0.737 562
foot-pound-force
ft-lbf
c

joule
0.947 817 x 10-3
British thermal unit BTU

joule
0.238 846 c calorie

joule
0.277 778 x 10-6
kilowatt hour
kW-h

Power
foot-pound-force/second
1.355 818
watt
W
c

British thermal units per hour 0.293 071
watt
W

horsepower (550 ft. lb f/s)
0.745 700
kilowatt
KW

watt
0.737 562
ft. lb. force/second ft-lbf/s
c

watt
3.412 141
British thermal unit BTU/h
per hour

kilowatt
1.341 022
horsepower
hp
(550 ft.-lbf/s)

Angle
degree
17.453 29 x 10-3 radian
rad

radian
57.295 788
degree
Temper-
degree Fahrenheit
toC=(toF-32)/1.8
degree Celsius
ature
degree Celsius
toF= 1.8 x toC+32
degree Fahrenheit

Refer to ASTM E380-79 for more complete information on SI.

Indicates exact value.
c
International Table.

All Rights Reserved
A-13
Rev.0502
Appendix
BRACING FORMULAS
b
e
a
d
h
f
w
m

Given
To
Find
bpw
bw
bp
bp
bfp
bmp
bpw
afw
cmw
f
m
d
e
a
c
h
h
h

Given
Formula
(b + p) + w
b2 + w2
2
To
Find
bpw
bnw

bnp

bnp
bfnp
bmnp
bnpw
afw
cmw
b2 (2b + p)
b (b + p) (2b + p)
bf (2b + p)
bm (2b + p)
bw (2b + p)
aw f
cw m
Formula
f (b + p)2 + w2
m (b n)2 + w2
d
b (b n) (2b + p n)
e
b (b + p) (2b + p n)
a bf (2b + p n)
c bm (2b + p n)
h bw (2b + p n)
h aw f
h cw m
b
k
e
a
PARALLEL BRACING
w
b d
Given To
k = (log B - log T) No. of

panels. Constant k plus
the logarithm of any line
equals the log of the correspnding line in the next
panel below.
ce
Formula
Find
bpw
f (b + p)2 + w2
bkv
m (b + k)2 + v2

bkpvw
d
bw (b + k) [v(b + p) +

w(b + k)]
bkpvw
e
bv(b + p) [v(b + p)+

w(b + k)]
bfkpvw a fbv [v(b + p) +

w(b + k)]
bkmpvw c bmw [v(b + p) +

w(b + k)]
bkpvw h bvw [ v(b + p) +

w(b + k)]
afw
h aw f
cmv
h cv m
a = TH (T + e + p)
n
m
p
A
b = Th (T + e + p)
c = (1/2T + 1/2e)2 + a2
d = ce (T + e)

log e
log f
log g
log m
log n
log p
=
=
=
=
=
=
k + log T
k + log a
k + log b
k + log c
k + log d
k + log e
The above method can be used for any number of panels.

In the formulas for a and b the sum in parenthesis, which
in the case shown is (T + e + p), is always composed of
all the horizontal distances except the base.

Rev.0502
A-14

All Rights Reserved
Appendix
DECIMALS OF AN INCH
For Each 64th of an inch
With Millimeter Equivalents
Fraction 1/64ths Decimal Millimeters Fraction 1/64ths Decimal Millimeters

(Approx.)
(Approx.)

1/32

1/16
1
2
3
4
.015625
.03125
.046875
.0625
0.397

33 .515625
0.794 17/32 34 .53125
1.191

35 .546875
1.588
9/16
36 .5625
13.097
13.494
13.891
14.288

3/32

1/8
5
6
7
8
.078125
.09375
.109375
.125
1.984
2.381
2.778
3.175

19/32

5/8
37
38
39
40
.578125
.59375
.609375
.625
14.684
15.081
15.478
15.875

5/32

3/16
9
10
11
12
.140625
.15625
.171875
.1875
3.572
3.969
4.366
4.763

21/32

11/16
41
42
43
44
.640625
.65625
.671875
.6875
16.272
16.669
17.066
17.463

7/32

1/4
13
14
15
16
.203125
.21875
.234375
.250
5.159
5.556
5.953
6.350

23/32

3/4
45
46
47
48
.703125
.71875
.734375
.750
17.859
18.256
18.653
19.050

9/32

5/16
17
18
19
20
.265625
.28125
.296875
.3125
6.747
7.144
7.541
7.938

25/32

13/16
49
50
51
52
.765625
.78125
.796875
.8125
19.447
19.844
20.241
20.638

11/32

3/8
21
22
23
24
.328125
.34375
.359375
.375
8.334
8.731
9.128
9.525

27/32

7/8
53
54
55
56
.828125
.84375
.859375
.875
21.034
21.431
21.828
22.225

13/32

7/16
25
26
27
28
.390625 9.922
.40625 10.319
.421875 10.716
.4375 11.113

29/32

15/16
57
58
59
60
.890625
.90625
.921875
.9375
22.622
23.019
23.416
23.813

15/32

1/2
29
30
31
32
.453125 11.509
.46875 11.906
.484375 12.303
.500
12.700

31/32

1
61 .953125
62 .96875
63 .984375
64 1.000
24.209
24.606
25.003
25.400

All Rights Reserved
A-15
Rev.0502
Appendix
DECIMALS OF A FOOT
For Each 32nd of an inch

Inch 0 1 2 3 4 5
0
0 .0833 .1667 .2500 .3333 .4167
1/32 .0026 .0859 .1693 .2526 .3359 .4193
1/16 .0052 .0885 .1719 .2552 .3385 .4219
3/32 .0078 .0911 .1745 .2578 .3411 .4245

1/8 .0104 .0938 .1771 .2604 .3438 .4271
5/32 .0130 .0964 .1797 .2630 .3464 .4297
3/16 .0156 .0990 .1823 .2656 .3490 .4323
7/32 .0182 .1016 .1849 .2682 .3516 .4349

1/4 .0208 .1042 .1875 .2708 .3542 .4375
9/32 .0234 .1068 .1901 .2734 .3568 .4401
5/16 .0260 .1094 .1927 .2760 .3594 .4427
11/32 .0286 .1120 .1953 .2786 .3620 .4453
3/8 .0313 .1146 .1979 .2812 .3646 .4479
13/32 .0339 .1172 .2005 .2839 .3672 .4505
1/17 .0365 .1198 .2031 .2865 .3698 .4531
15/32 0391 .1224 .2057 .2891 .3724 .4557

1/2 .0417 .1250 .2083 .2917 .3750 .4583
17/32 .0443 .1276 .2109 .2943 .3776 .4609
9/16 .0469 .1302 .2135 .2969 .3802 .4635
19/32 .0495 .1328 .2161 .2995 .3828 .4661

5/8 .0521 .1354 .2188 .3021 .3854 .4688
21/32 .0547 .1380 .2214 .3047 .3880 .4714
11/16 .0573 .1406 .2240 .3073 .3906 .4740
23/32 .0599 .1432 .2266 .3099 .3932 .4766
3/4 .0625 .1458 .2292 .3125 .3958 .4792
25/32 .0651 .1484 .2318 .3151 .3984 .4818
13/16 .0677 .1510 .2344 .3177 .4010 .4844
27/32 .0703 .1536 .2370 .3203 .4036 .4870

.
7/8 .0729 .1563 .2396 .3229 .4063 .4896
29/32 .0755 .1589 .2422 .3255 .4089 .4922
15/16 .0781 .1615 .2448 .3281 .4115 .4948
31/32 .0807 .1641 .2474 .3307 .4141 .4974
Rev.0502
A-16

All Rights Reserved
Appendix
DECIMALS OF A FOOT
For Each 32nd of an inch

Inch 6 7 8 9 10
11
0
.5000 .5833 .6667 .7500 .8333 .9167
1/32 .5026 .5859 .6693 .7526 .8359 .9193
1/16 .5052 .5885 .6719 .7552 .8385 .9219
3/32 .5078 .5911 .6745 .7578 .8411 .9245

1/8 .5104 .5938 .6771 .7604 .8438 .9271
5/32 .5130 .5964 .6797 .7630 .8464 .9297
3/16 .5156 .5990 .6823 .7656 .8490 .9323
7/32 .5182 .6016 .6849 .7682 .8516 .9349

1/4 .5208 .6042 .6875 .7708 .8542 .9375
9/32 .5234 .6068 .6901 .7734 .8568 .9401
5/16 .5260 .6094 .6927 .7760 .8594 .9427
11/32 .5286 .6120 .6953 .7786 .8620 .9453
3/8 .5313 .6146 .6979 .7813 .8646 .9479
13/32 .5339 .6172 .7005 .7839 .8672 .9505
7/16 .5365 .6198 .7031 .7865 .8698 .9531
15/32 .5391 .6224 .7057 .7891 .8724 .9557

1/2 .5417 .6250 .7083 .7917 .8750 .9583
17/32 .5443 .6276 .7109 .7943 .8776 .9609
9/16 .5469 .6302 .7135 .7969 .8802 .9635
19/32 .5495 .6328 .7161 .7995 .8828 .9661

5/8 .5521 .6354 .7188 .8021 .8854 .9688
21/32 .5547 .6380 .7214 .8047 .8880 .9714
11/16 .5573 .6406 .7240 .8073 .8906 .9740
23/32 .5599 .6432 .7266 .8099 .8932 .9766
3/4 .5625 .6458 .7292 .8125 .8958 .9792
25/32 .5651 .6484 .7318 .8151 .8984 .9818
13/16 .5677 .6510 .7344 .8177 .9010 .9844
27/32 .5703 .6536 .7370 .8203 .9036 .9870

.
7/8 .5729 .6563 .7396 .8229 .9063 .9896
29/32 .5755 .6589 .7422 .8255 .9089 .9922
15/16 .5781 .6615 .7448 .8281 .9115 .9948
31/32 .5807 .6641 .7474 .8307 .9141 .9974

All Rights Reserved
A-17
Rev.0502

Manual Completo

Încărcat de

Informații document

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Manual Completo

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

DESIGN

DURASHIELD Building Panels

The design information in this manual is to be used exclusively with

2007 Strongwell Corporation

EXTREN, DURADEK, DURAGRID, DURASHIELD, FIBREBOLT,

Copyright 2013 Strongwell Corporation

Its all too common! Strongwell gets a call

glass reinforcement percentage

Designing with the Strongwell Design

As you might suspect by now, the answers

Copyright 2013 Strongwell Corporation

Copyright 2013 Strongwell Corporation

Cross-sectional area (in2)

Copyright 2013 Strongwell Corporation

Look for this blue line in the left margin of the

Copyright 2013 Strongwell Corporation

Copyright 2013 Strongwell Corporation

Copyright 2013 Strongwell Corporation

COMMONLY ASKED QUESTIONS BY CUSTOMERS

Isophthalic Polyester Resin

Premium Vinyl Ester Resin

The synthetic surfacing veil aids in weathering and corrosion resistance.

HOW DO I DESCRIBE PULTRUSION?

HOW IS COLOR ACHIEVED?

Copyright 2013 Strongwell Corporation

WHAT IS THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THERMOPLASTIC AND THERMOSET RESINS?

ARE PHENOLIC RESINS AN AVAILABLE OPTION?

WHAT OTHER REINFORCEMENTS ARE AVAILABLE IN PLASTICS?

Copyright 2013 Strongwell Corporation

WHAT IF CUSTOMER NEEDS PROPERTIES DIFFERENT FROM THOSE PUBLISHED?

HOW DOES EXTREN COMPARE TO TRADITIONAL MATERIALS?

Copyright 2013 Strongwell Corporation

HOW DOES EXTREN PRICING COMPARE WITH STEEL

WHAT ARE THE CAUTIONS FOR EXTREN IN ELECTRICAL APPLICATIONS?

WHAT DATA SHOULD I COLLECT FOR DECISIONS ON CORROSION ENVIRONMENTS?

HOW LONG WILL EXTREN LAST IN THE OUTDOORS WITHOUT PROTECTION?

Copyright 2013 Strongwell Corporation

WHAT AGENCIES HAVE APPROVED EXTREN MATERIALS?

Copyright 2013 Strongwell Corporation

WHAT MILITARY SPECIFICATIONS APPLY TO EXTREN?

IN WHAT APPLICATIONS IS EXTREN MOST COMMONLY USED?

Platforms, Stairways and Walkways near chemical manufacturing/storage facilities

Copyright 2013 Strongwell Corporation

HOW EASY IS EXTREN TO FABRICATE?

WHY DO THE SQUARE AND ROUND TUBES NOT TELESCOPE?

HOW DO I SELL EXTREN VS. OTHER FIBERGLASS SHAPES?

Copyright 2013 Strongwell Corporation

feet of manufacturing space, and an EXTREN inventory of nearly $2,000,000 from

SIZE AND AVAILABILITY

EXTREN DESIGN MANUAL

GLOSSARY - COMMON TERMS IN THE PLASTICS INDUSTRY

Copyright 2013 Strongwell Corporation

Copyright 2013 Strongwell Corporation

Look for this blue line in the left margin of the

Copyright 2013 Strongwell Corporation

(This page left blank intentionally)

Copyright 2013 Strongwell Corporation

Each strand contains 800-4,000 fiber filaments. Many strands

THE FEATURES OF EXTREN

Copyright 2013 Strongwell Corporation

THE THREE EXTREN SERIES

Copyright 2013 Strongwell Corporation

EXTREN VS. CONVENTIONAL MATERIALS

EXTREN VS. OTHER PULTRUDED PRODUCTS